ny eo ICN DAS Aiken i ne yt eat oh es 2) cS ee t ae ty 8 ee ath, > by Arts Samy A Wee ne A stent Aeea ati: ° teed, Yee tha 'gs te Ney ibe sty Se eS x? oat pee se. tee ee = AG oc =- ow ya. c MNS Ss C ro e- = RS Pre) = ss pas 2 - = - ov S RARIES SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION NOILALILSNI” NVINOSHLINS S314 S os S kon we 5 tf LF 5 a - vf tg > t 2S 3 SS rm eS - Diam - 2 WSS = if 72) RAHA LNLLLSNI || BAMA A Hi. “if RARIES ‘a S fe AP Mp \\ Gy tb EX LIBRIS William Healey Dall Division of Mollusks Sectional Library LNLILSNI : 1D NAN = | =| IE SA Ve Pe Xe os Ps OC, a ee De A a} vs NVINOSHLINS S3IYVYGIT LIBRARIES SMITHSONIAN va = = SN, cag ge Agron, Nn ees k = = Se Eri oS eee Ww) — aie ~ _NVINOSHLIWS S23 1YuVvuYug i BRARIES SMITHSONIAN INSTITL =e Zz a z ” ud tu = Ag 0 : oe = 2c ySNS < C ~ c + Ne’ a a ro) SS = Oo = S) _ aif = ond a RARIES SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION NOILNLILSNI NVINOSHLIWS S3IYY = is z = : z SOND oO — Oo re ot Oo GR) = Lo 42 : a 2 tf Ky A =] Yo SS = Pf > = > SOY f - Gyu7 ste = = YQ. ra é TY /, — « LNLILSNI NVINOSHLINS S3SIYVYSIT LIBRARIES SMITHSONIAN INSTIT! Z = a ee < ‘ — — —_ QOsi es i> \ a aba & a ti, fy = NS =| F \) SB re) 4 ye fp, oO AYR Ox Oo We Glo 72) oO xf tA n NY, ” ” SS¥§x NOLLNLILSN LIBRARIES NOILNLILSNI NOLLNLILSNI SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION NOILOALILSNI NVINOSHLINS S314 z Ik = z S z S 6 =v 2 S = = +f > - = = Yup > = = = (op) = z= OILNLILSNI NVINOSHLINS S3INYVYSIT LIBRARIES NVINOSHLINS SJIYVUaIT LIBRARIES 2 ES 2 z z = z oe 2 g 2 2 | = 2 E = Gi = > = Ss ao z a ; = IBRARI ES SMITHSONIAN _ INSTITUTION NOILNLILSNI_ NWINOSHLIWS S314 ul = uw =z ae Ae . = “S z “ QE = 0 = co = co ey Zz ai z ee | OLLALILSNI NVINOSHLIWS ~4 1YVUg a LIBRARI ES_ SMITHSONIAN _ INSTI — Ms oO ps Oo ay aes o . = o = ty OD 20 Ww = 2 = Zw i 5S WIE a E = rad Y AS = cae - E Sie i ae m 3° oe n = wW z 7) IBRARIES SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION NOILONLILSNI NVINOSHLINS S3I4Y ‘a Ww me ” n <_ w = < = a y < = 4 = ra cal it fy, = 4 1 OREN EOE, = E =a Ly: (ie z J > = >" = ; > = “ Za wo > —NVINOSHLINS _LIBRARI ES SMITHSONIAN _INSTI" & be G GR Y yp a = o& = we Ye vai : 3 z < cr = - a oe = fe) \ a ra) S: ro) =z pa =z od = IBRARIES SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION NOILNLILSNI : . ae = S = > es = yn z INSTITUTION S3IuVUSIT INSTITUTION S3INVYGIT LIBRARIES Pio OILNLILSNI INSTI =i > a9 KuSON yf 5 (erry \ Lf Oo fz ~~ y > HSV o @ (o} A 2 Pe is) fe} of _ a > 4 ISHLINS S3IYVYE ISHLINS HSONIAN ISONIAN nS AiG» ~ we Taupe 'F° 7 an ; ra aa 7 Davisien of Mollusks Sectional Library PROCEEDINGS OF THE MALACOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF LONDON. VGE Ne 1902—19038, - i ‘7 : ” ‘ J > y : ‘ i) Al ‘ ~~ L me : r ” * sy ‘ q ‘ a i — * t = é - a te . » = ef = = ‘ Seem — a oat = ‘i @ Uy ' o ; q nd ¥ ; 4 - ‘ . 4 ' ' : : * al 7 ~ ‘ t <= i . | ' i | 4 6 » >! ¥ > @ L? . PROCEEDINGS .P OF THE MALACOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF LONDON. EDITED BY B. B. WOODWARD, F.LS., F.G.S., Ere. Under the direction of the Publication Committee. VOLUME YV. 1902—19038. AUTHORS ALONE ARE RESPONSIBLE FOR THE STATEMENTS IN THEIR RESPECTIVE PAPERS. HON DON: DULAU & CO., 37, SOHO SQUARE, W. 1905, DATES OF ISSUE, VOL. V. No. 1 was issued to members x 28rd April, 1902. No. 2 " - me Ist July, 1902. No. 3 - _ ae 30th October, 1902. No. 4 A a iF 28th March, 1903. No. 5 Bs S , 22nd June, 1903. No. 6 . > oe 31st October, 1903. PROCEEDINGS :— Ordinary Meeting, Nov Annual Meeting, Ordinary Meeting, ” PP) Annual Meeting, Ordinary Meeting, CONTENTS OF Dec. 13th, Jan. 10th, 1902 .. Feb. 14th, Feb. 14th, Mar. 14th, April 11th, May 9th, June 13th, Noy. 14th, Dec. 12th, Jan. 9th, Feb. 13th, Feb. 13th, Mar. 13th, April 3rd, May 8th, June 12th, . 8th, 1901 ” ” 1903 VOL. V PAGE Vl CONTENTS. Noves :— PAGE Further Note on the type-specimen of Volutau fl nee, By Mrs. A. Kenyon .. .. 10 Note on Eulota Blakeana, Newe., oA BE. oe Pils. ey G. K. GupE, F.Z.S. se: Siege Ieee eee ey eee ask one eee) Note on the pairing nae Pyr antdate sine (Mill. ) with Vitr eat lucida (Drap.). By Monsieur E. Caztor - ll Clausilia biplicata (Mont.) in Hertfordshire. By B. B. Woongeen HES, ay se : se dl Acanthinula lamellata (Jeff) in “Buelnpeamenire aaa Borkehiee By B. B. Woopwarp, F.L.S ce ee o aglel Note on the Opercula of Turbo pilenen Beare: aaa Tt ticacnicus, Reeve. By G. B. Sowersy, F.L.8. .. .. . 12 Land-Shells used as Models by Ancient Peruvian Seotiaee By Wai Winee, EL.S, "(Rigss) 2s eae 160 Note on the Histology of Molluscan and other Olfactory New Centres. By R. H. Burne, B.A., F.Z.S. oe" Nigh: By eee ae Marine Shells collected at Aden by Cound E.R. SHopnanpd . 184 Note on the Nepionic Shell of Melo basal Gmel. By B. B. Woopwarp, F.LS. .. .. ¢ 7 sles eee Ce Note on a Monstrosity of Rissoia parva, Dar Case By E. R. Sykes, B.A, F.LS. .. .. .. 260 Preliminary Wate on the Anatomy of te genus NGaacuaties By Miss Lerrice DigBy .. .. 261 Note on the dates of publication of ir E. Gara re Catalogs of Pulmonata . . . inthe .. . British Museum. Pt. I,” 12mo, 1855 ; and of A. Moquin-Tandon’s “ Histoire naturelle des Mollusques terrestres et fluviatiles de France,” 2 vols. 8vo, 1855. By B. B. Woopwarp, F.L.S. Seat 261 Note on the generic name Buliminus. By B. B. ison, Fr. L. s. 309 Note on an abnormal specimen of A ae argo. By EK, A. SMITH, F.Z.S. (Fig.) Stet ies, of Oe == oO Note on Vitrina Baringoensis, Seat By E. a Suma PLS. 310 Note on the embryonic shell of Planorbis. By J. H. Van Shear (Cites Se Me ts ae Ne tte ES 2! Note on the occurrence of Planorbés marginatus, Drap., and Limnea pereger (Miill.) in the Post-Pliocene of Bognor, Sussex. By A. REYNELL .. .. .. 344 Note on the supposed locality <, FtoL Achatina Machachensis, n.sp. Corona Pfeifferi, var. gracilis, n.var. Clausilie from Tonkin, (Plate III.) Chetopleura destituta, n.sp. Dendrotrochus stramineus, 1.sp. Draparnaudia Walkeri, n.sp. Omphalotropis conella, n.sp. Hitherto unfigured species of Streptaxis. (Plate IV.) Ctenostreon Burckhardti, n.sp. (Plate V.) 169 170 194 195 197 197 200 244 247 Anatomy of Ariophanta (Nilgiria) Basileus, Bens, (Plate VI.) .. 252 [Apical whorls, operculum, and radula of Buceinum dermestoideum, Lamk. ] ame Monstrosity of Rissoia parva, Da C. New Helicoid Land-Shells. (Plate VII.) Genitalia of Paryphanta urnula, Pfr. Ampullaria Dalyi, n.sp. ; Melania binodosa, usp. ; Siamensis,.n.sp. (Plate VIII.) 256 260 266 271 Paludomus 284 ILLUSTRATIONS. xl PAGE Septal suture of Juvavites robustus (Blfd.) .. .. .. .. .. .. 292 Anatomy of two new species of Helicarion (?). (Plate IX.) .. .. 299 Renal Organs of Vucula nucleus, Linn. (Plate X.) .. .. .. .. 304 Abnormal specimen of Argonauta argo Es: Tat ei LO Damayontia of tssel. (Plate XP.)22 225 23 2. 3. os. ss 6 BIE New and unfigured Strepiaxis. (Plate XII.) .. .. .. .. .. $327 Dorsal shields of Xylophaga dorsalis, Turton, and X. preestans, n.sp. 329 New Doridiidew. (Plate XIII, coloured.) .. .. .. .. .. .. 3887 CSR Dinshout, TAP! 2. 2 vel oes G6 G4 ca O08 Cyathopoma Peilet, n.sp., and C. serendibense,n.sp. .. .. .. .. 340 Embryonic Shells of Planorbis .. .. ..°°.. «=. «- «. «1 844 Britis bulimids: (Plate XIV.) >... ssQyeey eee 5 se 8 SBS South African Marine Shells. (Plate XV.)... .. .. .. .. .. 402 New Jurassic Shells from Borneo. Photograph and Skiagraph of Fistulana. Pp eY I.) sere a Marginella lateritia, n.sp. ofl) fel 2 ee ays cist! Gaeqoal@ ERR A DAY Page 166, line 18, for “ Artarte” read “ Astarte.” », 188, line 9 from the bottom, for “ Mullett” read “ Mallett.” ,», 188, line 3 from the bottom, for ‘“‘ Beddal”’ read “ Beddoe.” », 192, line 22, for “ Mausonensis” read “ Mansonensis”; the reading “ MAUSONENSIS” in the preceding line is correct, it being an emendation. PROCEEDINGS OF THE MALACOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF LONDON. MARTIN FOUNTAIN WOODWARD. Born NovemsBer 5, 18698. Diep Serrember 15, 1901. Read 8th November, 1901. Brotoarcat Science, and more particularly that branch of it in which this Society is peculiarly interested, has not for many years suffered so sad or so serious a loss as befell it on that dark September night when our then Secretary was drowned through the capsizing of a boat at the entrance of Ballinakill Harbour, on the west coast of Ireland. Martin Fountain Woodward, the younger son of our esteemed first President, Dr. Henry Woodward, was born in London on the Sth of November, 1865, and received his early education at the Kensington Grammar School, where he attended from 1875 to 1888. In October of the last-named year he entered the Royal School of Mines and Normal College of Science (now the Royal College of Science), where the hereditary bent of his mind found free play, and where he apphed himself with such ardour to his studies that the following year (1884), on the conclusion of his geological course, he was awarded the Murchison Medal and prize of books. During the succeeding session (1884-5) he attended the zoological course, the last conducted by Professor Huxley in person, and was first on the list at both the elementary and advanced’ examinations, while his dissection for the elementary practical examination was long kept as an ensample.? This brought him his Associateship, while his marked ability in Biology led to his appointment by Professor Huxley as Assistant Demonstrator in October, 1885. In July of the following year he was 1 Bracketed first in Advanced Zoology with A. V. Jennings, June, 1889. 2 It had been his father’s earnest desire that Martin Woodward should pass out of the Schools in Geology and Paleontology, but Professor Huxley (who was Dean, and at that time still took a lively and active interest in the College) called upon Dr. Woodward and urged upon him that his son should remain attached to the Biological Laboratory, and not pursue the advanced geological course which his father contemplated for him; Huxley, with characteristic animation, exclaiming, **Tt is necessary to keep up the apostolic succession in Biology, and Martin Woodward is owr man!’ VOL. V.—MARCH, 1902. 1 2 PROCREDINGS OF THE MALACOLOGICAL SOCIETY. promoted to the rank of Demonstrator of Zoology, a status he still held at the time of his decease, and, to quote from the official report, ‘commenced . . . . an inquiry into the detailed structure of the Molluscan odontophore.”’ ? His zeal in his work was not only shown in the way in which he discharged his official duties, but by the good use he made of the annual long vacations to yet further advance his biological studies. Thus in 1887 he accompanied Mr. W. H. Hudleston on a three weeks dredging cruise in the English Channel to the west of Portsmouth, and accompanied the Geologists’ Association on their excursion into Cornwall. « In 1889 he spent three weeks at Guernsey investigating the marine zoology of the island; the summers of 1890 and 1891 were spent at Plymouth working in the Laboratory of the Marine Biological Association ; subsequent vacations were passed in South Deyon and at Sark (1896 and 1897); whilst on one occasion, with his friend and former pupil Mr. E. W. L. Holt, he explored some of the celebrated dene-holes in North Kent. In the summers of 1899 and 1900 he joined Mr. Holt at the Marine Biological Laboratory of the Fisheries Board for Ireland, which was then stationed at Inishbofin, and the interesting series of Molluscan specimens that he brought back from that locality and exhibited at our meetings will be in the recollection of our Members. In the present year, having recently and successfully undergone an operation for hernia, he was officially acting as assistant during the holidays at this Laboratory, which had been moved to a position in Ballinakill Harbour off the hamlet of Moyard. He had this time been especially interested in and had collected a number of fine Fusoids for investigation, which with other material, we are glad to say, has been placed by Mr. Holt in the hands of one of our Members, to be worked out for the Board. Martin Woodward’s stay was drawing to a close when, with his colleague and companion of his holiday, Professor W. Watson, he paid a visit on 15th September to his friend Mr. Allies, the resident owner of Inishbofin. On the return journey they were delayed by contrary winds, and did not approach the harbour until after dark. Suddenly, as they were nearing their destination, and were within a mile of land, a sharp squall from the hills upset and sank the boat. Martin Woodward, though a fairly good swimmer, never rose, and Mr. Watson and the boatman in charge, after calling in vain for their companion, only reached land themselves with great difficulty. 1 34th Rep. Dept. Sci. & Arts, p. 38. MEMOIR OF MARTIN F. WOODWARD. 5] It was not until September 27th that the body was recovered on the site of the catastrophe, and laid to rest two days later in the burial- ground attached to the Protestant Church at Moyard. In this sad fashion was a promising career cut short, alas! all too soon. Famed for his manipulative skill’ and his extensive biological knowledge, as well as the great care and accuracy of his observations, Martin Woodward was not a voluminous writer, as the bibliographical list of his papers appended to this notice shows. All his lterary productions, however, are characterized by that extreme care and attention to detail which marked the rest of his work, and his conclusions are firmly based on foundations of carefully ascertained facts, while on all points open to difference of opinion the views of others, however adverse, are always fully and fairly stated. Although, as incidentally mentioned, he started by working at the Mollusca, Martin Woodward’s first published articles were on other subjects. Beginning with lighter notes contributed to minor societies, and with records of teratological facts that had come under his observation, he turned for a time to the Vertebrata, and his first important contributions to science comprise a series of papers on the dentition of certain groups of the Mammalia. Of these memoirs Dr. Forsyth Major, no mean authority, kindly writes :— ‘““M. F. Woodward’s first publication, ‘On the Milk-Dentition of the Procavia (Hyrax) capensis and of the Rabbit,’ revealed an investigator who was not only perfectly conversant with, and even improved upon, the various methods in use for examination, but who at the same time combined with sound reasoning a clear exposition of known as well as new facts. In the Procavia Woodward discovered some additional milk-teeth, and showed that the deciduous set of this genus is composed, apart from the four grinders, of three upper and two lower incisors and a canine in each jaw. ‘The discovery of the Tertiary Pliohyrax has imparted renewed interest in these investiga- tions. As to the Rabbit, Huxley’s observation of an upper and a lower deciduous incisor, which never cut the gum but are absorbed in the unborn animal, was confirmed and enlarged. His ‘General Considerations’ are, as it were, a programme of Woodward’s later work on the Dentition of Mammals. ‘In 1893 the first part of his ‘Contributions to the Study of Mammalian Dentition: On the Development of the Teeth of the Macropodide ’ appeared, and herein were described for the first time the presence of undoubted embryonic vestigial teeth in Marsupials. 1 His latest exploit had been to cut sections of some photographic films for Sir William Abney, K.C.B. | PROCEEDINGS OF THE MALACOLOGICAL SOCIETY. As to the nature of the much debated successional premolar of Marsupials, reasons are adduced for the author’s belief that it is in reality, not a replacing tooth, but a retarded milk-tooth. In the following year (Anat. Anz., 1894, ix) vestigial teeth are described in several Rodentia, and are shown to belong to the milk-dentition. It is suggested that the functional molars of the Mammalia—the true molars so called—are to be assigned to the same set as the premolars, i.e. the second dentition (to be termed ¢hird dentition if we believe in the pre-milk dentition). The same year an able review of the recent work ‘On the Succession and Genesis of Mammalian Teeth’ appeared in Scrence Progress (1894, 1). ‘Part ii of the ‘Contributions to the Study of Mammalian Dentition’ (P.Z.8., 1896) deals with the teeth of representatives of five out of the nine families of Insectivora. In this the author is led to view the considerable variation in the dentition of the Insectivora as a result of suppressions in the dental series, and of a tendency to reduction in the functional importance of the milk- dentition. Strictures are made on the tritubercular as well as on the concrescent theory of the evolution of the molar cusps, and the discussion of these general questions is conducted by a clever handling of arguments taken from ontogeny, comparative morphology, and phylogeny. In the last publication of the series (Anat. Anz., 1896) Woodward sides with the partisans of a pre-milk dentition so far as Marsupials are concerned. oe a4 Proc. Malac. Soc. Vol. V, PI. I. «© BELEMNOTEUTHIS MONTEFIOREI, J. BUCKMAN.” (= BELEMNITES SP.] 13 NOTE ON THE TYPE-SPECIMEN OF BELEMNOTEUTHIS MONTE- FIORET, J. BUCKMAN, FROM THE LOWER LIAS SHALES BETWEEN CHARMOUTH AND LYME REGIS, DORSET. By G. C. -Crrcn. EVGss., Of the British Museum (Natural History). Read 8th November, 1901. PLATE I. Axsour twenty years ago Professor J. Buckman! described a specimen from the Lower Lias shales between Charmouth and Lyme Regis that he named Belemnoteuthis Montefiorer. His description is very short, the chief characters enumerated being as follows :— ‘¢ The original is nearly twelve inches in length. It is surmounted by ten rows of dark black spines; four double rows=8 are 14 in. long, while two are 2in. ‘The hooks are smooth, and of a dark black colour, some of them are as much as two lines in length, and all of them being more or less curved. ‘‘ These hooks were doubtless attached to the arms of the animal, which were prehensile organs.”’ “It will be seen that these rows of hooks are inclined to one side, no doubt arising from the contortion of the soft parts forming the neck.” ‘The dark elevated mass below . . . . is the ink-bag,”’ which, ‘¢ with its tube, is 33 inches long.” ‘‘ Below the ink-bag is seen a small pointed projection, 2 of an inch in length; this represents the phragmacone of the true Belemnite.’’ ‘“* Here then,” the author remarks, ‘‘ we seem to have the remains of a most interesting creature connecting the Belemnite of the past, a fossil sepiaceous animal now extinct, with the modern Calamary.” The description concludes as follows :— ‘A Belemnoteuthis antiquus was figured by Dr. 8. P. Woodward from a specimen in the cabinet of Mr. William Cunnington; this is called B. antiquus, and was obtained from the Oxford Clay, near Chippenham. Our specimen, however, is from the Lias, and is, therefore, much older . . . . The elemnoteuthis Montefiorec may then be characterised as a fine fossil form derived from the Lower Lias Shales of the county of Dorset.” From his description quoted above it is evident that the author regarded this specimen as generically identical with the forms from 1 J. Buckman, ‘‘ On the Belemnoteuthis Montefiorei’’: Proc. Dorset Nat. Hist. & Antiq. Field Club, vol. iii (1879), pp. 141-143: 1 pl. The volume is dated 1879, but in his paper Professor Buckman speaks of ‘‘ October of last year (1879),’’ which would lead one to consider that the paper was neither read nor published betore the year 1880. 14 PROCEEDINGS OF THE MALACOLOGICAL SOCIETY. the Oxford Clay of Chippenham that had been described by Pearce! many years previously under this same name. It is fortunate for the sake of comparison that the genus Belemnoteuthis is so well known; indeed, few fossilized animals have left more complete remains. The type-specimen of Lelemnoteuthis Montefiored is now in the British Museum collection (No. C. 5,026). It does not bear an original label stating it to be the figured specimen, but a comparison with Professor Buckman’s figure leaves no room for doubt. Since the figure was drawn for his plate, the uppermost portion of the slab has been detached and replaced in such a manner that the arms have now the same general direction as the rest of the body.? There are six double rows of hooklets, although the relative position of the hooklets in the outermost row on each side is not quite so clearly indicated as in the rest. In these double rows the bases of the hooklets on one side are opposed to the bases of the hooklets on the other side, clearly showing that each double row belonged to only one arm. Hence in this specimen there are indications of only six arms. The two outermost arms are, as Professor Buckman stated, longer than the rest; they were apparently more slender, and we note also that their hooklets are more sparsely distributed than on the remaining four arms. Of the latter, the two outer ones are, as shown in Professor Buckman’s figure, a little longer than the others. The arms, in fact, can be arranged in three pairs; the first pair consisting of the two outer arms; the second, the two intermediate ones; and the third, the two inner ones. ‘The enlarged drawing given by Professor Buckman admirably shows the form of the hooklets, and enables one to compare them on the one hand with the hooklets of Belemnoteuthis, so well figured by Owen * and others, and on the other hand with those which have been found associated with the guards of Belemnites and figured by Huxley* in his classical work on the structure of the Belemnitidee (pl. 1, figs. la, 2a). The thickened obtuse character of their bases enables us to distinguish them from the hooklets of Belemnoteuthis, that have their bases simply drawn out to a point, and to identify them with those of Belemnites. If, therefore, the hooklets belonged to the same animal as the rest of the remains— and we see no adequate reason for supposing that they did not—their character warrants the separation of the present specimen from Belemnoteuthis and its reference to Belemnites. Then with regard to the number of the arms. There are now in the British Museum collection a number of specimens (sixteen) from the Lias in the neighbourhood of Charmouth and Lyme Regis, each exhibiting similar uncinated arms associated usually with an ink- bag, and sometimes also with portions of a nacreous pro-ostracum. 1 J.C. Pearce: Proc. Geol. Soc., vol. iii (1842), p. 593. 2 When figured by Professor Buckman the broken edge aé (in the Plate accompanying this paper) was joined to the edge ed. R. Owen: Phil. Trans., 1844, pls. iii, v, and vi (especially). See also J. C. Pearce : London Geol. Journ., No. 2 (Feb 1847), pl. xvi. 4 T. H. Huxley: Mem. Geol. Surv. ., Monog. ii (Structure of the Belemnitide), 1864. ao CRICK: ON BELEMNOTEUTHIS MONTEFIOREL, J. BUCKMAN. 15 We have carefully examined all these, and in no instance have we been able to make out more than six double rows of hooklets indicating six uncinated arms. Unfortunately, in neither of the examples figured by Huxley’ that show the hooklets and other remains of the body associated with the guard, are the arms well preserved; in the example of B. Bruguierianus (pl. i, figs. 1, la) there are only a few scattered hooklets, while the arms of B. elongatus (pl. i, figs. 2, 2a) are represented by a confused mass of hooklets. In five examples, however, we have been able to clearly make out six uncinated arms; of these specimens four (bearing the register numbers 47,020, 47, rae 82,985, and C. 3,007 respectively) are ‘from the Lias of ‘Lyme Regis, and one (bearing the register number 39,901) is from the Lias of Charmouth. In his monograph on the structure of the Belemnitide Professor Huxley states (p. 16) I have not been able to make out more than six or seven arms in any specimen, nor has any exhibited traces of elongated tentacula, though the shortness of the ar ms which have been preserved would lead one to suspect their existence.’ It is, of course, quite possible that one of the double rows of hooks might become separated during fossilization, and so give the appearance of a seventh arm; but from the above-mentioned observations it seems fairly safe to conclude that those Belemnites, of which any remains of the arms have been obtained, had only six wuncinated arms. On the other hand, Belemnoteuthis had at least ten arms (each provided with a double row of hooklets), as is very plainly shown by a specimen in the British Museum collection (No. 25,966) from the Oxford Clay of Christian Malford, that was figured by G. A. Mantell in his “ Petri- fications and their teachings,”’ 1851, p. 459, fig. 100.2 Although the evidence of the number of the arms cannot be regarded as positive, because the present specimen may originally haye possessed other arms which are not now preserved, yet the balance of the evidence is certainly in favour of the separation of the specimen from Belemno- teuthis, and of its association with Belemnites. We fail to see any ground for the outline of the body as given by Professor Buckman. True, there are marks on the slab in about the positions indicated in the figure, but these are simply tool-marks that have been made during the development of the fossil, and certainly have nothing whatever to do with the form of the animal’s body. Professor Buckman considered that the “small pointed projection, = of an inch [19 mm. ] in length,”’ whichis seen ‘“‘ below the ink-bag,”’ represented ‘‘ the phragmacone of the true Belemnite.”’ The posterior portion of the ink-bag has been broken away since the specimen was figured, but the ‘‘small pointed projection” still remains. We have examined this very carefully, but have failed to recognize in it the representative of ‘‘the phragmacone of the true Belemnite’’; it is styliform, 2°5mm. wide at the anterior end, 1mm. wide at the 1 T. H. Huxley: Mem. Geol. Surv., Monog. ii (Structure of the Belemnitide), 1864, pl. i, figs. 1, la (B. Bruguierianus), and 2, 2a (B. ear): * See also G. A. Mantell, ‘‘ Medals of Creation,’’ vol. ii (1854), p. 460, fig. 145; and J. Prestwich, “ Geology,” vol, (1888), p. 218, fig. 116. 16 PROCEEDINGS OF THE MALACOLOGICAL SOCIETY. posterior end, and has a longitudinally-wrinkled surface ; it shows no traces whatever of septation, and, so far as we can see, is not of the nature of a phragmocone. So far as we know, no similar structure has been observed in Belemnoteuthis. It is, however, known that the pro-ostracum of some species of Be lemnites posse .ssed a central ridge which was continued on to the conotheca; this stylform projection may have been a portion of such a ridge, but we are not able to state definitely ; at any rate, we sce nothing to prevent us from regarding both it and the adjacent fragments of shelly matter as parts of the crushed phragmocone with its conotheca and pro-ostracum. Fragments of the nacreous pro-ostracum are also seen lying upon and near the ink-bag with its contents. Since the characters exhibited by the British Museum specimens from the neighbourhood of Charmouth and Lyme Regis, in common with the present example, agree with the corresponding structures, so far as they are known, in those examples of Belemnites that have been described, in which the remains of the animal are associated with the ‘ouard,’ we feel justified in referring them all to the ‘genus’ Belemnites. It is not, however, possible to refer the present specimen to any described form, because the species of this genus hitherto described have been founded upon the shape of the ‘ euards,’ The specimen may then be known either as Belemmtes Montefioret, J. Buckman, sp., or simply as Belemnites sp. By adopting the former name the identity of the specimen is retained; but as somewhat similar remains of Belemnites, having the hooklets of the arms, the ink-bag, and portions of the internal sheil in conjunction, are found at different horizons, this might lead to some confusion, because all such specimens might be referred. to this species. It is, however, most probable that the specimens obtained at different horizons belonged to different species, but, according to our present knowledge, the form of the hooklets, and the nature of the ink-bag and fragments of the internal shell, are not sufficient to distinguish these species. We do not, for example, see how, in the absence of the guards, the two specimens figured by Professor Huxley (op. cit.) under the names Belemnites Bruguierianis (pl. i, fig. 1) and B. elongatus (pl. i, fig. 2) respectively could be distinguished. In the circumstances it seems therefore desirable, so far as the present specimen is concerned, to discard any specific name, and simply write—Belemnites sp. 17 NEW SPECIES OF LAND-SHELLS FROM NEW GUINEA. By H. B. Presron, F.Z.S., etc. Read 8th November, 1901, and 10th January, 1902. 1. Macrocutamys Papurnsis, n.sp. Fig. I. Shell zonitiform, hyaline, pale horn colour, slightly pinkish towards the mouth; whorls five, somewhat rounded, elaborately sculptured with growth-striz, and with close-set, very fine, and slightly waved spiral lines ; suture impressed, closely but strongly malleated ; mouth oblique; peristome simple, forming a slight fold nearly encircling the umbilicus; the latter is fairly deep and very narrow. Alt. 14 mm.; diam. maj. 23, min. 19 mm. Hab.—Northern coast of British New Guinea. The type is in the British Museum. This species is of a very beautiful form; and its sculpture readily separates it from the few species hitherto known from the Papuan region. 2. CHLoriris (SuLcoBasIs) GLoposa, n.sp. Fig. IV. Shell globose; spire rather elevated; colour dark rufous; whorls five, rounded, coarsely striated with lines of growth; mouth oblique, roundly ovate, contracted above; peristome reflected, white tinged with lilac ; umbilicus very deep, partly concealed by the reflexed lip. Alt. 24mm.; diam. maj. 30, min. 25mm. Mouth (inside measure- ment), diam. 14, alt. 13 mm. Hab.—Northern coast of British New Guinea. The type is in the British Museum. The nearest ally of this shell appears to be Chlorrtis stirophora (Smith), from which it differs in the following particulars: its more elevated and rounded form, the traces of keel being much less apparent and the whorls more convex; its darker colour, more rounded and more oblique mouth, and in the much greater extension of the columella over the umbilicus. 3. Cutoriris (SuLcopasis) strropHorA (Smith), var. CoLLINGWooDENSIS, n.var. Fig. V. This variety, of which I have nine specimens before me, differs from the type mainly in its small size; but it is also more depressed and less openly umbilicated. Alt. 14mm.; diam. maj. 25, min, 21 mm. Hab.—Collingwood Bay, B.N.G. The type is in the British Museum. VOL. V.—MARCH, 1902. 2 18 PROCEEDINGS OF THE MALACOLOGICAL SOCIETY. 4, Cutoritis (Avsrrocutoritis) MarortnsuLm, n.sp. Fig. III. Shell globose, spire rather depressed, whorls five, suture shallow; aperture rounded and somewhat oblique, haying a slight callosity, more noticeable in the columellar region. Peristome expanded and slightly reflexed ; umbilicus very narrow, almost concealed by reflexion of lip; shell striated with growth-lines and minutely pitted on earlier whorls. Colour red-brown, marbled with grey; interior of aperture a striking reddish brown. Alt. 11 mm. ; diam. maj. 14, min. 11°5 mm. ; aperture, diam. 5, alt. 5°50 mm. Hab.—Mator Island, coast of Dutch New Guinea. The type is in the British Museum. The nearest ally of this shell appears to be Chloritis argillacea (Fér.), the chief differences being that the former is more compact and more regularly globose, the suture slightly more shallow, the lip less reflected, the umbilieus more closed, the growth-lines coarser, the pitting more minute; and the striking coloration of the interior of the mouth, which is unusual in Chloritis. The marbled appearance is rather similar to that met with in Papuina ambrosia (Ang.), but whether this is normal or not, from the material to hand it is impossible to say.’ Fic. I. Macrochlamys Papuensis, n.sp. Il. Papuina trochiformis, n.sp. Ill. Chloritis Maforinsule, u.sp. », IV. Chloritis globosa, n.sp. » VV. Chloritis stirophora, Smith, var. Collingwoodensis, n.var. 5. Papurna TROCHIFORMIS, n.sp. Fig. II. Shell conical; spire acute; whorls 5-6, last sharply keeled, upper whorls having a much greater convexity in proportion than the last 1 Since writing the above diagnosis I have ascertained that the specimens which I have examined were originally preserved in alcohol, and this may account tor their marbled appearance. PRESTON: NEW LAND-SHELLS FROM NEW GUINEA. 19 two. Suture shallow; aperture oblique, having a distinct callosity, presenting a somewhat heliciniform appearance, Peristome expanded and reflexed; columella stout, with a protuberance at base ; umbilicus very narrow, partly concealed by reflexion of lip. Shell striated with somewhat coarse growth-lines, otherwise destitute of sculpture. Colour pale whitish yellow, deepening on earlier whorls. Alt. 19 mm. ; diam. maj. 23, min. 19mm.; aperture diam. 9, alt. 9 mm. Hab.—Mafor Island, coast of Dutch New Guinea. The type is in the British Museum. The nearest ally of this shell is Papwina grata (Mich.), from which, however, it differs chiefly in the following respects: the spire is more acute, the protuberance on the columella is less developed, the umbilicus much more closed, and the lp is not so much expanded ; moreover, there is no spiral sculpture on the base of the shell. ON HELICINA PTEROPHORA, n.svp., FROM GUATEMALA. By E. R. Syxzs, B.A., F.L.S., etc. Read 8th November, 1901. Testa depressa, conoidea, tenuiuscula, sub lente dense malleata, cornea, infra suturas et ad peripheriam zona brunnea notata, apice obtusulo; anfr. 54, plano-convexiusculi, ultimus non descendens, acute carinatus ; Ee thins subtriangularis, intus ad carinam castanea, callum tenuissime circumscriptum ‘emittens ; peristoma album, ex- pansum, reflexiusculum, ad carinam valde rostratum, margine columellari sinuato, basali reflexo. Operculum ignotum. Diam. max. 22, min. 12mm.; alt. 8mm. Helicina pterophora, n.sp. ITab.—Guatemala (coll. Boucard). This striking shell recalls in form H. rhyncostoma, Shuttl., but may be readily separated by the difference in sculpture, the present species not being spirally striate, and also by its larger size. From iT. rostralis, Morel., its shape will readily distinguish it, while H. oxyrhynea, Crosse & Debeaux, appears to be a much smaller and more conic species. ON THE ANATOMY AND RELATIONSHIPS OF VOLUTA MUSICA, Linn.; WITH NOTES UPON CERTAIN OTHER SUPPOSED MEMBERS OF THE VOLUTID. By S&S. Pacu, HZ: Sen ete Read 13th December, 1901. PACE) ealule Atrnover the shell of Voluta musica is such an exceedingly common one in collections, the living animal has not as yet been observed ; while only a single example, having the soft parts preserved, appee ars to have hitherto found its way into, the hands of a conchologist. This was obtained by M. Marie at the fle des Saintes, Guadeloupe, and forwarded by him to Dr. P. Fischer, who described (5) and figured the external characters and the radula. The specimen was, however, too badly preserved for Fischer to make out anything further concerning its internal anatomy. In view of this almost complete ignorance regarding the structure of V. musica the late Mr. Martin F. Woodward, who for some time prior to his untimely death had been bestowing particular attention to the morphology of the rhachiglossate Prosobranchiata, made great efforts to obtain further material of this species. He was particularly anxious to examine the anatomy of V. musica, because he considered that in all likelihood this species, which must be regarded as the type of Linnzeus’ genus Voluta, was not at all intimately related to that possibly rather mixed assemblage of forms which are at present grouped together under the Volutide. The opportunity to test this surmise by actual dissection did not, however, occur; for when at length, through the instrumentality of his friend and former pupil Mr. W.G. Freeman, of the Imperial Agricultural Department. Barbados, and Mr. L. B. Brown, of Barbados, some specimens were obtained, these arrived in London at the same time as the news of the sad accident which has deprived malacological science of one of her most devoted and most able students. The Volutes in question were subsequently kindly placed in my hands for examination by the executors of the late Mr. Martin F. Woodward, with the request that I would report upon them to the Society of which he had been the Secretary. Whilst working at the anatomy of Voluta musica, I have, through the kindness of Mr. E. A. Smith, to whom my best thanks are due, also been enabled to examine the animal of Neptuncopsis Gilchristi, Sby., a spirit specimen of this rare molluse having been recently acquired by him for the British Museum collection. This form had already been investigated by Martin F. Woodward (13), but he had only an imperfect example, the highly important buccal region having 5 ~ PROCEEDINGS OF THE MALACOLOGICAL SOCIETY. been destroyed by a collector of radule. I also take advantage of the opportunity to add a few notes! regarding the morphology of certain other supposed members of the Volutoid series. Votura musica, Linn. The material at my disposal consisted of five examples, all of which were males, of the small pink variety. The shells, which will be deposited in the British Museum, measured from 4°3 to 5cm. in length.? The animals were received in their shells. They had been preserved in formalin, but were not in very good condition for dissection ; being much contracted, and in each ease the visceral sac had entirely disappeared, decomposition having apparently set in before the animals were pickled. External characters of the Animal.—As already mentioned, the ex- ternal characters of this Volute have been pretty fully described by Fischer (5) from a spirit specimen; but the following particulars may be added to his account, bearing in mind that my material also was not fresh, but had been preserved in formol. During life V. musica must present an exceeding handsome appearance. The dorsal surface of the foot is covered with large pigment spots, having the appearance of being contractile chromato- phores, upon a speckled or splashed ground. The sole of the foot is similarly marked, but the markings are of a paler shade. In the pre- served state the speckled markings are of a reddish-brown colour, while the larger spots are of a rich purple brown; but it is of course possible that the colours of the living animal may be altogether different. As was remarked by Fischer, the introvert presents the very unusual feature of being pigmented like the exterior of the body. The foot is rounded posteriorly : : anteriorly it is deeply notched, has the angles produced and the front margin duplicated. “Ihe operculum is mounted upon a distinct opercular pad, and placed transversely to the long axis of the foot. I could discern no trace of any pedal pore, but am not prepared to deny the existence of such a structure. The appendages of the siphon appear to be somewhat variable; and, as remarked by Fischer, they are of very unequal size. That on the right side is a small tongue- shaped structure lying entirely within the mantle edge; while the left one is about as broad as the siphon itself, and, arising about half-way along the latter, runs parallel with it to its extremity, thus producing the appearance of a cleft siphon. The siphon with its appendages is pigmented, except at its hinder angle, 1 For the opportunity to examine such of the late Mr. Martin F. Woodward’s dissections as are preserved in the Zoological Laboratory of the Royal College of Science, my thanks are due to Dr. G. B. Howes; and I am indebted to Mr. E. A. Smith for permission to work through Dr. Gray’s original preparations of raduls which are now in the British Museum. * It is very probable that this diminutive size of certain specimens of V. musica is a sexual character. Fischer (4) has recorded that the male of Lyria deliciosa has a smaller shell than has the female; and this type of sexual dimorphism would appear to be not at all uncommon among Prosobranchs. PACE: ANATOMY OF VOLUTA MUSICA, LINN., ETC. 20 where it is greatly thickened to form a definite posterior siphon, which shows slight pigmentation and is supported on cartilage. The mantle- edge is thin and unpigmented. In the contracted state, the penis is hatchet-shaped and directed backwards ; it les entirely under cover of the mantle. Pallial Complex.—The condition of the organs of the pallial complex presents no unusual features. The bipectinate osphradium is highly developed, and its folie are darkly pigmented. The laminz of the ctenidium are triangular in shape and unpigmented. The hypobranchial gland is well developed. Its secretion was at first (as preserved in formol) of a rich purple colour, but this changed to a vivid green under the action of fresh water. Introvert.—The introvert is of comparatively large size and almost completely eversible. In this condition (Fig. 1) it appears as an elongated structure, which is flattened dorso-ventrally and slightly curved upwards. Attention has already been directed to the pigmen- tation of the outer surface of the introvert. In the retracted state it les entirely within the body-cavity, passing to the right side over the cesophagus, and forming a curved lenticular mass which occupies the greater part of the anterior region of the body-cavity and lies transversely to the long axis of the body. The musculature of the introvert is not greatly developed; it consists mainly of a series of strands inserted along the greater curvature of the introvert-sheath. Alimentary Canal.—The mouth appears as a conspicuous vertical slit at the extreme end of the everted introvert. It appears to be supported by a couple of small masses of cartilage. The cesophagus, in the everted condition of the introvert, passed straight back, without any convolution, from the mouth to the stomach; and it appeared to be of pretty uniform calibre throughout the whole extent of its course. When the introvert is retracted, the cesophagus, after emerging from the introvert, passes sharply forward underneath the latter and to the right side, as far as the nerve-collar, where it makes another sudden bend and resumes its backward direction. Leiblein’s Gland. — There is a greatly developed cesophageal diverticulum, forming a very prominent mass lying dorsad to the cesophagus (Fig. 2). It is a very stout, much convoluted, tubular structure, of large calibre, larger than that of the cesophagus, arising immediately behind the nerve-ring, and terminating in a but slightly enlarged, thick-walled, spheroidal sac. Its convolutions are bound up in exceedingly tough and closely adherent connective tissue; and they present a very characteristic glistening appearance. In colour the terminal segment of the cesophageal cecum is pure white and somewhat translucid, while its duct is yellowish and opaque. The enlarged terminal segment is closely bound up. with the cesophagus ; but its lumen is certainly not in actual communication with that of the gut at this point. Salivary Glands. — As probably obtains in the majority of the higher Prosobranchiata, two pairs of so-called salivary glands are represented ; and both pairs lie entirely in front of the nerve-collar. 24 PROCEEDINGS OF THE MALACOLOGICAL SOCIETY. The racemose glands, which are the homologues of the single pair met with in the less specialized forms, present a peculiar ‘ fluffy’ appearance, and in colour are translucent white, while the tubular glands are yellowish and opaque. The ducts of the racemose glands are at first straight, of fairly large calibre, and quite free from the cesophagus, standing out at right angles, one on each side of the latter, at a point just outside where it emerges from the introvert. After meeting the cesophagus the salivary. ducts are continued forward as very delicate convoluted tubes of diminishing calibre, which run along one on each side of the cesophagus, and are closely bound up with it. The tubular glands (Fig. 2) lie entirely within the introvert when the latter is extruded, but upon its retraction they project freely into the body-cavity. They are convoluted throughout the major portion of their course, but for a short distance from their distal extremities, which are marked by a slight pyriform enlargement, they are quite straight. ‘his short terminal segment is directed forwards: the tube then bends sharply upon itself, and becomes much convoluted, while its calibre undergoes regularly progressive diminution. Upon nearing the radula-sac, the tubular salivary glands, now extremely fine, pass suddenly under the cesophagus, and meeting, give off at right angles a single, very delicate duct, which passes forward under the radula-sac. Radula.—\ am not at all certain that the radula of Voluta musica is represented with perfect accuracy by the familiar formula 0-1-0, since the uncleaned preparation of this organ showed what may possibly be the extremely minute, shapeless vestiges of lateral teeth. The functional teeth (Fig. 4) are of the rastriform ’ type, so well described and figured by Fischer (5). ‘The number of denticles appears to be inconstant: Fischer's example showed twelve well-formed cusps, with, on one side, three intermediate denticles. . Nervous System.—The most important point regarding the nervous system (Fig. 3) is the quite considerable length of the mght pleuro- visceral connective; the supra-intestinal ¢ eanglion occupying its more normal position close to the osphradium, instead of being intimately related to the nerve-ring, as in the Volutes described by Martin F. Woodward. Conclusions.—As will be seen, Voluta musica does not differ in its anatomy from those few Volutide of whose structure any details are at present known, to such an extent as to justify its separation from the other members of that group, the most evident deviation being in the radula; but even in this feature there are indications, as will be pointed out, of the existence of an intermediate type in Lyria deliciosa, and further links may reasonably be anticipated to exist among the large number of species of w hose anatomy nothing is as ‘yet known.! Moreover, it must be remembered that the taxonomic 1 Since this paper was written I have been enabled to examine the radula of Lyria nucl us, Lam.: this exhibits a most perfect intermediate stage between the V. musica aud the Lyria deliviosa types. PACE: ANATOMY OF VOLUTA MUSICA, LINN., ETC. 25 value of the radula in the Prosobranchiata has been considerably overrated ; and that the more important characters are probably those which are afforded by the alimentary canal with its appended glands, and by the nervous system. In the morphology of its alimentar y apparatus, V. musica is in complete accord with what is known in other forms referred to the Volutide; while, as regards its nervous system, the presence of a definite right pleuro- visceral connective is suggestive of a more primitive condition than is met with in any known form other than J/elo Neptuni (1, figs. 74 and 75). Lyrta peExicrosa, Montrz. The anatomy of this form was investigated by P. Fischer (4); but, although he would seem to have had ample material, his description is anything but complete. Leiblein’s Gland.—F¥ischer makes no mention of the existence of an cesophageal cecum in Lyria: can it be that it is absent or insignificant in this form; or, may it not rather be, that what is described as the stomach is in reality formed by the convoluted Leiblein’s gland bound up with the gut? Salivary Glands —Fischer describes the tubular salivary glands, which he states open one on each side! of the radula-sac, but he says nothing of the normal acinose ones, which are, presumably, also present. Radula.—Fischer’s figure of the radula is a somewhat unsatisfactory one, but the enlarged, straight base of the tooth, and the small and equal size of its cusps, are rather suggestive of an approximation towards the V. musica type. Neprongorsis Gitcuristt, Sby. My specimen, like that described by Martin F. Woodward (13), was afemale. It was preserved in spirit, had been removed from its shell,* and was minus the visceral sac when I received it. Otherwise, notwithstanding the fact that the animal had been macerated for a fortnight in order to facilitate removal from its shell, the tissues were in fairly good condition for dissection. External characters of Animal.—The head is produced into two enormous, expanded, tentacular lobes: these, although flattened, are stout and. solid, and haye their borders rounded ; they are separated in the middle line by a deep notch, which is continued over the dorsal surface of the head as a shallow median groove. It is noteworthy that the head is not quite symmetrical, the right tentacle, and more particularly the eye-stalk, being more dev eloped than the left. The general shape of the head is shown in Fig. 5, in which the position of the rhynchostome, or false mouth, is also indicated. 1 It is probable that the tubular ‘salivary glands’ in all cases open in advance of the radula-sac, and not at its posterior extremity. 2 The register number of the shell, which is in the British Museum, is ‘‘1901: 10": 29° IM} 26 PROCEEDINGS OF THE MALACOLOGICAL SOCIETY. The foot is bilobed anteriorly, and its front margin is duplicated. It bears a conspicuous pedal pore on the sole at about its middle. The opercular pad is large. The s¢phon is very short, and the edge of the mantle is continued round its base as a very slight and incon- spicuous collar. Martin F. Woodward has stated that the siphon is devoid of appendages: my specimen, however, showed a prominent tongue-shaped outgrowth of the left border of the siphon at its base, and I have since made out the existence of a similar structure in Woodward's specimen, in which its presence had been obscured by coagulated mucus. ‘The posterior siphon is represented by but a slight groove. The animal appeared to have been entirely destitute of colour- markings. The eye-spots are red in the preserved specimen. Introvert.—The rhynchostome, or external opening of the introvert- sheath, is rounded and quite simple. The eversible portion of the introvert is conical in form, somewhat flattened dorso-ventrally, and with the base of the cone, not at right angles to its axis, but facing downwards. Its walls are enormously thickened and muscular, especially at its base. The musculature of the introvert consists of two lateral series of rounded bundles arising on the body-wall, and inserted at close intervals along the sides of the introvert-sheath (Fig. 6). These bundles become more developed towards the base of the introvert, which is further provided with a powerful retractor, arising on the roof of the body-cayity and inserted dorsally on to the introvert-sheath. Alimentary Canal.—The mouth is a small vertical slit at the extreme end of the proboscis: it is destitute of jaws and unsupported by cartilage. The buccal mass is well developed, measuring about 9 mm. in length. Its roof is extremely thin and transparent, and so closely applied to the csophagus as to give the buccal mass a crescentic transverse section. The initial segment of the cesophagus is perfectly straight, and practically buried up in the muscular root of the imtro- vert. After passing out of the introvert the cesophagus becomes somewhat enlarged and very thick-walled. In the contracted condition it passes sharply forward, to the right of the retracted introvert, as far as the nerve-ring. Passing through this, it makes another sharp turn backwards, and appears to be continued without any break as Leiblein’s gland; the oesophagus appearing to come off below, immediately behind the nerve-ring, as a a thin- walled, and compa -atively insig- nificant, outgrowth of what is in reality its own diverticulum. The explanation of this apparent anomaly would seem to be that here, as in perhaps the majority of instances, the point of separation of the cesophageal diverticulum from the cesophagus is not its true point of origin, the latter being situated far forward in advance of the nerve- collar, né mely, at the point of apparent thickening of the cesophagus. From here, backwards, the cesophagus is so closely bound up with its diverticulum as to be indistinguishable from it by ordinary dissection. After the separation off of Leiblein’s gland the cesophagus undergoes no further convolution; but its walls soon become so exceedingly thin ~I PACE: ANATOMY OF VOLUTA MUSICA, LINN., ETC. 4 as to appear quite membranous, and the lumen of the gut is at the same time increased. Salivary Glands.—Two pairs of so-called salivary glands are present (Fig. 7); the one pair acinose, the other tubular. Both pairs are situated entirely in advance of the central nervous system. The acinose glands occupy a position immediately in front of the nerve-ring. Their acint are much mixed up, but they are so exceedingly brittle that I was unable to determine whether there is any actual communication between the glands of the right and left sides, such as exists in certain Toxoglossa. The racemose glands are in close contact with the cesophagus, and only an extremely short tract of their ducts is free. After becoming applied to the cesophageal wall the salivary ducts become exceedingly delicate, so delicate that I was quite unable to follow them forward to their pharyngeal openings. The tubular glands are highly developed. That part outside the introvert is of large calibre, and les perfectly freely within the body- cavity. As is the case in V. musica, the tubular glands are sharply bent back upon themselves at a short distance from their distinctly enlarged distal extremities. ‘lhey are of gradually decreasing calibre, and become very delicate within the introvert. Upon re eaching the end of the radula-sac, the glands, now of extreme tenuity, pass under the retractor muscle of the buccal mass, and there unite to form a single convoluted duct of increased calibre. This convoluted duct forms a broad strap-shaped mass lying beneath the buccal mass, and might very easily be mistaken for an anterior buccal retractor. It was “possible to trace the duct right forward as far as the lips; and it appeared to open into the mouth well in advance of the buccal mass, but | was not able to make out its actual orifice with certainty ; anyhow, unless the duct doubles back again and 1s excessively delicate, it certainly does not open upon the floor of the buccal mass, as has been described, possibly erroneously, in other forms. Radula.—The radula contained 65 rows ; ; and the most important point which I bave been enabled to make out with regard to this interesting form is the fact that the true formula of the radula (Fig. 8) is 1-1-1, and not 0-1-0 as described’ by Sowerby (11). I had rather anticipated finding some indication of lateral teeth in this form, which in the characters of its shell and operculum approxi- mates rather towards the fusoid type; and therefore took particular pains in the investigation of this structure, otherwise its true nature would most certainly have escaped me. In the fresh state*® the lateral 1 Sowerby’s figure shows such discrepancies from my preparation, that I venture to question whether the radula of some other species, e.g. Cymbiola ancilla, may not have been accidentaily substituted for that of eae by the mounter ot Sowerby’s slide. 2 A radula should in all cases be examined Jefore cleaning with potash, since vestigial teeth such as those in question may be much too tender to withstand the action of this reagent. It is not sufficiently realized that potash is not without effect upon chitinous material; but that, on the contrary, delicate structures may be entirely destroyed by its use. 28 PROCEEDINGS OF THE MALACOLOGICAL SOCIETY. teeth, though quite unmistakably present, were plainly seen to be ereatly degenerate, and are probably quite functionless. They were of extreme. tenuity compared with the very massive rhachidian tooth, and their contours were ragged.!. Under the action of, even cold, caustic potash they were so very speedily disintegrated, that I had no time to make a drawing of them before they were entirely destroyed. VoturititHeEs aBysstcota, Ad. & Rve. I have examined the dissected specimen described by Martin F. Woodward, and may add the following to his account (138) of this form. External characters of Aninal.—The tentacles and eye-stalks are quite rounded, and thus unlike those of any other Volute hitherto recorded. The foot is scarcely at all auriculated; its front margin is duplicated. I could find no trace of any pedal pore; and I am confident, so beautifully are the specimens preserved, that I should have been able to detect an opening had one been present. The siphon, which is quite devoid of tentacular appendages, is surrounded by a collar-lke prolongation of the mantle. CymMBIoLa ANCILLA, Sol. The following few notes, based upon the material described by Martin F. Woodward, may be added to his description (13). External characters of Animal.—The front edge of the foot is duplicated. The appendages to the siphon are of very nearly equal length, and are quite insignificant by comparison with the siphon itself. Leiblein’s Gland.—This is much convoluted, and the convolutions are bound up together in very tough connective tissue. ‘The duct terminates in a muscular sac of not much larger calibre than the duct. Salivary Glands.—Vhe tubular glands each terminate in a distinct pyriform enlargement. Radula.—Mr. Martin F. Woodward did not consider it necessary to figure the radula, since it is of the same type as that of the majority of the Volutes whose dentition has been examined. In my opinion, however, it is desirable that, wherever possible, the detailed charac- ters of this organ should be placed upon record, since these details will probably assume an increased importance in the future. I have therefore made a camera-lucida drawing (Fig. 9) from Woodward's preparation. It should be noted that the central cusp bears no dorsal groove, but is quite solid and rounded. ‘The radula, as mounted, contains 48 tecth, and it appears to be complete. VESPERTILIO VESPERTILIO, Linn. Radula.—For comparison with the radula of Amoria Turneri, I have thought it advisable to figure a portion of the original preparation described by Dr. Gray (7) as that of V. vespertiho (Fig. 10). The 1 Jt is noteworthy that degenerate lateral teeth have been recorded by Schacko (10) as existing in Pop licisimoonciniites ved Dern Vv atitev Lind CA moanrtong PACE: ANATOMY OF VOLUTA MUSICA, LINN., ETC. 29 grooved condition of the central cusp, not indicated by Gray or Troschel (12), should be noted. As mounted by Dr. Gray the radula consisted of 26 teeth. Amorra Turnert, Gray. Radula.—The original preparation figured by Dr. Gray (6; p. 133, fig. 5) as the radula of this species. shows, as I had surmised, that his figure does not well interpret the structure of the tooth. I have therefore refigured it (Fig. 11). It will be seen that there is, after all, nothing so very peculiar about the radula of A. Zurnerv; and that it differs from that of V. vespertilio only in haying the base of the tooth even more arched than it is in the latter form, and in the complete suppression of its lateral cusps with accompanying greater development of the central cusp. Voturomitra GREENLANDICA, Beck. Radula.—Martin F. Woodward (18) and others have assumed that the figure given by Troschel (12; pl. v, fig. 5b) represented a normal, triserial radula. This figure, however, in reality demonstrates the effect of pressure upon the cover-glass ; for the apparent lateral teeth are in reality but the broken-off bases of the highly arched rhachidian tooth, which appears to be alone present. This tooth would seem to be in every respect comparable with that of Amoria Turnerv.* Hazia Priamus, Meusch. There now seems to be no reasonable doubt as to the correctness of the reference of this form to the Volutide. The published accounts of its anatomy are, however, obviously based upon misconceptions as to the homologies of the parts; and these inaccuracies have unfortunately received the imprimatur of the text-books. Alimentary Canal and Leiblein’s Gland.—Fischer (3) regarded the convolutions of the cesophageal czecum as being those of the intestine ; and both he and Poirier (8) have mistaken for the stomach what is without doubt only the enlarged terminal segment of this diverticulum. The true stomach is figured -by Poirier (8; pl. ii, fig. 4) occupying its normal position, and with the usual relationships; but it is regarded by him merely as a bend of the intestine. The condition of Leiblein’s gland in this form is generally regarded as quite a peculiar one, Poirier having described it as being in open communication with the lumen of the alimentary canal, at its enlarged distal end as well as proximally. Now, is it not in the highest degree probable that the actual facts of the case are, that the terminal enlargement of the cesophageal czecum is so closely bound up with the cesophagus, that in the process of dissection an apparent second opening into the gut has been artificially formed at this point? It is an exceedingly easy matter to fall into error regarding the openings of minute ducts ; thus, I was myself very nearly 1 T had hoped to refigure the radula from Dr. Gray’s preparation, but an examination of the slide, a temporary mount, shows that the radula itself has unfortunately disappeared. 30 PROCEEDINGS OF THE MALACOLOGICAL SOCIETY. recording such a second communication between the cesophagus and its cecum in V. musica. The only really conclusive method of determining points such as the one in question is by serial-sectioning.’ Radula.—The radula appears to be in every respect similar to that of Amoria Fischer (3) undoubtedly examined this organ from its lower surface, and arrived at quite an erroneous conclusion as to its true nature, since he describes it as of the formula 1—0—1, and haying a deep median furrow. Poirier (8) gave the formula as 1-1-1; but the supposed laterals, like those of Volutomitra, are almost certainly only the broken-off ends of the highly arched base of the rhachidian tooth. Merzerrra aupus (Jeffr.) [=IMeyerva pusilla, Sars |. May not this form, which by Sars (9) was referred to the Muricide, be more closely related to the Volutide? The shell has columella plaits which are quite as strongly developed as they are in some admitted Volutes; and the obviously inexact figure given by Sars of the alimentary canal is somewhat reminiscent of the Volutoid type, while the radula does not appear to be so very unlike that of Psephea “olutilithes. REFERENCES. 1. Bouvier, EL. L.: Systeme nerveux, morphologie générale, et classification des Gastéropodes Prosobranches: Ann. Sci. Nat., Zool., sér. vit, tom. ii (1887). 2. Bower, £. L.: Sur le Siphon cesophagien des Marginelles: Bull. Soc. Philom., sér. vill, tom. 1 (1889), pp. 13-14. 3. Fischer, P.: Monographie du genre Hala, Risso (Priamus, Beck) : Journ. de Conch., tom. vii (1858), pp. 141- 158, pl. v. 4. Mscher, P.: Sur Vanatomie des Lyria: Journ. de Conch., tom. xv (1867), pp. 849-356, pl. xi. 5. Fischer, P.: Sur ?Animal du Voluta musiea, Linn.: Journ. de Conch., tom. xxvii (1879), pp. 97-106, pl. v. 6. Gray, J. £.: On the division of Ctenobranchous Gasteropodous Mollusea into larger groups and families: Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist., ser. 11, vol. xi (1853), pp. 124-1338. 7. Gray, WE .: On the Teeth of the genus Jhtra, Lamarck : Ann, & Mag. Nat. Hist., ser. 1, vol. xii (1853), pp. 129-130. 8. Poirier, J. : Recherches anatomiques sur l Halia Priamus (Risso) : Bull. Soe. Malac. France, tom. 11 (1885), pp. 17-50, pls. ii-iv. 9. Sars, A. : Mollusca Regionis Arcticee Norvegie : Christiania, 1878. 10. Schacko, G.: Radula Untersuchungen : Conch. Mitth., Bd. i (1881), pp. 122-128, pl. xxiv. 1 It may be noted that Bouvier (2) has recorded that in Marginella cingulata the cesophageal cecum communicates with the @sophagus by two openings situated in close proximity to each other; and he regards the diverticulum as being in this case of a similar nature to that stated to exist in Halia, only that in Marginella the supposed loop has become obliterated by the fusion of its inner faces. =k, 4 eau * Soc. Vol. y, ek Proc. Malac. a ANATOMY OF VOLUTIDA. PE. 12. 13. PACE: ANATOMY OF VOLUTA MUSICA, LINN., ETC. 31 Sowerby, G. B.: Description of a new South African marine Gasteropod [with note upon the anatomy by Martin F. Wood- ward]: Marine Investigations in S. Africa, Dept. of Agriculture, Cape of Good Hope, No. 5 (1898). Troschel, F. H.: Das Gebiss der Schnecken, Bd. u (1868), Lief. 2. Woodward, Martin F.: Note on the Anatomy of Voluta ancilla (Sol.), Weptuneopsis Gilchristi, Sby., and Volutilithes abyssicola (Ad. & Rve.): Proc. Malac. Soc. London, vol. iv (1900), pp. 117-125, pl. x. EXPLANATION OF PLATE II. . 1. Voluta musica, Linn. Head, ete., as seen from above: the mantle-cavity laid open to show the relationships of the organs of the pallial complex. 2. Voluta musica, Linn. Dissection of the anterior region of the alimentary canal from the right side; semi-diagrammatic. 3. Voluta musiea, Linn. The central nervous system as seen from the right side. 4. Voluta musica, Linn. Portion of radula. 5. Neptuneopsis Gilchristi, Sby. View of the head from above ; the positions of the rhynchostome and of the line of attachment to the neck are indicated by dotted lines. 6. Neptuneopsis Gilchristi, Sby. Diagram of the introvert and its muscu- lature. 7. Neptuneopsis Gilchristi, Sby. Dissection of the anterior region of the alimentary canal viewed from above. The introvert and the pharynx are laid open, and the nerves and circulatory vessels and the left racemose salivary gland are omitted. The retractor muscle of the buccal mass is seen lying between the tubular salivary glands. 8. Neptuneopsis Gilchristi, Sby. Portion of radula showing the vestigial lateral teeth. 9. Cymbiola ancilla, Sol. Portion of radula. 10. Vespertilio vespertilio, Linn. Portion of radula. 11. 94 PROCEEDINGS OF THE MALACOLOGICAL SOCIETY. tinscutpta, K. Martin, 1895: ‘* Columbella (s. str.) flavida Lam. ; var. nov. ¢nsculpta | = C. lacteoides, Mart.|”: Foss. Java, p. 120 [no fig.]: Zyexz—|[ Geol. Mus., Leyden]: Loc.—Java. instants (A. Adams), July, 1853: Mitra msignis, A. Adams” Ann. Nat. Hist., ser. m, vol. xu, p. 49 [no fig.]: Z'vpz. Coll. Cuming | Brit. Mus., London | : Loc.—* Rains Island.” tinstents, H. B. Geinitz, 1871: ‘* C. [ Columbella| insignis Gein.” Paleontogr., vol. xx, p. 264, pl. lix, fig. 4: Zypz—[?]: Toe ‘‘Tm unteren Pliner am Forsthause bei Plauen.” tInTASTRIATA |1.e., tnterstriata |, Conrad. INTEMERATA, J. Hervier, Dec. 26, 1899: Colwmbella conspersa, Gask., var. itemerata, Herv.: Journ. Conchyl., vol. xlvii, p. 352: 7'yer.—t{ Coll. Société de Marie, Lyons]: ZLoc.—Lifu. IntERMISSA, J. Hervier, Dec. 26, 1899: Columbella Lifouana, Herv., var. intermissa, Herv.: Journ. Conchyl., vol. xlvu, p. 3860: Tyrr.—t{ Coll. Société de Marie, Lyons]: Zoc.—Lifu. tinreRposita, G. Seguenza, 1880: ‘ C. [ Columbella| interposita n.sp.”?: Atti Accad. Pont. Lincei, ser. m1, vol. vi, p. 105, pl. xi, fig. 14: Typx.—t|?]: Loc.—Tortonian: Benestare, Calabria. InTERPUNCTA, J. Hervier, Dec. 26, 1899: Columbella venulata, Sby., var. interpuncta, Herv.: Journ. Conchyl., vol. xlvi, p. 343: Tyrr.—t| Coll. Société de Marie, Lyons]: ie caetae mnTERRUPTA | = C. Angasi, Braz. |, G. F. Angas [nom. preoce. |, Jan. 1865: ‘‘ Columbella interrupta, nob.” : Proc. Zool. Soc., 1865, p. 56, pl. ii, figs. 9-10: Zypz.—Coll. Angas (Brit. Mus., London(!)]: Loo.— York’s Peninsula, South Australia.” rnterRUPTA, J. S. Gaskoin, 1851 [Oct. 28, 1852]: ‘ Columbella interrupta’’: Proc. Zool. Soc., 1851, pp. 8-4 [no fig.]: Zrrz.— Coll. Gaskoin [ Brit. Mus., London}: ZLoc.—{? | INTERRUPTA [| = Pleurotomidee | (L. A. Reeve), { Aug. ] 1846: ‘‘Mangelia interrupta [n.sp.|”: Proc. Zool. Soc., 1846, p. 61 [no fig. ]: Tyrr.—Coll. Cuming [ Brit. Mus., London (!)]: Loo.—l. of Ticao, Philippines (Cuming). tivrerstTriaTa (T. A. Conrad), 1855: ‘WV. [ Nassa] intastriata [sic], Con.”?: in Blake, Expl. Surv. Railr. Route Mississippi Pacifie, Prelim. Geol. Rep. [ House Doc. 129], App. p. 17 [no fig. ]: TyPn.— [?]: Loo.—‘‘ San Pedro, Recent formation.” INTERTEXTA {1.€., ntexta |, Gaskoin. mrexta, J. S. Gaskoin, 1851 [ Oct. 28, 1852]: ‘* Columbella intexta” : Proe. Zool. Soc., 1851, p. 7 [no fig .]: Typz—(Co-types) Coll. Cuming { Brit. Mus. , London}; Coll. Gaskoin: Loo.— Australia.” inTIncTA (L. A. Reeve), Dec. 1846: ‘* Buccinum intinetum”’ Conch. Icon., Buceinum, sp. 82: Tyrr.—Coll. Cuming [ Brit. ie London (!)]: Loe. seo finversa (H. Nyst), 1835: ‘ Zerebra inversa, Nob.’?: Rech. Coq. Foss. Anvers, p. 34, pl. v, fig. 49: Zypx—Coll. Nyst: Loo.— Antwerp. ropostoma, J. S. Gaskoin, 1851 [Oct. 28, 1852]: ‘* Columbella Lodostoma”’?: Proc. Zool. Soc., 1851, p. 18 [no fig.]: Trrz— Coll. Gaskoin [ Brit. Mus., London (!) |: Zoc.—Pt. Essington. PACE : ON THE COLUMBELLIDZ®. 95 rontp | sp.indet. |, P. L. Duclos, 1835 [ Apr. 1840]: ‘* Col.—Tonida”’: Hist. nat. Coq. univ., pl. vii, figs. 5-8 [no descr.]: Zyrxz—[?]: Loo.—|?] tontHa, EK. Ravenel, Feb. 1861: ‘* Columbella tontha”: Proc. Acad. Philad., 1861, pp. 42-3 [no fig.]: Zyez—[?]: ZLoc.—* From stomach of fish caught off Charleston Bar.”’ rostoma (L. A. Reeve), Sept. 1846: ‘‘ Ricinula iostoma’’: Conch. Icon., Ricinula, sp. 37 : Typr.—Coll. Adamson : Loc.—{?] tozona [group of C. lachryma (Rve.)], J. Hervier, Dec. 26, 1899: ‘** Columbella vozona, J. Hervier”?: Journ. Conchyl., vol. xlvii, pp. 388-9, pl. xiv, figs. 4-4a: Typx.—t| Coll. Société de Marie, Lyons]: Zoc.—Lifu. {rents, P. L. Duclos, 1835 [ Apr. 1840]: ‘ Col.—Iphis”’ : Hist. nat. Coq. univ., pl. 18, figs. 11-2 [no deser.]: ZyPz.—[?]: Loc.—[?] tTrRoRATA, L. A. Reeve, Feb. 1859: ‘* Columbella irrorata”’: Conch. Icon., sp. 153: Zypxz—Coll. Cuming [ Brit. Mus., London (!) |: Loc.— Australia.” ISABELLINA, J. C. H. Crosse, Apr. 1, 1865: ‘* Columbella isabellina” : Journ. Conchyl., vol. xiii, pp. 229-30 [no fig.]: Zyrz—Coll. Crosse: Loc.—{? ] ISOMELLA [?=C. pulchella (Bl.)], P. L. Duclos, 1835 [Apr. 1840]: ‘* Col._—Isomella”’ : Hist. nat. Coq. univ., pl. ix, figs. 7-8 [no descr. ]: Zyrz.—{?]: Loo.—[?} IsoMELLA, J. Hervier [non Duclos], Dec. 26, 1899: ‘ Columbella tsomella, Duclos’? : Journ. Conchyl., vol. xlvii, pp. 360-2, pl. xiii, fig. 7 [var. subfelina, Herv.|: Zyrz.—t{ Coll. Société de Marie, Lyons]: Zoc.—Lifu (Goubin). fisseLI, F. Sacco, 1890: ‘‘ Columbella (Mitrella) Isseli Sace.”: in Bellardi, Mem. Accad. Torino, ser. 1, vol. xl, p. 331, pl. ii, fig. 37 : Tyrr.—Geol. Mus., Turin: Loc.—Upper Miocene: ‘Colli tortonesi, Stazzano.” firurroma, W. H. Dall, Aug. 1890: ‘ Anachis ithitoma n.s.”?: Trans. Wagner Inst., vol. 111, pp. 136-7, pl. xii, fig. 6: Zypz.—(Co-types) Wagner Inst., Philadelphia ; U.S. Nat. Mus., Washington: Zoc.— ‘The Caloosahatchie { Florida | marl.” trrnoToToma [1.e., ithitoma |, Dall. saPix, P. L. Duclos [1846-58]: ‘ C. [ Colombella| Japix”’ : in Chenu, Illust. Conch., pl. xxii, figs. 13-4 [no deser.]: Zvrz.—[?]: Loc.—{?] gapontca, A. A. Gould, Dec. 1860: ‘‘ Hsopus japonicus, n.sp.”’ : Proc. Boston Soc., vol. vii, p. 383 [no fig.]: Zyexz—[U.S. Nat. Mus., Washington |: ZLoc.—Kagosima Bay, Japan. JAPONICA [=C. polynyma, Pils.|, E. v. Martens [nom. preoce. ], Noy. 1897: ‘ Columbella japonica un. [u.n. for C. misera, Dunker, non Sby.|”: Arch. Naturg., vol. xii, p. 170, pl. xvi, fig. 6: Tyvrr.—(Co-types) Coll. Dunker ; Coll. Hilgendorf : Zoc.—Naga- saki (Dunker); Japan (Hilgendorf). 96 PROCEEDINGS OF THE MALACOLOGICAL SOCIETY. gapontca, L. A. Reeve, Apr. 1858: ‘* Columbella japonica’? : Conch. Icon., sp. 45: Z'yrz.—Coll. Cuming [ Brit. Mus., London]: Zoc.— ‘« Japan.” gaspipna, G. B. Sowerby 1, [Sept.] 1844: ‘‘ Columbella jaspidea, nob.”: Proc. Zool. Soc., 1844, p. 50 [no fig.]: Z'yez—Coll. Cuming | Brit. Mus., London (?)]: Zoo.—lIs. of Ticao (Cuming). JAVAcENSIS, J. S. Gaskoin [ MS.,= Reeve, sp. ]. JAVACENSIS [= C. fasciata, Sby.], L. A. Reeve, Jan. 1858: Columbella javacensis, Gaskom: Conch. Icon., sp. 22: Zyrz.— Coll. Cuming [ Brit. Mus., London (!)]: Zoc.—Java. JAVAENSIS {1.e., avacensis |, Gaskoin [1.e., Reeve, sp. ]. JODOSTA [1.e., tdosta], Duclos. JODOSTOMA |1.€., todostoma |, Gaskoin. JONIDA |1.e., tonida |, Duclos. JONTHA ee tontha |, Ravenel. tsonaHunNtI (K. Martin), 1880: “ Buceinum Junghuhni nov. spec.” : Tertiirsch. Java, p. 38, pl. vu, fig. 6: Zyrz.—{ Geol. Mus., Leyden ]: Loo—s. Java. txarrerr [=C. Bronni, Mayer-Eymar], R. Hoernes & M. Auinger, Dec. 31, 1880: ‘ Columbella (Nitidella) Karrert nov. form [n.n. for C. tiara, M. Hoern., non Brocchi]”?: Abhandl. geol. Reichsanst., vol. xii, pp. 93-4, pl. xi, figs. 4-5: Zypx—Hof-Mineralien- Cabinet, Vienna: Zoc.—Baden; also from Voslau and Soos, Forchtenau and Niederleis. tKaTHARINE, R. Hoernes & M. Auinger, Dec. 31, 1880: ‘* Columbella (Mitidella) Katharine nov. form”: Abhandl. geol. Reichsanst., vol. xii, p. 94, pl. xi, figs. 6-7: Z'yez—Hof-Mineralien-Cabinet, Vienna: Loc.—Porzteich. KIéNERI |sp. indet., group of C. terpsichore, Sby.], E. v. Martens, Nov. 1897 : Columbella terpsichore, Sby., ‘‘ var. Kvenert, n. [=C. terpsichore, Kien., non Sby.]”: Arch. Naturg., vol. lxiu, p. 168: Zyrxz.—Coll. Patel: Loc.—‘‘ Polynesien nach Kiener.” KreNERIA [? Avenert], P. L. Duclos [1846-58]: ‘“ C. [ Colombella] Kieneria”’?: in Chenu, Ilust. Conch., pl. xxv, figs. 19-20 [no deser.]: Zypz—[?]: Loe.—[?] KINERIA [i.e., Ateneria |, Duclos. krrostra, P. L. Duclos, 1835 [| Apr. 1840]: ‘* Colombella Kirostra”’ : Hist. nat. Coq. univ., pl. xi, figs. 1-2 [no deser.]: Zypz—[?]: Loo.—[?] Kircuiner, G. B. Sowerby mm, Apr. 1894: ‘* Columbella kitchingi Sowerby, nu.sp.”: Journ. Conch., vol. vii, p. 370 [no fig.]: Trrz.—|[?]: Loo.—‘*Green Point, Cape of Good Hope” (L. Kitching). }KLipsrErnt, G. Michelotti, 1847: ‘ Coluwmbella Klipsteint. mihi {n.n. for C. semipunctata, Bell. & Mich.,non Lam. |”: Natuurk. Verhandel. Haarlem, ser. u, vol. iu, p. 308, pl. xvu, fig. 5: Zypz.—(Co- types) Mus. Soc. Holl., Haarlem; Coll. Michelstti [Geol. Mus., Rome |: Zoc.—Miocene: ‘ La colline de Turin.” PACE : ON THE COLUMBELLID. 97 {xorrerti (i.e., Karrerc|, Hoernes & Auinger. Kkiuss1t, G. B. Sowerby 1, [Sept.] 1844: ‘¢ Columbella Kraussi nob.” : Proc. Zool. Soc., 1844, p. 53 [no fig.]: Z'yez.—brit. Mus., London [ils Lee. Natal (Krauss). LtaBecuLa, A. A. Gould, Feb. 1862: ‘‘ Mangelia (Astyris) labecula n.sp.|’’: Proc. Boston Soc., vol. viii, p. 281 [no fig.]: Zyez.— Ps : Loc.— Dredged off the Coast of Georgia.” {zaBrosa, Lowel- Reeve [i.e., J. de C. Sowerby, sp. ]. LaBiosa, G. B. Sowerby 1 [1822]: “ C. [ Columbella] labiosa”’ Genera Rec. & Foss. Shells, vol. i i (No. ix), pl. 248, fig. 2: Tyrpr.—|?]: Loo.—‘ From C: alifornia,? {LABIOSA [| = Nassidee ], J. de C. Sowerby [Nov. 1824]: ‘ Buccinum labiosum”’: in J. Sowerby, Mineral Conch., vol. v, p. 122, pl. 471, fig. 3: Typr.—t|?]: Loc.—Crag. LACEPEDEI | = Nasside] (B. C. Payraudeau), 1826: ‘ Buccinum Lacepedit. Nob.” : Catal. Annel. & Moll. Corse, pp. 161-2, pl. viii, figs. 13-4: Typz.—Mus. Paris: Loc.—Corsica: ‘* Ajaccio, Valinco, Santa-Manza, Santa-Giulia.”’ LAcHRYMA, J. 8, Gaskoin [ MS., = Reeve, sp. ]. LacHrYMA (L. A. Reeve), March, 1845: JLitra lachryma: Conch. Icon., Mitra, sp. 258: T'ypz.—Coll. Metcalfe: ZLoe.—[?] LAcHRYymA, L. A. Reeve, Nov. 1858 [| =Reeve, sp., 1845]: ‘* Colum- bella lachryma {[Gask., MS.]”?: Conch. Icon., sp. 125: ZyPrz.— Coll. Cuming [ Brit. Mus., London]: Loc. ee LAcRIMA [1.e., lachryma], Gaskoin [i.e., Reeve, sp. LACTEA| sp. indet. J, P. L. Duclos, 1835 ee 1840 |: “Col.—Lactea” Hist. nat. Coq. univ., pl. i, figs. 3-4 [no deser.]: Z'vrz. TP]: Loo—|? LacTga (LL. C, Kiener) [1834]: ‘‘ Buecinum lacteum, Nobis”: Spec. gén. Coq. viv., Buceinum, p. 58, pl. xviii, fig. 67: Z'ypxz—Coll. Woldemar: Zoc.—‘ Mers de I’ Inde.” LactEa [group of C. rustica (Linn.)], T. di Monterosato, 1875: Columbella rustica, Lin., var. lactea: Atti Accad. Palermo, Ser, In vol. v, p 41: Zvpz. aye ‘Loc.—Mediterranean. LACTEA [ group of C. olivordea (Cantr.)], T. di Monterosato, 1878: Columbella Greet, Phil., var. lactea: Giorn. Soc. Palermo, vol. xiii, p- 104: Zypz—[?]: Loc.—Mediterranean. LactEA, IT. di Monterosato, 1878: Columbella Briset, Brus., var. lactea: Giorn. Soc. Palermo, vol. xii, p. 104: Zyez—[?]: Loc.—Mediterranean ; Adriatic. LACTEA | not used as a trivial name |, R. A. Philippi, 1836: ‘ Buceinum Linnei, Payr., Var. 6”: Enum. Moll. Sicilie, vol. i, p. 225: Tyrr.—{?]: Loc.—{ Sicily. tactEa [= C. Babbi, Tryon], L. A. Reeve [non Kien. ], Nov. 1858: Columbella lactea (Kiener): Conch. Icon., sp. 120: Vypz.—Coll. Cuming [ Brit. Mus., London (!)]: Loe. —Gulf of California (Babb). LACTEA j=e. idalina, Hac, (Gab: Sowerby 1 [non Kien. ], 1844: ** Col. lactea, Buce. lacteum Kiener’?: Thes. Conch., sp. 56: Trpr.—(?]|: Loe.— [?] VOL. V.—APRIL, 1902. id 98 PROCEEDINGS OF THE MALACOLOGICAL SOCIETY. tuactrorpEs [| group of C. flava (Brug.)|, K. Martin, 1880: ‘ Colum- bella lacteoides nov. spec.” : Tertiairsch. Java, pp. 30-1, pl. vi, fig. 8: Tyrxz—I([ Geol. Mus., Leyden]: Loc.—Java. LACTESCENS, Montrouzier [i.e., Souverbie, sp. ]. LactEsceNs [group of C. pardalina, Lam.|, M. Souverbie, Apr. 1, 1866: ‘ Columbella lactescens, Souv.”’: Journ. Conchyl., vol. xiv, pp. 144-5, pl. vi, fig. 5: Zypz.—Mus. Bordeaux: Loc.—* Ins. Art. (Archip. Caledon.).” Lara, J. Brazier, [Feb.] 1877: ‘* Columbella (Astyris) leta, n:sp.” : Proc. Linn. Soc. New South Wales, vol. i, pp. 232-3 [no fig. |: Tyrr.— Chevert’ Coll. [Macleay Mus., Sydney, N.S.W. ae Loc.—Darnley I., Torres Straits. fumvieata, H. KE. Anton, 1839: “{ Columbella] laevigata mihi” : Verzeichn. Conch, sp. 2842 [no fig.]: Zyrz—Coll. Anton: Loc.— Fossil, Grobkalk.”’ L&VIGATA [=C. seripta (Linn.)], A. Bivona-Bernardi, Apr. 1832: ‘“* Pisania laevigata, N.”: Effem. Scient. Sicilia, vol. ii, pp. 12-3, pl. u, fig. 7: Zypx—l?]: Loc.—‘ Abita nel mare di Palermo e di Messina.” Lmvicata, C. Linneus, [Jan. 1] 1758: “[ Buecinum] laevigatum” : Syst. Nat., 10th ed., p. 741, sp. 414 [no fig.]: Zypz—[? Coll. Linneus |: ZLoc.—‘‘ Habitat in M. Mediterraneo” | erroneous |. tavigATa, K. T. Menke | = Linneus, sp. |, July, 1853: ‘* Columbella laevigata m.”: Zeitschr. Malak., vol. x, p. 76 {no fig. |: Z'yrz—[?]: Loc.—| West Indies, ete. | Lzvis |=£rato|, T. Brown, 1844: ‘C. [ Columbella] levis”: Illust. Rec. Conch , 2nd. ed., p. 4, pl. x, fig. xv [refers to 1st ed., pl. i, fig. 15, which I cannot trace as having been published |: Tyrr.—|?]: Loc.—‘‘ Found in deep water in Salcomb bay.” tiavis (D. EK. Eichwald), 1829: “ V.[ Voluta (Mitra) | laevis, n.”: Zool. specialis, vol. i, p. 297, pl. v, fig. 14 [ fig. reversed]: Zypz.—[?]: Loc.—* Hab. caleem Poczaiowensem.” tiavis, R. P. Whitfield, 1894: ‘* Strombina (Amycla) levis, n.sp.”’ : Monogr. U.S. Geol. Surv., vol. xxiv, p. 111, pl. xx, figs. 1-4: Tyrr. — U.S. Nat. Mus., Washington: Zoc.—‘‘In the gray micaceous Miocene marls”’: Jericho, N.J.; Shiloh, N J. LAFRESNAYT, P. Fischer & A. C. Bernardi, April, 1857: ‘* Columbella Lafresnayt”’?: Journ. Conchyl., vol. v, p. 357, pl. xii, figs. 4-8: Tyrr.—|?|: Loc.—Marie-Galante, W. Indies. LANCEOLATA, J. Hervier, Dec. 26, 1899: Columbella pardalina, Lam., var. lanceolata, Herv.: Journ. Conchyl., vol. xlvii, pp. 307-8: Tyrz.—| Coll. Société de Marie, Lyons]: Zoc.—Lifu. LANCEOLATA, Kiener [i.e , Sowerby, sp. |. LancEonata, A. Locard, 1886: ‘* Colwmbella lanceolata, Nov. sp. [n.n. for C. seripta, Linn., var. elongata, Bucq., D., & D.|”: Prodr. Malac. Fr., Moll. mar., pp. 102, 5389: Zypz—[?]: Loc.—‘* La Méditerranée: Saint-Tropez, Saint-Raphaél, dans le Var (Nob.).” PACE : ON THE COLUMBELLIDA. 99 LancEotaTa, G. B. Sowerby 1, [Aug. 14] 1882 : ‘* Columbella lanceolata”’: Proc. Zool. Soc., 1832, p. 116 [no fig.]: Zyezxz.— Coll. Cuming [ Brit. Mus., London]: Loc.—Gallapagos. LANGLEYI, G. B. Sowerby m1, Dec. 1897: ‘* Columbella Langleyt, n.sp.”?: Append. Mar. Shells S. Africa, p. 8, figs. 8-9: Typz. [?]: Zoc.—Pt. Elizabeth (Crawford). tuarecostara, O. Boettger [extr. 1901]: ‘ Columbella (Anachis) guembeli, R. Hb. . . . var. latecostatan.”: Verhandl. Ver. Hermann- stadt, vol. li [extr.], p. 18 [no fig.]: Zyez.—l[? Coll. Boettger | : Loo.— Koste]: Parau ungurului.” LATEFLOCOATA, J. Hervier, Dec. 26, 1899: Columbella Loyaltyensis, Herv., var. latefloceata, Herv.: Journ. Conchyl., vol. xlvii, p. 349: Tyrr.—t| Coll. Société de Marie, Lyons]: Zoo.—Lifu. LAuTA [{ group of C. troglodytes, Souv.|, W. Dunker [ MS. ]. LAUTA | = Engina], L. A. Reeve, 1486 [1.e , 1846]: ‘‘ Ricinula lauta” : Conch. Icon., Ricinula, sp. 24: Tyrz.—Coll. Cuming | Brit. Mus., London}: Loo.—{? ] LAXA, J. Hervier, Dec. 26, 1899: Columbella pardalina, Lam., var. lava, Herv.: Journ. Conchyl., vol. xlvii, p. 306: 7 yer.—{ Coll. Société de Marie, Lyons]: Loc.—lI. of Pines, New Caledonia. LEGRANDI, J. E. Tenison-Woods, 1876: ‘‘ Columbella legrandi, n.s.”’ : Proc. R Soc. Tasmania, 1875, p. 152 [no fig.]: Zypz.—[?]: Loc.—King’s I., Tasmania. Lemniscara, J. Hervier, Dec. 26, 1899: Columbella Peaser, Martens [ Hervier, sp. ], var. /emniscata, Herv.: Journ. Conchyl., vol. xlvui, p. 370, pl. xiv, fig. 94: Tyrpx.—[ Coll. Société de Marie, Lyons]: Loc.—Lifu. LENtIGINosA, R. B. Hinds, [ Oct. ] 1844: ‘ Columbella lentiginosa”’ : Zool. Voy. Sulphur, vol. ii, p. 39, pl. x, figs. 21-2: Zyrrez—[?]: Loc.—Gulf of Nicoya [ Costa Rica ]. LenTIGINOsA {[ =C. Darwini, Ang.], L. A. Reeve [non Hinds], Apr. 1859: Columbella lentiginosa, Hinds: Conch. Icon., sp. 240: 7T'vrz.—Coll. Taylor | Brit. Mus., London (!) ]: Zoc.—‘‘ Morton B., Australia” (Strange). LEoNTOcRoMA [group of C. olivoidea (Cantr.)] (S. Brusina), 1866: “‘ Mitra leontocroma, mihi”: Contrib. Fauna Moll. Dalmati{ Verhandl. zool.-bot. Ges. Wien., vol. xvi, Suppl.|, pp. 34-5 [no fig.]: Tyrr.—{?|: Loc—Dalmatia. {repmpa, P. L. Duclos, 1835 [ Apr. 1840]: ‘‘ Col—Lepida”’: Hist. nat. Coq. univ., pl. xiii, figs. 3-4 [no deser.]: Zyrx.—l[?]: Loo.—[?] LEvcosTicTA | =C. punctata (Brug.) |, H. F. Link, Mar. 29, 1807: “ C. [ Columbella| leucosticta”: Beschr. Samml. Univ. Rostock, pt. i, p. 94 [no fig.]: Zyex—Univ. Rostock: Loe.—{[?] LEucostoma, J. S. Gaskoin, 1851 [Oct. 28, 1852]: ‘* Columbella leucostoma”’: Proc. Zool. Soc., 1851, p. 4 [no fet Typz.—Coll. Gaskoin [ Brit. Mus., London]: Loo.—[?] LEvcozra [| = Engina|, P. L. Duclos [1846-58]: ‘ C. [ Colombella] Leucoxia”?: in Chenu, Illust. Conch., pl. xxii, figs. 5-6 [no descr. |]: Typz.—[?]: Loc.—|?] 100 PROCEEDINGS OF THE MALACOLOGICAL SOCIETY. LEVANIA [sp. indet.], P. L. Duclos [1846-58]: ‘* C. [ Colombella| Levania’’: in Chenu, Illust. Conch., pl. xxii, figs. 7-8 | no deser. | : Trrz.—[?]: Loo.—{?] LevigATA | =C. levigata (Linn.)], P. L. Duclos [1846-58]: ‘ C. [ Colombella| Levigata”: in Chenu, Illust. Conch., pl. xxu, figs. 17-20: Zyrez.—l[?]: Loo—{[?] turvieata, A. Risso, 1826: ‘( I. [ Mitrella] levigata (N.)”: Hist. nat. Europe mérid., vol. iv, p. 248 [no fig.]: Zypz.— Mus. Paris: Zoc.—S. Europe. ‘Se trouve subfossile.”’ tievis (ie., levis |, Whitfield. LirouaNa, J. Hervier, Dec. 26, 1899: ‘‘ Columbella lifouana, J. Hervier”?: Journ. Conchyl., vol. xlvii, pp. 358-60, pl. xin, fig. 6: Tyrr.—| Coll. Société de Marie, Lyons]: Zoc.—Litu. LIGATA [1.e., lyrata |, Sowerby. LiguTFootr, E. A. Smith, Oct. 1, 1901: ‘* Columbella (Astyris) lightfooti”’: Journ. Conch., vol. x, p. 112, pl. i, fig. 3: Zyrz— [?]: ZLoo.—* Kalk Bay, Cape Colony (R. Lightfoot).” uieuta, P. L. Duclos, 1835 [ Apr. 1840]: ‘ Col—Ligula”: Hist. nat. Coq. univ., pl. xi, figs. 11-6 [no descr.j: Zypz—([?]: Loo.—|? | trieuLiroRMIS [1.e., liguloides |, Doderlein. tiicuLorpes, P. Doderlein, 1562: “ [ Columbella | liguloides nob.” : Mioc. sup. Ital. Centr., p. 24 [name only]: Zyex—Coll. Doderlein: Loc —Upper Miocene: Monte Gibio; 8. Agata. LIMATA [1.e., lunata], Say. {itmonensis, W. M. Gabb, 1881: ‘8S. | Strombina] Limonensis, Gabb, n.s.”: Journ. Acad. Philad., ser. m, vol. vi, p. 356, pl. 46, fig. 40 [fig. inaccurate]: Zypxz—[?]: Zoc.—Pliocene Clay: Limon Peninsula, Costa Rica. Lincotnensis, L. A. Reeve, Apr. 1859: ‘ Columbella Lincolnensis”’ : Conch. Icon., sp. 184: Z'yrz.—Coll. Taylor | Brit. Mus., London (!) ] : Loc.—“ Port Lincoln, Australia.” furnpERI, R. Tournouér, July 1, 1874: ‘ Columbella Linder” : Journ. Conchyl., vol. xxu, pp. 298-300, pl. x, fig. 2: Z'ypx.—Coll. Tournouér : Loc.—Lower Miocene (Aquitanian): Mérignac, near Bordeaux. tinEaTa, W. H. Pease, 1860: ‘* Columbella lineata, Pease”: Proc. Zool. Soc., 1860, pp. 399-400 [no fig.]: Zyrx.—Coll. Cuming [ Brit. Mus., London |: Zoe.—Sandwich Is. LINEATA| = Engina]|(L. A. Reeve), Oct. 1856 : ‘ Ricinula lineata” : Conch. Icon., Ricinula, sp. 51: ZTyrez.—Coll. Cuming [ Brit. Mus., London]: Zoc.—‘‘ Island of Ticao, Philippines” (Cuming). tingata, R. E. C. Stearns, 18738: ‘ Amphissa (? versicolor, Dall, var.) lineata, Stearns”?: Proc. Calif. Acad., vol. iv, pl. i, fig. 8 [no deser.]: Zypx.—[?]: Loe.—[?] LINEOLATA [= C. dermestoidea (Lam.)], J. Brazier, Apr. 1889: ‘« Columbella lineolata Pease (Brazier) = C. dermestoides Angas (non Kiener)”: Journ. Conch., vol. vi, pp. 67-8 [no fig. |: Typrr.—Coll. Conchologieal Soc. : Loc.—‘* Hunters Bay, Middle Harbour, Port Jackson.” PACE: ON THE COLUMBELLID®. 101 tingoraTa, A. A. Gould, Sept. 1860: ‘‘ Columbella [ Amycla] lineolata”’?: Proc. Boston Soc., vol. vii, p. 3385 [no fig.]: Zyez.— [U.S. Nat. Mus., Washington]: Zoc.—Hong Kong. furnnorata (J. P. S. de Grateloup), 1840 [1847]: *‘ Fusus mitreformis. Grat. Var. c. lineolata”’: Conchyl. Terr. Tert. Bassin Adour, pl. 46, fig. 25: Zypxz—[?]: Loc.—‘‘Faluns bleus. Marnes bleues coquilliéres (Miocéne inférieur)”’: Saubrigues, Dax. LingoLata, J. Hervier, Dec. 26, 1899: Columbella striatula, Dkr., var. dineolata, Herv.: Journ. Conchyl., vol. xlvii, p. 363: Zypz.— [ Coll. Société de Marie, Lyons|: Zoc.—Litfu. LINEOLATA [group of C. terpsichore, Sby.], L. C. Kiener [1841]: ‘** Columbella lineolata, Nobis”: Spec. gén. Coq. viv., sp. 51, pp. 57-8, pl. xi, fig. 3 [‘ C. terpsichore, Wood.” on plate]: Tyrr.—Mus., Paris: Loc.—‘‘ Habite l’Océan Pacifique, les cdtes du Chili.” LINEOLATA, W. H. Pease [MS., = Brazier sp. ]. tintaura, P. L. Duclos [1846-58]: ‘“ C. [ Colombella] Linigera”’: in Chenu, Illust. Conch., pl. xvil, figs. 13-4 [no deser. |: Z'ypz.—(?]: Loc.—{?] Linn z1, Calcara |? ]. LinNzI (B. C. Payraudean), 1826: ‘* Buccinum Linnai. Nob.” : Catal. Annel. & Moll. Corse, p. 161, pl. viii, figs. 10-2: Z'ypz.— Mus. Paris: Zoc.—Corsiea. LiRATA [| = Pleurotomide | (A. Adams), Apr. 1865: §‘‘ Itromorpha lirata, A. Ad.”: Ann. Nat. Hist., ser. 11, vol. xv, p. 322 |no fig.|: Z'ypz—I Brit. Mus., London]: Zoc.—‘ Simonescki; Seto- Utchi [ Japan }.” LIRATA [1.€., lyrata], Sowerby. fuirata, R. Tate, June, 1893: ‘ Columbella lirata, Tate”’: Trans. R. Soc. South Austral., vol. xvii, p. 220 [name only]: Zyez.—t{?]: Loc.—Spring Creek, Victoria. LiscHkEI, E. A. Smith, Feb. 18, 1879: ‘* Columbella(Atilia) lischker”’: Proc. Zool. Soc., 1879, pp. 207-8, pl. xx, fig. 41: Zyrz—Brit. Mus., London {!]: Zoc.—wN. of Kiushiu, Japan (H.C. St. John). tivEscens, L. A. Reeve, Feb. 1859: ‘* Columbella livescens”’ : Conch. Icon., sp. 148: Zypz—Coll. Cuming [ Brit. Mus., London (!)]: Loo.—l. of Luzon, Philippines. tivipa, G. B. Sowerby 1, [Aug. 14] 1832: ‘ Columbella livida” : Proc. Zool. Soc., 1852, p. 117 [no fig.]: Zyex—Coll. Cuming [ Brit. Mus., London]: Zoc.—Panama. Lonercaupa, M. Cossmann, Oct.1901: ‘‘Atilia (Macrurella) longicauda, nobis [n.n. for C. subulata, Ducl., non Brocchi]”: Essais Paléoconch., pt. 4, p. 245, footn.: Zyrz—[?]: Loc.—|?] tLonetsprrata, F. Sacco, 1890: ‘* Columbella (Macrurella) pronassoides Sac. var. longispirata Sacc. [= var. ‘A,’ Sacco]”: Boll. Soc. geol. Ital., vol. ix, p. 224: Zyrrz—[Geol. Mus., Turin]: Zoe. Tortonian. tLonerstoma, J. Grzybowski, 1899: ‘* Columbella longistoma u.sp.”’ : in Steinmann, Neues Jahrb. Min., Suppl. vol. xi, p. 648, pl. xix, fig. 9: Zrpr.—Geol. Univ. Inst., Cracow: Loc.—Talara, Peru. 102 PROCEEDINGS OF THE MALACOLOGICAL SOCIETY. LOYALTYENSIS, J. Hervier, Dec. 26, 1899: ‘* Columbella loyaltyensis, J. Hervier”’: Journ. Conchyl., vol. xlvii, pp. 347-9, pl. xiu, fig. 4: Tyrr.—| Coll. Société de Marie, Lyons |: ZLoc.—Lifu (Goubin). Lucm, W. Kobelt [1892]: Columbella solidula, Rve., var. Luce (?n.sp.): in Martini & Chemnitz, Conch. Cab., p. 49, pl. vi, figs. 17-8: Typrx.—Coll. Kobelt: ZLoc.—California. Lucescens, J. Hervier, Dec. 26, 1899: Columbella varians, Sby., var. lucescens, Herv.: Journ. Conchyl., vol. xlvu, p. 312: Z'yrx.—t{ Coll. Société de Marie, Lyons |: Loc.—New Caledonia. Lucipa, J. Hervier, Dec. 26, 1899: Columbella varians, Sby., var. lucida, Herv.: Journ. Conchyl., vol. xlvu, p. 312: Zyrpx.—t Coll. Socicté de Marie, Lyons]; Loc.—New Caledonia. Lucipior, J. Hervier, Dec. 26,1899: Columbella Loyaltyensis, Herv., var. ducidior, Herv.: Journ. Conchyl., vol. xlvii, p. 849: Z'ypz.— [ Coll. Société de Marie, Lyons]: Loc.—Lifu. Lucusris [group of C. flava (Brug.)], L. C. Kiener [1841]: ‘** Columbella lugubris, Nobis”: Spec. gén. Coq. viv., sp. 24, pp. 28-9, pl. viii, fig. 2: Zypx—Mus. Paris: Loc.—‘‘ Habite les mers des Indes.” LuMBRIcus [group of C. spicula, Ducl.], L. A. Reeve, Apr. 1859: ‘« Columbella lumbricus”’: Conch. Icon, sp. 186: Z'yez.—Coll. Cuming [Brit. Mus., London (!)]: Zoc—‘ Isle of Capul, Philippines.”’ Lunata (TI. Say), Feb. 1826: ‘‘ Wassa lunata”: Journ. Acad. Philadelphia, vol. v, pp. 218-4 [no fig.]: Zypz—(Co-types) Academy and Mus., Philadelphia: Loc.—Southern States, U.S.A. LuNATA, G. B. Sowerby 1[ = Say, sp. ], 1844: ‘ Col. lunata. nob. Nassa Say ; Buecinum Gould’’: Thes. Conch., sp. 90: Zypx.—tl ? Coll. Gould | : Loc.—-** Massachusetts, Dr. Gould.” LuNULATA [= C. pusilla, Sby.], C. B. Adams [ MS. ]. LuTEA, H. v. Maltzan, May, 1884: ‘* Columbella (Mitrella) Broderipi Sow. var. dutea n.’’: Nachrbl. Deutsch. Malak. Ges., vol. vi, p. 71 [no fig.}: Zyrz.—[?]: Loc.—Goree, W. Africa. tuted, P. Pallary, 1900: Columbella rustica (Linn.), var. lutea, Pallary: Journ. Conchyl., vol. xlvii, p.278: 7'ypz.—[?]: Loe. Dept. Oran, Algeria. Lurea, J. R. C. Quoy & J. P. Gaimard, 1882: ‘ Colombella lutea, nob.” : Zool. Voy. Astrolabe, vol. ii, pp. 587-8, pl. 40, figs. 23-4: Tyrr.—Mus. Paris: Loo.—? Tonga-Tabou. LurEorascrATa [= C. choava, Rve.] (F. W. Hutton), Apr. 1881: ‘* Defranchia { sic | luteo-faseiata” : Trans. N. Zealand Inst., vol. xiii, p. 201 [no fig.]: Zyez—[?]: Loc.—Port Lyttleton, N.Z. turEoLa, L. C. Kiener [1841]: ‘ Colwmbella luteola, Nobis”: Spee. gén. Coq. viv., sp. 9, pp. 12-3, pl. iv, fig. 2: Z'rpz—Mus. Paris: Loo.—[?] Lyrata, G. B. Sowerby 1, [ Aug. 14] 18382: ‘ Columbella lyrata” : Proc. Zool. Soc., 1832, p. 114 rhe fig. |: Zypx.—Coll. Cuming [ Brit. Mus., London}: Zoc.—Gulf of Panama; Chiriqui. PACE : ON THE COLUMBELLID®. 103 tysipta, P. L. Duclos [1846-58]: ‘ C. [ Colombella] Lysidia”: in Chenu, Illust. Conch., pl. xxvi, figs. 15-6 [no deser. |: Zyrz.—[? }: Loo.—|? ] tysiska, P. L. Duclos [1846-58]: ‘ C. [ Colombella| Lysiska”: in Chenu, lust. Conch., pl. vii, figs. 17-8 [mo descr. |: Z'yPz.—[?]: Loe.—|? | macrostoma, H. E. Anton, 1839: ‘[ Colwmbella] macrostoma mihi” : Verzeichn. Conch., p. 87, sp. 2837 [no fig. ]: Zyrz—Coll. Anton: Loo.—|? Aaa L. A. Reeve [non Anton], Apr. 1859: Columbella macrostuma, Anton MS.: Conch. Icon., sp. 49: Z'ypz.—Coll. Cuming { Brit. Mus., London |: ZLoc.—California. macrostoma, L. A. Reeve, May, 1859 [non Reeve, sp., Apr. 1859]: Meta macrostoma, Anton ?MS.: Conch. Icon., sta, sp. 1: Zyrx.— Coll. Cuming [ Brit. Mus., London]: Zoc.—{[? | macuLaTa, I’. di Monterosato, 1878: ‘* Columbella Brisei, Brus., var. maculata” : Giorn. Soc. Palermo, vol. xiii, p. 104: Zyrz.—l[?]: Loc.—Mediterranean and Adriatic. MACULATA (W. H, Pease), Oct. 7, 1869: ‘‘ Angina lineata, Rve. var. maculata, Pease”: Amer. Journ. Conch., p. 76, pl. viii, fig. 12: Tvre.—|{?]: Loc.— Insul. Apaian.” macuLirera, J. Hervier, Dec. 26, 1899: Columbella varians, Sby., var. maculifera, Herv.: Journ. Conchyl., vol. xlvii, p. 312: Tyrz.—| Coll. Société de Marie, Lyons]: Zoc.—New Caledonia. MACULOSA {| =O. dermestoidea (Lam.)], W.H. Pease, Aug. 1, 1871: ‘¢ Columbella maculosa, Pse. [u.n. for C. dermestoides, Ang. non Lam.|”: Amer. Journ. Conch., vol. vii, p. 22 | no fig.]: Z'ypz.— [?]: ZLoc.—Australia. macutosa, G. B. Sowerby 1, [ Aug. 14] 1832: ‘‘ Columbella maculosa” : Proc, Zool. Soc., 1832, p. 116 ie fig.|: Z'yex—Coll. Cuming [ Brit. Mus., London]: Zoc.—Guacamayo, C. America. tuacna, A. Neviani, 1887: ‘* Columbella corrugata Bell. Var. magna” : Boll. Soc. geol. Ital., vol. vi, pp. 192 and 203 [name only]: Tyrr.—|?|: Loc.—‘‘ Le argille che occupano i pressi di Cotrone, e che per le colline del Vescovatello si estendono verso Isola Capo Rizzuto.” tmaenicosrata, F. Sacco, 1890: ‘* Columbella (Anachis) magni- costata Sace.”: in Bellardi, Mem. Accad. Torino, ser. 1, vol. xl, p. 850, pl. ui, fig. 79: Zyrx.—Geol. Mus., Turin: Loc.—Upper Miocene: ‘‘ Colli tortonesi, Stazzano.”’ mason, HK. Bucquoy, P. Dautzenberg, & G. Dollfus, Feb. 1883: Mitrolumna olivoidea (Cantr.), var. major, B., D., & D.: Moll. mar. Roussillon, vol. i, p. 122, pl. xv, figs. 36-7: Tyre.—|[?]: Loe. Roussillon. ‘‘ Faune des éponges (M. Guillion).”’ taasor (J. P.S. de Grateloup), 1840 [1847]: “*#. [ Fusus | mitreformis. Var. a. major’’: Conchyl. Terr. Tert. Adour, pl. 24, fig. 37: Tyrz.—{?]|: Loc.—‘‘Faluns bleus. Marnes bleues coquilliéres (Miocéne inférieur)” : Saubrigues, Dax. 104 PROCEEDINGS OF THE MALACOLOGICAL SOCTETY. masor, A. Locard, 1886: ‘* Itrolumna major, nov. sp.’ [n.n. for M. olivoidea (Cantr.), var. major, B., D., & D.]: Prodr. Malac. Fr., Moll. mar., pp. 189, 542: Zrpz—[? Coll. Locard]: ZLoc.— ‘La Méditerranée: les Martigues, dans les Bouches-du-Rhone CNob.).” MAJOR 2 C. seripta (Linn.)]|, T. di Monterosato, 1878: Columbella scripta, Lin., var. major: Giorn. Soc. Palermo, vol. xiii, p. 104: Tyrz.—|?|: Loc.—-Mediterranean. masor, P. Pallary, Oct. 25, 1900: Columbella rustica (Lin.), var. mayor, Pallary: Journ. Conchyl., vol. xlviii, p. 277: Zyrz.—[?]: Loc.—Oran | Algeria }. mayor (R. A. Philippi) [not used as a trivial name], 1836: “ Buceinun Ininnei Payr. Var. 8B”: Enum. Moll. Siciliz, vol. i, p- 225: Tyrrz—l[?]: Loc—Sicily. mayor, G. B. Sowerby 1, [Aug. 14] 1832: ‘ Columbella major” : Proc. Zool. Soc., 1832, p. 119 [no fig.]: Z'yrz—Coll. Cuming [ Brit. Mus., London |: Zoc.—I. of Muerte. tmasuscuta, J. Ivolas & A. Peyrot, Apr. 1890: ‘* Columbella (Anachis ) majuscula Mayer-Eymar | MS. |”: Act. Soc. Linn. Bordeaux, vol. lv, pp. 182-8, pl. i, figs. 11-2: Zypz—Mus. Zurich: Loc.—Faluns: Manthelan; Ferriere-Larcon. tuasuscuLa, Mayer-Eymar [ MS.,=Ivolas & Peyrot, sp. ]. MALEDIVENSIS, Reeve [ ? ]. mANGELIOIDES, L. A. Reeve, Apr. 1859: ‘* Columbella Mangelioides”” : Conch. Icon., sp. 197: Zypz—Coll. Cuming [ brit. Mus., London (!)]: Zoc.—W. Indies. faraozrua [sp. indet.], P. L. Duclos [1846-58]: ‘ C. Rees Maozima”’: in Chenu, Must. Conch., pl. xxvii, figs. 5-6 | no descr. | : Tyrze.—[?]: Loo.—[?] mARGARITA, Dunker [?]. marcarita, L. A. Reeve, Apr. 1859: ‘ Columbella margarita” : Conch. Icon., sp. 168: Zyrrx—Coll. Cuming [Brit. Mus., London (!) |: Zoc.—Sandwich Is. MARGARITA, Sowerby [1.e., Reeve, sp. ]. MARGARITULA [1.e., margarita], Reeve. MARGINALBA, Blainville [? ]. twarcrnara, Bellardi | & Michelotti, sp. ]. tmareinata, L. Bellardi & G. Michelotti, 1840: ‘* Columbella marginata Bell. et Mich.”: Mem. Accad. Torino, ser. m1, vol. ii, pp. 186-7, pl. ii, fig. 17: Zyrz—(Co-types) Coll. Bellardi; Coll. Michelotti {Geol. Mus., Rome}: Zoc.—‘ Fossile del Colle di Torino, Rio della Batteria, villa Forzano, Baldisser.” jwarcinaTa [sp. indet.], P. L. Duclos [1846-58]: ‘ C. [ Colombella| Marginata”’?: in Chenu, Illust. Conch., pl. xxvii, figs. 9-10 [no deser.]: Z'yrz.—l[?]: Loo.—[?] marie, J. Brazier, [Feb.] 1877: ‘* Columbella (Amycla) maria, n.sp.””: Proce. Linn. Soc. New South Wales, vol. i, p. 230 [no fig. | : Typr.—‘ Chevert’ Coll. [Macleay Mus., Sydney, N.S.W. (!)]: Loc.—Hall Sound, New Guinea. PACE : ON THE COLUMBELLIDZ. 105 tuarra, J. Depontaillier, Apr. 1881: ‘ Columbella Marie [n.sp.]”’: Journ. Conchyl., vol. xxix, pp. 178-9 [no fig]: Z'ypz.—[? Coll. Depontaillier|: Zoc.—Plocene: ‘ Moulin de l’Abadié [nr. Cannes |.” MARMINIA | = Pisania], A. Risso, 1826: ‘* Mitrella marminea (N.)” : Hist. nat. Europe mérid., vol. iv, p. 272, fig. 64: Zyvpz—Mus. Paris: Loc.—S. Europe. marMoraTA, J. HE. Gray, 1839: ‘ Columbella marmorata”’: Zool. Beechey’s Voy., p. 129, pl. 36, fig. 11: Zypz.—[Brit. Mus., London |]: Loc.—[? maRMorara, IT. di Monterosato, 1878: Columbella rustica (Lin.), var. marmorata: Giorn, Soc. Palermo, vol. xii, p. 108: Z'yrz.—[?]: Loc.—Mediterranean. MARMOREA, 9S. Brusina, 1865: ‘‘ Columbella marmorea mihi’’: Ver- handl. zool.-bot. Ges. Wien, vol. xv, pp. 9-10 [no fig. ]: Zypz.— [? Coll. Brusina]: Zoc.— Dalmatia. marquesa, J.S Gaskoin, 1851 | Oct. 28,1852]: ‘* Columbella Marquesa” : Proc. Zool. Soc., 1851, p. 8 [no fig.|: Z'yex—(Co-types) Coll. Gaskoin | Brit. Mus., London (!)]; Coll. Gubba: Zoc.—Marquesas. MARQUESANA [1.€., Marquesa |, Gaskoin. MARTENS! | =C. bella, Rve. |, C. E. Lischke, Feb. 1871: ‘* Columbella Martensi Lke.”: Malak. Blatt., vol. xvili, pp. 40-1 [no fig.]: Tyrz.—Mus. St. Petersburg: Loc.—Gulf of Nagasaki (N. Birileff). maura, G. B. Sowerby 1, [Aug. 14] 18382: ‘* Columbella Maura” : Proc. Zool. Soc., 1832, p. 117 [no fig.]: Zyex—Coll. Cuming [ Brit. Mus., London |]: Zoc.—‘ Panama and Gallapagos.”’ fmayerit, M. Hoernes, 1852: ‘* Columbella Mayert Horn’’: Abhandl. geol. Reichsanst., vol. 111, pp. 666-7, pl. 51, fig. 1: Z'rpz.—Hof- Mineralien-Cabinet, Vienna: Loc.—‘‘ Unterer Tegel”: Forchtenau. MELANIDA | sp. indet. |, P. L. Duclos [1846-58 ] : GG (Cy | Colombella | Melanida” : in Chenu, Illust. Conch., pl. xix, figs. 7-8 | no descr. ] : Trrze.—(?|: Loo.—|? MELEAGRIS [ = C. nodalina, Ducl.], P. L. Duclos, 1835 [ Apr. 1840 ]: ‘* Col.—Meleagris” : Hist. nat. Coq. univ., pl. iv, figs. 15-6 [no descr.|: Zyrz.—[?]: Loo.—[?] MELEAGRIS, Kiener [1.e., Duclos, sp. ]. furtipa, P. L. Duclos [1846-58]: ‘ OC. [ Colombella| Melida” : in Chenu, Illust. Conch., pl. xxvii, figs. 8-4 [no descr. ]: 'yrz,—[?]: Loo.—|? aoa C. margarita, Rve. |. MELIroMA, J. C. Melvill & R. Standen, June 18, 1901: ‘‘ Columbella (Seminella) melitoma, spn.” : Proce. Zool. Soc., 1901, p. 405, pl. xxiii, fig.5: Zyeez— Brit. Mus., London (!) |: Loe.—Karachi. MELVILLI, C. Hedley, March 6, 1899: ‘‘ Colwmbella melvilli, sp. nov.” : Mem. Austral. Mus., vol. i, p. 463, fig. 88: Zypexz—Australian Mus., Sydney, N.S.W. [!]: Zoc.—Funatuti. menaterra. P. L. Duclos [1846-58]: ‘ Colombella Menaletta” : in Chenu, Ilust. Conch., pl. xv, figs. 8-4 [no descr. ] : Lrprr.—[?]: Loc.—|? | 106 PROCEEDINGS OF THE MALACOLOGICAL SOCIETY. meNvicariA, Lamarck [1.e., Linneeus sp. |. menpicaria [= Engina| (C. Linneus), (Jan. 1] 1758: ‘[ Voluta] mendicaria”: Syst. Nat., 10th ed., vol. i, p. 781, sp. 860 [no fig.]: Typr.—l?]: Loo.—“ Habitat in Asia.” tuenncHrntana, A. Issel, 1869: ‘ Columbella Meneghiniana, Issel”? : Malac. Mar. Rosso, pp. 266-7, pl. i, fig. 10: Z'yexz—Mus. Turin: Loc.—Red Sea. MENKEANA |= C. acuminata, Mke.]|, L. A. Reeve, Oct. 1858: “ Columbella Menkeana {n.n. for ‘ Columbella acuminata, Menke (not of Nuttall)’ ]’?: Conch. Icon., sp. 69: Z'yez.—Coll. Cuming [ Brit. Mus., London]: Zoc.—Australia. MERCATINA [1.e., mercatoria |, Linneeus. mekcaTortia (C, Linneeus), | Jan. 1] 1758: ‘| Voluta| mercatoria”: Syst. Nat., 10th ed., vol. i, pp. 730-1, sp. 857: Zypx.—| Coll. Linneus, Linnean Soe., London |: Zoc.—‘‘ Habitat in M. Mediterraneo.” mercATORIA, Lamarck [1.e., Linneeus sp. ]. tuertant, K. Mayer-Eymar, July 1, 1869: ‘* Columbella Meriani, Mayer”: Journ. Conchyl., vol. xvu, pp. 284-5, pl. x, fig. 4: Tyre—(?|: Loc.— Helvétien inférieur (Couches de Manthelan) du mont d’Uken (Argovie).” merita, J. Brazier, [| Feb.] 1877: ‘ Columbella (Amycla) merita, n.sp.”: Proc. Linn. Soc. New South Wales, vol. 1, p. 231 [no “i : Tyrr.— Chevert’ Coll. [Macleay Mus., Sydney, N.S.W. (!) Loc.—Darnley I., Torres Straits. mMEROCTEA | = C. rustica (Linn.) |, 8. Chiereghini [ MS. ]. meranira, P. L. Duclos [ 1846-58]: ‘ C.[ Colombella| Metanira”: in Chenu, Illust. Conch., pl. xvin, figs. 19-20 [no descr.]: Z'yPz.— [?]: Loco.—[?] metcaLFe! (L. A. Reeve), June, 1860: ‘‘ Zerebra Metcalfer” : Conch. Icon., Zerebra, sp. 189: Tyrz—Coll. Metcalfe [ Brit. Mus., London |: Loc.—W. Indies? meErTuLA (R. B. Hinds), Oct. 1843: ‘ Clavatula metula”’: Proc. Zool. Soc., 1848, p. 44 [no fig.]: Zyexz—Coll. Belcher: Loc.—[? ] urcAns, W. H. Pease [ MS., = Tryon, sp. ]. micans [group of C. livescens, Rve.], G. W. Tryon, jun., [ Mar. 26] 1883: “C. { Columbella| micans, Pease”: Man. Conch., pp. 124-5, pl. 48, fig. 85: Zyre—{[? Coll. Tryon]: ZLoc.—‘‘ Paumotus Isles (Pease) ; Viti Isles (Garrett).” micHaut | group of C. troglodytes, Souv. |, J.C. H. Crosse & P. Fischer, Oct. 1863: ‘ Columbella Michaui, Crosse et Fischer, MS.” : Journ. Conchyl., vol. xi, pp. 377-8, pl. 18, fig. 5: Zypz.—Coll. Crosse : Loc.—* In insula Poulo-Condor dicta, Cochinchine.” MILLEPUNCTATA [group of C. pulchrior, C. B. Ad. |, P. P. Carpenter, July, 1864: ‘? Nitedella millepunctata | n.sp. |”: Ann. Nat. Hist., ser. ui, vol. xiv, p. 48 [no fig.]: Zyrxz.—Smithsonian Inst., Washington : Zoc.—Cape St. Lucas (J. Xantus). mitrostoma, J. E. Tenison-Woods, 1877: ‘‘ Columbella miltostoma, n.s.”: Proc. R. Soc. Tasmania, 1876, pp. 1384-5 [no tig. |: Z'yvez.— Mus. R. Soc. Tasmania: Loc.—N. Coast, Tasmania ( W. F. Petterd). . PACE : ON THE COLUMBELLID. 107 MINDORENSIS, J. S. Gaskoin [ MS., = Reeve, sp. ]. mMiNpoRENSIS, L. A. Reeve, Apr. 1859: ‘ Columbella Mindorensis”’ : Conch. Icon., sp.198: Yypz.—Coll. Taylor | Brit. Mus., London (!) } : Loc.— Puerto Galero, Mindoro. MINIMA [1.e., minuta |, Angas [i.e., Tenison-Woods. sp. }. mintMa, K. Buequoy, P. Dautzenberg, & G. Dollfus, Aug. 1882: Columbella rustica (Linn.), var. 8, minima, B., D., & D.: Moll. mar. Roussillon, vol. i, p. 73: 7’ypx.—[?]: Loc.— Cotes de Barbarie.” urnim | = C. speciosa, Ang. |, J. 8. Gaskoin [ MS. }. minima, J. Hervier, Dec. 26, 1899: ‘* Columbella oselmonta, Duclos varietas minima, J. Hervier”: Journ. Conchyl , vol xlvii, pp. 871-2: Tyrr.—{ Coll. Société de Marie, Lyons]: Loc.—Lifu (Goubin). Minima, F. Sacco, 1890: ‘* Columbella (Clinurella) minima Sace.” : in Bellardi, Mem. Accad. Torino, ser. m1, vol. xl, p. 338, pl. ii, fig. 54: Zyvypx.—Geol. Mus., Turm: Zoc.—Upper Pliocene : ** Colli astesi, Valle Andona.”’ muINmMA [1.e., minuta |, J. E. Tenison- Woods, 1878: “ C. [ Columbella | munima, Angas [sec]”: Proc. R. Soc. Tasmania, 1877, p. 82 [no fig |}: Tyexz.—[?]: Loc.—Tasmania. urvor, C. B. Adams [?]. turnor, W. H. Dall, Aug. 1890: ia} aie) 1 a) ow cr) a] ¢ a] oy} puy OM puv ‘aopuo'T Jo Ajor1d0g [eotsolooRpLyY oY} FO LoInsvoL]T, OY} JO syuNooe oy pouttuvxo Avp sttyZ oavy oA, ' + sqdrooayy guomtestyzoApy “4 SUOTPV.ISNIT] LoF suotyeuod, ‘* 039 °/, uepqodone yy 0¢F uo spuoptayy ‘ (SOulpoo001g ,, Fo apeg * 2 sant companies Cl 0 * sdoquopy surpuodser10g IL 1¢ ° ° ° sdoquieyy Areutprg —ooUBApe UL suoTydriaoosqng [enuuy ‘ 8. 8 * sdoquopy surpuodsott0g OL OF *° ° * doquoy_ ArvuIpIC IvalIv UL suotydiiosqng yenuuy “ G JI * Sdaquioypy Surpuodsott09 I GPF ° ° sadoquoy Ateutpag —suorydrimosqng penuiy Co CVle an GPLG (Or SO Oli see O; SG 0 OT &l Oc cumam Colette ne 8 ee UCT UL COWeTuque GO @ PSA 2G 0 DESOLSO. Ri es”. Se LOTT TT, 9 0 Pesce Se * Rpieres —sesuedxq Arpung ‘© | 7 6 6 ——— 0 OLS ° ° * ‘090 ‘sJUepte}} VW 0} sor“myetg 9 —Ayorog uvouury ‘ 9 O GEO “-" ° * “ ° teuoneg pue eseqso; “* OMG ° = ~ * > Ss =sole sien .cunuitg “ \O 9 s6G Pe aa8e8 es 0 & §&I 81 _ > © * Surerq snl 9 I 91 69F ° os8vyJsog puv Suyug —,,ssutpseo01g ,, Joysog AG | 9 FILE ° ‘9 ¥ "1 Pee Bem = One 0. Fayayht 4SVT UWWOTF JOULE OF, “a ‘T06T ‘WHINTOAC BIE CHUN WVHA THL LOX TAXQLIGNAATXY UNV ANOONT ‘NOGNOT HO ALHIOOS TYOIOOTOOVIVIN 156 PROCEEDINGS OF THE MALACOLOGICAL SOCIETY. ANNUAL GENERAL MEETING. Fripay, l4ru Fersrvary, 1902. E. A. Smiru, F.Z.S8., ete., President, in the Chair. Mr. H. Fulton and Mr. W. M. Webb were appointed scrutineers. The following report was read :— ‘** Your Council, in presenting their ninth Annual Report, have, as ot old, to chronicle a year of steady progress. During the past year thirteen new members have been elected, while the Society has lost by death, beyond their lamented Secretary, Mr. Martin F. Woodward, of whom a special memoir has been given, two other members, n namely, Professor Ralph Tate and Mr. Mahon Daly. Seven members have also been removed from the list owing either to resignation or other causes. The membership of the Society on December 31st, 1901, stood as follows :— Ordinary moembersises nc sae me eae 92 Corresponding members wee tenet 79 Total ee: 171 the total having remained at 168 during the two preceding years. The financial position of the Society remains thoroughly satisfactory, the balance in hand at the close of the year being £ £44 1s. 5d., the largest yet shown, while in addition the sum of £50 still remains invested in Metropolitan 23 per cent. Stock. Thirty communications have been made to the Society by eighteen nuthors. Since the last Annual General Meeting three more numbers of the ‘Proceedings’ have been issued, forming the last half of Vol. IV, comprising 115 pages, with title-page, index, contents, thirteen plates, and numerous illustrations in the text. Your thanks are due to the following gentlemen, who have borne i portion of the cost of illustration, or have assisted by furnishing dvawings: Dr. W. T. Blantord, 8. I. Da Costa, G. C. Crick, Colonel Godwin-Austen, G. K. Gude, R. Murdoch, 8. Pace, H. A. Pilsbry, E. A. Smith, G. B. Sowerby, and E. R. Sykes. Further, your thanks are specially due to the Council of the Linnean Society, through whose kindness the Society has been permitted, as In previous years, to hold its meetings in Burlington House.” The foregoing Report was put to the meeting from the Chair, and adopted as the Annual Report of the Society. PROCEEDINGS OF THE MALACOLOGICAL SOCIETY. od The following were elected as Officers and Council for the year 1902 : President.—K. A. Smith, F.Z.8., etc. Vice-Presidents.—W. T. Blanford, LL.D., F.R.S., etc.; Rev. Canon A. Merle Norman, D.C.L., F.R.S., ete.; E. R. Sykes, B.A., F.L.S., etc.; Henry Woodward, LL.D., F.R.S., etc. Treasurer.—J. H. Ponsonby, F.Z.S., etc. Secrectary.—h. H. Burne, B.A., F.Z.5., ete. Editor.—B. B. Woodward, F.L.S., ete. Other Members of Council.—Rey. RK. Ashington Bullen, F.L.S., ete. ; G. C. Crick, F.G.S., etc.; Lieut.-Col. H. H. Godwin-Austen, F.R.S., etc.; G. K. Gude, F.Z.8., etc.; Professor G. B. Howes, LL.D., F.R.S., etc.; 8S. Pace, F.Z.S8., etc. Votes of thanks were passed to the Retiring Officers, the Auditors, and the Scrutineers. The President, Mr. EK. A. Smith, made some remarks on the supposed similarity in the Mollusca of the Arctic and Antarctic regions. He — dealt specifically with eleven species stated to be common to the two faunas, and expressed the view that the evidence of specific identity was not sufficiently strong to justify the conclusions that had been drawn. OBITUARY NOTICES. Professor Rater Tarr, F.G.8., etc., who joined this Society in 1894, was born at Alnwick in 1840, and was educated at Cheltenham Training College, whence he went in 1857 to the Royal School of Mines. After teaching for a time at the Polytechnic he went to Belfast as teacher of Natural Science at the Philosophical Institution, where he principally interested himself in Botany, non-marine Con- chology, and Paleontology. In 1861 he became a Fellow of the Geological Society, and in March, 1864, obtained the post of Assistant Curator to that Society, and worked at their collection, especially the South African fossils. At the same time he did not neglect his botany, while mm 1866 he brought out his “Plain and easy account of the Land and Fresh-water Mollusks of Great Britain,’ which at the time was the best book of its kind. Such was the merit of his work in these different lines that he had the distinction of being elected an Associate of the Linnean Society in April, 1867. He was elected a Fellow of that Society in December, 1883, but withdrew in 1896. In 1867 he was sent by the Central America Association on an exploring expedition to Nicaragua, and in the succeeding year to the province of Guyana in Venezuela, the conchological results of which were contributed to the American Journal of Conchology. Subsequently he conducted mining classes at Bristol, and in 1868 brought out his “Appendix” to 8. P. Woodward’s ‘‘ Manual of the Mollusca.” 158 PROCEEDINGS OF THE MALACOLOGICAL SOCIETY. In 1871 he was appointed teacher to the Mining School established by the Cleveland Ironmasters, first at Darlington and then at Redcar, until in 1875 he obtained the post of Professor of Natural Science on the Elder Foundation at the University of South Australia in Adelaide. Here the serious work of his life began, and he worked at it with all his energy. In addition to his professorial duties he devoted himself to the advancement of science in the land of his adoption, and by his untiring efforts largely assisted in raising it to its present status. The ‘‘ Philosophical Society,” when he went out, was not altogether a flourishing body, but he persuaded others to join him in publishing original articles in its proceedings, instead of sending them to more widely known European journals, and so increase the utility of the Society, which, under his presidency (1878-80), became the ‘‘ Royal Society of South Australia.”” In all some ninety odd papers were con- tributed to its volumes by him; some few of these were on botany or general geology, and about thirty on recent mollusca, but the greater number were on the fossil mollusca of the Tertiary beds of the Australian Continent. Other papers of his on the same subject appeared in the Proceedings of the Royal Society of Tasmania, of the Linnean Society of New South Wales, and of the Australian Association for the Advancement of Science, of which he was president in 1893. Out of the 380 species recognized by Mr. G. F. Harris in his ‘‘ Catalogue of Tertiary Australian Mollusca in the British Museum,” 225 are species established by Tate, an index to the amount and value of his labours ! In the Autumn of 1896 he paid a visit to England, and contributed to the Proceedings of this Society a paper ‘‘On the discovery of a recent species of Arcoperna”’ (Proc. Malac. Soc., vol. ii, p. 181). He continued to work on with unflagging zeal until the Summer of 1900, when heart trouble became serious, and he finally succumbed to the malady on September 20th. His very last work was ‘A revised Census of the Marine Mollusca of Tasmania,” undertaken in association with Mr. W. L. May (Proc. Linn. Soc. New South Wales, 1901, pt. 3), of which he was only able to finally complete the first 24 pages, the task of seeing the rest of the work through the press devolving on his co-author, assisted by Mr. C. Hedley. A full list of his scientific writings will be found appended to the memoir of him by Professor Blake (Geol. Mag., 1902, p. 87), to which we are mainly indebted for the foregoing details. Wirt1am Manon Daty was born in the early sixties on the Shevaroy Hills in the Madras Presidency, India, where his father was the owner of a coffee plantation. The son was brought up in India, and in time succeeded, with his elder brother, to the management of his father’s estate. This he left about 1895 to take charge of a coffee plantation in the Kadur district of Mysore, where he obtained the specimens of the new genus Dfulleria, named in his honour JL Dalyi, by E. A. Smith (Proc. Malac. Soc., vol. iii, p. 14).1. In 1898 he received 1 The anatomy of this species was described later (Proc. Malac. Soc., vol. iii, p. 87) by the late Martin F. Woodward, from specimens obtained by Mr. H. Bonner. PROCEEDINGS OF THE MALACOLOGICAL SOCIETY. 159 an appointment in the Forest Department of Siam, and was stationed for some time at Pitsunaloke, some 200 miles due north of Bangkok, and subsequently at Lampoon, further north near Chieng Mai. He died of fever about November, 1900, when on his way to the last- named place to obtain medical treatment. Mr. Daly became a member of the Malacological Society in 1894. [ From notes supplied by Dr. W. T. Blanford. | ORDINARY MEETING. Fripay, 14TH Frsrvuary, 1902. KE. A. Suiru, F.Z.S., ete., President, in the Chair. Percy F. Kensett was elected to membership of the Society. Exhibits were placed on the table by the following :— Dr. H. C. Sorby: Specimens of British Mollusca and lantern slides of the same, demonstrating methods for preserving the natural colours. B. B. Woodward: Lantern slides showing molluscan Shell Characters. G. K. Gude: Drawings of Helicoid Land-Shells. G. B. Sowerby: Types of Marine Molluscs from the collection of the late M. Thomas. H. Fulton: Type-specimens of new species and varieties of Land- Shells from New Guinea. H. B. Preston: A collection of Darts of British Helicide. EK. A. Smith: Specimens of /someria orcas (Koch) with remarkable thickening of the peristome. F. G. Bridgman: A small form of Physa fontinalis (Linn.) from near Norwich. ORDINARY MEETING. Fripay, 14tTH Marcu, 1902. E. A. Smrru, F.Z.S8., etc., President, in the Chair. Miss Mary L. Hett, Archibald Campbell, and F. G. Bridgman were elected to membership of the Society. The following communications were read :— 1. ‘List of Marine Shells collected near Aden from 1892 to 1901.” By Commander E. R. Shopland. 2. ‘On Non-Marine Mollusca from the Holocene of Westminster and London Wall.” By A. 8. Kennard and B. B. Woodward, F.L.S., ete. 3. ‘Note on Cypreamicrodon of Gray.” By E. A. Smith, F.Z.S., ete. Exhibits were placed on the table by the following :— B. B. Woodward: Specimens of Assiminea Grayana (Leach) from Ribe, Denmark. Hitherto the species had been found only in Kent and the Thames Valley. S. Pace: A collection of the species of Columbellide occurring near Aden. 160 PROCEEDINGS OF THE MALACOLOGICAL SOCIETY. H. b. Preston: The original specimens of Vitrea glabra (Studer) from which the species was first identified as British. A.S. Kennard: A specimen of Dreissensia polymorpha (Pallas) from the Holocene of Clifton Hampden. The species is generally considered to be a recent importation. E. R. Sykes: A specimen of Voluta Rossiniana (Bernardi). E. A. Smith, A. $. Kennard, and B. B. Woodward: Specimens in illustration of their papers. ORDINARY MEETING. Fripay, 11TH Aprit, 1902. E. A. Smrru, F.Z.S8., etc., President, in the Chair. The following communications were read :— 1. ‘Notes on Mollusca, Terrestrial and Marine: (i) from the Late Celtic (early Iron Age) burial-ground of Harlyn Bay; (ii) from a Bronze Age interment, Harlyn cliffs; (11) from a Neolithic potter’s hut, Constantine Island; (iv) from kitchen middens on Constantine cliff, and at Constantine Church.” By the Rev. R. Ashington Bullen, ¥.L:S., ete. 2. ‘* Description of a new species of Achatina from Basutoland.” By E. A. Smith, F.Z.S., ete. 3. ‘On Corona Pfeifferi, var. gracilis, n.var., from S.E. Columbia.” By E. A. Smith, F.Z.8., ete. 4. ‘Notes on the Clausilie of Tonkin.” By E. R. Sykes, B.A, F.L.S., ete. 5. ‘Note on the histology of Molluscan and other olfactory nerve centres.” By R. H. Burne, B.A., F.Z.S., etc. Exhibits were placed on the table by the following :— W.M. Webb: Photographs of pottery from ancient Peruvian graves moulded into the form of molluscan shells. R. H. Burne: A specimen of Awinus flexuosus (Montagu) with the vermiform foot extended. The Rey. R. A. Bullen, E. A. Smith, E, R. Sykes, and R. H. Burne : Specimens in illustration of their papers. NOTES. LAND-SHELLS USED AS MopELS By ANCIENT PERUVIAN Porters. (Read 14th March, 1902.)\—Towards the end of 1901, Sir Spenser St. John, formerly H.M. Minister resident in Peru, disposed of his large collection of ancient Peruvian pottery. Mr. Stevens, the well-known auctioneer, in whose hands the specimens. were placed, very kindly gave the writer every facility for examining and photographing them. The vessels in question NOTES. 161 came from graves in which they had been placed with the mummies of the old Peruvians, who buried their dead in a sitting posture and tied up in a sort of bale. Some of the pots originally held food and others drink, intended “ for the use of the spirit of the deceased during his journey to the other world.”” The designs of the various articles were nearly all borrowed from animal sources, plant structures were very rarely copied ; and the majority of the human faces and figures represented were intentionally BrGs le BiGs 2: grotesque ; nearly all showed clever modelling and a very much higher order of art than that to be seen in the drawings with which one piece of pottery, at least, was embellishéd. Two examples among the four hundred which were dispersed on October 10th are of some interest to the members of this Society. The first (Fig. 1) represents a snail shell, which may well have been copied from some helicoid species, with the mouth forming the opening of the vessel, and brought round to the upper or spire side of the shell. This specimen is now in the possession of the Rev. R. Ashington Bullen. The other piece of pottery which is worthy of mention in this connection (Fig. 2) is a bottle or flask, which like many others is provided with a hollow handle communicating with and supporting the neck. The body of the vessel is not, as is often the case, fashioned in the shape of a human head, but is embellished instead with three bulimoid snails in relief. In these the eye-bearing tentacles are directed backwards against the shell, and support for them is thus gained at the expense of accuracy. The Rev. Randolph Berens is now the possessor of this vessel, which unfortunately is cracked. WILFRED Mark WEBB. VOL. ¥.—JULY, 1902. ll rr op) bo PRESIDENTIAL ADDRESS. ON THE SUPPOSED SIMILARITY BETWEEN THE MOLLUSCA OF THE ARCTIC AND ANTARCTIC REGIONS. By Enear A. Suita, F.Z.S., ete. Read 14th February, 1902. Durine the past year, whilst working out the Mollusca obtained by the ‘‘Southern Cross” in the Antarctic regions, I had occasion to compare the forms from that part of the globe with those from the Arctic regions, and I was interested to ascertain how far the supposed resemblance between these two assemblages was real or otherwise. I should mention that this subject has been more or less fully discussed by Professor D’Arcy Thompson, Dr. G. Pfeffer, and others, but not solely from the molluscan point of view. I therefore thought that a few remarks upon this subject might be of interest to the members of this Society. Sir John Murray, in the Transactions of the Royal Society of Edinburgh, vol. xxxviii, in his memoir upon the deep and shallow- water marine fauna of the Kerguelen region of the great Southern Ocean, has referred to this subject at some length, and has given a list of identical and closely allied species found in the extra-tropical regions of the northern and southern hemispheres and unknown hitherto within the tropics. This list includes invertebrates of all orders, but the Mollusca, with which alone we are at present concerned, are as follows :— 1. Glomus nitens, Jeff. 2. Kellia suborbicularis (Mont.). 3. Mytilus edulis, Linn. 4. Dentalium keras, Watson. 5. Homalogyra atomus (Phil.). 6. Lanthina rotundata, Leach. 7. Natica (Lunatia) Groenlandica, Beck. 8. Odostomia Rissoides, Hanley. 9. Puncturella Noachina (Linn.). 10. Trochus (Margarita) infundibulum, Watson. 11. ? Doris tuberculata, Cuvier. Since these species have been quoted from the Reports on the Gastropoda and Lamellibranchiata of the ‘‘ Challenger’? Expedition by the Rey. R. Boog Watson and myself respectively, I have thought it advisable to re-examine each of them so as to establish the correctness of the identifications, and to make such observations upon the known distribution of the various species and genera as may tend to elucidate the occurrence of the forms in question in such remote localities. SMITH : ON ARCTIC AND ANTARCTIC MOLLUSCA. 163 1. Gromus nitens, Jeffreys.—This species was originally described from specimens dredged in 1,750 fathoms at the entrance of Davis Straits, also off the west and south of Ireland in 557-1476 fathoms. It was obtained by the ‘‘ Challenger” in 1,900 fathoms off the Rio de la Plata. This identification was based on the examination and comparison of a single specimen from the latter locality. Although at the time considered to be the same as G. nitens, I do not now feel absolutely convinced of the identification. The comparison of a single example of such a minute form which is without any marked feature, is always unsatisfactory and inconclusive, and a recent re-examination of the shell in question seems to show that the concentric lines of growth are coarser than in typical examples. I should add that at the time when the Report on the ‘‘Challenger”’ Bivalves was written I had only a few poor representatives of the species for comparison. Since that time the British Museum has obtained a good series dredged by the ‘ Porcupine’ Expedition of 1869. I should further add that the genus is represented by a few very similar forms in the West Indian region, and also in deep water off Japan. 2. Kextr1a suporpicutaris (Montagu).—A common British species recorded, on the evidence of two specimens, from Kerguelen Island. It is also known from Massachusetts (Gould), the Canary Islands, St. Helena (Smith), Port Elizabeth, Cape Colony (Sowerby), Mazatlan (Carpenter). Another species (XH. rotunda, Deshayes), doubtfully separable from the present form, has been quoted from Queensland (Deshayes), New South Wales (Angas), Bass Straits (Smith), Cape Colony (Sowerby). Although it might be hazardous without a knowledge of the soft parts to declare that the two forms mentioned are certainly conspecific, I must say on the evidence of the shells alone I fail to perceive where the line of demarcation occurs. I imagine that difference in locality was the chief reason which induced Deshayes to separate his so-called species from the well-known European form. Like the foregoing Glomus nitens, the present species offers no specially distinctive conchological characters which will separate it, beyond doubt, from other allied forms. The genus is cosmopolitan. 3. Myrinus epuuis, Linn.—Since Sir John Murray quoted this well-known mollusc in his list of species from the extra-tropical regions of the northern and southern hemispheres, it has been cited from Cape Colony (Sowerby), Rio Grande do Sul and St. Catharina on the east coast of South America (Von Jhering). The South African locality may be erroneous, for the I. meridionalis of Krauss, said by Sowerby to be a variety of edulis, is monomyarian, and quite distinct from the common European shell, which is dimyarian. JZ. edulis has been quoted from New Zealand (Hutton, Smith, etc.), Great Barrier Island, Auckland Islands, Campbell Island (Hutton), Kerguelen Island (Smith). Also from California as I. trossulus, Gould, considered by Jeffreys and Dr. von Jhering synonymous with I. edulis. From the foregoing remarks it is seen that this species has such an extensive distribution that its occurrence in Arctic and Antarctic seas is in no way surprising. The members of this genus also are 164 PROCEEDINGS OF THE MALACOLOGICAL SOCIETY. particularly adapted for a wide distribution ; being attached by a byssus to wood and other floating bodies, they would naturally be earried in all directions by ocean currents. 4, Denrattum kpras, Watson.—Dredged by the ‘‘ Challenger’ in the North Pacific off Japan in 2,050 fathoms and in the South Pacific in 2,160 fathoms, but since recorded from the Gulf of Mexico in 1,568 fathoms. Both Dr. Watson and Dr. Dall agree in the identi- fication of the tropical specimens with this species. Under these circumstances it must be removed from the list of species supposed to occur only in extra-tropical regions. 5. Homatogyra atomus (Philippi). — British, Norwegian, Medi- terranean, Madeiran, and from the Southern Ocean between Marion Island and Prince Edward Islandin 140 fathoms. The identification of this species from the last-named locality rests upon the examination of ‘‘asingle, shghtly weathered specimen ”’ dredged by the ‘‘Challenger.”’ I have seen this atom, and although it certainly has very much the aspect of this species, and one cannot with certainty say that it is different, still, considering the condition of the specimen and its minuteness, one cannot equally declare that, beyond a doubt, it is conspecific. I can well imagine it to be merely the embryonic shell of some Gastrepod which eventually attains much larger dimensions. 6. Tanruimya rorunpata, Leach. —In respect of distribution this species is scarcely worth consideration. Being pelagic throughout its existence, one would not be surprised to meet with it both north and south of the trepics. The same or allied forms have been met with everyWhere in warm latitudes. 7. Narica (Lunatra) Grorntanpica, Beck.—One specimen considered by Watson to belong to this well-known Arctic form was recorded by him from Heard Island in 75 fathoms. This is another instance in which one feels doubt about pronouncing with absolute certainty the correctness of the identification. Although very similar indeed to some examples of VV. Groenlandieca, still it differs from most of them in being imperforate. In this respect it agrees with WV. fartilis of Watson, which was dredged at a neighbouring station in the Kerguelen region. Another feature common to both is the presence of a pale zone below the suture in the body-whorl. On comparing these specimens [ cannot understand why Dr. Watson should have separated the Heard Island specimen from the rest. J. fartilis, being devoid of colour-markings, has much the aspect of both WV. Groenlandica and NV. affinis, also a northern form. 8. Oposromra RissorpEs, Hanley.—This well-known British species is quoted by Watson from between Marion Island and Prince Edward Island in 50-140 fathoms. The identification was based upon two specimens only, and Dr. Watson distinctly says, ‘‘I give this species on the authority of Dr. Gwyn Jeffreys.” After a careful examination of the two shells in question I cannot agree with this determination. In the first place they exhibit only a faint trace of a columellar tooth SMITH : ON ARCTIC AND ANTARCTIC MOLLUSCA. 165 or fold, and they are of a different texture. It is one of those cases of uncertainty which arise through a very close resemblance, and which would probably be cleared up if we had a good series of specimens for comparison. 9. Puncruretta Noacuina (Linneeus).—This well-known northern form was obtained by the ‘‘ Challenger ”’ expedition at four stations in the Kerguelen region, also in the Straits of Magellan. Conchologically there seems to be no reason for separating the specimens obtained at these localities. ‘Lhe species has, however, such a wide range in Northern seas, the west coast of North America, Japan, etc., that its occurrence anywhere would not be surprising. Moreover, there are several not very dissimilar forms known from the West Indian region, and the genus occurs in all four quarters of the globe. To quote another example of wide range in the genus | would refer to Puncturella Asturiana of Fischer, which is known from the Bay of Biscay, the West Indies, and off the west coast of Ceylon. 10. Trocnus (Margarita) InrunprsuLum, Watson.— A beautiful deep- water species from off Bermuda, 1,075 fathoms; off Marion Island in the Southern Ocean in 1,375 fathoms (‘‘ Challenger”); 100 miles eastward of the entrance to Chesapeake Bay, 1,685 fathoms (Dall) ; Gulf of Manaar, Ceylon, 738 fathoms (‘‘ Investigator’). Slight differences, as might be expected, are observable in the specimens from these localities, still not sufticient to give them distinct specific rank. It will be noticed that all are from great depths, where cases of very remarkable distribution have been shown to occur. 11. ? Doris tTuBERcULATA, Cuvier. — This well-known northern Nudibranch was quoted by myself from Kerguelen Island in the Report upon the Mollusca obtained by the ‘Transit of Venus Expe- dition’’ to that island, the identification resting upon the authority of Mr. P. 8. Abraham, who at the time had been naming the species in the Museum collection. But a greater master in the study of the Nudibranchiata, Dr. Rudolf Bergh of Copenhagen, has since declared this form to be both generically and specifically distinct, and designated it with the name ef Archidoris Kerguelenensis. This species was also found by the ‘‘ Southern Cross”’ naturalists at Cape Adare, Victoria Land. This concludes the discussion of the individual species under con- sideration, and | will now try to summarize the result. In the first place six out of the eleven species are probably wrongly identified, namely, the Glomus, Kellia, Homalogyra, Natica, Odostomia, and Doris. Excepting in the case of the Loris the identifications were based upon either one or two specimens, and all, with the exception of the Watica, are very small and insignificant, without any striking features, so that it becomes quite impossible to decide their identification with any approach to certainty. Of the remaining five species, whose determination appears to be admissible, the /anthina, being pelagic, scarcely comes within the scope of the discussion, the Myfi/us is almost cosmopolitan, the 166 PROCEEDINGS OF THE MALACOLOGICAL SOCIETY. Margarita, besides occurring in the north Atlantic and the Southern Ocean, has also been found in the Indian Ocean, likewise the Dentaliwm and Puncturella are both so widely distributed that their occurrence in deep water in intra-tropical latitudes is very probable. Hence I think that in reality there is practically no identity between the northern and southern molluscan faunas. Moreover, putting aside specific identity, we do not discover any similarity from a generic point of view, for not one of the eleven genera quoted has a limited distribution; on the contrary, with the exception of Glomus and Homalogyra, of which we know comparatively little, all have practically a worldwide range. In conclusion, I would also point out that I do not find any peculiar specific or generic identity in the published lists of Arctic and Antarctic Mollusca. Certain genera are usually considered boreal types, such as Admete. Yoldia. Lrichotropis. Cyprina. Bela. _ Artarte. Velutina. Lyonsia. Lamellaria. Mya. Buccinum. Cyrtodaria. Trophon. Saxicava, ete. Liomesus. Now it is a suggestive fact that not one of these genera is exclusively restricted to the two regions under discussion. One or two are solely Arctic, and the rest, although having both northern and southern representatives, also occur at intermediate stations or have a con- siderably wide distribution. On the other hand, it may be shown that certain Antarctic genera are restricted to that region and do not occur in the north, although met with in other parts of the world. Among these may be cited Euthria, Bullia, Photinula, Siphonaria, Ranella, Acanthina, Voluta, Struthiolaria, Cominella, and Modiolarca. It is a notorious fact that Mollusca from high latitudes and from deep water are to a great extent devoid of bright colours. Even this prevailing dull appearance of the shells from the Arctic and Antarctic areas is almost enough to suggest an imaginary resemblance. Although much might be written upon this subject, indeed the discussion might be prolonged to any extent, I think enough has been said to show the fallacy of this bipolar theory, at all events from a mollusean point of view. Nevertheless, Dr. Pfeffer, referring to the examination of collections received from Patagonia, observes—‘‘ One thing can be affirmed with decision, that the theory of the great similarity of the faunas of higher northern and southern latitudes receives new support from the working out of nearly all groups; and the accord between the two faunas extends to hundreds of genera.” Perhaps some day he will publish a list of these forms. We shall then be in a position to judge to what extent these hundreds of genera are bipolar. 167 NOTE ON CYPRZA MICRODON, Gray. By Enear A. Surru, F.Z.S., ete. Read 14th March, 1902. In the Journal of Conchology, vol. x, pp. 117-119, Mr. J. C. Melvill has made some remarks on Cyprea chrysalis, Kiener, and C. microdon, Gray, maintaining that they are synonymous, and that authors have mistaken another species for C. microdon. The object of the present note is, in the first place, to point out that I fail to discover, except in the case of Weinkauff among the mono- graphers, that any misconception of the latter species has occurred ; secondly, that it has always been rightly recognized in the British Museum collection; and finally, that the type of the species is not in the Gray Collection. G. B. Sowerby, sen., G. B. Sowerby, jun., Reeve, Kiener, Roberts, and Weinkauff are the authors who have published illustrated monographs of the genus Cyprea. Sowerby, sen., in the ‘‘ Concho- logical Illustrations,” figured C. mierodon on pl. i, fig. 83. This was copied by Kiener (Coquilles vivantes, pl. lvi, fig. 5). Reeve (Conch. Icon., pl. xxiv, figs. 139a-6) gave an enlarged figure of a shell, now in the British Museum, from the collection of Mr. Gaskoin, which agrees with Sowerby’s figure, save only that it is enlarged. The shell depicted by Reeve is the true microdon of Gray. In the monograph by Sowerby, jun. (Thesaurus Conchyl., vol. iv, p. 30, pl. 323, figs. 385-6), it is accurately described, and correctly, though rather roughly figured. This figure was reproduced by Roberts in Tryon’s Manual of Conchology, vol. vii, pl. v, figs. 74, 75. Cyprea ehrysalis, which evidently, as Mr. Melvill observes, is the same as C. microdon, was figured by Kiener (op. cit., pl. liv, figs. 4, 4a). These figures have been copied by Sowerby, jun., Roberts, and Weinkauff, but are not given in Reeve’s ‘‘ Conchologia Iconica”’ as stated by Melvill.? Roberts and Sowerby do not appear to have recognized the fact that Kiener’s species was the same as the one they depicted under the name of C. microdon. 1 Journ. of Conch., vol. vii, p. 121. 168 PROCREDINGS OF THE MALACOLOGICAL SOCIETY. In the Museum there are eleven specimens of mzcrodon—one from the Cuming Collection, one from Gaskoin’s collection, the Grayian co-type, two from the ‘‘Challenger”’ collection from Fiji, one from Aden presented by Capt. E. R. Shopland, and five from Mauritius received from Mr. Robillard. The last-named I consider to be most representative of the species. All of these have been named microdon for many years, and there- fore I fail to appreciate Mr. Melvill’s remark that ‘‘ In our National Collection at South Kensington it has not been fully understood as a species.”” I may say also I have hunted in vain for the ‘‘ specimen or two mixed up with C. fimbriata.” The species named by Mr. Melvill Cyprea minoridens, which he supposes to have been mistaken by authors for C. mierodon, is perhaps separable from C. fimbriata on account of its generally less pyriform shape and the absence of the dark dots on the sides of the base. This form is figured by Sowerby (Thesaurus, pl. 328, figs. 890, 391), and these figures are copied by Roberts (op. cit., pl. v; figs. (6,10): Examples of this form in the National Collection are from Natal, Mauritius, the Seychelles and Fiji Islands, and Savage Island. With regard to the type of C. microdon being in the Gray Collection, I must say at once that such is not the case. Gray quoted the species from Mr. Stutchbury’s collection as well as his own. The only example in his collection is the ‘ decorticated’ shell mentioned by Melvill. This certainly is not the type, for it is smaller than the dimensions given, and has no trace of the minute brown dots mentioned in the description. It is probably the shell referred to in the sentence ‘*‘ When worn the shell is marked with an obscure central yellowish band.” In conclusion, I should point out that Gray’s initials were J. E., not S.; that his paper was issued in vol. iv, not vol. vi, of the Zoological Journal, and that the copy of his description of C. mierodon is carelessly transcribed as regards the punctuation; that both measurements are imaccurately given, # and % should be ¢ and 4 respectively ; and finally, the paragraph commencing ‘‘ Though worn,” etc., stands in the original ‘‘ When worn,”’ etc. 169 DESCRIPTION OF ACHATINA MACHACHENSIS, n.sr., FROM BASUTOLAND. By Enear A. Suita, F.Z.S., etc. Read 11th April, 1902. TxE specimens about to be described have been presented to the British Museum by R. Crawshay, Esq., by whom they were collected on Mount Machacha, in Basutoland, at an elevation of about 10,000 feet. I have designated this form Achatina Machachensis because a geographical name may be of some service to others in the identification of examples of this genus from the locality indicated. It is the first species recorded from Basutoland, and although exhibiting in some respects a relationship to the well- known A. zebra, it seems, on account of its elongate-ovate form, to be worthy of specific separation. A. rhabdota of Melvill and Ponsonby?’ is very similar as regards general form and the style of markings, put is described as decussately granulated, a feature entirely absent in the present species, which, moreover, appears to have more convex whorls, presuming that the figure of A. rhabdota is accurate, for their form is not described in the authors’ diagnosis. AcHATINA MAcHACHENSIS, n.sp. Testa elongato-ovata, mediocriter tenuis, sub periostraco tenui nitido flavo alba, strigis longitudinalibus arcuatis, rufo-nigris, Achatina Machachensis, 0.sp- interdum plus minus undulatis vel bifur- catis picta; spira producta, leviter convexa, ad apicem obtusa ; anfractus septem, convexiusculi, lineis incrementi obliquis tenuibus striati, sutura lineari incrassata, alba, sejuncti, ultimus antice sensim descendens ; apertura inverse auriformis, longit. totius haud equans, intus crulescens, sub-margaritacea, strigis nigris translucentibus ; columella parum arcuata, antice albida, oblique breviter truncata, superne callo tenui ceerulescente labro juncta. Long. 58, lat. 31 mm.; apertura long. 28, lat. 16 mm. Exemplum alterum, long. 52, lat. 27mm.; apertura long. 25, lat. 15 mm. Besides in the characters already referred to, this species also differs from A. rhabdvta in the form of the aperture. A. Crawfordi, Morelet, from Port Elizabeth, is also very similar in general outline, but is somewhat thinner, finely granulated, and with lighter - coloured markings. ! Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., 1898, p. 29, pl. viii, fig. 11. 170 ON CORONA PFEIFFERI, var. GRACILIS, n.van., FROM S8.E. COLOMBIA. By Enpear A. Suiru, F.Z.S., ete. Read \1th April, 1902. Tue shell about to be described was obtained at the Rio Caqueta, S.E. Colombia, and has recently been acquired by the British Museum. It appears to be a variety of Orthalicus Pfeifferi, Hidalgo, and is remarkable for its elongate and very slender! form, and the black colour of the aperture and of the external markings. The longitudinal reddish and slightly wavy lines which are characteristic of typical specimens are less conspicuous in the present variety. Its length is 67 mm. and diameter 23, whereas a normal example is 60 mm. long and 24 broad, the aperture in both being 26 mm. in length. Corona is considered by Pilsbry* to be a subgenus of Zzguus, and to include Helix regina, Ferussac, Achatina perversa, Swainson, Bulimus incisus, Hupé, and B. regalis, Hupé, which are probably all forms of one and the same species. In my opinion these so-called species are more nearly related to some of the species of Metorthalicus, e.g., DL. atramentarius, Pfeiffer, and Jf. Adansoni, Reeve, than to Liguus. I do not think Mr. Pilsbry had seen specimens Corona Pfeifferi, var. of Corona Pfeifferi, or he never would have gracilis, n.var. placed in the genus Oxystyla a shell which is scarcely separable from the four so-called species of Corona referred to. 1 Hence the name gracilis which I propose for this new variety. * Man. Conch., ser. 11, vol. xii, p. 174. 171 LIST OF MARINE SHELLS COLLECTED IN THE NEIGHBOURHOOD OF ADEN BETWEEN 1892 AND 1901. By Commander E, R. Sxoprayp. Read 14th March, 1902. Tue shells enumerated in the following list were, with the seven exceptions noted, collected within a radius of six miles from Steamer Point, Aden, chiefly on the shores of the Inner Harbour, by dredging in from three to eleven fathoms in and south of the harbour, and from the coral brought in from Little Aden for making lime. All the species marked with an asterisk (*) have been described from types now in the British Museum (Natural History).' In compiling the list it has been considered advisable to follow a well-known work rather than attempt the almost hopeless task of adjusting the nomenclature to the latest standards. This list has therefore been drawn up in accordance with the ‘ Catalog der Conchylien-Sammlung von F. Paetel.” CEPHALOPODA. Argonauta tuberculosa, Lk. GASTROPODA. Tanthina fragilis, Lk. Pisania Crosseana, Souverb. Murex anguliferus, Lk. » egnea, Gmel. 5, Carbonert, Jouss. : x 9» wgnea (sulcate variety). », elavus, Kien. », prcta, Rve. 5, eyclostomus, Sowb. ,, setula, Rve. ,, Jenestratus, Chem. Pollia contracta, Rve. », haustellum, L. », marmorata, Rye. »» pinnatus, Wood. 5, rubiginosa, Rve. 5, ramosus, L. 5, undosa, L. ,, rota, Sowb. Fusus forceps, Perry. ,, secundus, Lk. Pleurotoma albifuniculata, Rve. 5, lternispina, Lk. 5, amnicta, Smith. 5, varicosus, Sowb. 5, Baynhami, Smith. Pyrula paradisiaca, Mart. », eatena, Rve. 1 Commander Shopland’s collection was acquired by Mr. Hormusjee Cowasjee Dinshau, of Aden, who presented it to the National Collection.—KEp. 1 72 Pleurotoma ceechi, Jouss. 5, etngulifera, Lk. ,, erenularis, Lk. x >, Jousseaumt, Melv. * ,, latisinuata, BE. Smith. 5, Makimonos, Jouss. ,, obtusicostata, Smith. ,, otitoma, Jouss. PROCEEDINGS OF THE MALACOLOGICAL SOCIETY Ranella spinosa, Lk. ”? tuberculata, Brod. Bullia Mauritiana, Gray. ”? Tahitensis, Gmel. Phos roseatus, Hinds. Cyllene Grayi, Rve. Nassa albescens, v. fenestrata, Dkr. ? », Pouloensis, Jouss. * 5, tigrina, Lk. ee », tuberculata, Gray. a 5, unitfasciata, Smith. sy ,, variabilis, Smith. . ,, vtdua, Rve. 4 ,, vtolacea, Hinds. x Defrancia carinulata, Souverb. bs 5, joraminata, Rye. i », LHorneana, E. Smith. - ,, neva, Rve. " 5, LPhilippinensis, Rve. » rubicunda, Gould. glo Daphnella Boholensis, Rye. & ,, ettharella, Lk. As ,, erebriplicata, Rve. 5, Cuming, Powis. 4, eylindrica, Rve. », fenestrata, Melv. ,, ressoides, Rve. Triton antiquatus, Hinds. ? ” arcularia, L. celata, A. Ad. concinna, Powis. coronata, Lk. dermestina, Gould. Erythrea, Issel. fissilabris, A. Ad. gemmulata, Lk. lentiginosa, A. Ad. Marrati, Smith. nodifera, Powis. papillosa, L. persica, Mart. polychroma, Melv. pulla, L. variegata, A. Ad. verrucosa, A. Ad. Zailzensis, Jouss. Eburna Borneensis, Sowb. ” Valentiana, Swain. Purpura echinata, Blain. 2 »» aquatilis, Rve. = ,, bracteatus, Hinds. - ,, eancellatus, Lk. RA Ns »» Vv. decipiens, Rve. a ,, ¢landestinus, Chem. ,, convolutus, Brod. 5, labiosus, Wood. ,, maculosus, Chem. », prlearis, L. ,, Ranzani, Biane. : cotra. » retusus, Lk. ,, rubecula, L. ,, trilineatus, Rve. respaceus, Lk. Pe ae aha adicus, Jouss. 5, Shoplandi, Jouss. Ranella anceps, Lk. ., coneinna, Dunker. 5, granifera, Lk. livida, Rve. be Ffasciata, Diy. hippocastanum, L. mancinella, Lk. persica, L. Rudolphi, Lk. sacellum, Chem. Ricinula chrysostoma, Desh. ? ? FromuSo=- "4 75; 9 » - +B) ? 9 concatenata, Lk. elata, Blain. Jiscellum, Chem. indigoferum, Melv. lobata, Blain. marginatum-altigona, Jouss. nodulosa, C. B. Ad. ricinus, L. tuberculata, Blain. undata, Chem. Rapana bulbosa, Sol. * Coralliophila Arabica, Melv. bh) 9 ” costularis, Lk. squamulosa, Rve. violacea, Kien, SHOPLAND : Magilus antiquus, Lk. Oliva bulbosa, Jouss. bera. 5, Mflata, Lk. Ancillaria acuminata, Sowhb. 5, albisuleata, Sowb. 5, eastanea, Sowb. 5, exigua, Sowb. » sua, Swain. 5, ovalis, Sowb. striolata, Sowb. Fasciolaria trapezium, L. Latirus Forskali, Vapp.-Can. » Lauluccie, Tapp.-Can. » polygonus, L. 5, smaragdulus, L. », turritus, Gmel. Vasum cornigerum, Lk. Mitra affinis, Rye. 5, amabilrs, Rve. » armillata, Rve. 5, aurantia, Gmel. 5, dureolata, Swain. », bella, Pse. ,, Bovei, Kien. 5, ealigena, Rve. », carnicolor, Rye. ,, erculata, Kien. ,, ¢elathrata, Rve. 5, concentrica, Kve. » coriacea, Rve. » erenifera, Lk. 5, erenulata, Chem. », eucumerina, Lk. ,, dermestina, Lk. » eprscopalrs, L. » erred, Pse. p ferrugined, Lk. », fissurata, Lk. 5, foveolata, Dkr. », fulvescens, Swain. 55 mnesi, Jouss. 5, tmsculpta, A. Ad. ,, interlirata, Rve. 5, literata, Lk. », lubens, Rve. », marginata, Sowd. 5, militaris, Rve. ,, mucronata, Swain. ,, nebrias, Melv. from Ber- LIST OF MARINE SHELLS FROM ADEN, Mitra obeliscus, Rve. ,, Pacifica, Rve. », Pharaonis, A. Ad. 5» pretiosa, Rve. », procissa, Rve. 5, rotundilirata, Rve. 5, rufescens, A. "Ad. 5, Ruppelli, Rve. 5, scabriuscula, Gray. 5, semifasciata, Lk. », Shoplandi, Mely. », tabanula, Lk. ,, turgida, Rve. ,, ustulata, Rve. » variegata, Sowb. » vexillum, Rve. », vulpecula, L. aerampelina, Melv. Ma ginella clandestina (near), Broech. », gtbbosa, Jouss. ,, Mazagonica, Mely. 5, obtusa, Sowb. : bera. », seripta, Hinds. ,, Lerveriana, Petit. », Verdensis, Smith. Columbella albina, Kien. Me albinodulosa, Gask. ,, alveolata, Kien. 5, aspersa, Sowd. ,, astricta, Rve. 5, concinna, Rve. », conspersa, A. Ad. » errbraria, Lk. », jfabula, Rve. 5, flava, Brug. 5, LHanleyt, Desh. 5, lagula, Duel. », lyrata, Sowb. » mendicaria, L. ,, mercatoria, L. 5, miser, Sowb. » propingua, Smith. 5, regulus, Souverb. ,, Lerpsichore, Leathes. », 2ea, Melv. ,, zonata, Rve. Harpa minor, Rumph. 5, ventricosa, Lk. from Ber- 174 PROCEEDINGS OF Cassis exarata, Rve. Fauroti, Jouss. glauca, L. pila, Rve. rufa, L torquata, Rve. vibex, L. Dolium Quemanju, Jouss. Sycotypus ficoides, Lk. 3) jeeus, TL: Lamellaria perspicua, Li. Nautica cernica, Jouss. Chinensis, Lk. Collier, Recl. didyma, Bolt. Forskali, Chem. maculosa, Lk. mamilla, L. Marochiensis, Gmel. melanostoma, Gmel. plicatula, Nutt. Powisiana, Recl. pulicaris, Phil. simia, Chem. teniata, Menke. ae tela-aranea, Melv. Naticina papilla, Gmel. Sigaretus Cuvierianus, Recl. 5, planulatus, Recl. Scalaria clathrus, L. ,, decussata, Lk. Acrilla gracilis, H. Ad. ? ”? ? ”? 9 ?? ” ? Zerebra albomarginata, Desh. Babylonia, Lk. cerulescens, Lk. consobrina, Desh. corrugata, Lk. Gottoensis, EK. Smith. Lamarcki, Kien, ligata, Hinds. nassoides, Hinds. Pellyi, KE. Smith. Souleyeti, Desh. straminea, Gray. Rve. », tessellata, Gray. textilis, Hinds. 9 Pyramidella mitralis, A. Ad. Paeteli, Dhrn. ”) THE v. serotina, Ad. & MALACOLOGICAL SOCIETY. Pyramidella propingua, A. Ad. », variegata, A. Ad. Obeliscus dolabratus, L. sulcatus, A. Ad. ,, terebelloides, A. Ad. Ringicula acuta, Phil. 5, propinguans, Hinds. Elusa bruneomaculata, Melv. * 4elis exereta, Melv. Eulima acuta, Sowb. brevis, Sowb. Martini, A. Ad. Shoplandi, Melv. ,, solidula, Ad. & Rye. * Zeiostraca constellata, Melv. Stylifer exaratus, A. Ad. », jastigvatus, A. Ad. ,, solidulus, Ad. & Rve. Solarium cylindraceum, Chem. dorsuosum, Hinds. hybridum, L. infundibuliforme, Gmel. levigatum, Lk. perspectiviunculum, Chem. perspectivum, L. regium, Hanley. 5, variegatum, Gmel. Conus acuminatus, Hwass. Adansoni, Lk. Adenensis, Smith. arenatus, Hwass. betulinus, L. bullatus, L.: from Berbera. capitaneus, L. catus, Hwass. Ceylonensis, Hwass. clytospira, Melv. & Stand. Cuviert, Crosse. Erythreensis, Beck. Re ,, v. adustus, Sowb. Jlavidus, Lk. fumigatus (= Lagardi, Jouss.), Hwass. gemmulatus, Sowb. : Bulhar, 8 fms. generalis, L. geographus, L. wmscriptus, Rve. ; 5 v. Keatt, lineatus, Chem. ”? ” * ” ” ” ”? ” ” from Sowb. ? SHOPLAND: LIST OF MARINE SHELLS FROM ADEN, 175 Conus lividus, Hwass. », luotificus, Rve. > moles, L. 5 minimus, L. », mitratus, Hwass. », nemocanus, Hwass. », nussatella, L. 5, pusillus, Chem. », quadratomaculatus, Sowb. : from Bulhar, 8 fms. »» quercinus, Hwass. », splendidulus, Sowb. » striatus, L. ,, sulphuratus, Hwass. », Sumatrensis, Hwass. ,, teniatus, Hwass. ,, tessellatus, Hwass. », textile, L. ,, Lhomasi, Sowb. Traversianus, Smith. Strombus Belutschionste, Mely. », Columba, Lk. », eylindricus, Swain. », dentatus, L. » jfloridus, Lk. 5, fusiformis, Sowb. » grbberulus, L. », lineatus, Lk. », Mauritianus, Lk. », plicatus, Lk. 5, Ruppelli, Rve. », terebellatus, Sowb. » tricorms, Lk. », urceus, L. varvabilis, Swain. Pterocera bryona, Gmel. 5, scorpio, L. Rostellaria curta, Sowb. ,, curvtrostris, Lk. Cyprea clandestina, L. 5, eruenta, v. coloba, Melv. » erosa, L., v. nebutes, Melv. » rythreensis, Beck. 5, exusta, Sowb. », jfabula, Kien. ,, felina, Gmel. ,, jfimbriata, Gmel. ‘ », Vv. macula, A. Ad. 5» gangrenosa, Sol. », helvola, L. Cyprea histrio, Gmel. 5, Lsabella, L. ,», lentiginosa, Gray. », Lienardi, Jouss. », Lustert, Gray. » lynn, L. 5, Mauritiana, L. 5, microdon, Gray. », moneta, L. », nucleus, L. » ocellata, L. 5, pantherina, Sol. », pulchra, Swain. 5, punctata, L. ,, quadrimaculata, Gray. 5, talpa, L. »» tegres, L. » turdus, Lk. 5, Lurnert, Jouss. ,, undata, Lk. ,, vitellus, L. zigzac, L. Trivia staphylea, L. v. limacina, Lk. Ovula laetem Lk. » ovum, L. Birostra spelta, L. Cancellaria elegans, Sowb. », Aystrix, Rve. 5, melanostoma, Sowb. 5, scalarina, Lk. Cerithium albovaricosum, Smith. 5, asperum, L. 5, bifasciatum, Sowb. », c@eruleum, Sowb. 5, elypeomorus, Jouss. ,, columna, Sowb. », eontractum, Sowb. 5, echinatum, Lk. » Lrythreense, Lk. 5, fasciatum, Mart. », fluviatile, Pot. Mich. », Kocht, Phil. », lacteum, Kien. »» pingue, A. Ad. 5, recurvum, Sowb. ,, rostratum, Sowb. 5, Ruppelli, Phil. », scabridum, Phil. », NShoplandi, Melv. 176 PROCEEDINGS OF THE Cerithium tuberculatum, L. », tuberosum, Fabr. »» Yerbury?, Smith. Vertagus cedo-nulli, Sowb. », Jasciatus, Brug. ,, obeliscus, Brug. * Bittium chrysomallum, Melv. Triforis ecingulatus, A, Ad. ,, eollaris, Hinds. 5, corrugatus, Hinds. Littorina ahenea, Rve. 5, grano-costata, Rve. », Vatalensis, Krauss. ,, seabra, L. Modulus candidus, Petit. ,, tectum, Gmel. Planaxis breviculus, Desh. 5, NSavignyt, Desh. ,, suleatus, Lk. Rissoina Bertheloti, Aud. ,, ¢lathrata, A. Ad. 5, concinna, A. Ad. ,, msculpta, Melv. & Stand. 5, insignis, Ad. & Rve. 5 pachystoma, Melv. 5, Sequensiana, Issel. ,, Stdmondiana, Issel. 5, sprrata, Sowb. ,, tridentata (= curta, Sowb.), Mich. Onoba delicata, Monteros. Turritella columnaris, Kien. ,, maculata, Rve. Calyptrea cicatricosa, Kve. x 9», Ldgariana, Melv. 5» equestris, L. Crepidula Walshi (= Plana, Ad. & Rve.), Herms. Narica cancellata, Chem. 5, ligata, Reel. Nerita chrysostoma, Recl. 5, plexa, Chem. », polita, L. 5, Rumphi, Recl. Neritina feuilletti, Aud. Phasianella lineolata, Wood. MALACOLOGICAL SOCIETY. Phasianella nivosa, Rve. Turbo coronatus, vy. granulata, Gmel. 5, elegans, Phil. 5, petholatus, L. 5, pustulatus, Rve. 5, radiatus, Gmel. Leptothyra leta, Montr. 5 plula, Dkr. te 1» Yemenensis, Melv. * Rotella car neolata, Mely. *Delphinula diplocostira, Melv. Cardinalia virgata, Gmel. Trochus dentatus, Forsk. : Berbera. », infundibulum, v. Erythreus, Brocchi. Clanculus Pharaonis, L. Monodonta dama, Phil. 5, obscura, Wood. Euchelus bicinctus, Phil. », Delpretei, Caramagna. .. proximus, A. Ad. Thalotia Torresi, var., E. Smith. Zizyphinus scobinatus, A. Ad. Agagus Agagus, Jouss. Gibbula Doria, Caramagna. Minolia Catfassii, Caramagna. ,, rotelleformis, Phil. Margarita variabilis, A. Ad. Vitrinella Menegherwi,Caramagna. Haliotis multiperforata, Rve. » varia, L. Fissurella Ruppelli, Sowb. Parmophorus unguis, L. Patella plumbea, Lk. 5, radians, Gmel. Buceinulus solidulus, L. Hydatina physis, Lk. 5, velum, Chem. Bulla ampulla, L. Atys cylindracea, Helb. », Jerruginea, Ad, », naucum, L. Umbrella Indica, Lk. from SCAPHOPODA. Dentalium octagonum, Lk. Dentalium Shoplandi, Jouss. SHOPLAND: LIST OF MARINE SHELLS FROM ADEN. ] =I PELECYPODA. Pholadidea Fauroti, Jouss. Parapholas quadrizonalis, Spelv. Martesia striata, L. Gastrochena Ruppelli, Desh. Aspergillum vaginiferum, Lk. Solen brevis, Gray. » corneus, Lk. », cultelus, L. », dactylus, Jouss. 5, Gould, Conrad. truncatus, Sowb. Machera Taponica, Dkr. * Novaculina xyreces, Melv. Tugonia nobilis, A. Ad. Corbula Tahitensis, Lk. Anatina hispidula, Cuy. », labiata, Rve. ,, subrostrata, Lk. *Thracia Adenensis, Melv. ,, Australica, Rve. Mactra achatina, Chem, » erista, Jouss. 5, decora, Desh. » Lauroti, Jouss. », v. alba, Jouss. Ludroria curta, Desh. », wmtermedia, Desh. Standella Atgyptiaca, Chem. 5, ¢capillacea, Desh. », NSolanderi, Gray. Raéta Abercrombiei, Mely. Cecella Zebuensis, Desh. Asaphis deflorata, L * Psammobia amianta, Melv. », contraria, Desh. 5, elegans, Desh. 55 marmorea, Desh. », occidens, Chem. 5, pallida, Desh. », rubicunda, Desh. Weinkaufi, Crosse. Soletellina Adamsi, Desh. Tellina Adenensis, Smith. »» easeus, Sowb. 5, concentrica, Gould. sy core, J OUSE. 5, erucigera, Lk. 5, Deshayesit, Hanley. VOL. V.—JULY, 1902. Tellina edentula, Spglr. », foliacea, L. ,, holabana, Melv. », mflata, Chem. 5, lacunosa, Chem. ety «= manumissa, Melv. ,, methoria, Mely. 5, micans, Hanley. 5, obliqua, Sowb. ,, ostracea, Lk. 5, perplexa, Hanley. 5, Pharaonis, Hanley. ,, rastellum, Hanley. », rubella, Desh. rugosa, Born. scobinata, L. ,, staurella, Lk. ,, subpallida, Smith. ,, sulcata, Wood, », virgata, L. ,, Yemenensis, Melv. incre: cluthratus, Rye. x » epularis, Melv. » rythreus, Bertrand. «5, scalpellum, Gray. Scrobicularia Vaillanti, Jouss. Amphidesma Chinense, A. Ad, ,, erenatum, Ad. & Ang. 5, lamellosum, Sowb. x 9» Shoplandi, Melv. * Cumingia occatilla, Melv. Paphia glabrata, Desh. Mesodésma obtusum, Cross. & F. Tivela ponderosa, Koch. Meretriz lusoria, Chem. Callista costata, Chem. 5, eryoma, L. florida, Lk. ,, lilacina, Lk. ,, umbonella, Lk. Caryatis Hebrea, Lk. 5, pura, Desh. 5, varians, Hanley. Lioconcha lentiginosa, Chem. 4, tegrina, Lk. Crista pectinata, L. Circe Arabica, Chem. 5, eallipyga, Born. 12 a" ~I «x Circe corrugata, Chem. ,, intermedia, Rve. », sertpta, L. ,, Vv. fulgurata, Rve. Sunetta contempta, E. Smith. ,, éffossa, Hanley. Tupes Deshayest, Hanley. 5, disruptus, Sowb. 5, floridus, var., Lk. 5, geographicus, Gmel. ,, litteratus, L. ., Malabaricus, Chem. ,, Obscuratus, Desh. Me se y. guadriradiata, Desh. 5» pinguis, Chem. ,, radiatus, Gmel. ,, sulcosus, Lk. ,, textriz, Chem. Anaitis foliacea, Phil. Chione crispata, Desh. 5, Dyiboutiensis, Jouss. flammea, Lk. 5, Lamarck, Gray. 5, lamellosa, Chem. Dosinia alta, Dkr. », hepatica, Lk. ,, Aurstrio, Gmel. 5, pubescens, Phil. ,, radiata, Rve. Venerupis ( Claudiconitra) madre- porica, Jouss. ,, macrophylla, Desh. Coralliophaga Arabica, Melv. », coralliophaga, Gmel. ,, decussata, Rve. Petricola Hemprichi, Issel. » lyra, Melv. Choristodon lapicidum, Chem. Cardium assimile, Rve. ,, Australe, Sowb. lacunosum, Rve. latum, Born. pseudolima, Lk. ,, rubicundum, var., Rve. PROCEEDINGS OF THE MALACOLOGICAL SOCIETY. Lucina concinna, H. Ad. 5, dentifera, Jouss. 5, exasperata, Rve. ,, Lischeriana, Issel. », gemma, Kve. 5, Semperiana, Issel. Loripes clausa, Philippi. Diplodonta rotundata, Mont. Pythina paula, A. Ad. Scintilla faba, Desh. 5, Obockensis, Jouss. ,, ovulina, Desh. 5» ptsum, Sowb. Crassatella radiata, Sowb. Cardita antiquata, Poli. ,, semiorbiculata, L. ,, suleata, Lk. 5, variegata, Brug. Nytilicardia gubernaculum, Rve. Mytilus ater, Zeleb. 5 pictus, Born. Crenella Cumingiana, Dkr. Modiola auriculata, Krauss. », lignea, Rve. ,, NSirehensis, Jouss. Lithodomus cinnamomina, Lk. ,, Lrythreensis, Jouss. ,, lthophagus, var., Lk. Septifer excisus, Wiegm. Avicula marmorata, Rve. Meleagrina margaritrfera, L. Malleus albus, Lk. Crenatula picta, Gmel. Pinna alta, Sowb. 5, bicolor, Chem. », nigra, Chem. Arca navicularis, Brug. ,, scapha, Chem. ,, tortuosa, L. », xebra, Swain. Barbatia Domingensis, Lk. Helblingi, Chem. imbricata, Brug. nivea, Gmel. obliquata, Wood. ? ? bl 9 rugosum, Lk. Anomalocardia clathrata, Rve. Chama fragum, Rve. Scapharca Natalensis, Krauss. » gryphoides, L. Cucullea concamerata, Chem. Tridacna ecrocea, var., Lk. Pectunculus pectentformis, Lk. ,, Cumingt, Rve. » 3) tegulicius, Melv. SHOPLAND: LIST OF MARINE SHELLS FROM ADEN. 179 Pectunculina multistriata, Forsk. Leda sculpta, Issel. Pecten flabelloides, Rve. ,, Layardi, var., Rve. ,, luculentus, var., Rve. », plica, L. 5, sanguinolentus, Gmel. », senatorius, Gmel. ,, Stngaporinus, Sowb. 5, sguamosus, v. lividus, Rve. ,, subplicatus, Sowb. ,, Lownsendi, Sowb. ,, Lranquebaricus, Gmel. Lima paucicostata, Sowb. ,, scabra, Born. ,, tenera, Chem. 5, venues, HL. Ad. Plicatula imbricata, Menke. Pedum spondyloideum, Gmel. Anomia acheus, Gray. Placuna placenta, Lk. Vulsella lingua-felis, Rve. Ostrea crista-galli, L. ,, eucullata, Born. ,, Ayotis, L. 180 ON THE NON-MARINE MOLLUSCA FROM THE HOLOCENE DEPOSITS AT LONDON WALL AND WESTMINSTER. By A. S. Kennarp and B. B. Woopwarp, F.L.S., ete. Read 14th March, 1902. 1. Lonpon WALL. Durine the year 1901 extensive excavations were made in Finsbury Circus and London Wall for the foundations of buildings for the London Wall Estate Company. Facilities were afforded us to visit and examine the sections, and we have secured numerous objects of interest. As is so often the case with Holocene deposits, the sections varied greatly, but there were always three well-marked layers. The lowest bed was Pleistocene gravel, 4 to 5 feet thick, resting on the London Clay. This was succeeded by an alluvial deposit of peaty clay from 4 to 8 feet thick, containing the remains of mollusca, as well as numerous objects belonging to the Roman period, such as broken bones, fragments of Samian ware and other pottery, besides large quantities of Ostrea edulis, Linn., Mytilus edulis, Linn., and Cardium edule, Linn.; whilst a few examples of Littorina littorea (Linn.), Buceinum undatum, Linn., and Dacoma baltica (Linn.) also occurred. The uppermost bed was ‘ made earth,’ consisting of the débris of the city: it included large quantities of old leather, medieval pottery, broken greybeards, ete., and was, in fact, a great dustbin accumulation. On the north-eastern side of the excavation, the lower part of the alluvial layer was evidently deposited by a large stream, in all probability the Wallbrook. Numerous traces of ‘ pile dwellings’ were disinterred in this spot. The non-marine mollusca were all obtained from the alluvial layer, of which the major part was accumulated during the Roman period, whilst the upper portion was deposited between the close of that period and Norman times. All the species occurred in the Roman layer; the later deposits, though yielding more examples, contained far fewer species. Helix aspersa occurred at the base, whilst one example of Vitrea cellaria was found still attached to part of a ‘ pile dwelling.’ KENNARD & WOODWARD : HOLOCENE MOLLUSCA OF LONDON WALL, ETC. 181 The species of mollusca obtained were :— Agriolimax agrestis (Linn.). Planorbis albus, Miill. Vitrea cellaria (Miill.). », glaber, Jeff. ,, metida (Mill.). ,, nautileus (Linn.). Hygromia hispida (Linn.). 5, marginatus, Drap. Vallonia pulchella (Miill.). ,, vortex (Linn.). Helix aspersa, Mill. ,, sptrorbis, Mill. », nemoralis, Linn. ,, contortus (Linn. ). Cochlicopa lubrica (Mill.). Jontanus (1 ightf.). Succinea elegans, Risso. Bithy ynia tentaculata (Linn. ). Carychium minimum, Mill. », Leachit (Shepp.). Velletia lacustris (Linn.). Valvata piscinalis (Mill.). Limnea pereger (Miill.). ,, erestata, Mill. », palustris (Miull.). Spherium corneum, Linn. », stagnalis (Linn.). "4, lacustre, Mull. Physa fontinalis (Linn.). Pisidium pusillum, Gmel. 5, Aypnorum (Linn.). ,, nitidum, Jenyns. Planorbis corneus (Linn.). ,, mielium, Held. Of these the most noteworthy are Planorbis glaber, P. fontanus, and Spherium lacustre. Planorbis glaber is extremely rare in Holocene beds, being known only from Westminster, Raine, Barry Docks, and from alluvial deposits near Edinburgh. It was not an abundant form at London Wall, but was far more prevalent than P. albus. P. fontanus is another rare form in Holocene beds, but it has been found at Raine, Crossness, Charlton, the Lea Valley, Westminster, and the Hampshire tufaceous beds. Spherium lacustre has hitherto been represented in a fossil state solely by specimens in the York Museum, said to come from the Pleistocene of Barnwell. It is a widely distributed form in these Islands at the present day, and is certainly not a modern introduction ; but since its habitat is usually muddy ponds or ditches, it is unlikely to be found in the stream deposits which form the vast majority of our fossiliferous Pleistocene and Holocene beds. In 1890 eleven species of shells were described! from a similar deposit at Moorfields, and the large size to which many of the examples attained was remarked upon. The examples from London Wall are equally noteworthy. Succinea elegans attains a length of 18 mm., Physa hypnerum 14mm., and Limnea palustris 22 mm., whilst Planorbis corneus attains a breadth of 25°5mm., P. marginatus 16 mm., P. vortex 8mm., and P. fontanus 7-5 mm. Helix aspersa is not un- common, and occurs throughout the Roman layer. ' B. B. Woodward, ‘‘ On the Pleistocene (non-Marine) Mollusca of the London District’? : Proc. Geol. Assoc., vol. xi, p. 339. 182 PROCEEDINGS OF THE MALACOLOGICAL SOCIETY. 2. WESTMINSTER. Shells have also been obtained lately from the excavations made in Whitehall for the foundations of the new War Office. They occurred in a bed of peaty loam at a depth of some 15 feet from the surface, and are probably of the same age as those described by one of us in 1890.' It is well known that the immediate vicinity of Westminster Abbey was in historic times an island called Thorney, and there can be no doubt that this bed was deposited by one of the boundary streams. From the absence of relics of human occupation, it may be Roman or pre-Roman. The species of mollusca obtained are twenty-two in number, viz. :— Pyramidula rotundata (Mill.). Planorbis corneus (Linn.). Hygromia hispida (Linn.). 5, albus, Mill. Helix nemoralis, Linn. 5, marginatus, Drap. Vallonia pulchella (Miill.). ,, contortus (Linn.). Vertigo antivertigo (Drap.). Bithynia tentaculata (Linn.). Suceinea elegans, Risso. Valvata piseinalis (Miill.). Carychium minimum, Mill. ,, cristata, Mull. Limnea auricularia (Linn.). Neritina fluviatilis (Linn.). 5, pereger (Miill.). Anodonta cygnea (Linn.). », palustris (Mill.). Spherium corneum (Linn.). », truncatula (Miill.). Pisidium amnicum (Mill.). These are all common forms in Holocene beds, and call for no extended notice. 1 Loe. cit., p. 341. ORDINARY MEETING. Fripay, 9TH May, 1902. E. R. Syxzs, B.A., F.L.S., Vice-President, in the Chair. The following communications were read :— 1. “A Synopsis of the genus Streptaxis and its allies.” By G. K. Gude, F.Z.8. 2. ‘On a new Ctenostreon from the Middle Oolites of Switzerland.” By R. Bullen Newton, F.G.S. 3. ‘On a new species of Chetoplewra from South Africa.” By E. R. Sykes, B.A., F.L.S. 4, “The Myology of Pholas.”” By R. H. Burne, B.A., F.Z.S. Exhibits were placed on the table by the following :-— A. Hale: Specimens of Awricula auris-mide (Linn.) from the river Selangor, showing flattening of the anterior surface. Rey. R. Ashington Bullen: Two new records from Harlyn Bay (from a late Keltic burial- ground), Vitrea nitidula (Drap.) and Pyramidula rotundata (Mill.). S. Pace: Series of Columbella epamella, Ducl., and Columbella idalina, Ducl. E. R. Sykes: Types of six new species of Land-Shells from Perak ; an unusually fine specimen of Murex tenuispina (Lam.); an abnormal shell of Modiolarva discors (Linn.). R. H. Burne: A Pearl Oyster with islets of nacre in the ligament. G. K. Gude, R. Bullen Newton, E. R. Sykes, and R. H. Burne: Specimens in illustration of their papers. ORDINARY MEETING. Fripay, 13TH June, 1902. E. A. Smrru, F.Z.S., President, in the Chair. 4 The following communications were read :— 1. “On Helix Basileus of Benson from Southern India: its anatomy and generic position.’? By Lieut.-Colonel H. H. Godwin-Austen, F.R.S. 2. ‘On the anatomy of some little-known Land Mollusca from New Britain and Lifu, Loyalty Islands, collected by Dr. Arthur Willey, F.R.S.” By Lieut.-Col. H. H. Godwin-Austen, F.R.S. 3. “On a small collection of Non-Marine Shells formed by Mr. J. J. Walker from the New Hebrides, Banks and Torres Islands.” By E. R. Sykes, B.A., F.L.S. 4, ‘On the Identity and Relationships of Buccinum dermestoideum, Lam.” By S. Pace, F.Z.S. Exhibits were placed on the table by the following :— R. Bullen Newton: Plaster reproduction of Gisortia Gisortiensis, Passy, from the Paris Basin. VOL. V.—OOTOBER, 1902. 13 184 PROCEEDINGS OF THE MALACOLOGICAL SOCIETY. E. R. Sykes: Eulimide from Guernsey and other localities, including E. anceps, Marshall. E. A. Smith: Sinistral and other forms of Helix nemoralis from Bundoran, Donegal. E. R. Sykes: Specimens in illustration of his paper. NOT Es: Note oN THE HistoLtocy oF MOoLLUSCAN AND OTHER OLFACTORY NERVE CentTRES. (ftead 11th April, 1902.)—The late Mr. Martin F. Woodward, in his valuable account of the anatomy of Plewrotomaria Beyrichii, Hilg. (Quart. Journ. Micro. Sci., vol. xliv, p. 215), draws attention (p. 226), when dealing with the minute structure of the branchial ganglia, to a number of “curious dim bodies” lying near the periphery of the central mass of the ganglion, “which at first sight suggest large ganglionic cells.” That such is not their real nature he infers from the entire absence of nuclei in them, as well as from their want of sharpness of outline. He finally concludes that “they are in reality bundles of fibre, rather more closely packed than usual.” It is interesting as a commentary upon this observation by Woodward to recall that similar local condensations of the neuropile or glomeruli, as they are usually termed, occur in many groups of the animal kingdom, and always apparently, as in this case, in nerve centres that innervate sense organs of a more or less undoubted olfactory nature. The following examples may be cited: the olfactory bulbs of all Vertebrates ; the antennary lobes of Insects and Myriopods ; the globuli of Crustacea (the centres for the innervation of the antennules) ; and, among Polychsete Worms, a lobe of the brain of Aphrodite that probably is related to the nuchal region. It will be observed that in all these instances the sense organs innervated from these glomerulated centres are, at any rate probably, olfactory ; and the same is true for Pleurotomaria, in which the osphradium is directly innervated by this glomerulated branchial ganglion, What the physiological meaning of this very widespread association of a glomerulated neuropile with the sense of smell may be is not yet explained, but the facts as they stand are of no little interest. R. H. Burne. MARINE SHELLS COLLECTED AT ADEN BY COMMANDER E. R. SHOPLAND. —The following species were accidentally omitted from the list published in the last number of these “ Proceedings ” (p. 175), viz. :— Leptoconchus serratus, Desh. Cyprea annulus, L. » Arabica, L. cameleopardalis, Perry. » carneola, L. caurica, L. eribraria, L. NOTES ON HOLOCENE MOLLUSCA FROM NORTH CORNWALL. By the Rey. R. Asutyeton Butten, B.A., F.L.S., ete. Read 11th April, 1902. Haztyn Bay is situated about two and a half miles to the north-west of Padstow, and the mollusca mentioned in this communication are partly from the prehistoric burial-ground discovered there in August, 1900, and partly from neighbouring localities near Constantine Bay. The graves at Harlyn Bay were covered with bright blown shell-sand of ancient date, there being a well-developed top-soil from a foot to a foot and a half in depth, covered with a strong growth of grass. Since only surface-finds (within plough depth) of Roman coins have been made in this and other Cornish localities, the blown sand is of pre-Roman date. This blown sand was from 3 to 15 feet in depth over the graves, the lower measurement representing the foot of the old grass slope. The Royal Institution of Cornwall undertook the excavation, and removed about 2,000 tons of sand from the site in 1900. Their main object, however, was to discover the age of the interments by securing human skulls and other bones and also any objects of metal. The graves are in tiers in places, and in the lowest graves no objects of metal have been found, so that the earlier interments seem to belong to men of ‘Neolithic’ culture, the later and upper graves having yielded objects in bronze (fibule of the La Téne type) and iron. These latter are very scarce. The mollusca occurred under and in the graves and in kitchen-middens to the south of the interments, according to the following lists :— I. Hartyn Bay (pre-Roman) Burrat-crounD. A. Under the Grave-level (in clayey sand). Marine :—Patella vulgata, Linn. Non-Manrine :—Hygromia granulata (Ald.), H. montivaga (West.), Vallonia pulchella (Miill.), Helix nemoralis, Linn., Cochlicopa lubrica (Miull.), Pomatias reflexus (Linn.). B. Grave-level (under upper rubble-layer). Marre : — Purpura lapillus (Linn.), Littorina obtusata (Linn.), Monodonta crassa (Mont.), Patella vulgata, Linn., Helcion pellucidum (Linn.), Mytilus edulis, Linn. Tools fashioned from Patella and Mytilus. Also sepiostaire from Sepia officinalis, Linn., in some graves. 186 PROCEEDINGS OF THE MALACOLOGICAL SOCIETY. Non-Marine: — Vitrea nitidula (Drap.), Pyramidula rotundata (Miill.), ZZelicella barbara (Linn.), H. caperata (Mont.), H. itala (Linn.), Hygromia granulata (Ald.), H. montivaga (West.), Helix nemoralis, Linn., Hf. hortensis, Miiller, Pomatias reflecus (Linn.). C. From the bright sand. Non-Martye :—Helicella virgata (Da Costa), HZ. caperata (Mont.), H. barbara (Linn.). D. Kitchen-Midden South and East of Harlyn Burial-ground, but within its outer fence. Marie :—Purpura lapillus (Linn.), mostly broken shells,’ Patella vulgata, Linn., Mytilus edulis, Linn. Non-Marine :—WZHelix aspersa, Miill., H. nemoralis, Linn., large specimens. EK. Kitchen-Midden in next field South of Harlyn Burial-ground, under a tumulus from 11 to 18 feet in depth. Marine :—Patella vulgata, Linn., Cardium edule, Linn., Ostrea edulis, Linn, [A fragment of the last named resembles pieces found abundantly in the burial-ground that are of a pure translucent white texture and evidently used in the fabrication of small shell-implements. Vide supra I, B: also my “‘ Harlyn Bay,” 2nd ed., plate 5. | Non-Marine :—Vitrea nitidula (Drap.), Helicella barbara (Linn.), Vallonia pulchella (Mill.), Helix aspersa, Miill., abundant, Cochlicopa lubrica (Mill.). II. Hartyn Crrrr.—From an early bronze age, cremated interment, in an ¢nverted urn of very coarse pottery, } inch thick. Non-Marine:—Helix nemoralis, Linn., Pomatias reflexus (Linn.). These shells were placed round the urn, about a bushel in all. Mr. Harold Hellyar and his brothers discovered this and excavated the spot, January Ist, 1902.? I11.—Constantine Church is about a mile and a half to the westward of Harlyn Bay. The scanty remains are very ancient, anterior to the departure of the Romans in 410 a.p. The thick walls were built of fragments of slate without mortar. The tower is built round a large rounded boulder of Cataclew stone, derived from an intrusive dyke, which occurs in the slate between Trevose Head and Cataclew Point. South of the church there is a kitchen-midden in which coarse pottery occurs. 1 Mr. A. Santer Kennard compares these with shells from Ireland, broken most probably to extract the purple dye. 2 For description of this interment vide my ‘‘ Harlyn Bay and the Discoveries of its Prehistoric Remains’’: Swan Sonnenschein & Co., 2nd ed., 1902. BULLEN : HOLOCENE MOLLUSCA FROM NORTH CORNWALL. 187 The marine shells there are:—Purpura lapillus (Linn.), Patella vulgata, Linn., Cardium edule, Linn., Mytilus edulis, Linn. The nearest place now for the last-mentioned molluse is said (by Mr. Hellyar, sen., of Harlyn House) to be Padstow Harbour, about four miles distant. IV.—About half a mile to the westward occurs the kitchen-midden on the low sea-cliff at Constantine Bay, described by Mr. Spence Bate in 1864.1 Here, again, the three prevailing species occur, Patella vulgata, Purpura lapillus, and Mytilus edulis. Underlying the shell-mound there is a raised beach. This kitchen- midden having been previously described, I will only say that the description Spence Bate gives, though in the main correct, is not quite consonant with the facts as now observable. Mr. George Bonsor, an expert anthropologist, was with me in October, and we found hearths at several levels down to a depth of 8 feet, with burnt bones and burnt Mytilus shells. Mr. Harold Hellyar has also, in digging into the mound, found evidence of long occupation, the pottery from the lower levels being coarse and hand-made, that from the higher part being turned on the wheel. V. Constantive Istanp.—About fifty yards from the mainland is a detached mass of slate covered with sand and overgrown with grass yielding numerous flint-flakes on the surface. Neolithic man had built here a hut of unusual form, ellipsoid in shape, with a low entrance about 4 feet long. Inside the hut occurred a hearthstone with evidence of fire upon and round it. In the month of January, 1902, I visited the hut with Mr. R. Mallett, and we found the following shells :— (a) From their condition the three following belong to the Raised Beach and Head, the former well and the latter poorly developed. Marine :— Purpura lapillus (Linn.), Patella vulgata, Linn. Non-Marine :—Pupa muscorum (Linn.). (6) From the Neolithic floor. Marine :—JLittorina littorea (Linn.), Patella vulgata, Linn., Cardium edule, Linn., Mytilus edulis, Linn. The last two also occurred outside the hut, where, too, were a hearth and bones of animals of the same species as those from within.” Non-Marine :—Helicella ttala (Linn.), Helix aspersa,? Mill., one specimen, H. nemoralis, Linn., abundant, H. hortensis, Miill. 1 «On a Cornish Kjékkenmédding ’’: Trans. Devonshire Assoc., vol. i (1862-6), noeis0se 2 For list of these, identified for me by Mr. E. T. Newton, F.R.S., etc., vide “* Harlyn Bay,’’ 2nd ed., p. 32. 3 I found none on the island itself, otherwise the nearest point of the present occurrence of H. aspersa seems to be about a furlong inland. 188 PROCEEDINGS OF THE MALACOLOGICAL SOCIETY. Norra Cornwatt: Taste oF OCCURRENCE OF MARINE AND TERRESTRIAL Moxtvusca oF Pre-Roman Dare. o o o FB aes) alee é : et elo | eae 2 4| Sa] Bo) ei] $2) _./ 29/2 | Bs ol Sir) ec] Sc] 28) 28) 2S] eH] 25 BS ee oo oo|o4|e "a7 Marre. emia Meera) eerie ee | ey a a> Hines Sepia officinalis, Linn. ... | «.. * Purpura lapillus (Linn.)... |... * [lode * * * JR a tera eG) Gey || Goa |) cog |) ofa |} oeee || G60 |} sdac * », obtusata (Linn.) ... | ... * Monodonta crassa (Mont.)... % Patella vulgata, Linn, ... | & | oe * * * * * Helcion pellucidum (Linn.) * Cardiwm edule, Linn. ... | ... | we. | «. * * Ostrem edulis, Tannese cee) eee || wes es * Mytilus edulis, Linn. * BN cor * + Non-Manrine. Vitrea nitidula (Drap.) ... * * Pyranidula rotundata (Miull.) * a. Heltcellavingaua (MD a©;) cn) || ses! || ees |) eee) (eisai sete teal beeteet | eferceui | eter * », ttala aay sa # * »» caperata (Mont.) . * Bo * a. 4, barbara (Linn.) Pe * * % a. Hygromia granulata (Ald) * * », montivaga (West.) .. * # a. Helix aspersa, Mill. ee std rece Plll toes Pima (Finer || Hacer Ith dene * a. ,, memoralis,: Linn. ... * * * eaten eects * * Devs) Onesie wi se ee (oe. He i caiceg Ph aise * a. Vallonia pulchella (UN eA oboe tebe * a. Cochlicopa lubrica (Mull.).. | * | ... | ... | * Beekeeper muscorum, (Iain) 5.) ||| se) all) eee! | ester tli) seer ||| east [neers * a. Pomatias reflecus: (Linn.) * * * My sincere thanks are due to Mr. B. B. Woodward and Mr. E. A. Smith for the trouble they have taken over the Hygromia montivaga, West., and especially to Dr. Bottger for identifying the shell, which is a new record for England; also to Mr. B. B. Woodward and Mr. A. Santer Kennard for the identification of critical species; while to Mr. Reddie Mullett, the owner of the Harlyn Bay site, 1 am peculiarly indebted for access to his grounds and specimens. P.S.—The statement on p. 185, that the lower interments are all of Neolithic age, appears from later investigations to need some qualification, an iron ‘ornament’ having been discovered at that level. The Rey. D. Gath Whitley considers the whole cemetery to be ‘Neolithic’ with a few later intrusions, while Dr. Beddal thinks it represents the period after the Gallo-Belgic conquest and before the Roman Invasion. [Vide No. 48, Journal K.I. of Cornwall. | 1 Probably brought from further inland. I have seen no recent specimens near the places named, but of cour se this is only negative evidence. Of the non-marine mollusca those marked ‘a.’ are abundant. NOTES ON TONKINESE CLAUSILL2A, WITH ILLUSTRATIONS OF SOME UNFIGURED FORMS, AND THE DESCRIPTION OF A NEW SPECIES. By E. R. Syxzs, B.A., F.L.S., ete. Read \1th April, 1902. PLATE III. Recentiy I have examined a large series of specimens, some named by Dr. von Moellendorff and others needing determination, which were collected in Tonkin by Herr Fruhstorfer. It became necessary, for my own use, to compile a list of the forms recorded from the district, and I thought that the references, etc., might be of service, if published in an alphabetical list. In addition to those catalogued, one species, C. Dautzenbergi, will, 1 understand, be described by Dr. von Moellendorff, and I append the diagnosis of another, C. Chiemhoaensis, which appears to me to be new. ‘The present opportunity has also been taken to illustrate a number of species and forms, described but not figured by Dr. von Moellendorff. Localities given in the following references without any recorder’s name are those cited in the original descriptions of the forms; the letter (F.) denotes unpublished localities due to the energy of Herr Fruhstorfer. Geographically the country is not well defined, but may, I think, be taken broadly as the region watered by the Song-Ka. LIST OF SPECIES. 1. Arpovrnrana, Heude. Clausilia Ardowiniana, Heude: Moll. terr. Fleuve-Bleu, 1882, p- 118, pl. xxi, fig. 4. Bavay & Dautzenberg: Journ. de Conchyl., 1899, vol. xlvii, p. 50, pl. iii, fig. 3. Synonym: Wenia horrida, Mabille : Moll. Tonk. diagn., 1887, p. 16 ; Bull. Soc. Malac. France, 1887, vol. iv, p. 109, pl. iii, figs. 9, 10. Hab.—Baie d’Aiong (B. & D.). 2. aurtcoma, Bav. & Dtz. Clausilia auricoma, Bavay & Dautzenberg: Journ. de Conchyl., 1899, vol. xlvu, p. 277, pl. xii, fig. 2. HTab.—Cha-Ra and Lakes Ba-Bé. 3. Baserensis, Bav. & Dtz. Clausilia Babeensis, Bavay & Dautzenberg: Journ. de Conchyl., 1899, vol. xlvii, p. 278, pl. x1i, fig. 3. Hab.—Lakes Ba-Bé. 4. Bacxanensis, Bav. & Dtz. Clausilia Backanensis, Bayvay & Dautzenberg: Journ. de Conchyl., 1899, vol. xlvii, p. 281, pl. xu, fig. 5. Hab.—Bac-Kan. 190 PROCREDINGS OF THE MALACOLOGICAL SOCIETY. 5. Brixtetr, H. Fischer. Clausilia Billet’, H. Fischer: Bull. Sci. France Belgique, 1898, vol. xxviii, p. 324, pl. xviii, figs. 28-31. Hab.—Déo-Ma-Phue. 6. catuistoma, Bav. & Dtz. Clausilia callistoma, Bavay & Dautzenberg: Journ. de Conchyl., 1899, vol. xlvii, p. 41, pl. u1, fig. 3. Hab.—¥ rom Lang-Son to That-Ké. 7. CALLISTOMELLA, Bav. & Dtz. Clausilia callistomella, Bavay & Dautzenberg: Journ. de Conchyl., 1900, vol. xlviii, pp. 115, 447, pl. x, fig. 8. Hab.—Bac-Kan. 8. CoupErni, Bav. & Dtz. Clausilia Coudeini, Bavay & Dautzenberg: Journ. de Conchyl., 1899, vol. xlvu, p. 42, pl. 11, fig. 4. Hab.—Between Lang-Son and That-Ké. 9. picHRoA, Bay. & Dtz. Clausilia dichroa, Bavay & Dautzenberg: Journ. de Conchyl., 1899, vol. xlvii, p. 287, pl. xu, fig. 8. HHab.—Bac-Kan. 10. prprocHeitus, Mlldff. (Pl. III, Fig. 3.) Phedusa (Hemiphedusa) diplocheitus, Moellendorff: Nachrbl. Deutsch. Malak. Ges., 1901, p. 77. Hab.—Mauson Mts. 11. Dorrt, Bav. & Dtz. Clausilia Dorri, Bavay & Dautzenberg: Journ. de Conchyl., 1899, vol. xlvii, p. 283, pl. xu, fig. 6. With varieties elongata, minor, cristata. Hab.—Near Lakes Ba-Bé. 12. purtia, Mabille. Clausilia duella, Mabille: Moll. Tonk. diagn., 1887, p. 16; Bull. Soc. Malac. France, 1887, vol. iv, p. 115. Bavay & Dautzenberg: Journ. de Conchyl., 1899, vol. xlvii, p. 46, pl. 1, fig. 7. Hab.—Between Lang-Son and That-Ké (B. & D.). 13. EUPLEURA, Bav. & Dtz. Clausilia eupleura, Bavay & Dautzenberg: Journ. de Conchyl., 1899, vol. xlvu, p. 291, pl. xii, fig. 11. Hab.—That-Ké. 14. FatcireRA, Bay. & Dtz. Clausilia faleifera, Bayvay & Dautzenberg: Journ, de Conchyl., 1899, vol. xlvii, p. 290, pl. xii, fig. 10. Hab.—Between Bac-Kan and That-Ké. Subsp. montana, Mlidff. Phedusa falciformis | sic], subsp. montana, Moellendorff: Nachrbl. Deutsch. Malak. Ges., 1901, p. 77. JTab.—Mauson Mts, SYKES: ON TONKINESE CLAUSILIZ. 191 15. Fareesrana, Hde. Clausilia Fargesiana, Heude: Mem. Hist. Nat. Emp. Chinois, 1885, vol. iii, p. 119, pl. xxxi, fig. 3. Mabille: Bull. Soc. Malac. France, 1887, vol. iv, p. 111. The reference given by Bavay & Dautzenberg (Journ. de Conchyl., vol. xlvii, p. 45, pl. ii, fig. 6) relates to the shell which Dr. von Moellendorff is about to describe as C. Dautzenbergr. Hab.—Tonkin. 16. Freyr, Bav. & Dtz. Clausilia Frey’, Bavay & Dautzenberg: Journ. de Conchyl., 1899, vol. xlvii, p. 44, pl. ui, fig. 5. Hab.—Cho-Mot. 17. gasrropEs, Mlldff. (Pl. III, Fig. 10.) Phedusa (Hemiphedusa) gastrodes, Moellendorff: Nachrbl. Deutsch. Malak. Ges., 1901, p. 78. Hab.—Mauson Mts. 18. gastrum, Mlldff. (Pl. III, Fig. 6.) Phadusa (Hemiphedusa) gastrum, Moellendorff: Nachrbl. Deutsch. Malak. Ges., 1901, p. 77. Hab.—Than-Moi. Subsp. venrricutus, Mlldff.: loc. cit., p. 78. 19. Geert, Bay. & Dtz. Clausilia Gereti, Bavay & Dautzenberg: Journ. de Conchyl., 1900, vol. xlviii, pp. 115, 447, pl. x, fig. 8. Hab.—Bac-Kan. 20. Grarvi, H. Fisch. Clausilia Giardi, H. Fischer: Bull. Sci. France Belgique, 1898, vol. xxviii, p. 323, pl. xvii, figs. 22-27. Bavay & Dautzenberg: Journ. de Conchyl., 1899, vol. xlvil, p. 50, fxd, fies 2; Hab.—Déo-Ma-Phuc; between Lang-Son and That-Ké (B. & D.). 21. atsora, Bav. & Dtz. Clausilia gisota, Bavay & Dautzenberg: Journ. de Conchyl., 1899, vol. xlvii, p. 280, pl. xi, fig. 4. FTab.—That-Ke. Subsp. pratytoma, Mlldff. Phaedusa (Hemiphedusa) gisota, subsp. platyloma, Moellendorft : Nachrbl. Deutsch. Malak. Ges., 1901, p. 79. Hab.—Than-Moi. 22. Graneeri, Bav. & Dtz. Clausilia Grangeri, Bavay & Dautzenberg: Journ. de Conchyl., 1899, vol. xlvii, p. 46, pl. iii, fig. 8. Hab.—Between Lang-Son and That-Keé, ete. Subsp. aprosroma, Mlldff. Phedusa (Hemiphedusa) Grangeri, subsp apiostoma, Moellendorft : Nachrbl. Deutsch. Malak. Ges., 1901, p. 78. Hab.—Than-Moi. 192 PROCEEDINGS OF THE MALACOLOGICAL SOCIETY. Subsp. tyrrostoma, Mlldff. Phedusa (Hemiphedusa) Grangert, subsp. lyteostoma, Moellendorft : tom. cit., p. 79. HHab.—Than-Moi. 23. Hamonvitter, Bay. & Dtz. Clausilia Hamonville’, Bavay & Dautzenberg: Journ. de Conchyl., 1899, vol. xlvii, p. 295, pl. xii, fig. 14, with var. obsoleta. Hab.—Bac-Kan. 24. Hovussay1, H. Fisch. Clausilia Houssayt, H. Fischer: Bull. Sci. France Belgique, 1898, vol. xxviii, p. 325, pl. xvii, figs. 82-36. ITab.—Déo-Mao-Phuc ; Cao-Bang. 25. Lemyret, Bay. & Dtz. Clausilia Lemyrei, Bavay & Dautzenberg: Journ. de Conchyl., 1899, vol. xlvii, p. 275, pl. xu, fig. 1. Hab.—Than-Moi (F.). 26. typra, Mab. Clausilia lypra, Mabille: Bull. Soc. Malac. France, 1887, vol. iv, Dp. Liv Hab.—Tonkin. 27. Mavsonensts, Mlldff., nom. emend. (PI. III, Fig. 9.) Phedusa (Rufospira) Mausonensis, Moellendorff: Nachrbl. Deutsch. Malak. Ges., 1901, p. 76. HHab.—Mauson Mts. 28. Mussacert, Bav. & Dtz. Clausilia (Pseudonenia) Messagert, Bavay & Dautzenberg : Journ. de Conchyl., 1899, vol. xlvii, p. 46, pl. iui, fig. 1. Hab.—Between Lang-Son and That-Ké. 29. oPHTHALMOPHANA, Mab. Clausilia ophthalmophana, Mabille: Moll. Tonk. diagn., 1887, p- 17; Bull. Soc. Malac. France, 1887, vol. iv, p. 119, pl. i, figs. 4, 5. Hab.—Than-Moi (F.). Mabille gives ophthalmorica in the explanation of the plate. 30. orreNTALIS, Mab. Nenia orientalis, Mabille: Moll. Tonk. diagn., 1887, p. 17; Bull. Soc. Malac. France, 1887, vol. iv, p. 108. Hab.—Lang-Son, Than-Moi (F.). 31. Paver, Morlet. Clausilia Paviet, Morlet: Journ. de Conchyl., 1892 [?1893], Vol. XL, p. SLO, ple vil; ie. a. Hab.—Than-Moi. 32. potypona, Mab. Clausilia polydona, Mabille: Moll. Tonk. diagn., 1887, p. 15; Bull. Soc. Malac. France, 1887, vol. iv, p. 114. TTab.—Tonkin. SYKES: ON TONKINESE CLAUSILIZ. 193 33. rHopatorpEs, Mlldff. (Pl. III, Fig. 4.) Phedusa (Oospira) rhopalotdes, Moellendorff: Nachrbl. Deutsch. Malak. Ges., 1901, p. 115. Hab.—Islands Madeleine and De la Table. Subsp. reprosprra, Mlldff. (Pl. III, Fig. 1.) P. rhopaloides, subsp. leptospira, Moellendorff: tom. cit., p. 116. Hab.—I. Madeleine. Subsp. microruyra, Mlldff. (Pl. III, Fig. 7.) P. rhopaloides, subsp. microthyra, Moellendorff : tom. cit., p. 116. Hab.—I. de la Table, Mauson Mts., I. of Bah-Mun (F.). Subsp. Kesavica, Mlldff. P. rhopaloides, subsp. Kebavica, Moellendorff: tom. cit., p. 116. Hab.—I1. Kebao. 34. RumiInIForMIS, Mab. (PI. III, Fig. 8.) Clausilia ruminiformis, Mabille: Moll. Tonk. diagn., 1887, p. 16; Bull. Soc. Malac. France, 1887, vol. iv, p. 112. Hab.—Than-Moi (F.). 35. SEMIPOLITA, Bay. & Dtz. Clausilia semipolita, Bavay & Dautzenberg : Journ. de Conchyl., 1899, vol. xlvii, p. 288, pl. xii, fig. 9. Hab.—Between Bac-Kan and That-Ké. 36, srenoTHYRA, Mlldff. (Pl. III, Fig. 2.) Phaedusa(Pseudonenia) stenothyra, Moellendorff : Nachrbl. Deutsch. Malak. Ges., 1901, p. 116. Hab.—I. Kebao. 37. Sykes, Bav. & Dtz. Clausilia Sykesi, Bavay & Dautzenberg: Journ. de Conchyl., 1899, vol. xlvii, p. 293, pl. xu, figs. 12, 13, with var. mayor. Hab.—Between Cho-Moi and Bac-Kan. 38. THAaTKEANA, Bav. & Dtz. Clausilia Thatkeana, Bavay & Dautzenberg: Journ. de Conchyl., 1899, vol. xlvu, p. 285, pl. xii, fig. 7, with vars. obesa, minor. Hab.—Near That-Ké. 09, THERISTICA, Mab. Clausilia theristica, Mabille: Moll. Tonk. diagn., 1887, p. 15; Bull. Soc. Malac. France, 1887, vol. iv, p. 118. Hab.—Tonkin. 40. VanpugEnsis, Bav. & Dtz. Clausilia Vanbuensis, Bavay & Dautzenberg: Journ. de Conchyl., 1899, vol. xlvii, p. 38, pl. 1, fig. 1. Hab.—Route from Son-La to Van-Bu. 41. Varueteti, Bav. & Dtz. Clausilia Vatheleti, Bavay & Dautzenberg: Journ. de Conchyl., HS99 vols xivat, p. 39, pl. u, fig. 2: Hab.—Van-Bu. 194 PROCEEDINGS OF THE MALACOLOGICAL SOCIETY. 42, Craustrra Curemnoaensis, n.sp. (PI. ITI, Fig. 5.) Testa fusiformis, subrimata, sinistrorsa, solida, castaneo-brunnea, apice obtusulo. Anfr. 10-104, primi convexiusculi, reliqui fere plani, dense subtiliter filo-striati, sutura distincta sejuncti. Apertura mediocris, ovato-quadrata ; peristoma continuum, modice solutum, valde incrassatum et reflexum, albidum. Lamelle modicz, superior verticalis, marginalis, inferior intus incrassata, rapide ascendens, subcolumellaris emersa. Plica prineipalis longa, lunella arcuata. Alt. 20°5, diam. max. 5 mm.; alt. apert. 5, lat. apert. 4 mm, Hab.—Chiem-Hoa (H. Fruhstorfer). This species recalls in form C. Thatkeana. It may be conveniently separated from it by its much smaller size, and by the white lip; the lamella inferior also is thicker and ascends more rapidly into the shell ; the mouth is also more contracted. EXPLANATION OF PLATE III. 1. Clausilia rhopaloides, Mlldff., var. leptospira, Mlldft. 2 <5 stenothyra, Mildft. 3 5 diplocheilus, Mildff. 4 5p rhopaloides, MUldff. 5. 59 Chiemhoaensis, n.sp. 45 6. oe gastrum, Mlldff. tle *) rhopalotdes, Mildff., var. microthyra, Mldff. 8 5) ruminiformis, Mabille. 9 - Mausonensis, Mildff. 0 cs gastrodes, Mldff. Vol. V, Pio il. Proc. Malac. Soc. J. Green del, CLAUSILIE FROM TONKIN, 195 DESCRIPTION OF CHETOPLEURA DESTITUTA, n.spv., FROM SOUTH AFRICA. By E. BR. Syxzs, B.A., F.L.S., etc. Read 9th May, 1902. CH2TOPLEURA DESTITUTA, 01.Sp. Shell oblong-ovate, elevated, the dorsal ridge obtuse. Colour (in the type) generally light-brown on the central areas and nearly black on the lateral areas, but often marbled with variegated colouring. Valves strong, obtusely beaked ; central areas sculptured with longitudinal threads, the interstices being punctate. Lateral areas slightly raised and smooth, being marked only by the lines of growth. Interior of valves white, faintly tinged with brown. Anterior valve having 9, central 1, and posterior 9 slits: the teeth strong, and coarsely, indistinctly pectinate. Girdle leathery brown, with a few scattered hairs. Length (when alive) probably about 385 mm., breadth 20 mm. Chetopleura destituta, D.sp. Hab.—Durban (coll. Mrs. Trotter, comm. H. Burnup). The type has been presented to the British Museum by Mr. Burnup. Belonging to the group of C. fulva (Wood) and C. pustulata (Krauss), but may be distinguished from the latter by the fact that the lateral areas are quite smooth. Of C. pustulata there is a fine specimen in ny British Museum, measuring about three times the length given by rauss. 196 ON A COLLECTION OF NON-MARINE SHELLS, FORMED BY MR. J. J. WALKER, IN THE NEW HEBRIDES. By E. R. Syxes, B.A., F.L.S., ete. Read 13th June, 1902. Tue shells noticed in the following pages were collected by Mr. J. J. Walker during the cruise of H.M.S. ‘ Ringarooma”’ in the New Hebrides between June and October, 1900. The collection is of interest, not only on account of the three new forms discovered, but also for the very careful localization of the species, which forms a useful contribution to our knowledge of the fauna of those islands. All the specimens have been kindly presented by Mr. Walker to the British Museum. 1. Raryea rapa (Pfr.). Hab.—Port Fila, Efate. 2. Microcystis eurruta (Gould). Hab.—Port Fila, Efate. I consider that Hyalina Layardi, Thomson (Proc. Zool. Soe., 1885, p- 25), is only a synonym for this well-known species. 3. TrocHomMoRPHA RUBENS, Hartman. Hab.—Terebu and Renée River, Espiritu Santo; Havannah Harbour, Efate. 4. TrochomoreHa convexa, Hartman. Hab.—Terebu and Renée River, Espiritu Santo. 5. TrocHoMorPHA, sp. Hab.—Ravenga, Vanua Lava; Renée River, Espiritu Santo. A puzzling form, approaching 7. approximata. 6. Denprorrocnus Layarpr (Hartman). Hab.—Renée River, Espiritu Santo. 7. Denprorrocuus Eva (Pfeiffer). Hab.—Port Fila, Efate. 8. DrnDROTROCHUS STRAMINEDS, n.sp. (Fig. I.) Shell belonging to the group of D. Zva, but more depressed, much smaller and thinner, being almost translucent, and of a pale yellowish- white colour, with half a whorl less. The surface is finely malleated, SYKES: ON NON-MARINE SHELLS FROM THE NEW HEBRIDES. 197 producing somewhat the effect of spiral striation, The mouth is subquadrate, with a lightly thickened white lip. Alt. 7°5, diam. max. 12mm. Fie. 1.—Dendrotrochus stramineus, n.sp. Hab.—Lo; Vanua Lava. Four specimens, three being immature, but all in good condition, from the former, and one dead shell from the latter locality. 9. Draparnavpia WaLkert, n.sp. (Fig. IL.) T. sinistrorsa, anguste umbilicata, trochiformis, solidiuscula, oblique striata, apice subacuto; anfr. 6, plano-convexi, ultimus obsolete carinatus; apertura perobliqua, subovalis; peristoma tenue, margine externo subreflexo, columellari superne in laminam triangularem reflexo. Alt. 6°5, diam. max. 6mm. Hab.—Renée River, Espiritu Santo. At first I was under the impression that D. singularis (Pfr.), which is described as ‘‘ subacute carinatus,”’ had been misunderstood, and that the present form belonged there ; but since there exists in the British Museum a tablet of the form known under the name of s¢mgulards, bearing on the back, in Pfeiffer’s writing, the name and original locality, I have felt compelled to describe the species under consideration. It may be readily separated from D. singularis by its smaller size, RS UI Taapareandia and by its being only slightly, instead of strongly, Walkeri, usp. keeled; while, as compared with the specimen of Gassies’ D. turgidula, from his collection, and now in the British Museum, the present shell is a trifle more conic, while the whorls are flatter, and the suture not so deeply impressed. 10. Pxacostytus Satomonts (Pfr.). Hab.—Terebu, Espiritu Santo. 11. Pracosrytzus Harrmant, Kobelt. Hab.—Terebu and Renée River, Espiritu Santo. 12. Pxacosrytus Bicotor (Hartman). Hab.—Renée River, Espiritu Santo. 13. Pxacostytus (?) Bernrert (Hartman). Hab.—Renée River, Espiritu Santo. 14. DretomorrHa Detanrourr, Hartman. Hab.—Renée River, Espiritu Santo. 198 PROCEEDINGS OF THE MALACOLOGICAL SOCIETY. 15. Dretomorrna Layarpr, Hartman. Hab.—Port Fila and Undine Bay, Efate. 16. Partuna FRATERNA, Hartman. Hab.—Ravenga, Vanua Lava; Lakona, Gana. 17. PartuLa aURANIANA, Hartman. Hab.—Lo and Hin, Torres Is. Mr. H. H. Smith, who kindly compared a specimen from each locality with Hartman’s type, notes that the Hiu Island form is ‘‘ indistinguishable from the type,’’ while of the Lo Island shells he writes that they are ‘‘ near awraniana, but there is nothing exactly like it in the collection.”” I consider this latter to be only a local race. 18. ParrouLa prramis, Hartman. Hab.—Renée River and Terebu, Espiritu Santo. One specimen from the former locality was kindly identified by Mr. H. H. Smith, who notes ‘‘apparently P. pyramis, Hartman. There are two examples in coll. Hartman, one of which is slightly abnormal, and neither is in first-rate condition, as they are weathered, but the yellow periostracum still shows. P. albescens is close, but has flatter whorls.” I strongly suspect that the two will prove to be forms of the same species, and that the synonymy will include P. eburnea, P. eximia, and P. proxima, all of Hartman, which forms may be local races, but not, I think, valid species. 19. Ruacuts Macenit (Gassies). Hab.—Port Fila, Efate. One specimen only. 20. Susutina ocrona (Chemn.). Hab.—Port Fila, Efate. 21. Operas oparica, Pfr. Hab.—Port Fila, Efate ; Vanua Lava; Valua (Banks Is.). 22. SuccinEa, sp. A single specimen from Valua (Banks Is.) ; and one also from Port Fila, Efate. 23. Pyrara Wattacer, Pfr. Hab.—Undine Bay, Efate. 24. Mrtampus tuteus, Q. & G. Hab.—Resolution Bay, Tanna. 25. Mertampus Fascratus, Desh. Hab.—Resolution Bay, Tanna. A small variety. 26. Mertampus parvutus, Nuttall. Hab.—Resolution Bay, Tanna. M. Dupontianus, Morel., appears to be a synonym. 27. MELAmpPvs, sp. Hab.—Port Fila, Efate. SYKES: ON NON-MARINE SHELLS FROM THE NEW HEBRIDES. 199 28. AvRIcULUS ELoNGATUS, Parr. Hab.—Resolution Bay, Tanna. 29. Menanta costata, Q. & G. Hab.—Havannah Harbour, Efate. 380. Meranta Asprrans, Hinds. Hab.—Havannah Harbour, Efate. One specimen is evenly spirally striate all over, not on the lower portion of the whorls only, but it is, I think, only a variety. 31. Menanra FuLGuRANS, Hinds. Hab.—Havannah Harbour, Efate. 32. Metanta Leerer, Brot. Hab.—Havannah Harbour, Efate. 30. MELANTIA, sp. Hab.—Renée River, Segond Channel, Espiritu Santo. One specimen ; it is allied to If. Lefer, Brot, but the shell is more elongate, and the earlier whorls are longitudinally ribbed. Compared with UM. fulgurans, Hinds, which it resembles in sculpture, the whorls are more inflated and the spirals more marked. 34. Metanta screro, Gould. Hab.—Valua (Banks Is.). MM. verruculum, Morel., is a synonym. 35. TRUNCATELLA vALIDA, Pfeiffer. Hab.—Resolution Bay, Tanna. Probably this is the same shell as was recorded from the New Hebrides by Mons. Mabille under the name of 7. pacifica, Pease. 36. OstopEs ForNnicatuM (Pfr.). Cyclostoma fornicatum, Pfeiffer: Proc. Zool. Soc. London, 1852, p. 146. od Recluzianum, Pfeiffer: op. cit., 1853, p. 51. Hab.—Port Fila, Efate. Var. Maceitirvrayi (Pfr.). Cyclotus Macgillivrayt, Pfeiffer: Proc. Zool. Soc. London, 1855, p. 103. Hab.—Renée River, Espiritu Santo; Port Fila, Efate. These forms are very difficult to deal with satisfactorily, but I have, fortunately, had the advantage of examining the original series in the British Museum. 0. fornicatum and O. Recluzianum appear to be absolutely identical, while O. Macgillivrayi is a larger form, with the last whorl more rounded and the spire more produced. I have not, however, been able to satisfactorily divide the series, and intermediate forms occur. The largest specimens measure over 14 mm. in diameter. Kobelt and Moellendorff place O. fornicatum in Lagocheilus and the others in Gonatorhaphe, but I think they really belong to Ostodes. 37. OmpHatorropis varians, Moellendorff ? Hab.—Port Fila, Efate. The specimens are dead, but from the diagnosis and dimensions given I believe them to belong to this unfigured species. VOL. V.—OCTOBER, 1902. 14 200 PROCEEDINGS OF THE MALACOLOGICAL SOCIETY. 38. OMPHALOTROPIS, sp. Hab.—Renée River, Espiritu Santo. A single dead shell, belonging to the same group as the last species. 39. OMPHALOTROPIS CONELLA, n.sp. (Fig. IIT.) Testa perforata, ovato - conoidalis, opaca, solidula, brunnea, spira bene elata; anfr. 63, | plano-conyexi, liris numerosis cincti, ultimus ad peripheriam carinatus, circa perforationem fortius filo-carinatus, sutura bene impressa, se apertura angulato-ovalis, peristomate simplici, Fie. I. margine columellari subreflexo. Alt. 4:2, Omphalotropis conella, n.sp. Cam. max. 3-1 mm. Hab.—Port Fila, Efate. A pretty little shell, somewhat trochoid in shape, with numerous spiral liree. 40. Porrna Cuminerana, Ptr. Hab.—Resolution Bay, Tanna. 41. Hericrya sustm#vieata, Pfr. Hab.—Port Fila, Efate; Terebu and Renée River, Espiritu Santo; Valua; Vanua Lava; Gana; Hiu; Lo. A very variable shell in colour, shape, and size; I believe H. Layard, Hartm., to be a synonym. 42. Heticina articunata, Pfr. Hab.—Port Fila, Efate. 43. Nerirrya susperanosa, Recl. Hab.—Havannah Harbour, Efate. 44. Neritma Watristana, Recl. (=variegata, Lesson). Hab.—Vanua Lava; Valua (young shells). 45. Nerirra sicotor, Recl. (?). Hab.—Renée River, Segond Channel, Espiritu Santo. 46. Seprarra suBorBiIcuLaRis, Sby. Hab.—Renée River, Espiritu Santo; Valua. 201 A SYNOPSIS OF THE GENUS ST7TREPTAXIS AND ITS ALLIES. By G. K. Guow mcr, Read 9th May, 1902. PLATE IV. Tue genus Streptaxis was established in 1837 by J. E. Gray,’ who included therein six species, i.e., S. comboides, S. Maugere, 8. contusa, S. deformis, S. nobilis, and S. pagoda. Of these S. pagoda has since been removed from the genus, being now regarded as pertaining to the genus Gibbus. Tryon, in 1885, enumerated 100 species, not including the species of Happia and Scolodonta, which then numbered fifteen. At the present moment the number of known species is 163, exclusive of Happia and Scolodonta, which contain thirteen and seventeen species respectively. Pfeiffer divided the genus into six sections: Artemon, Scolodonta, Ammonoceras, Hustreptaxis—the last being split into two groups, Odontartemon and Discartemon. Mons. Ancey proposed two further sections, Lamelliger for S. Zroberti, and Oophana for S. bulbulus and S. Michauwi; while Mr. J. W. Taylor contributed yet another section, Gonaxis, for his 8. Gibbonst. Tryon* rightly states that the peculiarities upon which the three last sections are based are shared more or less by several other species, and that the recognition of these sections could scarcely serve a useful purpose. He adopted Pfeiffer’s classification, except that he made Ammonoceras a subdivision of Artemon, united Scolodonta with it, and included Odontartemon as a third subdivision of Hustreptaxis. The next attempt to revise the genus was by Bourguignat,® who separated all the species with a non-deviated axis as not only alien to Streptaxis, but as having no affinity with the Testacellide. For these species he created a new family, Artemonidee, to be placed between Helicarionidze and Helicide, and to contain nine genera, viz. :— 1, Gibbonsia, with one species, S. gigas; 2, Tayloria, for S. ventrosa and S. Jouberti; 3, Happia, new name for Ammonoceras, Pfr. (pre- occupied in Cephalopoda), type H. vitrina; 4, Scolodonta, Doering, type S. Sempert; 5, Drepanostomella, with one species, S. ammoniti- Jormis; 6, Colpanostoma, one species, S. Leroyt; 7, Artemon, Beck, type S. candidus; 8, Discartemon, Pfr., type S. discus; and 9, Alecidia, type S. Cypsele. Since these new genera are entirely based 1 Mag. Nat. Hist., n.s., vol. i, p. 484. 2 Man. Conch., ser. 11, vol. i, p. 57. 3 Mollusques de |’ Afrique équatoriale, 1889, p. 36. 202 PROCEEDINGS OF THE MALACOLOGICAL SOCIETY. on conchological characters, without corroboration of anatomical details, their value is extremely doubtful ; moreover, the removal of these species from the Testacellide without anatomical evidence is un- warranted. I would make exception in favour of Colpanostoma and Tayloria, which are here retained as subgenera, and this notwith- standing Dr. von Martens’ conjectures that they may be juvenile states of Streptaxis.' Specimens of Colpanostoma Leroyt in my possession do not bear out this conjecture, for they are undoubtedly mature. Bourguignat also reconstructed the genus Streptavis, raising it to family rank; after eliminating /A’s Artemonide he split up the remainder into four genera, viz. :—1, Streptaxis, Gray, with S. contusus as type, containing ‘‘ S. Funcki, S. epistylium, S. Dunkert, ete.,” and doubtfully S. nobilis, S. Blandingiana, S. rimata, S. Monrovia, ete. ; 2, Gonaxis, Taylor (= Lustreptaxis, Pfr.+- Lamelliger and Oophana, Ancey), containing most of the African species and the American and Asiatic forms with parietal teeth; 8, MJarconia, Bourg., containing Ennea lata, Smith, and £. vitrea, Morel., with Streptaais enneordes, Mart., and two new species, S. gibbosa and S. recta; and 4, Edentu- lina, Pfr., which is considered a section of Exnea by Dr. von Martens. Further additions to the group proposed by Mons. J. Mabille were: the genus Pseudartemon,® for a single species, P. Bourguignati, and the genus Stremmatopsis,’ also for a single species, S. Povrier?. Here, again, we have no anatomical evidence, and since the shell of the former sufficiently resembles Scolodonta to warrant its inclusion in that genus, I am constrained to reject Pseudartemon, while Strem- matopsis appears to me only of sectional value, and I have consequently added it as a fourth subsection of Hustreptaxis. Dr. von Mollendortt created a section, Jficrartemon, for a species from the Philippine Islands,* the inclusion of which in Streptaais appears to me somewhat dubious, but pending an examination of the soft parts it may be advisable to retain it. Finally, Dr. von Martens proposed a section, Imperturbatia (allied to Artemon), for the reception of four new species from the Seychelles.® The distribution of Streptaxis is somewhat peculiar. The species range over the warmer parts of Asia, Africa, and South America. Asia is the richest in species, being credited with no less than 77, distributed as follows:—India and Burma 24, Indo-China 25, China 13, including one doubtful record, Ceylon 4, Malaya, including the Samui Islands, 11, Nicobar Islands 1, Andaman group 8, and Philippine Islands 1, Africa, including the six Mascarene Island shells, has 48 species, of which four are doubtful records. In East Africa they range from Somali in the north to Zanzibar in the south, while they extend westwards through British Central Africa and the Congo to the Cameroons and the Guinea Coast. South America has only 37 species, including three doubtful records; they range from Brazil to Guiana, 1 Deutsch. Ost-Airika, vol. iv (1897), p. 32. * Bull. Soc. Malac. Fr., vol. iv (1887), p. 126. 3 ‘Loc. cit... p. 132. 4 Berichte Senck. Naturf. Ges., 1890, p. 190. 5 Mittl. Zoot. Mus. Berlin, vol. i (1898), p. 12. GUDE: ON THE GENUS STREPTAXIS AND ITS ALLIES. 203 Venezuela, and as far north as Trinidad and Barbados, while on the west coast they extend from Peru to New Grenada. One species is of unknown habitat. The genera Happia and Scolodonta are almost confined to South America, ranging from Argentina in the south, through Brazil, as far north as St. Vincent and Grenada in the West Indies, and on the west coast from Chili to Ecuador; one species is found in the Comoro Islands and one in Tonkin. No fossil forms of Streptaxis are known. Mr. Sykes and Mr. Bullen Newton have kindly called my attention to the fact that Omphaloptyx supracostata, Boettger, from the Upper Oligocene, is supposed to be allied to Streptavis. A statement to this effect appears in some books, notably Fischer’s Manuel de Conchyliologie (1888, p. 453) and Tryon’s Structural and Systematic Conchology (vol. ili, 1884, p. 16) ; but a reference to Boettger’s original words ! shows it is to Hnnea, and not to Streptaxis, that Omphaloptyx is considered to be related. Several species having remained unfigured, I have thought it useful to figure these so far as possible, and Mr. E. A. Smith, with his customary courtesy, has given me access to some of Pfeiffer’s types in the British Museum. These are S. Leonensis, S. eburneus, S. gibbosus, and SS. sinuosus. Two other unfigured species are S. Anceyi, Mab., and S. diplodon, MUldff., which I am also enabled to illustrate from specimens in the British Museum. While looking over the collection at the British Museum I found a tablet with two shells labelled S. subbudbulus, Mlldff., apparently an unpublished name. Dr. von MOollendorff informs me that he has no recollection of the shells, and since Mr. Smith states that they were received from Mr. Fruhstorfer, it would appear that the latter has attached the above manuscript name to them without Dr. von Méllendorff’s authority. I append a short diagnosis of this species. [P.S.—It has since been described by Dr. von Méllendortf* as a new subspecies of S. Stamensis, Pfr., but I still consider it worthy of specific rank. | STREPTAXIS suBBULBULUS, Mlldff. Pl. IV, Figs. 16-18. Shell whitish, diaphanous, narrowly umbilicated, depressed, sub- cylindrical, strongly costulate above, shining below, strongly costulate inside the umbilicus; whorls 63, rapidly increasing, the last gibbous behind the constricted aperture ; aperture semi-ovate, upper margin sinuate, receding slightly, peristome strongly thickened and reflected ; parietal wall with one entering compressed fold, three equidistant conical teeth on the peristome, one on the right margin, two basal. Alt. 9, diam. 8 mm. Hab.—Siam: Hinlap. Two specimens. Type in the British Museum. The new species resembles S. bulbulus in outline, but it is smaller and the teeth on the peristome are differently arranged. 1 Berichte Senck. Naturf. Ges., 1873-4, p. 64. * Nachr. Blatt. Deutsch. Malak. Ges., 1902, p.. 104. 204 PROCEEDINGS OF THE MALACOLOGICAL SOCIETY. STREPTAXIS, Gray. Streptaxis, Gray: Mag. Nat. Hist., n.s., vol. 1 (1837), p. 484. Shell oval, heliciform, but often oblique, profoundly umbilicated, ridged, striate above, smooth and usually polished below, last whorls usually deviating more or less from the original axis; aperture lunar, with or without teeth, lip slightly thickened and reflected. The animal has a very long neck and short tail; the superior tentacles are narrow and long; the labial palpi narrow, as long as the inferior tentacles ; genital orifice on the right side, distant from the superior tentacle, and closer to the respiratory orifice. Dentition similar to that of Glandina; central tooth simple (Tryon). Section I. FHusrrerraxis, Pfeiffer. Axis of the shell oblique, owing to the fact that some of the whorls are inclined obliquely to the rest. Subsection 1. dentule (=b. genuine), Pfeiffer. Mon. Helic., vol. i (1848), p. 83, =Artemon, Pfr., Malak. Blatt., vol. 1 (1856), p. 172, in part, not Artemon, Beck. + Gonaxts, Taylor, Journ. Conch., vol. 1 (1877), p. 252. -+- Lamerrierer and OopHana, Ancey, Le Naturaliste, 1882, p. 399. -+ Atcrpra, Bourg., Moll. Afr. équat., 1889, p. 46. + Marconra, Bourg., op. cit., p. 135. 1. SrrepraxiIs NoBILIS, Gray. Streptaxis nobilis, Gray: Mag. Nat. Hist., n.s., vol. 1 (1837), p. 485, figs. 60a, 6; Troschel, Wiegm. Arch, Naturg., vol. iv, pt. 2 (1838), p. 274; Philippi, Abbild. & Beschr., vol. 1 (1843), p. 48; Pfr., Mon. Helic., vol. i (1848), p. 4; id., Chemn. Conch. Cab., 2nd ed., Helix, vol. ii (1854), p. 395, pl. exlix, figs. 10, 11; Chenu, Man. de Conch., vol. 1 (1859), p. 451, fig. 3361; Tryon, Man. Conch., ser. 1, vol. i (1885), p. 67, pl. xii, figs. 53, 54, 61, 62. Helix Monrovia, Rang: Ann. Sci. Nat., vol. xxiv (1831), p. 16, pl. iii, fig. 3; Philippi, Abbild. & Beschr., vol. 11 (1846), Helix, p. 85, pl. vii, fig. 9: Pfr., Mon. Helic., vol. 1 (1848), p: 85. Streptaxis Monrovia, Mart.: Malak. Blatt., vol. xii (1866), p. 104 ; Dohrn, tom. cit., p. 136, vol. xxii (1875), p. 2083; Chemn., Conch. Cab., 2nd ed., Helix, vol. iii (1853), p. 355, pl. exxxvi, figs. 5, 6; Pfr., Mon. Helic., vol. 1 (1853), p. 81. (Status juvenilis. ) Streptaxis Monroviana, Dohrn: Nov. Conch., vol. v (1877), p. 26, pl. exln, figs. 1-6. Helix Blandingiana, Lea: Trans. Amer. Phil. Soc., ser. m, vol. vi (1841), p. 459, pl. xii, fig. 9. Streptaxis Blandingiana, Pfr.: Mon. Helic., vol. i (1848), p. 4. Helix Reclusiana, Petit: Revue Zool., 1841, p. 99; Fer., Hist., 1851, p. 393, pl. xev, fig. 1. Streptaxis Reclusiana, Pfr.: Symb., vol. ii (1842), p. 110; Philippi, Abbild. & Beschr., vol. ii (1846), Helix, p. 128, pl. viii, fig. 3; GUDE: ON THE GENUS STREPTAXIS AND ITS ALLIES. 205 Pfr., Chemn. Conch. Cab., 2nd ed., Helix, vol. i (1853), p. 18, pl. cii, figs. 10-12; id., Mon. Helic., vol. i (1848), p. 6; id., Nov. Conch., vol. v (1877), p. 27, pl. exlii, fig. 2. Streptaxis Recluziana, Pfr.: Mon. Helic., vol. v (1868), p. 440; Tryon, Man. Conch., ser. um, vol. i (1885), p. 67, pl. xin, figs. 41, 42. Streptaxis rimata, Pfr.: Zeit. Malac., vol. iv (1847), p. 48; id., Chemn. Conch. Cab., 2nd ed., Helix, vol. ii (1853), p. 16, pl. ciii, figs. 1-8; id., Mon. Helic., vol. i (1848), p. 5; vol. 11 (1853), p- 286; id., Nov. Conch., vol. v (1877), p. 27, pl. cxlii, fig. 4 ; Tryon, Man. Conch., ser. 11, vol. i (1885), p. 67, pl. xi, fig. 68. Streptaxis rimatus, Pfr.: Mon. Helic., vol. v (1868), p. 440. Hab.—Liberia (Rang); Guinea (Petit); Sierra Leone (Morelet). 2. Srrepraxis REcTus, Bourguignat. Marconia recta, Bourg.: Moll. Afr. équat., 1889, p. 138, pl. vu, figs. 4, 5. Fnnea (Edentulina) recta, Mart.: Deutsch. Ost-Afr., vol. iv (1897), p: 14: Hab.—Kast Africa: Usagara, Ugogo, Ukimbu. 2a. Var. Latuta, Martens. Ennea (Edentulina) latula, Mart.: Nachr. Blatt. Deutsch. Malak. Ges., 1895, p. 175. Ennea (Edentulina) recta, var. latula, Mart.: Deutsch. Ost-Afr., vol. iv (1897), p. 14, pl. 1, fig. 8. Hab.—Butumbi, south of Albert Edward Nyanza. 3. Srrepraxts Marcont, Gude, nom. nov. Marconia gibbosa, Bourg.: Moll. Afr. équat., 1889, p. 187, pl. vil, figs. 6, 7. (Not Streptaxis gibbosus, Pfr.) Ennea (Edentulina) gibbosa, Mart.: Deutsch. Ost-Afr., vol. iv (1897), pais: Hab.—East Africa: Usagara, Ugogu. 4. Srrepraxis LAtTus, Smith. Ennea lata, Smith: Proc. Zool. Soc., 1880, p. 347, pl. xxxi, fig. 4. Gibbus (Edentulina) latus, Tryon: Man. Conch., ser. m1, vol. 1 (1885), p. 84, pl. xvii, figs. 34, 35. Marconia lata, Bourg.: Moll. Afr. équat., 1889, p. 136. Ennea (Edentulina) lata, Mart.: Deutsch. Ost-Afr., vol. iv (1897), jn le s Hab.—Kast Africa: between Lake Tanganyika and Zanzibar, Usagara. 5. Srrepraxis TRaANsLUcIDUS, Dupuys & Putzeys. Streptaxis translucidus, Dup. & Putz.: Bull. Séances Soc. Roy. Malac. Belg., vol. xxxvi, 1901 (1902), p. li, fig. 21. Hab.—Congo Free State: Nseudwe. 206 PROCEEDINGS OF THE MALACOLOGICAL SOCIETY. 6. Srrepraxts Gavpront, Dupuys & Putzeys. Streptaxis Gaudioni, Dup. & Putz.: Bull. Séances Soc. Roy. Malac. Belg., vol. xxxvi, 1901 (1902), p. lu, fig. 22. Hab.—Congo Free State: Nseudwe. 7. Srrepraxis virrevs, Morelet. Ennea vitrea, Morel.: Voyage Welwitsch, 1868, p. 84, pl. i, fig. 3. Ennea (Edentulina) vitrea, Pfr.: Mon. Helic., vol. vii (1876), p. 499. Gibbus (Edentulina) vitreus, Tryon: Man. Conch., ser. 1, vol. i (1885), p. 84, pl. xvii, fig. 33. Hab.—Angola. 8. Srrepraxis Cravent, Smith. Streptaxis Cravent, Smith: Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist., ser. v, vol. vi (1880), p. 280, pl. xxxii, fig. 5; Tryon, Man. Conch., ser. m1, vol. i (1885), p. 67, pl. xvi, figs. 6,7; Mart., Deutsch. Ost-Afr., vol. iv (1897); pool, pl.cayy figseso,, 36. Gonaxis Craventi, Bourg.: Moll. Afr. équat., 1889, p. 184. Hab.—Kast Africa: Mombasa, Usambara, Usagara. 9. SrrePTaxis suruRALIS, Martens. Streptaxis suturalis, Mart.: Malak. Blitt., vol. vi (1860), p. 19; Pfr., Mon. Helic., vol. v (1868), p. 439; Mart., Binnen-Moll. Venezuela’s, 1873, p. 165, pl. ii, fig. 3; Tryon, Man. Conch., ser. 11, vol. 1 (1885), p. 68, pl. xii, fig. 23. Hab.—New Grenada. 10. Srrepraxts Dunxert, Pfeiffer. Streptaxis Dunkeri, Pir.: in Philippi, Abbild. & Beschr., vol. (1845), p. 7, Helix, pl. vi, fig. 15; id., Mon. Helic., vol. i (1848), p. 5; id., Chemn. Conch. Cab., 2nd ed., Helix, vol. 11 (1853), p. 16, pl. cli, figs. 1-3 & figs. 35, 36 (juv.); Mart., Ost-Asien, Zool., vol. ii (1867), p. 7, pl. xix, fig. 3; Hidalgo, Journ. de Conch., 1870, p. 39; Tryon, Man. Conch., ser. m1, vol. i (1885), p. 68, pl. xiii, figs. 57, 62, 63. Hab.—Brazil: Rio Janeiro (Pfr.); Coreobado (Hid.). 10a. Var. crausa, Lobbecke. Streptaxis Dunkeri, var. clausa, Lobb. : Nachr. Blatt. Deutsch. Malak. Ges., 1881, p. 50; Jahrb. Deutsch. Malak. Ges., vol. ix (1882), p- 4, pl. i, figs. 4, 5; Tryon, Man. Conch., ser. 11, vol. i (1885), p- 68, pl. xiii, figs. 65-67. 11. Srrepraxis Funcxr, Pfeiffer. Streptaxis Funcki, Pfr.: Proc. Zool. Soc., 1847, p. 229; id., Mon. Helic., vol. i (1848), p. 486; id., Chemn. Conch. Cab., 2nd ed., Helix, vol. ii (1858), p. 17, pl. ci, figs. 40, 41; pl. citi, figs. 16, 17 (juv.); Mart., Malak. Blatt., vol. vi (1859), p. 61; id., Binnen-Moll. Venezuela’s, 1873, p. 165; Tryon, Man. Conch., ser. 1, vol. i (1885), p. 68, pl. xiv, figs.-69-72. Hab.—Venezuela: Merida (Mart.) ; New Grenada (Pfr.). GUDE: ON THE GENUS STREPTAXIS AND ITS ALLIES. 207 12. SrrepraxIs suBREGULARIS, Pfeiffer. Streptaxis subregularis, Pfr.: in Philippi, Abbild. & Besch., vol. i (1846), p. 127, Helix, pl. viii, fig. 12; id., Mon. Helic., vol. i (1848), p. 4; id., Chemn. Conch. Cab., 2nd ed., Helix, vol. ii (1853), p. 15, pl. ci, figs. 36-39; id., Mon. Helic., vol. iv (1859), p. 329; A. D. Brown, Journ. de Conch., 1869, p. 71; Pfr., Mon. Helic., vol. vii (1876), p. 491; Tryon, Man. Conch., ser. 11, vol. 1 (1885), p. 68, pl. xu, figs. 16-18. Hab.—Brazil: Rio Janeiro (Pfr.). U.S. Colombia: Bogota (Pfr.). 13. Srrepraxis contusus, Férussac. Helix (Helicogena) contundata, Fér.: Prod., 1821, No. 41. Helix contusa, Fér : Prod., p. 67; Wood, Index, Suppl., 1828, pl. vii, fig. 39; Rang, Ann. Sci. Nat., 1831, p. 5; Desh., Traité Elem. Conch., 1850, pl. Ixxxiii, figs. 11, 12; Fer., Hist., 1851, p. 390, pl. xxxi, fig. 1; pl. xxxixs, figs. 5, 6 (with animal) ; M. E. Gray, Fig. Moll. Anim., vol. i11 (1859), pl. cclxxxix, fig. 1. Artemon contusus, Beck: Index, 1838, p. 48. Streptaxis contusa, Gray: Mag. Nat. Hist., n.s., vol. 1 (1837), p. 484; Sowby., Conch. Man., 2nd ed. (1839), p. 266, figs. 269, 270; Phil., Abbild. & Beschr., vol. 11 (1846), p. 127, Helix, pl. viii, fig. 1; Pfr., Mon. Helic., vol. i (1848), p. 6; Gould, U.S. Expl. Exped., Moll. (1852), p. 71, pl. v, fig. 70; Pfr., Chemn. Conch. Cab., 2nd ed., Helix, vol. ii (1853), p. 17, pl. eii, figs. 4-6; Adams, Genera, vol. 11 (1858), p. 185, pl. Ixxvui, fig. 1; Chenu, Man de Conch., 1859, p. 450, fig. 3358; Hidalgo, Viaje Pacif. Moluse., pt. 1 (1869), p. 41; Woodward, Manual, 4th ed. (1880), pl. xu, fig. 6. Streptaxis contusus, Pfr.: Mon. Helic., vol. v (1868), p. 440; Hidalgo, Journ. de Conch., 1870, p. 39; Tryon, Struct. Syst. Conch., vol. i (1884), pl. xcii, fig. 55; id., Man. Conch., ser. 11, vol. 1(1885), p. 68, pl. xiv, figs. 76-78 ; Fischer, Man. de Conch., 1887, pl. xu, fig. 6. Hab.— Brazil: Rio Janeiro; Coreobado (Hidalgo), 14. Srrepraxis. uBeRrIFoRMIS, Pfeiffer, Streptaxis uberiformis, Pfr.: Proc. Zool. Soc., 1848, p. 108; Zeit. Malak., vol. v (1848), p. 89; id., Mon. Helic., vol. 11 (18538), p. 287; Hidalgo, Journ. de Conch., 1870, p. 89; 1875, p. 128, pl. vii, fig. 8; Tryon, Man. Conch., ser. 1, vol. i (1885), p. 68, pl. xiv, fig. 94. Artemon uberiformis, Bourg.: Moll. Afr. équat., 1889, p. 44. Hab.—Brazil: Rio Janeiro (Pfr.) ; Corcobado (Hidalgo), 15. Srrepraxts aLvEvus, Dunker. Streptaxis alveus, Dunk.: in Phil., Abbild. & Beschr., vol. ii (1845), p. 6, Helix, pl. vi, fig. 14; Pfr., Mon. Helic., vol. i (1848), p. 4; id., Chemn. Conch. Cab., 2nd ed., Helix, vol. 11 (1853), p. 15, pl. ci, figs. 33-35; Tryon, Man. Conch., ser. m, vol. i (1885), p. 69, pl. xxvu, fig. 11. Alcidia alveus, Bourg.: Moll. Afr. équat., 1889, p. 47. 208 PROCEEDINGS OF THE MALACOLOGICAL SOCIETY. Helix contermina, Reeve: Conch. Icon., Helix, 1854, pl. exci, fig. 1342; Tryon, Man. Conch., ser. m, vol. i (1885), pl. xu, fig. 29. Hab.—Brazil: New Freiburg (Pfr.). 16. Srrepraxts Desnayestanus, Crosse. Streptaxis Deshayesianus, Crosse: Journ. de Conch., 1863, p. 388; 1867, p. 202, pl. v, fig. 3; Pfr., Mon. Helic, vol. v (1868), p. 441; Hidalgo, Viaje Pacif. Moluse., pt. 1 (1869), p. 45, pl. 11, figs. 5, 6; id., Journ. de Conch., 1870, p. 39 ; Tryon, Man. Conch., ser. 11, vol. i (1885), p. 69, pl. xiv, fig. 97. Hab.—Brazil: Botafogo; Corcobado (Hidalgo). 17. SrrRepraxis TURBINATUS, Morelet. Streptaxis turbinata, Morel.: Voyage Welwitsch, 1868, p. 58, pl. i, fig. 8. Streptaxis turbinatus, Pfr.: Mon. Helic., vol. vii (1876), p. 492; Tryon, Man. Conch., ser. 11, vol. 1 (1885), p. 69, pl. xii, figs. 24, 25. Gonaxis turbinata, Bourg.: Moll. Afr. équat., 1889, p. 133. Hab.—West Africa: Angola (Morel.). 18. Srrepraxis DEPLANATUS, Pfeiffer. Streptaxis deplanata, Pfr.: in Phil., Abbild. & Beschr., vol. 11 (1845), p- 8; vol. ii (1846), p. 128, Hex, pl. vi, fig. 9; id., Mon. Helic., vol. i (1848), p. 6; id., Chemn. Conch. Cab., 2nd ed., Helix, vol. 11 (1853), p. 18, pl. eii, figs. 24-26. Se lid deplanatus, Pfr.: Mon. Helic., vol. v (1868), p. 440; Tryon, Man. Conch., ser. 1, vol. i (1885), p. 69, pl. xiv, fae 84-86. Hab.—? 19. Srrepraxts Wetwirscut, Morelet. Streptaxis Welwitschi, Morel.: Voyage Welwitsch, 1868, p. 57, pl. i, fig. 7; Pir., Mon. Helic., vol. vii (1876), p. 498; Tryon, Man. Conch., ser. 1, vol. i (1885), p. 69, pl. xiv, figs. 73-75. Gonaxis Welwitschi, Bourg.: Moll. Afr. équat., 1889, p. 133. Hab.—West Africa: Angola (Morel.). 20. SrrEepraxIs NAUTILUS, Sarasin. Streptaxis nautilus, P. & F. Sarasin: Land-Moll. Celebes, 1899, p. 220, pl. xxvi, fig. 272; pl. xxxi, fig. 307 (anat.). Hab.—North Celebes: Sudara Volcano. 21. Srrepraxts prosrratus, Gould. Streptaxis prostrata (Gould, MS.), Jay: Catalogue, 1850, p. 117; Gould, Proc. Bost. Soc. Nat. Hist., vol. vi (1856), p. 12; Pfr., Mon. Helic., vol. iv (1859), p. 380; Gould, Otia Conch., 1862, p- 220; Ancey, Bull. Soc. Malac. Fr., vol. v re p- 66. Streptaxis prostratus, Pfr.: Mon. Helic., vol. v (1868), p. 440; Tryon, Man. Conch., ser. 11, vol. 1 (1885), p. 69, pl. xxvii, fig. 9 Gonaxis prostratus, Bourg. : : Moll. Afr. équat., 1889, p. 133. Hab.—West Africa: Liberia, Cape Palmas (Gould) ; Ivory Coast, Grand Bassam (Ancey) ; Guinea Coast (Morelet). GUDE: ON THE GENUS STREPTAXIS AND ITS ALLIES. 209 22. Srrepraxis aLBrpus, Pfeiffer. Streptaxis albida, Pfr.: Phil., Abbild. & Beschr., vol. ii (1845), p. 7; vol. 11 (1846), p. 128, pl. vill, fies, 03 1d., Mon. Helic., vol. 1 (1848), p: 6; id., Chemn. Conch. Cab., ond ed., Helix, vol. 11 (1853), p. 19, ‘pl. cil, figs. 4-7. Streptaxis albidus, Pir. Mon. Helic., vol. v (1868), p. 440; Paetel, Catalogue, 1869, p. 83; Tryon, Man. Conch., ser. , vol. i (1885), p. 70, pl. xiv, fies. 79-81. Gonaxis albidus, Bourg. : Moll. Afr. équat., 1889, p. 133. Hab.—? (Guinea, Paetel). 23. Srrepraxis crpposus, Pfeiffer. Pl. IV, Figs. 7-9. Streptaxis gibbosa, Pfr.: Mon. Helic., vol. iv (1859), p. 330. Streptaxis gibbosus, Pfr.: Mon. Helic., vol. v (1868), p. 440. Gonaxis gibbosus, Bourg.: Moll. Afr. équat., 1889, p. 1338. Hab.—New Grenada: Baranquilla. Illustrations from the types in the British Museum. 24. Srrepraxts Canpet, Petit. Helix Candei, Pet.: Rev. Zool., 1842, p. 177. Streptaxis Candei, Phil.: Abbild. & Beschr., vol. 1/1843), p. 49. Streptaxis Candeana, Pfr. : Symb., vol. i (1842), p. 109; id., Mon. Helic., vol. i (1848), p. 7; Bland, in C. B. Adams, Contrib. No. 12 (1852), p- 231; Ptr., Mon. Helic., vol. iv (1859), p- 3o1. Streptaxis Candeanus, Pfr. ; Mon. Helic., vol. v (1868), p. 441; Mart., Binnen-Moll. Venezuela’s, 1873, p. 165; Tryon, Man. Conch., ser. 1, vol. i (1885), p. 70, pl. xiv, figs. 89-91; Boettger, Nachr. Blatt. Deutsch. Malak. Ges., 1889, p. 27. Gonaxis Candeanus, Bourg.: Moll. Afr. équat., 1889, p. 138. Streptaxis deformis, Pfr. (not of Fér.): Mon. Helic., vol. i (1848), p. 7; Phil., Abbild. & Beschr., vol. 11 (1846), p. 128, Helix, pl. viii, fig. 2; Pfr., Chemn. Conch. Cab., 2nd ed., Helix, vol. ii (18538), pl. ciii, figs. 99-95, Helix deformis, Desh. (not of Fér.): in Fér., Hist., vol. 1(1851), p. 392. Helix comboides, var. edentula, Moricand: Mém. Soc. phys. Genéve, vol. x1 (1846), p. 154. Hab.—Venezuela: Caracas (Mart.). New Grenada: Baranquilla (Bland). Brazil: Bahia (Moric.); Pernambuco (Boettger). 25. Srrepraxis Grpponst, Taylor. Gonaxis Gibbonsi, J. W. Taylor: Journ. Conch., vol. i (1877), p. 252, pl. ii, fig. 1; Bourg., Moll. Afr. équat., 1889, p. 133. Streptaxis Gibbonst, Tryon: Man. Conch., ser. 11, vol. 1 (1885), p. 70, pl. xiv, figs. 82, 83. Ennea (Edentulina) Gibbonsi, Mart.: Deutsch. Ost-Afr., vol. iv (1897), p. lo. Hab.— Zanzibar. 210 PROCEEDINGS OF THE MALACOLOGICAL SOCIETY. 26. Srrepraxis Kirx1, Dohrn. Streptaxis Kirkii, Dohrn: Proc. Zool. Soc., 1865, p. 232; Pfr., Mon. Helic., vol. v (1868), p. 441. Streptaxis Kirki, Mart.: Deutsch. Ost-Afr., vol. iv (1897), p. 32; Smith, Proc. Zool. Soc., 1899, p. 582, pl. xxxiii, figs. 7, 8. Gonaxis Kirki, Bourg.: Moll. Afr. équat., 1889, p. 133. Hab.—Central Africa: Island Mumba in Lake Nyassa (Dohrn) ; Zomba Plateau (Smith). 27. SrrEPTAXIs MICANS, Putzeys. Streptaxis micans, Putz.: Bull. Séances Soc. Roy. Malac. Belg., vol. xxxiv (1899), p. lv, fig. 2. Hab.—Congo Free State: Waregga. 28. Srrepraxis Nsevpweensis, Putzeys. Streptaxis Nseudweensis, Putz. : Bull. Séances Soc. Roy. Malac. Belg., vol. xxxiv (1899), p. lv, fig. 3. Hab.—Congo Free State: Nseudwe. 29. Srrepraxis Kisweziensis, Smith. Streptaxis Kibweziensis, Smith: Proc. Malac. Soc., vol. i (1894), p- 165, fig. 1; Mart., Deutsch. Ost-Afr., vol. iv (1897), p. 31. Hab.—British East Africa: Kibwezi, Mt. Kenia. 80. Srrepraxis Mamporensts, Smith. Streptaxis Mamboiensis, Smith: Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist., ser. v1, vol. vi (1890), p. 160, pl. vi, fig. 1; Mart., Deutsch. Ost-Afr., vol. iv (1897), p. 31. Hab.—German East Africa: Mamboya; Usambara. 31. Srrepraxis ENNEOIDES, Martens. Streptaxis enneoides, Mart.: Mon. Ber. k. Preuss. Akad. Wiss. Berlin, 1878, p. 295, pl. ii, figs. 5, 6; Tryon, Man. Conch., ser. m1, vol. i (1885), p. 71, pl. xvi, fig. 5: Mart., Deutsch. Ost-Afr., vol. iv (1897), p. 31, pl. ii, fig. 29. Marconia enneoides, Bourg.: Moll. Afr. équat., 1889, p. 137. Hab.—British East Africa: Ukamba; Taveta. German East Africa: Kilima-njaro; Usagara; Ugogo; Ukimbo. 32. Srrepraxis Borrecor, Martens. Streptaxis Bottegoi, Mart.: Ann. Mus. Civ. Genova, ser. m1, vol. xv (1895), p. 63; id., Deutsch. Ost-Afr., vol. iv (1897), p. 31, pl. ui, fig. 28. Hab.—Somali: Giuba. 33. Srrepraxis Broyer1, Bourguignat. Gonaxis Bloyeti, Bourg.: Moll. Afr. équat., 1889, p. 134, pl. vii, figs. 1-3. Bea Bloyeti, Mart.: Deutsch. Ost-Afr., vol. iv (1897), p. 31. Hab.—East Africa: between Usagara and Ugogo. GUDE: ON THE GENUS STREPTAXIS AND ITS ALLIES. 211 34. Srrepraxis pustitus, Martens. Streptaxis pusillus, Mart.: Deutsch. Ost-Afr., vol. iv (1897), p. 32, pl. w, fig: 31. Hab.—German East Africa: Bukendo. 35. Srrepraxis Jonnstontr, Smith. Streptaxis Johnstoni, Smith: Proc. Zool. Soc., 1899, p. 581, pl. xxxiii, figs. 5, 6. Hab.—British Central Africa: Nyika Range; Zomba Plateau. 386. SrREPTAXIS BREVICULUS, Smith. Gibbus (Gonidomus) breviculus, Smith: Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist., ser. v1, vol. vi (1890), p. 161, pl. vi, fig. 3. Ennea (?) brevicula, Mart.: Deutsch. Ost-Afr., vol. iv (1897), p. 15. Hab.—FEast Africa: Usagara. 37. SrREPraxiIs DENTIcULATUS, Dohrn. Streptaxis denticulatus, Dohrn: Jahrb. Deutsch. Malak. Ges., vol. v (1878), p. 152. Hab.—British East Africa : Mombasa. 38. SrrEPTAXIS oRDINARIUS, Smith. Streptaxis ordinarius, Smith : Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist., ser. v1, vol. vi (1890), p. 160, pl. vi, figs. 2,3; Mart., Deutsch. Ost-Afr., vol. iv (1897), pp. 32, 296. Hab.—German East Africa: Mamboya; between Ukuledi and Umbekuru. Zanzibar: Kokotoni. 39. Srrepraxts Mozamsicensts, Smith. Streptaxis Mozambicensis, Smith: Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist., ser. v, vol. vi (1880), p. 429; id., Proc. Zool. Soc., 1881, p. 280, pl. xxxil, fig. 6; Tryon, Man. Conch., ser. 1, vol. i (1885), p. 70, pl. xiv, figs. 87, 88; Mart., Deutsch. Ost-Afr., vol. iv (1889), p. 32. Gonaxis Mozambicensis, Bourg.: Moll. Afr. équat., 1889, p. 183. Hab.—British East Africa: between Lake Nyassa and the East Coast. Subsection 2. Dente parietali munite. Pfr.: Mon. Helic, vol. iv (1859), p. 328. 40. Srrepraxis ovatus, Pfeiffer. Streptaxis ovata, Pfr.: in Phil., Abbild. & Beschr., vol. ii (1845), p. 8; vol. ii (1846), p. 128, Hela, pl. viii, fig. 4; id., Mon. Helic., vol. i (1848), p. 7; id., Chemn. Conch. Cab., 2nd ed., Helix, vol. ii (1853), p. 20, pl. cii, figs. 7-9. Streptaxis ovatus, Pfr.: Mon. Helic., vol. v (1868), p. 441; Tryon, Man. Conch., ser. 11, vol. i (1885), p. 71, pl. xiv, figs. 92, 93. Gonaxis ovatus, Bourg.: Moll. Afr. équat., 1889, p. 133. Hab.—? (Gaboon, Bourg.). 212 PROCEEDINGS OF THE MALACOLOGICAL SOCIETY. 41. Srrepraxis pEFLExus, Souleyet. Helix deflexa, Soul.: Voyage Bonite, Zool., vol. ii (1852), p. 506, pl. xxviii, figs. 30, 31; M. E. Gray, Fig. Moll. Anim., vol. ii (1859), pl. cclxxxix, fig. 3. Streptaxis deflexa, Pfr.: Mon. Helic., vol. iv (1859), p. 381. Streptaxis deflecus, Pfr.: Mon. Helic., vol. v (1868), p. 441; Tryon, Man. Conch., ser. 11, vol. i (1885), p. 71, pl. xiv, figs. 95, 96; Mollendorff, Nachr. Blatt. Deutsch. Malak. Ges., 1898, p. 66. Hab.—Aunam: Touranne. 42. Srrepraxtis sotmputus, Stoliczka. Streptaxis solidulus, Stol.: Journ. Asiat. Soc. Beng., 1871, p. 166, pl. vii, fig. 10; Pfr., Mon. Helic., vol. vi (1876), p. 493; Hanley & Theob., Conch. Ind., 1879, pl. xeviii, fig. 7; Nevill, Hand-List Ind. Mus., vol. i (1878), p. 3; Tryon, Man. Conch., ser. 11, vol. i (1885), p. 71, pl. xiv, fig. 99. Hab.—Burma: Moulmain (Stol.); Pathingtoung (Nevill). 43. Srrepraxis Frscuert, Morlet. Streptaxis Fischeri, Morlet: Moll. Tonkin, 1886, p. 2; id., Journ. de Conch., 1886, p. 274, pl. xii, fig.1; Mabille, Bull. Soc. Malac. Fr., vol. iv (1887), p. 128. Hab.—Tonkin. 44, Srrepraxis Tuesawi, Godwin-Austen. Streptaxis Thebawt, G.-A.: Proc. Zool. Soc., 1888, p. 2438. Hab.— Burma: Pingoung. 45, Srrepraxis PELLUCENS, Pfeiffer. Streptaxis pellucens, Pfir.: Proc. Zool. Soc., 1862, p. 278, pl. xxxvi, fig. 6; Mouhot’s Travels, vol. ii (1864), plate, fig. 6; Mart., Ost-Asien, Zool., vol. ii (1867), p. 85; Pfr., Nov. Conch., vol. iv (1871), p. 29, pl. exv, figs. 11, 12; Tryon, Man. Conch., ser. 11, vol. i (1885), p. 71, pl. xiv, figs. 98-100; Ancey, Bull. Mus. Marseille, vol. i (1899), p. 126, pl. ix, fig. A. Gonaxis pellucens, Bourg.: Moll. Afr. équat., 1889, p. 133, Hab.—Laos (Mouhot) ; Luang Prabang (Ancey) ; Siam (Pfr.). 45a. Var. mason, Morlet. Streptaxis pellucens, var. major, Morlet: Journ. de Conch., 1883, p- 105, pl. iv, fig. 2. Hab.—Cambodia: Elephant and Day Crahom Mountains, Mekong. 46. Srrepraxts Micnaur, Crosse & Fischer. Ennea Michaui, Crosse & Fisch.: Journ. de Conch., 18638, p. 270, pl. x, Hg. 4. Streptaxis Michaui, Pfr.: Mon. Helic., vol. v (1868), p. 443; Tryon, Man. Conch., ser. 1, vol. i (1885), p. 72, pl. xiv, figs. 7, 8; Tenison- Woods, Proc. Linn. Soc. New South Wales, ser. 1, vol. ii (1888), p. 1009. Oophana Michaui, Ancey: Le Naturaliste, vol. vi (1884), p. 508. Hab.—Poulo Condor. GUDE: ON THE GENUS STREPTAXIS AND ITS ALLIES. 213 47. Srrepraxis Exacutus, Gould. Streptaxis exacutus, Gould: Proc. Boston Soc. Nat. Hist., vol. vi (1856), p. 13; id., Otia Conch., 1862, p. 220; Pfr., Mon. Helic., vol. v (1868), p. 442; id., Nov. Conch., vol. iv (1871), p. 30, pl. exv, figs. 18, 14; Nevill, Hand-List Ind. Mus., vol. 1 (1878), p. 3; Tryon, Man. Conch, ser. mu, vol. i (1885), p. 72, pl. xiv, figs. 11, 12: Streptaxis exacuta, Pfr.: Malak. Blatt., vol. ii (1856), p. 258; id., Mon. Helic., vol. iv (1859), p. 331; Hanley & Theob., Conch. Ind., 1879, pl. xeviii, figs. 8-10. Goniaxis exacutus, Bourg.: Moll. Afr. équat., 1889, p. 133. Hab.—Burma: Moulmain (Gould), 48. Srrepraxts mrrtricus, Mollendorff. Streptaxis mirificus, Mlldff.: Proc. Zool. Soc., 1894, p. 147, pl. xvi, figs. 1,2. Hab.—Samui Islands, Gulf of Siam. 49, Srrepraxts Sanxeyr, Benson. Streptaxis Sankeyi, Bens.: Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist., ser. mm, vol. iii (1859), p. 472; Pfr., Mon. Helic., vol. v (1868), p. 442; Nevill, Hand-List Ind. Mus., vol. i (1878), p. 3; Hanley & Theob., Conch. Ind., 1879, pl. vii, fig. 7; Tryon, Man. Conch., ser. , vol. 1 (1885), p. 72, pl. xiv, figs. 2, 3. Streptaxis Sankeyanus, Stol.: Journ. Asiat. Soc. Beng., 1871, pt. 2, p. 167, pl. vii, fig. 14. Hab.—Burma: Moulmain (Bens.); Tenasserim (Nevill). 50. Srrepraxts Hantryanus, Stoliczka. Streptaxis Hanleyanus, Stol.: Journ. Asiat. Soc. Beng., 1871, p. 168, pl. vii, fig. 15; Pfr., Mon. Helic., vol. vii (1876), p. 494; Nevill, Hand-List Ind. Mus., vol. i (1878), p. 3; Tryon, Man. Conch., Ser.at, vol. 1 (1885), p. 72, pl. xiv, figs. 9, 10. Hab.—Burma: Moulmain (Stol.); Pakoungtoung (Nevill). 51. Srrepraxis Sryensts, Gould. Streptaxis Sinensis, Gould: Proc. Boston Soc. Nat. Hist., vol. vi (1859), p. 424; id., Otia Conch., 1862, p.103; Mart., Ost-Asien, Zool., vol. 11(1867), p.57; Pfr., Mon. Helic., vol. v (1868), p. 445; Eastlake, Proc. Acad. Philad., 1882, p. 285; Mlldff., Jahrb. Deutsch. Malak. Ges., vol. x (1883), p. 272, pl. x, fig. 7; Tryon, Man. Conch., ser. 11, vol. i (1885), p. 73, pl. xv, figs. 32, 33. Streptaxis erythroceros, Mildff.: Jahrb. Deutsch. Malak. Ges., vol. viii (1881), p. 311. Hab.—China: Hongkong (Gould); Kwan-tung (Mlldff.). 5la, b,c. Vars. MEDIA, ATTENUATA, and nana, MIldff. Streptaxis Sinensis, vars. medius, attenuatus, and nanus, Mildff.: Jahrb. Deutsch. Malak. Ges., vol. x (1883), p. 278. 214 PROCEEDINGS OF THE MALACOLOGICAL SOCIETY. 51d. Var. Bavayt, Ancey. Streptaxis Sinensis, var. Bavayi, Ancey: Bull. Mus. Marseille, vol. i (1898), p. 127, footnote. Hab.—Tonkin: Vanbu. 52. Srrepraxis Cotiinerr, Sykes. Streptaxis Collinget, Sykes: Journ. Malac., vol. ix (1902), p. 22, pl. iii, figs. 8-10. Streptaxis (Disear ee) Collingei, Mildff.: Nachr. Blatt. Deutsch. Malak. Ges., 1902, p. 136. Hab.—Malay Bewieealiae Kelantan. 53. Srrepraxis Sounryerranvs, Petit. Helix Souleyetiana, Petit: Rev. Zool., 1841, p. 99; Desh. in Fér., Hist., 1851, p. 393, pl. xev, fig. 2; Chenu, Man. de Conch., 1859, p. 450, fig. 3357. Streptaxis Souleyetiana, Pir.: Symb., vol. ii (1842), p. 110; Phil., Abbild. & Beschr., vol. i (1843), p. 48; vol. u (1846), p. 1380, Helix, pl. vii, fig. 6; Pfr., Mon. Helic., vol. i (1848), p. 8; id., Chemn. Conch. Cab., 2nd ed., Helix, vol. ii (1853), p. 20, pl. cii, figs. 21-23. Streptaxis Souleyetianus, Pfr.: Mon. Helic., vol. v (1868), p.. 443; id., Proc. Zool. Soc., 1868, p. 260; Nevill, Hand-List Ind. Mus., vol. 1 (1878), p. 4; Tryon, Man. Conch., ser. m, vol. i (1885), p. 78, pl. xiv, figs. 4-6. Streptaxis (Eustreptaxis) Souleyetianus, Mart.: Mittl. Mus. Berlin, vol. 1 (1898), p. 10, pl. ii, figs. 2-4; Wiegm., ib., p. 46 (anat.). Hab.—Seychelles: Mahé, Praslin, Silhouette (Mart.). 54. Srrepraxis Camerunensis, D’Ailly. Streptaxis Camerunensis, D’Ailly: Bihang k. Svensk. Akad. Handl., vol. xx (1896), No. 2, p. 5, pl. i, figs. 1-5. Hab.—Cameroons: Bonge; Bibundi. 55, Srrepraxis cosrutatus, Mollendorff. Streptaxis costulatus, Mildff.: Jahrb. Deutsch. Malak. Ges., 1881, p. 312; 1883, p. 275, pl. x, fig. 8; Tryon, Man. Conch., ser. I, vol. i (1885), Ds ts, pl. my, ‘figs. 27, 28. Hab.—China: Kwan-tung. 55a. Var. suscostutata, Mollendorff. Streptaxis costulatus, subsp. subcostulatus, Mlldff.: Nachr. Blatt. Deutsch. Malak. Ges., 1901, p. 65. Hab.—Tonkin: Lang-son; Than-moi. 56. Srrepraxts comBorpEs, Orbigny. Helix comboides, Orb. : Mag. Zool., vol. v (1835), Moll., p. id., Voyage Amer. mérid., 1837, p. 233, pl. xxii, figs. 14— 18; Chad Man. de Conch., 1859, p. 450, fig. 3859; p. 451, fig. 3360. Artemon comboides, Beck: Index, 1888, p. 48. GUDE: ON THE GENUS STREPTAXIS AND ITS ALLIES. INS Streptaxis comboides, Gray: Mag. Nat. Hist., n.s., vol. 1 (18387), p. 484; Phil., Abbild. & Beschr., vol. ii (1846), p. 129, Helzz, plewin, ne. 10; Pfr, Mon. Hele) yol. 1 (1848), p. 8; id., Chemn. Conch. Cab., 2nd ed., Helix, vol. ii (1853), p. 21, pl. cu, figs. 13-16; Tryon, Struct. Syst. Conch., vol. iti (1884), pl. xcii, fig. 56 ; id., Man. Conch., ser. m, vol. i (1885), p. 73, pl. xv, figs. 834-86; Ancey, Journ. Conch., vol. vii (1892), p. 90; Mart., Sitz. Ber. Ges. Naturf. Berlin, 1895, p. 33; Paravicini, Boll. Mus. Torino, vol. ix (1894), No. 181, p. 1. Gonaxis comboides, Bourg.: Moll. Afr. équat., 1889, p. 138. Hab.—Bolivia: Proy. Chiquito (Orb.). Brazil: Matto Grosso (Ancey). Paraguay: Rio Apa (Paravicini). 56a. Var. ExLATA, Moricand. Helix comboides, var. elata, Moric.: Mém. Soc. phys. Genéve, vol. xi (1846), p. 155. Hab.—Brazil: Bahia. 57. SrrEpPTaxis DIEsPITER, J. Mabille. Streptaxis diespiter, Mab.: Bull. Soc. Malac. Fr., vol. iv (1887), pal2G pl. my, figs. 7, 8. Hab.—Tonkin. 58. Srrepraxis Facotr, J. Mabille. Streptaxis Fagott, Mab.: Bull. Soc. Malac. Fr., vol. iv (1887), p. 130, pl. iv, figs. 7, 8. Hab.—Tonkin. 59. Srrepraxis Ancryr, J. Mabille. Pl. IV, Figs. 13-15. Streptaxis Anceyt, Mab.: Bull. Soc. Malac. Fr., vol. iv (1887), p. 128. Hab.—Tonkin. Illustrations from specimens in the British Museum. 60. Srrepraxts BOREALIS, Heude. Streptaxis borealis, Heude: Moll. terr. Fleuve Bleu, pt. i (1882), p- 79, pl. xvi, fig. 26; Mlldff., Jahrb. Deutsch. Malak. Ges., 1883, p. 274; Tryon, Man. Conch., ser. u, vol. 1 (1885), p. 78, pl. xv, figs. 19-21. Hab.—China: Ngan-whei. 61. Srrepraxis Ceresicus, P. & F. Sarasin. Streptaxis Celebicus, Sarasin: Land-Moll. Celebes, 1899, p. 221, pl. xxvi, fig. 273. Hab.—North Celebes: Lokon Volcano. 62. Srrepraxis occIpENTALIS, Heude. Streptaxis occidentalis, Heude: Moll. terr. Fleuve Bleu, pt. ii (1885), p- 118, pl. xxx, fig. 23. Hab.—China: Fong-siang. VOL. V.—OCTOBER, 1902. 15 216 PROCEEDINGS OF THE MALACOLOGICAL SOCIETY. 63. SrREPTAXIS ORTENTALIS, Heude. Streptaxis orientalis, Heude: Moll. terr. Fleuve Bleu, pt. ii (1885), p. 118, pl. xxx, fig. 22. Hab.—China. 64. Srrepraxtis Dorrit, Dautzenberg. Streptaxis (Eustreptaxis) Dorri, Dautz.: Journ. de Conch., 1898, p- 160, pl. vu, fig. 3 Hab.—Tonkin: Haiphong. 65. Srrepraxts Perrrr, Gould. Streptaxis Petiti, Gould: Boston Journ. Nat. Hist., vol. iv (1844), p. 456, pl. xxiv, fig. 7; Phil., Abbild. & Beschr., vol. ii (1846), p. 130, Helix, pl. viii, fig. 11; Pfr., Mon. Helic., vol. i (1848), p- 8; id. Chemn. Conch. Cab., 2nd ed., Helix, vol. ii (1858), p. 21, pl. cil, figs. 8-11; Gould, Otia Conch., 1862, p. 183; Nevill, Hand-List Ind. Mus., vol. i (1878), p.3; Hanley & Theob., Conch. Ind., 1879, pl. viii, fig. 4; Tryon, Man. Conch., ser. um, vol. 1 (1885), p. 74, pl. xiv, figs. 16-18. Hab.—Burma: Tavoy (Gould) ; Tenasserim (Nevill). 66. SrrepraxiIs GLABER, Pfeiffer. Streptaxis glabra, Pfr.: Proc. Zool. Soc., 1849, p. 126; id., Chemn. Conch. Cab., 2nd ed., Helix, vol. 11 (1853), p. 21, pl. exxiv, figs. 4-7; id., Mon. Helic., vol. 11 (1853), p. 287; vol. iv (1859), p. 332. Streptaxis glaber, Pfr.: Mon. Helic., vol. v (1868), p. 445; Tryon, Man. Conch., ser. 11, vol. i (1885), p. 74, pl. xv, fis, 24-26. Gonaxis glaber, Bourg. : Moll. Afr. équat., 1889, p. 133. Hab.—Venezuela: Puerto Cabello (Pfr.). British Guiana : Demerara (Pfr.). 67. SrrepraxtIs DEFoRMIS, Férussac. Helix deformis, Fér.: Prod., 1821, p. 30, No. 42; Hist., vol. i (1850), pl. xxxii a, fig. 1; Wood, Index, Suppl., 1828, pl. vu, fig. 40. Artemon deformis, Beck: Index, 1838, p. 48. Streptaxis deformis, Gray: Mag. Nat. Hist., n.s., vol. i (1837), p- 484; Chenu, Man. de Conch., 1859, p. 451, fig. 3362 ; Pfr., Mon. Helic., vol. iv (1859), p. 332; Guppy, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist., ser. m1, vol. xvii (1866), p. 53; Bland, Amer. Journ. Conch., vol. iv (1869), p. 182; Mart., Binnen-Moll. Venezuela’s, 1873, p. 165; Tryon, Struct. Syst. Conch., vol. ii (1884), pl. xeii, fig. 57; id., Man. Conch., ser. 1, vol. i (1885), p. 74, pl. xxvii, fig. 10; Quelch, Timehri, n.s., vol. iv (1890), p. 37; Smith & Feilden, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist., ser. vr, vol. vii (1891), p- 251; Smith, Journ. Conch., vol. ix (1898), pp. 27, 29, figs. 5, 6 (juv.). Hab.—Venezuela: Caracas (Mart.). Dutch Guiana: Surinam (Pfr.). British Guiana: Demerara (Quelch). Trinidad: Cotoras and other islands in Gulf of Paria (Bland). Barbados (Smith & Feilden). GUDE: ON THE GENUS STREPTAXIS AND ITS ALLIES. 217 68. SrREPTAXIS NORMALIS, Jousseaume. Streptaxis normalis, Jouss.: Mém. Soc. zool. Fr., vol. 11 (1889), p. 247, pl. ix, figs. 19-21. Hab.—Venezuela: Valencia; San Sebastian. 69. Srrepraxts Prerrrert, Zelebor. Streptaxis Pfeifferi, Zel.: Verh. zool. bot. Ges. Wien, vol. xvii (1867), p. 806; vol. xix (1869), p. 875; Pfr., Mon. Helic., vol. v (1868), p. 444; Tryon, Man. Conch., ser. mu, vol. i (1885), p. 74, pl. xiv, fig. 13. Streptaxis Pfeifferianus, Stol.: Journ. Asiat. Soc. Beng., vol. xl, pt. 2 (1871), p. 161, pl. viii, fig. 6. Hab.—Nicobar Group: Camorta. 69a. Var. pumitio, Morch. Journ. de Conch., 1876, p. 359; Nevill, Hand-List Ind. Mus., vol. i (1878), p. 2. Hab.—Nicobar: Camorta (Morch),. 695. Var. minor, Morch. Journ. de Conch., 1876, p. 359; Nevill, Hand-List Ind. Mus., vol. i (1878), p. 2; Godw.-Aust., Proc. Zool. Soc., 1895, p. 443. Hab.—Nicobar: Teressa, Katchal (Morch) ; Car Nicobar (Nevill). Andaman Group: Little Andaman (G.-A.). 70. Srrepraxis Fortunet, Pfeiffer. Streptaxis Fortunei, Pfr.: Proc. Zool. Soc., 1854, p. 149; id., Mon. Helic., vol. iv (1859), p. 332. Hab.—China: Shanghai. 71. Srrepraxis porrectus, Pfeiffer. Streptaxis porrectus, Pfr.: Proc. Zool. Soc., 1862, p. 273; Mart., Ost-Asien, Zool., vol. ii (1867), p. 85; Pfr., Mon. Helic., vol. v (1868), p. 442; Ancey, Bull. Mus. Marseille, vol. i (1899), p.. 127. Hab.—Cambodia (Pfr.); Siam (Mart.). Laos: Louang Prabang (Ancey). 72. Srreptaxis Maucerm, Gray. Streptaxis Maugere, Gray: Mag. Nat. Hist., w.s., vol. i (18387), p. 486, figs. 60¢, 60d; Phil., Abbild. & Beschr., vol. i (1848), p- 48; Pfr., Mon. Helic., vol. i (1848), p. 8; Morelet, Voyage Welwitsch, 1868, p. 45. Hab.—Sierra Leone (Gray) ; Guinea (Morel.). 73. SrREPTAXIS ELoNGATUS, Fulton. Streptaxis elongatus, Fulton: Proc. Malac. Soc., vol. ii (1899), p- 302, fig. 2. Hab.—? [? East Africa ]. 218 PROCEEDINGS OF THE MALACOLOGICAL SOCIETY. 74. Srrepraxis stnvosus, Pfeiffer. Pl. IV, Figs. 10-12. Streptaxis sinuosa, Pfr.: Proc. Zool. Soc., 1861, p. 23; id., Malak. Blitt., vol. vii (1861), p. 239. Streptaxis sinuosus, Pfr.: Mon. Helic., vol. v (1868), p. 443. Hab.—Cochin China. The illustrations from the types in the British Museum. 75. Srrepraxts Scawerrert, Dohrn. Streptaxis Schweitzert, Dohrn: Jahrb. Deutsch. Malak. Ges., 1878, p- 153. Hab.—Liberia. Subsection 3. Odontartemon, Pfeiffer. Malak. Blitt., vol. 11(1856), p. 172. (Pariete aperturali et peristomate armatis: a, Ovate. Pfr.: Mon. Helic., vol. iv, 1859, p. 328.) 76. STREPTAXIS DECIPIENS, Crosse. Streptaxis decipiens, Crosse: Journ. de Conch., 1865, p. 228; 1867, p. 202, pl. v, fig. 4; Pfr., Mon. Helic., vol. v (1868), p. 445; Tryon, Man. Conch., ser. 1, vol. i (1885), p. 75, pl. xv, fig. 44; Ancey, Journ. Conch., vol. vii (1892), p. 90. Hab.—Chili (Crosse). Brazil: prov. Matto Grosso (Ancey). 77. Srrepraxis Burmanicus, W. T. Blanford. Streptaxis Burmanicus, W.T. Blanf.: Journ. Asiat. Soc. Beng., 1865, pt. ii, p. 81; Stoliczka, op. cit., 1871, p. 163, pl. vii, figs. 5-7; Pfr., Mon. Helic., vol. v (1868), p. 444; Nevill, Hand-List Ind. Mus., vol. i (1878), p. 2; Tryon, Man. Conch., ser. 1, vol. i (1885), p. 75, pl. xiv, fig. 14. Streptaxis Birmanica, Hanley & Theob.: Conch. Ind., 1876, p. 4, pl. viii, fig. 10 (not fig. 5 as cited). Hab.—Burma: Arracan, Toongoop (Blanf.), Rangoon. 78. Srrepraxts BoMBAX, Benson. Helix bombax, Bens.: Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist., ser. m1, vol. iii (1859), p. 186; Mart., Malak. Blatt., vol. vi (1859), p. 6; Pfr., Mon. Helic., vol. v (1868), p. 151. Streptaxis, junior, Stoliczka: Journ. Asiat. Soc. Beng., 1871, p. 167; Pfr., Mon. Helic., vol. vii (1876), p. 159. Streptaxis bombax, Hanley & Theob.: Conch. Ind., 1870, pl. xxxi, figs. 1, 4 (juv.); 1875, pl. elvi, fig. 9; Theob.,. Journ. Asiat. Soc. Beng., 1876, p. 187, pl. xiv, fig. 6. Hab.—Burma: Moulmain. 79. Srrepraxis Lavis, W. T. Blanford. Streptaxis levis, W. T. Blanf.: Proc. Zool. Soc., 1899, p. 765, pl. 1, figs: 11, 12. Hab.—Burma: Tenasserim. GUDE: ON THE GENUS STREPTAXIS AND ITS ALLIES. 219 80. Srrepraxis Tropertt, Petit. Helix Troberti, Petit: Rev. Zool., 1841, p. 100. Streptaxis Troberti, Pfir.: Symb., vol. ii (1842), p. 110; id., Mon. Helic., vol. 1 (1848), p. 10; Morelet, Voyage Welwitsch, 1868, p: 58, pl. i, fig. 6; Tryon, Man. Conch., ser. m, vol. i (1885), p- 75, pl. xv, fig. 57 ; Ancey, Bull. Soc. Malac. Fr., vol. v (1888), p- 66. Lamelliger Troberti, Ancey: Le Naturaliste, vol. vi (1884), p. 508. Gonaxis Troberti, Bourg.: Moll. Afr. équat., 1889, p. 133. Hab.—Sierra Leone: Fourecariah (Ancey). Angola: Golungo-alta (Morel.). Guinea (Petit). 81. Srrepraxis AnDAMANICUS, Benson. Streptaxis Andamanica, Bens.: Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist., ser. m1, vol. vi (1860), p. 192; Hanley & Theob., Conch. Ind., 1876, p. 4, pl. vi, fig. 6. Streptaxis Andamanicus, Pfr.: Mon. Helic., vol. v (1868), p. 444; Nevill, Hand-List Ind. Mus., vol. i (1878), p. 2; Tryon, Man. Conch., ser. 1, vol. 1 (1885), p. 75, pl. xiv, figs. 1, 15; Godw.- Aust., Proc. Zool. Soc., 1895, p. 443. Hab.—Andaman Group: Great Cocos, Little Cocos (Nevill). South Andaman: Port Blair (G.-A.). 82. Srrepraxis Branrorpranus, Theobald. Streptaxis Blanfordianus, Theobald: Journ. Asiat. Soc. Beng., 1865, p. 245 ; Stoliczka, op. cit., 1871, p. 163, pl. vii, figs. 8, 9; Pfr., Mon. Helic., vol. vii (1876), p. 494; Tryon, Man. Conch., ser. 1, vol. i (1885), p. 75, pl. xv, figs. 22, 28; Godw.-Aust., Proc. Zool. Soc., 1895, p. 443. Streptaxis Blanfordi, Hanley & Theob.: Conch. Ind., 1876, p. 4, pl. viii, fig. 5 (not fig. 10 as cited); Nevill, Hand-List Ind. Mus., vol. i (1878), p. 2. Hab.—Burma: Pegu; Aracan (Nevill). Shan States (Nevill). Andaman Group: Cocos I., var. (G.-A.). 83. Srrepraxis oprusus, Stoliczka. Streptaxis obtusus, Stol.: Journ. Asiat. Soc. Beng., 1871, p. 166, pl. vii, figs. 11-13 (shell), pl. vii, figs. 1-4 (anat.); Pfr., Mon. Helic., vol. vii (1876), p. 495; Tryon, Man. Conch., ser. 11, vol. i (1885), p. 76, pl. xv, fig. 45. Hab.—Burma: Moulmain (Stol.). 84. Srrepraxis Fucusranus, Gredler. Streptaxis Fuchsianus, Gredl.: Jahrb. Deutsch. Malak. Ges., 1881, p. 16, pl. i, fig. 2; Heude, Moll. terr. Fleuve Bleu, pt. ii (1882), p. 78, pl. xx, fig. 830; Tryon, Man. Conch., ser. m, vol. i (1885), p.. 76, pl. xv, figs. 39, 40.- Hab .—China: proy. Hu-nan. 220 PROCEEDINGS OF THE MALACOLOGICAL SOCIETY. 85. Srrepraxis BrpeNs, Mollendorff. Streptaxis bidens, Mildff.: Nachr. Blatt. Deutsch. Malak. Ges., 1883, p- 67; id., Jahrb. Deutsch. Malak. Ges., 1883, p. 276, pl. x, fig. 9 ; Tryon, Man. Conch., ser. 11, vol. i (1885), p. 76, pl. xv, figs. 37, 38. Hab.—China: Island Hainan. 86. Srrepraxis TRIDENS, MOollendorff. Streptaxis tridens, Mildff.: Nachr. Blatt. Deutsch. Malak. Ges., 1898, D601. Hab.—Annam: Boloven. 87. SrREPTAXIS DIsToRTUS, Jonas. Helix (Streptaxis) distorta, Jonas: in Phil., Abbild. & Beschr., vol. i (1843), p. 48, Hela, pl. iu, fig. 3. Streptaxis distorta, Pir.: Symb., vol. iii (1846), p. 52; id., Mon. Helic., vol. i (1848), p. 10; id., Chemn. Conch. Cab., 2nd ed., Helz, vol. ii (1853), p. 23, pl. ciii, figs. 18-21. Streptaxis distortus, Pfr.: Mon. Helic., vol. v (1868), p. 447; Tryon, Man. Conch., ser. 11, vol. i (1885), p. 76, pl. xv, figs. 58-60. Gonazis distortus, Bourg.: Moll. Afr, équat., 1889, p. 183. Hab.—Guinea (Jonas); Island Rodriguez (Pfr.). 88. Srrepraxis Prrorerr, Petit. Helix Peroteti, Petit: Rev. Zool., 1841, p. 100; Hanley & Theob., Conch. Ind., 1876, p. 40, pl. xeviii, figs. 5, 6. Helix (Streptaxis) Perroteti, Phil.: Abbild. & Beschr., vol. 1 (1843), p- 48. Streptaxis Perroteti, Pfr.: Symb., vol. 11 (1842), p. 110; id., Mon. Helic., vol. i (1848), p. 9. Streptaxis Perrotteti, Pfr.: Mon. Helic., vol. iii (1853), p. 288; id., Chemn. Conch. Cab., 2nd ed., Helix, vol. ii (1854), p. 394, pl. exlii, figs. 29-31. Streptaxis Perotteti, Nevill: Hand-List Ind. Mus., vol. i (1878), p- 4; Tryon, Man. Conch., ser. 1, vol. i (1885), p. 76, pl. xv, figs. 68, 69. Hab.—India: Nilgherries (Petit) ; Ootacamund; Coonoor (Nev.) ; Anamullay Hills, var. (Nevill). 88a. Var. Foorrr, W. T. Blanford. Streptaxis Perroteti, var. Foote’, Blanf.: Journ. Asiat. Soc. Beng., 1861, p. 358, pl. 11, fig. 6. Streptaxis Foote, Pir.: Mon. Helic., vol. v (1868), p. 448. Hab.—India: Patchamullay Hills (Blanf.). 89. Srrepraxis Wartsont, W. T. Blanford. Streptaxis Watsoni, Blanf.: Journ. Asiat. Soc. Beng., 1860, p. 126; Pfr., Mon. Helic., vol. v (1868), p. 447; Hanley & Theob., Conch. Ind., 1876, pl. vii, fig. 8; Nevill, Hand-List Ind. Mus., vol. i (1878), p. 4; Tryon, Man. Conch., ser. m, vol. i (1885), p. 77, pl. xv, fig. 64. Hab.—India: Koondah Hills, Nilgherries (Blanf.). Sispara; var. Ootacamund ; var. Wynaad (Nevill). GUDE: ON THE GENUS STREPTAXIS AND ITS ALLIES. 221 90. SrrEpraxiIs ABERRATUS, Souleyet. Helix aberrata (Soul.), Petit: Rev. Zool., 1841, p. 101; Souleyet, Voyage Bonite, Zool., vol. ii (1853), p. 505, pl. xxviii, figs. 32-34; M. E. Gray, Figs. Moll. Anim., vol. i (1859), pl. eclxxxix, fig. 4. Streptaxis aberrata, Pfr.: Symb., vol. ii (1842), p. 109; Phil., Abbild. & Beschr., vol. 1 (1843), p. 49; vol. ii (1846), p. 129, Helix, pl. viii, fig. 7; Pfr., Mon. Helic., vol. i (1848), p. 10; id., Chemn. Conch. Cab., 2nd ed., Hehw, vol. i (1853), p. 24, pl. cu, figs. 27-30. Streptaxis aberratus, Pfr.: Mon. Helic., vol. v (1868), p. 448; Tryon, Men. Conch:, ser. mu, vol: i (880), “po 77, ph xv, figs. 65-67; Mlldff., Nachr. Blatt. Deutsch. Malak. Ges., 1898, p. 66. Gonaxis aberratus, Bourg.: Moll. Afr. équat., 1889, p. 133. Hab.—Annam: Touranne (Petit). 91. Srrepraxis THEopatpi, Benson. Streptaxis Theobaldi, Bens.: Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist., ser. m1, vol. iii (1859), p. 187; Pfr., Malak. Blatt., vol. vi (1859), p. 35; id., Mon. Helic., vol. v (1868), p. 449; Hanley & Theob., Conch. Ind., 1876, pl. viii, fig. 9; Godw.-Aust., Journ. Asiat. Soc. Beng., 1876, pl. viii, fig. 15; Nevill, in Anderson, Zool. Res. Exped. Yunnan, vol. i (1878), p. 885; Tryon, Man. Conch., ser. 1, vol. 1 (1885), p. 77, pl. xvi, figs. 86 & 14. Hab.—India: Khasi Hills, Assam (Pfr.). Burma: Dikrang Valley (G.-A.); Bhamo (Nevill). 92. Srrepraxis Dariagnsis, Godwin-Austen. Streptaxis Daflaensis, Godw.-Aust.: Journ. Asiat. Soc. Beng., 1876, p. 317, pl. viii, fig. 14; Tryon, Man. Conch., ser. u, vol. i (1885), p. 77, pl. xv, figs. 74-76. Hab.—India: Dafla Hills (G.-A.). 93. SrREPTAXIS PYRIFORMIS, Pfeiffer. Streptaais pyriformis, Pfr.: in Phil., Abbild. & Beschr., vol. ii (1845), p- 8; p. 129, Heliz, pl. vii, fig. 8; id., Mon. Helic., vol. i (1848), p- 10; id., Chemn. Conch. Cab., 2nd ed., Helix, vol. i (1853), p. 24, pl. ci, figs. 31-34; Tryon, Man. Conch., ser. m, vol. i (1885), p. 77, pl. xv, figs. 61-63. Streptaxis piriformis, Pfr.: Mon. Helic., vol. iv (1859), p. 334. Hab,—Mascarene Islands: Rodriguez. 94, Srrepraxis Beppomer, W. T. Blanford. Streptaxis Beddomet (Nevill, MS.), W. T. Blanf.: Proc. Zool. Soc., 1899, p. 765, pl. 1, figs. 4, 5. Hab.—India: Animalai Hills. 94a. Var. mAsor, Blanf. Streptaxis Beddomei, var. major, Blanf.: tom. cit., pl. 1, figs. 6, 7. Hab.—India: Tinnevelly Hills. 222 PROCEEDINGS OF THE MALACOLOGICAL SOCIETY. 95. Srrerraxts scatprus, W. T. Blanford. Streptaxis scalptus, W.T. Blanf.: Proc. Zool. Soc., 1899, p. 766, pl. 1, figs. 8-10. Hab.—India: Salem; Mysore. 96. Srrepraxts Cumineranvs, Pfeiffer. Streptaxis Cumingiana, Pfr.: Proc. Zool. Soc., 1849, p. 126; id., Chemn. Conch. Cab., 2nd ed., Helix, vol. 1 (1853), p. 23, pl. exxiv, figs. 8-11; id., Mon. Helic., vol. ii (1853), p. 288. Streptaxis Cumingianus, Pfr.: Mon. Helic., vol. v (1868), p. 447; Tryon, Man. Conch., ser. 11, vol. 1 (1885), p. 78, pl. xv, figs. 54-56. Hab.—? (? Brazil, Tryon). 97. Srrepraxis strEPTODON, Moricand. Helix (Streptaxis) streptodon, Moric.: Journ. de Conch., 1851, p. 369, ox ome Streptaxis streptodon, Pfr.: Mon. Helic., vol. iii (1853), p. 288; Tryon, Man. Conch., ser. 11, vol. i (1885), p. 78, pl. xv, figs. 52, 53. Hab.— Brazil: Bahia (Moric.). 98. Srrepraxis pEJEcTUs, Petit. Helix (Streptaxis) dejecta, Petit: Rev. Zool., 1842, p. 176. Helix (Helicodonta) comboides, var. Brasiliensis, Moric. : Mém. Soe. phys. Genéve, vol. vii (1836), p. 417 (dejecta, Moric., et Chuiquitensis, Orb., olim). Moric. : tom. cit., p. 418. Helix comboides, var. Brasiliensis, Moric. : Mém. Soc. phys. Genéve, vol. xi (1846), p. 155. Streptaxis dejecta, Pir.: Symb., vol. 11(1842), p. 110; Phil., Abbild. & Beschr., vol. ii (1845), p. 7, Helix, pl. vi, fig. 17; Pfr., Mon. Helic., vol. i (1848), p. 9; id., Chemn. Conch. Cab., 2nd ed., Helix, vol. i (1853), p. 22, pl. cu, figs. 17-20. Streptaxis dejectus, Pir.: Mon. Helic., vol. v (1868), p. 447 ; G. Pfeffer, Jahrb. Deutsch. Malak. Ges., 1878, p. 70 (anat.); Tryon, Man. Conch., ser. 1, vol. 1 (1885), p. 78, pl. xv, figs. 47-49. Gonaxis dejectus, Bourg.: Moll. Afr. équat., 1889, p. 133. Hab.—Brazil: Bahia. 99. Srrepraxis Layarpranus, Benson. Streptaxis Layardiana, Bens.: Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist., ser. m, vol. xu (1853), p.90; Pfr., Mon. Helic., vol. iv (1859), p. 832; Hanley & Theob., Conch. Ind., 1876, pl. xeviui, figs. 1, 4. Streptaxis Layardianus, Pir.: Mon. Helic., vol. v (1868), p. 445; Tryon, Man. Conch., ser. 11, vol. i (1885), p. 75, figs. 22, 23. Hab.—Ceylon. 100. Srrepraxis Crncatensis, Benson. Streptaxis Cingalensis, Bens.: Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist., ser. m, vol. xii (1853), p. 91; Pfr., Mon. Helic., vol. iv (1859), p. 333; Hanley & © Theob., Conch. Ind., 1876, pl. xcvii, figs. 2, 3; Tryon, Man. Conch., ser. 11, vol. i (1885), p. 78, pl. xv, figs. 50, 51. Hab.—Ceylon. GUDE: ON THE GENUS STREPTAXIS AND ITS ALLIES. 223 101. Srrepraxis eRracruis, O. Collett. Streptaxis gracilis, O. Collett: Proc. Malac. Soc., vol. iii (1898), p. 1, with 3 figures. Hab.—Ceylon: prov. Uva. 102. Srrepraxis Ravana, W. T. Blanford. Streptaxis Ravane, W.T. Blanf.: Proc. Zool. Soc., 1899, p. 768, pl. 1, figs. 13-15. Hab.—Ceylon. 103. Srrepraxis Canantcus, W. T. Blanford. Streptaxis Canarica, W. T. Blanf.: Journ. Asiat. Soc. Beng., 1869, p. 142, pl. xvi, fig. 11; Hanley & Theob., Conch. Ind., 1876, pl. elvi, figs. 7, 8. Streptaxis Canaricus, Pfr.: Mon. Helic., vol. vii (1876), p.497; Tryon, Man. Conch., ser. 11, vol. 1 (1885), p. 78, pl. xv, figs. 70-72. Hab.—India: proy. South Canara. 104. Srrepraxis susacurus, W. T. Blanford. Streptaxis subacutus, W. T. Blanf.: Proc. Zool. Soc., 1899, p. 767, pl. 1, figs. 1-3. Hab.—India: South Canara. 105. Srrevraxis Sramensis, Pfeiffer. Streptaxis Siamensis, Pfr.: Journ. de Conch., 1862, p. 42, pl. vi, fig. 3; Mart., Ost-Asien, Zool., vol. ii (1867), p. 85; Pfr., Mon. Helic., vol. v (1868), p. 449; Tryon, Man. Conch., ser. 1, vol. i (1885), p. 79, pl. xv, fig. 73. Hab.— Siam. 105a. Var. pepressas, Mollendorff. Streptaxis Siamensis, subsp. depressa, Mildff.: Proc. Zool. Soc., 1894, p- 146. Hab.—Island Samui, Gulf of Siam. 106. Srrepraxis pacHyeLorris, Mollendorff. Streptaxis pachyglottis, Mildff.: Nachr. Blatt. Deutsch. Malak. Ges., 1900, p. 118. Hab.—South Annam. 107. Srrepraxis prptopon, Mollendorff. Pl. IV, Figs. 19-21, Streptaxis diplodon, Mildff.: Nachr. Blatt. Deutsch. Malak. Ges., 1900, p. 118; 1901, p. 45. Hab.—South Annam ; Island Baimin. (Illustrations from specimens in the British Museum.) 108. Srrepraxis THEZCOLA, Heude. Streptaxis theecola, Heude: Moll. terr. Fleuve Bleu, pt. iii (1890), p- 151, pl. xxxv, fig. 25. Hab.—China: Ou-yan. bo bo He PROCEEDINGS OF THE MALACOLOGICAL SOCIETY. 109. Srrepraxis Srmonranus, Heude. Streptaxis Simonianus, Heude: Moll. terr. Fleuve Bleu, pt. ii (1890), p- 151, pl. xxxv, fig. 26. Hab.—Cochin China: Tay Ninh. 110. Srrepraxis crRIsTATELLUS, Mollendorff. Streptaxis ( Odontartemon) cristatellus, Mlldff. : Nachr. Blatt. Deutsch. Malak. Ges., 1901, p. 66. Hab.—Tonkin: Manson Mountains. 111. Srrepraxis Hevprr, Schmacker & Boettger. Streptaxis Heudei, 8S. & B.: Nachr. Blatt. Deutsch. Malak. Ges., 1891, p- 147, pl. i, fig. 1; Gude, Proc. Malac. Soc., vol. 11 (1896), p. 23, fig. 2. Hab.—F¥ ormosa. 112. Srrepraxis pAutus, Gude. Streptaxis paulus, Gude: Proc. Malac. Soc., vol. 11 (1896), p. 23, fig. 1. Hab,—? China. 113. Srrepraxis Deptancuet, Drouet. Streptaxis Deplanchei, Drouet: Mém. Soc. Acad. Aube, vol. xxiii (1859), p. 352 (reprint p. 56), pl. i, figs. 6-9; Pfr., Mon. Helic., vol. v (1868), p. 450; Tryon, Man. Conch., ser. 1, vol. i (1885), p- 79, pl. xvi, figs. 80-82. Gonaxis Deplanchei, Bourg. : Moll. Afr. équat., 1889, p. 138. Hab.—F¥rench Guiana: Iet-la-Mére. 114. Srrepraxis concrnnus, W. T. Blanford. Streptaxis concinnus, W. T. Blanf.: Journ. Asiat. Soc. Beng., 1880, p. 208, pl. ii, fig. 11; Tryon, Man. Conch., ser. 11, vol. i (1885), p- 79, pl. xvi, figs. 90-92. Hab.—India: Mysore. 115. Srrepraxis pronus, W. T. Blanford. Streptaxis pronus, W. T. Blanf.: Journ. Asiat. Soc. Beng., 1880, p- 204, pl. ii, fig. 12; Tryon, Man. Conch., ser. m1, vol. i (1885), p. 79, pl. xvi, figs. 93-95. Hab.—India: Tinnevelly. 116. Srrepraxis personatus, W. T. Blanford. Streptaxis personatus, W. T. Blanf.: in Theob., Cat. Brit. Ind., 1876, p- 383 (nom. nud.); W. T. Blanf., Journ. Asiat. Soc. Beng., 1880, p- 202, pl. ii, fig. 10; Tryon, Man. Conch., ser. u, vol. i (1885), p. 80, pl. xvi, figs. 83-85. Hab.—India: Madura. 117. Srrepraxis compressus, W. T. Blanford. Streptaxis compressus, W. T. Blanf.: in Theob., Cat. Brit. Ind., 1876, p. 33 (nom. nud.); W. T. Blanf., Journ. Asiat. Soc. Beng., 1880, p- 201, pl. ii, fig. 18; Tryon, Man. Conch., ser. m1, vol. i (1885), p. 80, pl. xvi, figs. 96, 97, 100. Hab.—India: Tinnevelly. GUDE: ON THE GENUS STREPTAXIS AND ITS ALLIES. 225 118. Srrepraxis Dueast1, Morlet. Streptaxis Dugasti, Morlet: Journ. de Conch., 1892, pp. 82, 315, pl. vii, fig. 5 Hab.—Tonkin. 119. Srrepraxis Movuort, Pfeiffer. Streptaxis Mouhoti, Pfir.: Proc. Zool. Soc., 1862, p. 273; id., Mon. Helic., vol. v (1868), p. 446. Gonaxis Mouhoti, Bourg.: Moll. Afr. équat., 1889, p. 133. 119a. Var. Jouswicur, Martens. Streptaxis Jonswichi, Mart.: Mon. Ber. Berl. Akad., 1864, p. 528. Streptaxis Mouhoti, Mart. : ot of Pfr.) Ost-Asien, Zool., vol. (1867), p. 84, pl. xxii, fig. 22; Tryon, Man. Conch, SPO EEL: ala 1 (1885), p. 80, pl. xv, fig. 46, Streptaxis Mouhoti, var. Voniche Mart.: Zool. Rec., vol. 1 (1864), Moll., p. 224; Pir., Mon. Helic., vol. v (1868), p. 446; vol. vii (1876), p. 496; P. Fischer, Bull. Soc. Hist. Nat. Autun, vol. iv (1891), p. 17. Hab.—-Siam: Petshaburi. 120. Srrepraxts BuLBULUS, Morelet. Ennea bulbulus, Morel.: Rey. Zool., 1862, p. 477; Crosse & Fisch., Journ. de Conch., 1863, p. 272, pl. x, fig. 3; p. 355, pl. xiv, fig. 5. Streptaxis bulbulus, Pfr.: Mon. Helic., vol. v (1868), p. 445; Tryon, Man. Conch., ser. m1, vol. 1 (1885), p. 80, pl. xv, figs. 41-43; Tenison- Woods, Proc. Linn. Soc. New South Wales, ser. 11, vol. iii (1888), p. 1009. Oophana bulbulus, Ancey: Le Nat., vol. vi (1884), p. 508. Streptaxis (Oophana) bulbulus, Mlldff. ; Proc. Zool. ee, 1894, p. 148. Gonaxis bulbulus, Bourg.: Moll. Afr. équat., 1889, p. 133. Hab.—Pulo Condor (Morel.); Island of Samui, Gulf of Siam (Mlldff.). 121. Srrepraxis suppuLButvus, Mollendorff. Pl. IV, Figs. 16-18. Streptaxis Siamensis, Pfr., subsp. subbulbulus, Mildff.: Nachr. Blatt. Deutsch. Malak. Ges., 1902, p. 154. See also supra, p. 203. Hab.—Siam : Hinlap. 122, Srrepraxis stRANGULATUS, Mollendorff. Streptaxis (Oophana) strangulatus, MUldff.: Proc. Zool. Soc., 1894, p. 148, pl. xvi, fig. 5. Hab. Sfaend of Samui, Gulf of Siam. 123. Srrepraxis Leonensis, Pfeiffer. Pl. IV, Figs. 1-8. Streptaxis Leonensis, Pfr.: Mon. Helic., vol. iv (1859), p. 333. Hab.—Sierra Leone. The illustrations are from the types in the British Museum. 226 PROCEEDINGS OF THE MALACOLOGICAL SOCIETY. 124. Srrepraxis EBuRNEUS, Pfeiffer. Pl. IV, Figs. 4-6. Streptaxis eburnea, Pfr.: Proc. Zool. Soe., 1861, p. 23; id., Malak. Blatt., vol. vii (1861), p. 240. Streptaxis eburneus, Pfr.: Mon. Helic., vol. v (1868), p. 447. Hab.—Cochin China. The illustrations are from the types in the British Museum. 125. Srrepraxis Exisa, Gould. Streptaxis Elisa, Gld.: Proc. Bost. Soc. Nat. Hist., vol. vi (1856), p- 18; id., Otia Conch., 1862, p. 220; Pfr., Mon. Helic., vol. v (1868), p. 448. Hab.—Mergui Archipelago. 126. Srrepraxrs Roreserrnt, Mollendorff. Streptaxis Roebelint, Mildff. : Proc. Zool. Soc., 1894, p. 147, pl. xvi, figs. 3, 4. Hab.—Island of Samui, Gulf of Siam. 127. Srrepraxis Prussensts, De Morgan. Streptaxis Plussensis, De Morgan: Bull. Soc. zool. France, vol. x (1885), p. 371, pl. v, fig. 1. Hab.—Perak: Plus Valley, Mount Tchéhél. 128. Srrepraxis pacuycuitus, Mollendorff. Streptaxis pachychilus, Mildff.: Nachr. Blatt. Deutsch. Malak. Ges., 1884, p. 171; id., Jahrb. Deutsch. Malak. Ges., 1885, p. 374. Hab.—China: Kwang-si. Section II. Dzscarremon, Pfeiffer. Malak. Blitt., vol. ii (1856), p.173. Pariete aperturali et peristomate armatis: 6, discoidee. Mon. Helic., vol. iv (1859), p. 328. Shell discoidal or depressed, conoidal, volutions regular ; openly umbilicated ; aperture transverse, somewhat basal, outer lip reflected or expanded, thickened, and, together with the parietal wall, usually armed with teeth. Tryon: Man. Conch., ser. 1, vol. i (1885), p. 58. 129. Srrepraxts piscus, Pfeiffer. Streptaxis discus, Pfir.: Proc. Zool. Soc., 1851, p. 252; id., Mon. Helic., vol. iii (1853), p. 289; id., Chemn. Conch. Cab., ser. m1, Helix, vol. iii (1854), p. 394, pl. exlv, figs. 15-17; Tryon, Man. Conch., ser. 11, vol. 1 (1885), p. 66, pl. xvi, figs. 77-79. Discartemon discus, Bourg.: Moll. Afr. équat., 1889, p. 46. Hab.—? (Brazil, Bourg.). 130. Srrepraxis crypropon, Moricand. Helix (Streptaxis) eryptodon, Moric. : Journ. de Conch., 1851, p. 370, pl. x hie. 2: Streptaxis cryptodon, Pfr.: Mon. Helic., vol. ii (1853), p. 289 ; Tryon, Man. Conch., ser. 11, vol. i (1885), p. 66, pl. xvi, figs. 87-89. Discartemon cryptodon, Bourg.: Moll. Atr. équat., 1889, p. 46. Hab.—Brazil: Bahia. . GUDE: ON THE GENUS STREPTAXIS AND ITS ALLIES. 227 131. Srrepraxis Crosser, Pfeiffer. Streptaxis Crosset, Pfr.: Journ. de Conch., 1867, p. 48, pl. i, fig. 1; Hidalgo, Viaje Pacif. Moluse., pt. 1 (1869), p. 43, pl. ii, figs. 1, 2; id., Journ. de Conch., 1870, p. 39; Tryon, Man. Conch., ser. 11, vol. 1 (1885), p. 67, pl. xvi, figs. 3, 4. Discartemon Crossei, Bourg.: Moll. Afr. équat., 1889, p. 46. Hab.—Brazil: Corcobado (Pfr.) ; Botafogo (Hid.). 132. Srrepraxis Lemyrer, Morlet. Streptaxis Lemyret, Morlet: Journ. de Conch., 1883, p. 104, pl. iv, fig. 1; 1889, p. 122; Tryon, Man. Conch., ser. 1, vol. i (1885), p- 67, pl. xvi, figs. 12, 13. Hab.—Cambodia: Kampot. 133. Srrepraxis pARAbIscus, Mollendorff. Streptaxis (Discartemon) paradiscus, Mildff.: Nachr. Blatt. Deutsch. Malak. Ges., 1900, p. 117. Hab.—Annam: Phuc-son, near Touranne. 134, Srrepraxis pLanus, Fulton. Streptaxis planus, Fulton: Proc. Malac. Soce., vol. iii (1899), p. 214, pls xa, fie. 2. Hab.—South Celebes. Section III. Arrzmuon, Beck. Becks Index, 1838, p. 48; Pir, Malak. Blatt. vol) 1 (1856), p. 172. (Kdentule: a, subregulares. Pfr., Mon. Helic., vol. i, 1848, p. 3.) -+ Grpsonsia, Bourg.: Moll. Afr. équat., 1889, . 38. Shell heliciform, rather flattened, whorls regular, aperture without teeth, outer lip often slightly thickened and expanded or subreflected. Tryon: Man. Conch., ser. 11, vol. 1 (1885), p. 57. 135. Srrepraxts canprpus, Spix. Solarium candidum, Spix: Test. Brasil., 1827, pl. xvii, figs. 3, 4. Solarium vitreum, Spix: Test. Brasil., 1827, pl. xvii, fig. 5. Helix perspectiva, Wagner: in Spix, Test. Brasil., 1827, p. 24. Helix candida, Moricand: Mém. Soc. phys. Genéve, vol. vii (1836), p. 421 (a, striata) ; vol. ix (1841), p. 57, pl. iv, fig. 1. Artemon candidus, Beck: Index, 1838, p. 48; Bourg., Moll. Afr. équat., 1889, p. 44. Streptaxis candida, Pfr.: Mon. Helic., vol. iii (1858), p. 286; id., Chemn. Conch. Cab., 2nd ed., Helix, vol. ii (1853), p. 15, pl. ciii, figs. 29, 30. Streptaxis candidus, Pfr.: Mon. Helic, vol. v (1868), p. 439; Hidalgo, Viaje Pacif. Molusc., pt. i (1869), p. 42; id., Journ. de Conch., 1870, p. 40; Tryon, Man. Conch., ser. 11, vol. i (1885), p. 61, pl. xu, figs. 1-8. 228 PROCEEDINGS OF THE MALACOLOGICAL SOCIETY. Helix Spixiana, Pfr.: Symb., vol. i (1841), p. 40; id., Mon. Helic., vol. i (1848), p. 404; id., Chemn. Conch. Cab., 2nd ed., Helix, vol. i (1852), p. 146, pl. xix, figs. 1-3; Fér., Hist., vol. 1 (1850), p. 177, pl. cu, figs. 10-12. Streptaxis Spixiana, Alb.: Die Helic., 1850, p. 182. Streptaxis Spixianus, Paetel: Cat., 1869, p. 83. Hab.—Brazil (Wagner): Bahia (Beck); Island of St. Catharine (Hidalgo). 135a. Var. tmvisstma, Moricand. Helix candida: B, levissima, Moric.: Mém. Soc. phys. Genéve, vol. vii (1836), p. 421. Hab.—Brazil: Bahia. 136. Srrepraxis poritus, Fulton. Streptaxis politus, Fulton: Proc. Malac. Soc., vol. iii (1899), p. 302, figs. Hab.—Brazil. 137. Srrepraxis HELIOS, Pilsbry. Streptaxis helios, Pils.: Proce. Acad. Nat. Sci. Philad., 1897, p. 477 ; ? Chemn. Conch. Cab., 2nd ed., Helix, vol. 11 (1858), pl. ciii, figs. 29, 30 (candida, var), fide Pilsbry. Hab.—Brazil. 188. Srrepraxis Tumutvs, Pilsbry. Streptaxis tumulus, Pils.: Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Philad., 1897, p. 478. Hab.—Brazil. 139. Srrepraxis caprttosus, Pilsbry. Streptaxis capillosus, Pils.: Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Philad., 1897, p. 478. Hab.—Brazil: prov. Bahia. 140. Srrepraxis pecussarus, Pilsbry. Streptaxis decussatus, Pils.: Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Philad., 1897, p. 479. Hab.— Brazil. 141. Srrepraxts creas, Smith. Streptaxis gigas, Smith: Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist., ser. v, vol. vi (1880), p. 429; id., Proc. Zool. Soc., 1881, p. 279, pl. xxxui, fig. 4; Mart., Deutsch. Ost-Afr., vol. iv (1897), p. 30. Gibbonsia gigas, Bourg.: Moll. Afr. équat., 1889, p. 38. Hab.—British East Africa: between Lake Nyassa and east coast. 142. Srrepraxis rEGIUs, Lobbecke. Streptaxis regius, Lobb.: Nachr. Blatt. Deutsch. Malak. Ges., 1881, _ p- 50; id., Jahrb. Deutsch. Malak. Ges., 1882, p. 3, pl. i, figs. 1-3 ; Tryon, Man. Conch., ser. um, vol. i (1885), p. 62, pl. xvi, figs. 10, 11. Hab.—? Brazil. GUDE: ON THE GENUS STREPTAXIS AND ITS ALLIES. 229 143. Srrepraxis inrERMEDIvs, Albers. Streptaxis intermedia, Alb.: Malak. Blatt., vol. iv (1857), p. 95; Pfr.» Mon. Helic., vol. iv (1859), p. 328. Streptaxis intermedius, Pfr.: Mon. Helic., vol. v (1868), p. 439; Tryon, Man. Conch., ser. 11, vol. i (1885), p. 61, pl. xu, figs. 4-6. Artemon intermedius, Bourg.: Moll. Afr. équat., 1889, p. 44. Streptaxis Wagnert, var., Pfr.: Chemn. Conch. Cab., 2nd ed., Helix, vol. 11 (1853), p. 15, pl. citi, figs. 26-28. Hab.—Brazil. 144. Srrepraxts Wacnert, Pfeiffer. Helix Wagneri, Pir.: Symb., vol. i (1841), p. 40; id., Mon. Helic., vol. i (1848), p. 405; id., Chemn. Conch. Cab., 2nd ed., Helix, vol. 1 (1851), p. 147, pl. xix, figs. 4-6. Streptaxis Wagneri, Pfr.: Mon. Helic., vol. iii (1853), p. 286; Tryon, Man. Conch., ser. 11, vol. 1 (1885), p. 62, pl. xu, figs. 9-11. Artemon Wagneri, Bourg.: Moll. Afr. équat., 1889, p. 45. Helix Coffreana, Moricand: Mém. Soe. phys. Genéve, vol. ix (1841), p. 58, pl. iv, figs. 2, 3. Hab.—Brazil. 145. Srrepraxis cosrutosus, Pfeiffer. Helix costulosa, Pfr.: Proc. Zool. Soc., 1852, p. 136; id., Mon. Helic., vol. ii (1853), p. 159; id., Chemn. Conch. Cab., 2nd ed., Helix, vol. i1 (1854), p. 499, pl. clxi, figs. 29-31; id., Mon. Helic., vol. iv (1859), p. 184. Streptaxis costulosus, Tryon: Man. Conch., ser. 11, vol. 1 (1885), p. 63, pl. xu, figs. 30-32. Artemon costulosus, Bourg. : Moll. Afr. équat., 1889, p. 45. Hab.—Venezuela. (Solomon Islands, Pfr. !) 146. Srrepraxis aPERTUS, Martens. Streptaxis apertus: a, subglobosus, Mart.: Malak. Blatt., vol. xv (1868), p- 180; Pfr., Mon. Helic., vol. va (1876), p. 491; G. Pfeffer, Jahrb. Deutsch. Malak. Ges., 1878, p. 69, figs. 9, 10 (anat.). Alcidia aperta, Bourg.: Moll. Afr. équat., 1889, p. 47. 146a. Var. pepressa, Martens. Streptaxis depressus (Mart.), Heynemann: Malak. Blitt., vol. xv (1868), p. 101, pl. iv, fig. 2 (anat.). Streptaxis apertus: , depressus, Mart.: Malak. Blatt., vol. xv (1868), p. 180. Hab.—South Brazil. 147. Srrepraxts Usamparicus, Craven. Helix Usambarica, Craven: Proc. Zool. Soc., 1880, p. 216, pl. xxii, fig. 6. Helix (? Mesodon) Usambarica, Tryon: Man. Conch., ser. m1, vol. iii (1887), p. 155, pl. xxxii, figs. 100 & 1, 2. 230 PROCEEDINGS OF THE MALACOLOGICAL SOCIETY. Dorcasia Usambarica, Pils.: in Tryon, Man. Conch., ser. 1, vol. ix (1895), p. 173. Streptaxis Usambaricus, Mart.: Zool. Ree., vol. xvii(1880), Moll. p. 71. Hab.—German East Africa: Usambara. 148. Srrepraxts Rorianpt, Bernardi. Helix (Streptaxis) Rolland, Bern.: Journ. de Conch., 1857, p. 187, Ls Ve, 2: CB eetasis Rollandi, Pfr.: Mon. Helic., vol. iv (1859), p. 329; Tryon, Man. Conch., ser. 11, vol. i (1885), p. 62, pl. xu, figs. 12, 13. Hab.—Brazil. 149. Srrepraxis Parvanus, Pfeiffer. Streptaxis Paivana, Pir.: Journ. de Conch., 1867, p. 48, pl. i, fig. 2 ; Hidalgo, Viaje Pacif. Molusc., pt.1(1869), p. 44, pl. in, figs. 3, 4. Streptaxis Patvanus, Ptr.: Mon. Helic., vol. v (1868), p. 440; Hidalgo, Journ. de Conch., 1870, p. 39; Tryon, Man. Conch., ser. 11, vol. i (1885), p. 62, pl. xu, figs. 7, 8. Alcidia Paivana, Bourg.: Moll. Afr. équat., 1889, p. 47. Hab.—Brazil: Macahé (Pfr.); Cabo Frio (Hid.). 150. Srrepraxts cavrcota, Gredler. ? Streptaxis cavicola, Gredl.: Jahrb. Deutsch. Malak. Ges., 1881, p. 19; id., Malak. Blatt., vol. ix (1886), p. 9; Tryon, Man. Conch., ser. 11, vol. 11 (1886), p. 216. Nanina cavicola, Heude: Moll. terr. Fleuve Bleu, pt. 1 (1882), p. 18, pl. sax, he. 7. Chalepotaxis cavicola, Mlldff.: Ann. Mus. Zool. Acad. imp. Sci., S. Petersb., vi (1901), Uebers.-Tab. 1, col. 3. Hab.—China: prov. Hu-nan. 151. Srrepraxts conorpevs, Pfeiffer. Streptaxis conoidea, Pfr.: Proc. Zool. Soc., 1854, p. 149; id., Mon. Helic., vol. iv (1859), p. 330. Streptaxis conoideus, Pfr.: Mon. Helic., vol. v (1868), p. 440; Mart., Binnen-Moll. Venezuela’s, 1873, p. 166, pl. u1, fig. 2; Tryon, Man. Conch., ser. 1, vol. i (1885), p. 62, pl. xu, figs. 19, 20. Hab.—Venezuela: Caracas (Mart.). (Malay Peninsula, Pfr. !) 152. Srrepraxis Epistytium, Miiller. Helix epistylium, Miller: Hist. Verm. terr. fluv., vol. 11 (1778), p. 57, No. 250. Artemon epistylium, Beck: Index, 1838, p. 48. Streptaxis epistylium, Shutt.: Mitth. naturf. Ges. Bern, 1853, p. 306 ; Pfr., Malak. Blatt., vol. i (1854), p. 58; id., Mon. Helic., vol. iv (1859), p. 829; Morch, Journ. de Conch., 1876, p. 374. Hab.—? (Guinea, Mérch; Central America, Beck). 153. Srrepraxis Cypser, Pfeiffer. Helix Cypsele, Pfr.: Zeits. fiir Malak., vol. vi (1849), p. 78; id., Chemn. Conch. Cab., 2nd ed.,, Helix, vol. 1 (1851), p. 384, pl. xii*, figs. 8-10; id., Mon. Helic., vol. 111 (1853), p. 217. GUDE: ON THE GENUS STREPTAXIS AND ITS ALLIES. 231 Obba Cypsele, Pfr.: Malak. Blatt., vol. ii (1856), p. 136, No. 1220. Streptaxis Cypsele, Mart.: Malak. Blitt., vol. xv (1868), p. 180; Tryon, Man. Conch., ser. m, vol. i (1885), p. 68, pl. xvi, figs. 98, 99. Alcidia Cypsele, Bourg.: Moll. Afr. équat., 1889, p. 47. Hab.—Brazil. Section IV. Szrrzumarorsis, J. Mabille. J. Mabille: Bull. Soc. Malac. Fr., vol. iv (1887), p. 182. Shell having the last whorl strongly compressed below ; aperture vertical, oval, contracted by the outer margin, which is grooved, raised in the middle, and terminated by a slight slope which unites with the columellar margin ; columella curved, widely dilated, callous. 154. Srreptaxis Porrtert, J. Mabille. Stremmatopsis Poirieri, Mab.: Bull. Soc. Malac. Fr., vol. iv (1887), p. tol, pl. i, ties. Lo, 16. Hab.—Tonkin. Section V. JuperrvreaTiA, Martens. Martens: Mittl. Zool. Samml. Mus. Naturk. Berlin, vol. i (1898), p- 12. Shell pale yellowish-grey, regular, depressed conoid, with prominent radial sculpture and open umbilicus; aperture tooth- less, with distinctly reflected margin, the basal margin projecting in the middle. 155. Srrepraxis constans, Martens. Streptaxis (Imperturbatia) constans, Mart.: Mittl. Zool. Samml. Mus. Naturk. Berlin, vol. i (1898), p. 11, pl. ui, fig. 5; Wiegmann, tom. cit., p. 48, with figures (anat.). Hlab.—Seychelles: Mahé. 155a. Var. Stnnovrttz, Martens. Streptaxis (Imperturbatia) constans, var. Silhouette, Mart.: Mittl. Zool. Samml. Mus. Naturk, Berlin, vol. 1 (1898), p. 12. Hab.—Seychelles: Silhouette. 156. Srrepraxts vroLascens, Martens. Streptaxis (Imperturbatia) violascens, Mart.: Mittl. Zool. Samml. Mus. Naturk. Berlin, vol. i (1898), p. 12, pl. ui, fig. 7. Hab.—Seychelles: Mahé. 157. SrrepraxIs PERELEGANS, Martens. Streptaxis (Imperturbatia) perelegans, Mart.: Mittl. Zool. Samml. Mus. Naturk. Berlin, vol. i (1898), p. 12, pl. ii, fig. 6. Hab.—Seychelles: Mahé. 158. Srrepraxis Braveri, Martens. Streptaxis (Imperturbatia) Brauert, Mart.: Mittl. Zool. Samml. Mus. Naturk. Berlin, vol. i (1898), p. 18, pl. ii, fig. 8; Wiegmann, ib., p. 49, with figures (anat.). VOL. V.—ocToBER, 1902. 16 932 PROCEEDINGS OF THE MALACOLOGICAL SOCIETY. Section VI. Coxrranosroma, Bourguignat. Bourg.: Moll. Afr. équat., 1889, p. 43. Shell openly umbilicated, ventrose, spire convex ; transparent, opaline, shining, furrowed by strong lamelliform flexuous radiations. Aperture hollowed out, nearly circular, peristome reflected, except at the upper margin around the channel. 159. Srrepraxis Leroyi, Bourguignat. Colpanostoma Leroy?, Bourg.: Moll. Afr. équat., 1889, p. 48, pl. 1, figs. 1-8; Mart., Deutsch. Ost-Afr., vol. iv (1897), p. 33. Hab.—Mount Nguru, between Ukamba and Ussagara. Section VII. TZu4yrzorra, Bourguignat. Bourg.: Moll. Afr, équat., 1889, p. 38. Shell thin, opaque, covered with a deciduous cuticle, of a chestnut- brown colour. Spire convex, with flexuous lamellate striations ; umbilicus deep, moderate, funnel-shaped. Aperture hollowed out. Peristome somewhat thickened, well reflected, except at the upper margin. 160. Srrepraxts Jouserti, Bourguignat. Tayloria Jouberti, Bourg.: Moll. Afr. équat., 1889, p. 47, pl. ui, figs. 6-9 ; Mart., Deutsch. Ost-Afr., vol. iv (1897), p. 33. Hab.—Near Lake Tanganyika. 161. Srrepraxis ventrosus, Taylor. ? Zonites ventrosa, Taylor: Journ. Conch., vol. i (1877), p. 253, pl. 1, fig. 2. Tayloria ventrosa, Bourg.: Moll. Afr. équat., 1889, p. 39; Mart., Deutsch. Ost-Afr., vol. iv (1897), p. 33. Hab.—Zanzibar. 162. Srrepraxis rreratus, Martens. Tayloria iterata, Mart.: Deutsch. Ost-Afr., vol. iv (1897), p. 33, with 3 figures. Hab.—German East Africa: Uluguru. Section VIII. Mrcrarreuon, Mollendorff. Mildff. : Ber. Senck. naturf. Ges., 1890, p. 190. Shell small, regular, helicoid, depressed, narrowly perforate; with a parietal lamella and basal tooth. 168. Srrepraxts Borerrerrt, Mollendorff. Streptaxis (Micrartemon) Boettgert, Mldff.: Ber. Senck. naturf. Ges., 1890, p. 190, pl. vii, fig. 1; Semper, Reisen, vol. viii (1898), p- 2, pl. i, fig. 1; Mlldff., Abhandl. naturf. Ges. Gorlitz, vol. xxii (1898), p. 29 (reprint, p. 4). Hab.—Philippine Islands: Cebu; Negros; Guimaras. GUDE: ON THE GENUS STREPTAXIS AND ITS ALLIES. Zoe HAPPIA, Bourguignat. Bourg.: Moll. Afr. équat., 1889, p. 89. =Ammonoceros, Pfr. : Malak. Blitt., vol. 11 (1856), p. 122 (not Ammonoceros, Lamarck, 1822). Shell umbilicated, depressed, flattened or slightly convex above ; fragile, corneous, olivaceous or yellowish. Aperture semi-oval or semicircular, not descending. Peristome simple, acute. Last whorl predominating. 1. Haprra Frora, Pfeiffer. Helix Flora, Pfr.: Zeits. fiir Malak., vol. vii (1850), p. 68; Reeve, Conch. Icon., Helix, 1852, pl. xevii, fig. 534; Pfr., Mon. Helic., vol. ii (1853), p. 103; id., Chemn. Conch. Cab., 2nd ed., Heliz, vol. il (1854), p. 306, pl. exxvii, figs. 1-3; Hidalgo, Journ. de Conch., 1870, p. 34. Hyalina Flora, Pfr.: Malak. Blatt., vol. ii (1855), p. 55, No. 124; Miller, op. cit., vol. xxv (1878), p. 161. Hyalina (Ammonoceras) Flora, Mart.: Die Heliceen, 2nd ed. (1860), p- 72; id., Conch. Mitth., vol. ii (1883), p. 156; Reibisch, Abh. Nat. Ges. Isis, 1896, p. 55. Streptaxis Flora, Tryon: Man. Conch., ser. m, vol. 1 (1885), p. 64, pl. xxvii, fig. 4. Ammonoceras Flora, Cousin: Bull. Soc. zool. France, vol. xu (1887), p- 246 (reprint, p. 60). Happia Flora, Bourg.: Moll. Afr. équat., 1889, p. 40. Hab.—Kcuador : Nanegal (Mart.); Quito (Hid.); Gualea (Cousin) ; Valle del Pastaga (Reibisch). New Grenada: Andes (Pfr.). 2. Happra Anpicota, Philippi. Helix Andicola, Phil.: Malak. Blatt., vol. xii (1866), p. 39; Pfr., Nov. Conch., vol. ii (1866), p. 295, pl. lxxii, figs. 1-3. Helix Andium, “‘ Phil.,” Pir.: Malak, Blatt., vol. xiv (1867), p. 79; id., Mon. Helic., vol. v (1868), p. 246. Selenites Andium, Tryon: Man. Conch., ser. 1, vol. 11 (1886), p. 207, pl. Ixi, figs. 3-5. Hab.—Chili: Andes Talcaregue. 3. Happra reusprra, Pfeiffer. Helix euspira, Pfr.: Proc. Zool. Soc., 1854, p. 54; Reeve, Conch. Icon., Heliz, 1854, pl. clxxxv, fig. 1277; Pfr., Mon. Helic., vol. iv (1859), p. 108. Helix (Discus) euspira, Pir.: Malak. Blatt., vol. ii (1855), p. 125, No. 457a. Lyalina (Ammonoceras) euspira, Mart.: Binnen-Moll. Venezuela’s, 1873, p. 167. Macrocyclis euspira, Bland: Ann. Lye. New York, vol. xi (1874), p- 73; W. G. Binney, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Philad., 1875, p. 247, pl. xxi, fig. 3 (anat.). Selenites euspira, Tryon: Man. Conch., ser. 1, vol. ii (1886), p. 207, pl. 1xi, fig. 6. Hab.—Brazil (Pfr.); Venezuela (Mart.). 234 PROCEEDINGS OF THE MALACOLOGICAL SOCIETY. 4. Happra cycrirna, Cousin. Ammonoceras cyclina, Cousin: Bull. Soe. zool. France, vol. xii (1887), p. 245 (reprint, p. 59), pl. iv, fig. 6. Hab.—Ecuador. 5. Haprra Cuzcana, Philippi. Helix Cuscana, Phil.: Malak. Blatt., vol. xvi (1869), p. 37; Pfr., Nov. Conch., vol. ii (1869), p. 476, pl. cu, figs. 22-24; Hidalgo, Viaje Pacif. Molusc., pt. 1 (1870), p. 26, pl.}ii, figs. 8, 9; Pfr., Mon. Helic., vol. vii (1876), p. 151. Streptaxis Cuzcana, Tryon: Man. Conch., ser. m1, vol. i (1885), p. 64, pl. xin, figs. 46, 47. Happia Cuzcana, Bourg.: Moll. Afr. équat., 1889, p. 40. Helix Baezensis, Hidalgo: Journ. de Conch., 1869, p. 411; 1870, p. 38, pl. vi, fig. 2. Hyalina Baezensis, Miller: Malak. Blitt., vol. xxv (1878), p. 161. Hab.—Peru: Cuzco (Phil.). Ecuador: Baeza (Hid.). 6. Happra virrina, Wagner. Helix vitrina, Wagner: in Spix, Test. Bras., 1827, p. 25; Pfr., Mon. Helic., vol. i (1848), p. 109; Reeve, Conch. Icon., Heliz, 1852, pl. cix, fig.613; Pfr., Chemn. Conch. Cab., 2nd ed., Heliz, vol. 11 (1853), p. 101, pl. Ixxxiv, figs. 14-16. Helix circumplexa, Fér.: Hist., vol. i (1839), p. 19, pl. lxxxiy, figs. 5, 6. Helix valveformis, ‘‘ Nyst.”’: Chemn. Conch. Cab., 2nd ed., Heliz, vol. 11 (1853), p. 101. Solarium imperforatum, Spix: Test. Bras., 1827, pl. xvii, fig. 6. Solarium pygmeum, Spix: op. cit., pl. xvi, fig. 7. Helix nana (juv.), Wagner: in Spix, Test. Bras., 1827, p. 25. Helix (Helicella) vitrina, Moricand: Mém. Soc. phys. Genéve, vol. vii (1836), p. 421. Ammonoceras vitrina, Pfr.: Malak. Blatt., vol. ii (1856), p. 122, No. 459. Discus vitrinus, H. & A. Ad.: Genera, vol. ii (1858), p. 117. Patula vitrina, Albers: Die Heliceen, 1850, p. 65. Hyalina (Ammonoceras) vitrina, Mart.: Die Heliceen, 2nd ed. (1860), i02; lena. Hidalgo: Journ. de Conch., 1870, p. 36. Streptaxis vitrina, Tryon: Man. Conch., ser. u, vol. i (1885), p. 64, pl. xiii, figs. 38-40. Happia vitrina, Bourg.: Moll. Afr. équat., 1889, p. 40; Pilsbry, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Philad., 1900, p. 386. Streptaxis (Happia) tumescens, Suter: Rev. Mus. Paulista, vol. iv (1900), p. 330, pl. iii, fig. 4. Hab.—Brazil: Bahia (Moric.); Rio Janeiro (Hid.); Sao Paulo (Sut., Pils.). 7. Happra Inertner, Pilsbry. Happia Theringi, Pils.: Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Philad., 1900, p. 385, pl. xu, figs. 1-3. Hab.—Brazil: proy. Sao Paulo. GUDE: ON THE GENUS STREPTAXIS AND ITS ALLIES. 235 8. Happra ammonoceras, Pfr. Helix ammonoceras, Pfr.: Proc. Zool. Soc., 1854, p. 54; Reeve. Conch. Icon., Helix, 1854, pl. exci, fig. 1338; Pfr., Mon. Helic., vol. iv (1859), p. 104; Bland, Ann. Lyc. New York, vol. xi (1874), p. 86. Helix (Ammonoceras) ammonoceras, Pfr.: Malak. Blatt., vol. ii (1856), p. 122, No. 460q. Streptaxis ammonoceras, Tryon: Man. Conch., ser. u, vol. i (1885), p. 65, pl. xii, fig. 52. Scolodonta ammonoceras, Bourg.: Moll. Afr. équat., 1889, p. 41. Streptaxis (Ammonoceras) ammonoceras, Smith: Proc. Malac. Soc., vol. i (1895), p. 315. Streptaxis (Happia) ammonoceras, Suter: Rev. Mus. Paulista, vol. iv (1900), p. 330. Hab.—New Grenada: Santa Anna (Pfr.). Brazil: Sao Paulo (Suter). West Indies: Grenada (Smith). 9. Happra Moyopampensis, Moricand. Helix Moyobambensis, Moric.: Rev. & Mag. Zool., vol. x (1858), p. 450, pl. xi, fig. 3; Pfr., Mon. Helic., vol. v (1868), p. 176. Streptaxis Moyobambensis, Tryon: Man. Conch., ser. m1, vol. 1 (1885), p. 65, pl. xin, figs. 55, 56. Happia Moyobambensis, Bourg.: Moll. Afr. équat., 1889, p. 40. Hab.—Peru: Moyobamba. 10. Happrra aMMoniForMis, Orbigny. Heliz (Helicella) ammoniformis, Orb.: Mag. de Zool., vol. v (1835), Moll. p. 5; id. Voy. Amér. mérid., 1837, p. 248, pl. xxvi, figs. 10-13; Desh., in Fér., Hist., vol. 1 (1839), p. 9, pl. lxix s, fig. 1; Pfr., Mon. Helic., vol. i (1848), p. 110; Reeve, Conch. Icon., Helix, 1851, pl. lxi, fig. 307. Helix ammoniformis, M. BE. Gray: Fig. Moll. Anim., vol. i (1859), pl. eclxxxvii, fig. 9. Heliz (Ammonoceras) ammoniformis, Pfr.: Malak. Blatt., vol. i (1856), p. 122, No. 460. Hyalina (Ammonoceras) ammoniformis, Mart.: Malak. Blatt., vol. xiv (1868), p. 175. Streptaxzis (Ammonoceras) ammoniformis, Doring: Jahrb. Deutsch. Malak. Ges., 1878, p. 131; Paravicini, Boll. Mus. Torino, vol. ix (1894), No. 181, p. 1. Streptaxis ammoniformis, Tryon: Man. Conch., ser. u, vol. 1 (1885), p. 65, pl. xin, figs. 43-45. Drepanostomella ammonitiformis, Bourg.: Moll. Afr. équat., 1889, p. 43. Hab.—Bolivia: prov. Yungas (Orb.). Argentina: La Plata, Tucuman (Doring, Paray.). Brazil: Porte Alegre (Mart.). 236 PROCEEDINGS OF THE MALACOLOGICAL SOCIETY. 11, Happra Arcentrya, Strobel. Hyalina Argentina, Strobel: Mat. Malac. Argent. mérid., vol. iii (1874), p. 9, pl. i, fig. 1. Streptaxis (Scolodonta) Argentina, Diring: Bol. Acad. Cienc. Cordoba, vol. 11 (1875), p. 810; id., Period. Zool. Buenos Ayres, vol. ii (1875), p. 229, Streptaxis (Scolodonta) Argentinus, Doring: Jahrb. Deutsch. Malak, Ges., 1878, p. 131. Helix (Hyalina) Argentina, Pfr.: Mon. Helic., vol. vii (1876), p. 450. Streptaxis Argentina, Tryon: Man. Conch., ser. 11, vol. i (1885), p. 66, pl. xii, figs. 58-60. Scolodonta Argentina, Bourg.: Moll. Afr. équat., 1889, p. 41. Hab.—Argentina: Mendoza; Bahia Blanca (Strob.). 12. Happra Lizarzapurur, Jousseaume. Ammonoceras Lyzarzaburui, Jouss.: Bull. Soe. zool. France, vol. xii (1887), p. 174 (reprint, p. 10), pl. iti, fig. 17. Ammonoceras Lizarzaburui, Cousin: ibid., p. 246 (reprint, p. 60). Hab.—Kcuador: San Nicolas. 13. Haprra Dattrana, Ancey. Happia Dalliana, Ancey : Journ. Conch., vol. vii (1892), p, 90. Hab.—Bolivia: Santa Cruz de la Sierra. SCOLODONTA, Doring. Doring: Bol. Acad. Cienc. Cordoba, vol. i (1874), p. 438. + Psrup- ARTEMON, J. Mabille: Bull. Soc. Malac. Fr., vol. iv (1887), p. 126. Shell openly umbilicated, depressed, thin, whitish - diaphanous, sometimes more solid, olivaceous; distinctly striated. Flattened above, rounded below; aperture rounded, sub-basal. Peristome simple, acute, margins converging. 1. Sconoponta cHALicopuina, Orbigny. Helix chalicophila, Orb.: Mag. de Zool., vol. v (1885), Moll. p. 6; id., Voy. Amér. mérid., 1837, p. 251, pl. xxvii, figs. 8-11 (calicophila on explanation of plate); Pfr., Mon. Helic., vol. i (1848), p. 90; Desh,, in Fér., Hist., vol. i (1850), p. 85, pl. lxxxii, figs. 7,8; Reeve, Conch. Icon., Helix, 1854, pl. ecix, fig. 1481; Ptr., Mon. Helic., vol. iv (1859), p. 76. Hyalina chalicophila, Pfr. : Malak. Blatt., vol. ii (1855), p.124, No. 344. Streptaxis chalicophila, Mart.: Malak. Bliitt., vol. xy (1868), p. 182. Streptaxis chalcophila, Tryon: Man. Conch., ser. m1, vol. i (1885), p. 63, pl. xu, fig. 21. Scolodonta chalicophila, Bourg. : Moll. Afr. équat., 1889, p. 41. Happia chalicophila, var., Ancey: Boll. Mus. Torino, vol. xii (1897), No. 309, p. 8. Hab.—Bolivia: Chiquitos (Orb.), Argentina: San Lorenzo, prov. Jujuy (Ancey). GUDE: ON THE GENUS STREPTAXIS AND ITS ALLIES. 23% 2. ScoLoponTA sKIAPHILA, Orbigny. Helix skiaphila, Orb.: Mag. de Zool., vol. v (1835), Moll. p. 5; id., Voy. Amér. mérid., 1837, p. 249, pl. xxvii, figs. 4-7; Pfr., Mon. Helic., vol. i (1848), p. 90; Desh., in Fér., Hist., vol. i (1850), p. 86, pl. lxxxui, figs. 9,10; Reeve, Conch. Icon., Helix, 1854, pl. ecix, fig. 1480. Circinaria skiaphila, Beck: Index, 1888, p. 23. Streptaxis skiaphila, Mart.: Malak. Blatt., vol. xv (1868), p. 182; Tryon, Man. Conch., ser. 11, vol. i (1885), p. 63, pl. xii, fig. 22. Scolodonta skiaphila, Bourg.: Moll. Afr. équat., 1889, p. 41. Hab.—Bolivia: Andes, between Moros and Cochabamba. 3. ScoLoponTA HYLEPHILA, Orbigny. Helix hylephila, Orb.: Mag. de Zool., vol. v (1885), Moll. p. 7; id., Voy. Amér. mérid., 1837, p. 253, pl. xxviii, figs. 13-16; Pfr., Mon. Helic., vol. i (1848), p. 150; Desh., in Fér., Hist., vol. i (1850), p. 99, pl. lxxxvii, fig. 3; Reeve, Conch. Icon., Heliz, 1854, pl. ccix, fig. 1482. Artemon hylephilus, Beck: Index, 1838, p. 48. Hyalina hylophila, Doring: Period. Zool. Buenos Ayres, vol. i (1874), p. 114. Streptaxis hylephila, Mart.: Malak. Blitt., vol. xv (1868), p. 182; Tryon, Man. Conch., ser. 11, vol. i (1885), p. 64, pl. xu, fig. 33. Streptaxis (Scolodonta) hylephila, Doring: Jahrb. Deutsch. Malak. Ges., 1878, p. 181. Scolodonta hylephila, Bourg.: Moll. Afr. équat., 1889, p. 42. Hab.—Bolivia: Chiquitos (Orb.). 3a. Var. ocHTHEPHILA, Orbigny. Helix ochthephila, Orb.: Mag. de Zool., vol. v (1835), Moll. p. 6; Reeve, Conch. Icon., Helix, 1854, pl. ccix, fig. 1478. Helix hylephila, var. minor, Orb.: Voy. Amér. mérid., 1837, p. 254, pl. xxvii, figs. 9-12. Helix hylephila, var. ochthephila, Pir.: Mon. Helic., vol. iv (1859), p- 176. Streptaxis hylephila, var. ochthephila, Tryon: Man. Conch., ser. u1, vol. 1 (1885), p. 64, pl. xii, fig. 28. Scolodonta achthephila, Bourg.: Moll. Afr. équat., 1889, p. 42. Hab.—Argentina: La Plata, Corrientes (Doring). ; 36. Var. TopRos, Paravicini. Streptaxis hylephila, var. todros, Paray.: Boll. Mus. Torino, vol. ix (1894), No. 181, p. 2. Hab.—Paraguay. 4. Scotoponta Bounosa@na, Orbigny. Helix Bounobena, Orb.: Mag. de Zool., vol. v (1835), Moll. p.7; id., Voy. Amér. mérid., 1837, p. 253, pl. xxviii, figs. 17-20; Pfr., Mon. Helic., vol. i (1848), p. 150; Desh., in Fér., Hist., vol. i (1850), p. 87, pl. lxxxiy, figs. 7,8; Reeve, Conch. Icon., Helix, 1854, pl. ccix, fig. 1477; Pfr., Mon. Helic., vol. iv (1859), p. 123. 238 PROCEEDINGS OF THE MALACOLOGICAL SOCIETY, Artemon Bunobenus, Beck: Index, 1888, p. 48. Hygromia Bounobena, Pir.: Malak. Blatt., vol. 11 (1855), p. 127, No. 621. Streptaxis Bounobena, Mart.: Malak. Blatt., vol. xv (1868), p. 182; Tryon, Man. Conch., ser. 1, vol. 1 (1885), p. 64, pl. xii, fig. 34. Scolodonta Bounobena, Bourg.: Moll. Afr, équat., 1889, p. 42. Hab.—Bolivia: Chiquitos (Orb.). Brazil (Bourg.) [?]. 5. ScotoponTa oMALOMORPHA, Orbigny. Helix omalomorpha, Orb.: Mag. de Zool., vol. vy (1835), Moll. p. 5 ; id., Voy. Amér. mérid., 1837, p. 249, pl. xxvii, figs. 1-3; Pfr., Mon. Helic., vol. i (1848), p. 109; Desh., in Fér., Hist., vol. 1 (1850), p. 84, pl. lxixc, fig. 1; Reeve, Conch. Icon., Heliz, 1854, pl. ccix, fig. 1483; Pfr., Mon. Helic., vol. iv (1859), p. (4. Patula omalomorpha, Albers: Die Heliceen, 1850, p. 65. Diseus omalomorpha, H. & A. Ad.: Genera, vol. 11 (1858), p. 117; Chenu, Man. Conch., 1859, p. 424, fig. 3138. Helix (Hyalina) omalomorpha, Pir.: Malak. Blatt., vol. 11 (1855), p. 125, No. 458. Hyalina (Ammonoceras) omalomorpha, Mart.: Die Heliceen, 2nd ed. (1860), p. 72. Streptaxis omalomorpha, Tryon: Man. Conch., ser. m, vol. 1 (1885), p. 64, pl. xii, fig. 14. Happia omalomorpha, Bourg. : Moll. Afr. équat., 1889, p. 40. Hab.—Bolivia: prov. Valle Grande. 6. Scotoponta Tuomast, Pfeiffer. Helix Thomast, Pfr.: Proc. Zool. Soc., 1854, p. 54; Reeve, Conch. Icon., Helix, 1854, pl. exe, fig. 1332; Pfr., Mon. Helic., vol. iv (1859), p. 102. Hyalina Thomasi, Pfr.: Malak. Blatt., vol. ii (1855), p. 124, No. 468q. Ammonoceras Thomast, H. Ad.: Proc. Zool. Soe., 1870, p. 375. Streptaxis Thomast, Tryon: Man. Conch., ser. m1, vol. 1 (1885), p. 65, pl. xii, fig. 48. Streptaxis (Ammonoceras) Thomasi, Smith: Proc. Malac. Soe., vol. i (1895), p. 303. Scolodonta Thomasi, Bourg.: Moll. Afr. équat., 1889, p. 41. Hab.—New Grenada: Marmato (Pfr.). West Indies: St. Vincent ; Grenada (Smith). 7. ScoLopontTa TROCHILIONEIDES, Orbigny. Helix trochilioneides, Orb.: Mag. de Zool., vol. v (1835), Moll. p. 6; id., Voy. Amér. mérid., 1837, p. 251, pl. xxvii, figs. 12-15; Pir., Mon. Helic., vol. i (1848), p. 113; Desh., in Fér., Hist., vol. i (1850), p. 85, pl. lxix ¢, figs. 7, 8; Reeve, Conch. Icon., Helix, 1854, pl. elxxxi, fig. 1247; Hidalgo, Journ. de Conch., 1870, p. 38; id., Viaje Pacif. Molusc., pt. 1 (1872), p. 28. GUDE: ON THE GENUS STREPTAXIS AND ITS ALLIES. 239 Helix trochilionoides, Pir.: Chemn. Conch. Cab., 2nd ed., Helix, vol. ii (1853), p. 1138, pl. Ixxxv, figs. 27-29. Helix (Hyalina) trochiliodes, Albers: Die Heliceen, 1850, p. 67. Hyalina trochilionerdes, Pfr.: Malak. Blatt., vol. 1 (1855), p. 124, No. 476. Helicella trochilioides, H. & A. Ad.: Genera, vol. ii (1858), p. 119. Helicella trochilionerdes, Chenu: Man. de Conch., 1859, p. 424, fig. 3139. Streptaxis trochilionoides, Mart.: Malak. Blatt., vol. xv (1868), p. 182. Streptaxis trochilioneides, Tryon: Man. Conch., ser. m1, vol. i (1885), p. 65, pl. xiii, figs. 49-51. Helix (Ammonoceras) trochilionecdes, Lubomirski: Proc. Zool. Soc., 18795 plo. Happia trochilioides, Bourg.: Moll. Afr. équat., 1889, p. 40. Happia trochilionerdes, var., Ancey: Boll. Mus. Torino, vol. xii (1897), No. 309, p. 8. Hab.—Bolivia: Laguna (Orb.). Peru: Lima (Hid., Lub.). Argentina: Tala, proy. Salta (Ancey). 8. Scotoponta Paracuayana, Pfeiffer. Helix Paraguayana, Pfr.: Symb., vol. ii (1842), p. 93; id., Mon. Helic., vol. i (1848), p. 85 ; Reeve, Conch. Icon., Helix, 1854, pl. ccix, fig. 1479. Petasia Paraguayana, Pfr.: Malak. Blatt., vol. ii (1855), p. 128. Patula Paraguayana, Doring: Jahrb. Deutsch. Malak. Ges., 1878, p. 182. Hyalinia Paraguayana, Doring: Period. Zool. Buenos Ayres, vol. i (1874), p. 114; Tryon, Man. Conch., ser. u, vol. ii (1886), pe lio, ple lng, fig. 57. Scolodonta Paraguayana, Bourg.: Moll. Afr. équat., 1889, p. 42. Hyalinia (Conulus) Paraguayana, Paravicini: Boll. Mus. Torino, vol. ix (1894), No. 181, p. 2. Helix elevata, Orb. (not of Say): Mag. de Zool., vol. v (1885), Moll. p. 6; id., Voy. Amér. mérid., 1837, p. 254, pl. xxviii, figs. 5-8. Hab.—Paraguay: Montevideo (Orb.) ; San Pedro (Paray.). 9. Scotoponta orBicuLa, Orbigny. Helix orbicula, Orb.: Mag. de Zool., vol. v (1835), Moll. p. 6; id., Voy. Amér. mérid., 1837, p. 250, pl. xxvii, figs. 16-19; Pfr., Mon. Helic., vol. i (1848), p. 111; id., Chemn. Conch. Cab., 2nd ed., Helix, vol. ii (1853), p. 101, pl. Ixxxiii, figs. 32-34; Desh., in Fér., Hist., vol. i (1850), p. 86, pl. lxxxiii, figs. 5, 6; Reeve, Conch. Icon., Helix, 1852, pl. evii, fig. 602. Helix (Patula) orbicula, Albers: Die Heliceen, 1850, p. 65. Hyalina orbicula, Pfr.: Malak. Bliatt., vol. 11 (1855), p. 124, No. 464. Discus orbicula, H. & A. Ad.: Genera, vol. 11 (1858), p. 117. Streptaxis orbicula, Mart.: Malak. Blatt., vol. xv (1868), p. 182; Tryon, Man. Conch., ser. mu, vol. i (1885), p. 65, pl. xiii, figs. 35-37. Happia orbicula, Bourg.: Moll. Afr. équat., 1889, p. 40. Hab.—Bolivia: Santa Cruz (Orb.). 240 PROCEEDINGS OF THE MALACOLOGICAL SOCIETY. 10. Scoroponta nitrpuLa, Dohrn. Ammonoceras nitidulus, Dohrn: Jahrb. Deutsch. Malak. Ges., 1882, p. 97. Hab.—Brazil: Para. 11. SconoponTa INTERRUPTA, Suter. Streptavis (Happia) interrupta, Suter: Rev. Mus. Paulista, vol. iv (1900), p. 331, pl. i, fig. 5. Scolodonta interrupta, Pils.: Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Philad., 1900, p. 385, pl. xu, figs. 6-8. Hab.—Brazil: prov. Sao Paulo. 12. Scoroponta Bovurevrenatr, Mabille. Pseudartemon Bourguignati, Mab.: Bull. Soc. Malac. Fr., vol. iv (1887), p. 125, pl. iv, figs. 4-6. TTab.—Tonkin. 18. Scotoponta Sempert, Doring. Streptaxis (Scolodonta) Sempert, Doring: Bol. Acad. Cienc. Cordoba, vol. i (1874), pp. 439, 440, with fig. (radula) ; Strobel, ib., vol. i (1875), p. 311; Déring, Period. Zool. Buenos Ayres, vol. i (1875), p. 230; id., Nachr. Blatt. Deutsch. Malak. Ges., 1876, p- 4; id., Jahrb. Deutsch. Malak. Ges., 1878, p. 181. Scolodonta Sempert, Bourg.: Moll. Afr. équat., 1889, p. 41. Hab.—Argentina: Cordoba; Mendoza. 14. Scozoponta Amazontca, Dohrn. Ammonoceras Amazonicus, Dohrn: Jahrb. Deutsch. Malak. Ges., 1882, pool. Hab.—Brazil: Para. 15. Scotoponta sprrorpis, Deshayes. Helix spirorbis, Desh.: in Fér., Hist., vol. i (1850), p. 83, pl. xxx a, figs. 1-8; Pfr., Mon. Helic., vol. iii (1853), p. 110; Hupé, in Castelnau, Expéd. Amér. sud, Zool., vol. 1 (1854), Moll. p. 14. Helix (Patula) spirorbis, Mart.: Ost-Asien, Zool., vol. 1 (1867), p. 8. Scolodonta sptrorbis, Bourg. : Moll. Afr. équat., 1889, p. 41. Hab.— Brazil: Rio Janeiro. 16. Scoroponta murata, Gould. Helix mutata, Gould: Exped. Shells, 1846, p. 19; id., Proc. Boston Soc. Nat. Hist., vol. ii (1846), p. 167; Pfr., Mon. Helic., vol. i (1848), p. 100. Hyalina sp. (? mutata), Mart.: Ost-Asien, Zool., vol. 11 (1867), p. 6. Scolodonta mutata, Bourg.: Moll. Afr. équat., 1889, p. 42. Hab.—Brazil: Rio Janeiro (Gould); Ihadas Flores (Boettger). 17. Scoroponta puptita, Morelet. Streptaxis pupilla, Morel.: Journ. de Conch., 1887, p. 283, pl. ix, fig. 2. Hab.—Comoro Islands: Great Comoro. = Too GUDE: ON THE GENUS STREPTAXIS AND ITS ALLIES. 241 Spurious S7rrepraxis. Helix problematica, Pfr.: Zeits. fiir Malak., vol. ix (1852), p.91; id., Mon. Helic., vol. iii (1853), p. 87; Reeve, Conch. Icon., Heliz, 1854, p. 182, fig. 1264; Pfr., in Chemn., Conch. Cab., Heliz, vol. ii (1881), p. 471, pl. clvii, figs. 3, 4. Nanina problematica, Gray: Catal. Pulmon., pt. i (1855), p. 141. Streptaxis problematica, ‘Tryon: Man. Conch., ser. u, vol. i (1885), p. 66, pl. xii, fig. 15. Registoma grandis (juv.), Mart.: Malak. Blitt., vol. xi (1864), p. 109; Pfr., Mon, Helic., vol. v (1868), p. 144. INDEX. Generic and subgeneric names are printed in small capitals, synonyms in italics. aberratus, Soul., 90. achthephila, Bourg. (Scolodonta), 3a albidus, Pfr., 22. Axor, Bourg., p. 204. alveus, Dunk., 15. Amazonica, Dohrn(Scolodonta), 14. ammoniformis, Orb. (Happia), 10. ammonoceras, Pfr. (Happia), 8. Auuonocenos, Pir., p. 238. Anceyi, Mab., 59. Andamanicus, Bens., 81. Andicola (Happia), 2. Andium (Happia), 2. apertus, Mart., 146. Argentina, Strob. (Happia), 11. Artemon, Beck, p. 227. Arrenon, Pfr., p. 204. attenuata, Mlldff., 510. Baezensis, Hid, (Happia), 5. Bavayi, Anc., 51d. Beddomei, Blanf., 94. bidens, Mlldff., 85. Birmanica, H. & Th., 77. Blandingiana, Lea, 1. Blanfordi, H. & Th., 82. Blanfordianus, Theob., 82. Bloyeti, Bourg., 33. Boettgeri, Mldff., 163. bombax, Bens., 78. borealis, Hde., 60. Bottegoi, Mart., 32. Bounobeena, Orb. (Scolodonta), 4. Bourguignati, Mab. (Scolodonta), 12. Brasiliensis, Moric., 98. Braueri, Mart., 158. breviculus, Smith, 36. bulbulus, Morel., 120. Burmanicus, Blanf., 77. Camerunensis, D’Ailly, 54, Canaricus, Blanf., 108. Candeana, Pir., 24. Candei, Petit, 24. candida, var., 137. candidus, Spix, 135. capillosus, Pils., 139. cavicola, Hde., 150. Celebicus, Saras , 61. chalicophila, Orb. (Scolodonta), 1. Chiquitensis, Orb., 98. Cingalensis, Bens., 100. circumpleaa, Fér. (Happia), 6. clausa, Lobb., 10a. Coffreana, Moric., 144. Collingei, Sykes, 52. Cotpanostoma, Bourg., p. 232. comboides, Moric., 24, 97. 242 PROCEEDINGS OF THE MALACOLOGICAL SOCIETY. comboides, Orb., 56. compressus, Blanf., 117. concinnus, Blanf., 114. conoideus, Pfr., 151. constans, Mart., 155. contermina, Reeve, 15. contundata, Fér., 138. contusus, Fér., 13. costulatus, Mlldff., 55. costulosus, Pfr., 145. Craveni, Smith, 8. cristatellus, Mlldff., 110. Crossei, Pfr., 131. eryptodon, Moric., 130. Cumingianus, Pfr., 96. Cuzcana, Phil. (Happia), 5. cyclina, Cous. (Happia), 4. Cypsele, Pfr., 153. Daflaensis, G.-A., 92. Dalliana, Anc. (Happia), 13. decipiens, Crosse, 76. decussatus, Pils., 140. deflexus, Soul., 41. deformis, Fér., 67. deformis, Pfr., 24. dejecta, Moric., 98. dejectus, Petit, 98. denticulatus, Dohrn, 37. deplanatus, Pfr., 18. Deplanchei, Drouet, 113. depressa, Mart., 146a. depressa, Mlldff., 105a. Deshayesianus, Crosse, 16. diespiter, Mab., 57. diplodon, Mlldff., 107. Discarremon, Pfr., p. 226. discus, Pfr., 129. distortus, Jon., 87. Dorri, Dautz., 64. Dugasti, Morl., 118. Dunkeri, Pfr., 10. eburneus, Pfr., 124. edentula, Moric., 24. elata, Moric., 56a. elevata, Orb. (Scolodonta), 8. Elisa, Gould, 125. elongatus, Fulton, 73. enneoides, Mart., 31. epistylium, Miill., 152. erythroceros, Mildff., 51. euspira, Pfr. (Happia), 3. Evstrepraxis, p. 204. exacutus, Gould, 47. Fagoti, Mab., 58. Fischeri, Morl., 43. Flora, Pfr. (Happia), 1. Footei, Blanf., 882. Fortunei, Pfr., 70. Fuchsianus, Gredl., 84. Funcki, Pfr., 11. Gaudioni, Putz., 6. Gibbonsi, Taylor, 25. GrpponstA, Bourg., p. 227. gibbosa, Bourg., 3. gibbosus, Pfr., 23. gigas, Smith, 141. glaber, Pfr., 66. Gonaxis, Taylor, p. 204. gracilis, Collett, 101. Hanleyanus, Stol., 50. Havrta, Bourg., p. 233. helios, Pils., 137. Heudei, Schm. & Bttgr., 111. hylephila, Orb. (Scolodonta), 3. Theringi, Pils. (Happia), 7. imperforatum, Spix (Happia), 6. Impertursatia, Mart., p. 231. intermedius, Alb., 143. interrupta, Sut. (Scolodonta), 11. iteratus, Mart., 162. Johnstoni, Smith, 35. Johswichi, Mart., 119¢. Jouberti, Bourg., 160. Kibweziensis, Smith, 29. Kirkii, Dohrn, 26. levis, Blanf., 79. levissima, Moric., 135q. LAMELLIGER, Anc., p. 204. latula, Mart., 2a. latus, Smith, 4. Layardianus, Bens., 99. Lemyrei, Morl., 182. Leonensis, Pfr., 123. Leroyi, Bourg., 159. Lizarzaburui, Jouss. (Happia), 12. Lyzarzaburut, Jouss. (Happia), 12. major, Anc., 45a. major, Blanf., 94a. major, Morl., 45a. Mamboiensis, Smith, 30. GUDE : Marconi, Gude, 3. Marcon, Bourg., p. 204. Maugere, Gray, 72. media, Mlldff., 51a. micans, Putz., 27. Michaui, Cr. & Fisch., 46. Micrartemon, Mildff., p. 232. minor, Morch, 6908. mirificus, Mlldff., 48. Monrovia, Rang, 1. Monroviana, Dohrn, 1. Mouhoti, Pfr., 119. Moyobambensis, Moric.(Happia),9. Mozambicensis, Smith, 39. mutata, Gould (Scolodonta), 16. nana, Mlldff., 51e. nana, Wagn. (Happia), 6. nautilus, Saras., 20. nitidula, Dohrn (Scolodonta), 10. nobilis, Gray, 1. normalis, Jouss., 68. Nseudweensis, Putz., 28. obtusus, Stol., 83. occidentalis, Hde., 62. ochthephila, Orb. (Scolodonta), 3a. OponTaRtEMoN, Pfr., p. 218. omalomorpha, Orb. (Scolodonta), 5. Ooruana, Anc., p. 204. orbicula, Orb. (Scolodonta), 9. ordinarius, Smith, 38. orientalis, Hde., 63. ovatus, Pfr., 40. pachychilus, Mlldff., 128. pachyglottis, Mlldff., 106. Paivanus, Pfr., 149. paradiscus, Mlldff., 133. Paraguayana, Pfr. (Scolodonta), 8. paulus, Gude, 112. pellucens, Pfr., 45. perelegans, Mart., 157. Peroteti, Petit, 88. personatus, Blanf., 116. perspectiva, Wagn., 135. Petiti, Gould, 65. Pfeifferi, Zeleb., 69. Pfeifferianus, Stol., 69. piriformis, Pfr., 93. planus, Fulton, 134. Plussensis, De Morgan, 127. Poirieri, Mab., 154. ON THE GENUS STREPTAXIS AND ITS ALLIES. 243 politus, Fulton, 136. porrectus, Pfr., 71. problematica, Pfr., p. 241. pronus, Blanf., 115. prostratus, Gould, 21. PsrvDARTEMON, Mab., p. 236. pumilio, Morch, 69a. pupilla, Morel. (Scolodonta), 17. pusillus, Mart., 34. pygmeum, Spix (Happia), 6. pyriformis, Pfr., 93. Ravane, Blanf., 102. Reclusiana, Petit, 1. rectus, Bourg., 2. regius, Lobb., 142. rimata, Pir., 1. Roebelini, Mlldff., 126. Rollandi, Bern., 148. Sankeyanus, Stol., 49. Sankeyi, Bens., 49. scalptus, Blanf., 95. Schweitzeri, Dohrn, 75. Scotoponta, Doring, p. 236. Semperi, Doring (Scolodonta), 13. Siamensis, Pfr., 105. Silhouette, Mart., 155a. Simonianus, Hde., 109. Sinensis, Gould, 51. sinuosus, Pfr., 74. skiaphila, Orb. (Scolodonta), 2. solidulus, Stol., 42. Souleyetianus, Petit, 53. spirorbis, Desh. (Scolodonta), 15. Spixiana, Pfr., 135. strangulatus, Mlldff., 122. Srremmatopsis, Mab., p. 231. streptodon, Moric., 97. striata, Moric., 135. subacutus, Blanf., 104. subbulbulus, Gude, 121 & p. 203, subcostulata, Mlldff., 55a. subglobosus, Mart., 146. subregularis, Pfr., 12. suturalis, Mart., 9. Tayztorta, Bourg., p. 232. thescola, Hde., 108. Thebawi, G.-A., 44. Theobaldi, Bens., 91. Thomasi, Pfr. (Scolodonta), 6. todros, Paray. (Scolodonta), 36. 244 PROCEEDINGS OF THE MALACOLOGICAL SOCIETY. translucidus, Putz., 5. valveformis, Nyst. (Happia), 6. tridens, Mlldff., 86. ventrosus, Taylor, 161. Troberti, Petit, 80. violascens, Mart., 156. trochilioneides, Orb. (Scolo- vitreum, Spix, 135. donta), 7. vitreus, Morel., 7. tumescens, Sut. (Happia), 6. vitrina, Wagn. (Happia), 6. tumulus, Pils., 138. Wagneri, Pfr., 144. turbinatus, Morel., 17. Wagnert, var., 148. uberiformis, Pfr., 14. Watsoni, Blanf., 89. Usambaricus, Craven, 147. Welwitschi, Morel., 19. APPENDIX. Since the foregoing pages passed through the press some additional species and varieties have been published. To complete the record of the genus they are here appended. These increase the number of Asiatic species to 79, and the total to 165. 105d. Srrepraxts Stawensts, Pfr., var. supatonosa, MIldff. Streptaxis Siamensis, subsp. subglobosus, Mlldif.: Nachr. Blatt. Deutsch. Malak. Ges., 1902, p. 154. Hab.—Siam: Hinlap ; Muoklek. 105¢e. Var. expanstnapris, MIldff. Streptaxis Siamensis, subsp. expansilabris, Mildff.: Nachr. Blatt. Deutsch. Malak. Ges., 1902, p. 154. Hab.—Siam: Ko-si-chang. 105d. Var. crnevtata, Mlldff. Streptaxis Siamensis, subsp. cingulatus, Mildff. : Nachr. Blatt. Deutsch. Malak. Ges., 1902, p. 85; Mart., Ost-Asien, Zool., vol. 1 (1867), p. 85. Hab.—Siam. 164. Srrepraxts Syxesr, Collinge. Streptaxis Sykest, Collinge: Journ. Malac., vol. ix (1902), p. 72, pl. iv, figs. 1, 2. Hab.—Malay Peninsula: Biserat, State of Jalor. 165. Srrepraxis strratuta, Collinge. Streptaxis striatula, Collinge: Journ. Malac., vol. ix (1902), p. 73, pl. iv, figs. 3, 4. Hab.—Malay Peninsula: Belimbing, State of Ligeh. EXPLANATION OF PLATE IV. Fics. 1-3. Streptaxis Leonensis, Pfr. Fires. 13-15. Streptaxis Anceyi, Mab. re 4-6. ke eburneus, Pfr. » 16-18. », Subbulbulus, Mlldff. ae 7-9. os gibbosus, Pfr. » 19-21. »» diplodon, Mildff. »» 10-12. = sinuosus, Pfr. —————— sss Proc. Malac. Soc. Volk; ¥; PE [Vz HITHERTO UNFIGURED SPECIES OF STREPTAXIS. ON CTENOSTREON BURCKHARDTI, n.sv., FROM THE MIDDLE OOLITES OF SWITZERLAND. By R. Burren Newton, F.G.S., etc. Read 9th May, 1902. PLATE V. Ratuer less than two years ago, the British Museum was indebted to Professor Rudolph Burckhardt, of the University of Bale, for some interesting material illustrative of a new species of Ctenostreon, which had been obtained by himself and his friend Dr. Ernst Sauerbeck from the IJacrocephalites macrocephalus zone at Tschapperli, near Bale in Switzerland. Eight examples of the Lamellibranch were sent, the two best preserved forming the subject of the present communication. Included in the same donation were two specimens of Ctenostreon pectiniformis (Schlotheim) [| = Lima _ proboscidea, J. Sowerby], which ranges through the Lower Oolite rocks into strata of Kimeridge age ; these were sent for purposes of comparison. The particular zone yielding this new Ctenostreon represents the basal member of the Callovian period, and consequently forms part of the Middle Oolite deposits ; the term Callovian being better known in England, perhaps, as the Kellaways Rock. Dr. August Tobler, one of the latest writers upon the geology of this area of Switzerland, furnishes the following list of molluscan species characterizing the Callovian beds at Tschapperli ! :— Macrocephalites macrocephalus (Schlotheim), Perisphinetes triplicatus (Quenstedt). Reineckia anceps (Reinecke). Cosmoceras Jason (Zieten). Pleuromya tenwstria, Agassiz. Rhynchonella triplicosa, Quenstedt. Ctenostreon proboscideum (J. Sowerby). Astarte, sp. Cucullea, sp. In remarking upon the genus it may be mentioned that Ctenostreon was established by Eichwald* in 1868 for the reception of two species : (a) Ctenostreon distans, Kichwald, from Russia, said to belong to the Neocomian, but in reality of Portland age (= Olcostephanus virgatus zone), and therefore Upper Oolitic; (b) Ctenostreon proboscideum (J. Sowerby), now regarded as synonymous with C. pectiniformis, 1 “er Jura im Sudésten der Oberrheinischen Tiefebene’’: Verhandl. nat. Ges. Basel, vol. xi (1896), pt. 2, p. 306. 2 Lethzea Rossica, vol. ii (1868), pp. 455-458, pl. xx, fig. 12. 246 PROCEEDINGS OF THE MALACOLOGICAL SOCIETY. Schlotheim, from the Oolite of England, Russia, South America,’ and other countries. The original diagnosis refers to the shell as being subequivalve, subequilateral, and radiately costated, with a cardinal margin auricled at both ends; the cardinal area includes a triangular, central, oblique, and oval fossula; on the anterior side is a prominent byssal orifice ; the umbones are straight and acute. Eichwald appreciated the fact that this genus combined the characters of Ostrea, Pecten, Lima, and Spondylus. He states that it is lamellose as in Ostrea and Lima, and slightly irregular as in both these genera, but the ribs are more regular than in the Oysters. Both valves are moderately convex and nearly equal as in Lima, both have wide expansions as in Pecten, and the ribs are mostly furnished with tubular prolongations as in Spondylus. The large opening for the passage of the byssus distinguishes it from Zima and Spondylus, whilst the shell is not fixed by its apex as in the Oysters, but by the byssus as in Pecten. The geological distribution of Ctenostreon extends from the Lias through the Oolite period, when it attained its maximum development, into Cretaceous times; its occurrence in the Lias of Chili, South America, having been reported by Moricke? in 1894, whilst Stoliezka® has identified certain forms in the Cretaceous strata of Europe and India. CrenostREoN BurcKHARDTI, n.sp. (Plate V.) Shell large, thick, suborbicular, nearly equilateral, moderately convex, covered with undulating lamelle of growth, coste few (7 or 8), radial, elevated, rounded, forming fistulous plications and terminating in large cylindrical spines; interstitial spaces wide, excavated, equal; posterior ears vertically ridged, and with a well- defined border; anterior ears with a thickened, reflected margin, forming an elongate byssal orifice. Dimensions of opposite valves belonging to different individuals :— Calculated Calculated without spines. with spines. { Umbono-ventral See 134mm. or 195mm. Lerr Vatve / Antero-posterior a 125 |, ae IGS, Depth, about... age 40 ,, Umbono-ventral es 15075, Se ae Bs Rieut VAuLveE ( Antero-posterior “oe LDR s ae 70s Depth, about ... Ape 45 The principal points of difference between this shell and C. pectini- formis, to which it is most nearly related, are its fewer coste, the presence of wider interstitial spaces, and the stronger development of the spinous prolongations. For purposes of comparison the number of ribs on the chief Jurassic species may be referred to as follows :— 1 G. Steinmann: Neues Jahrbuch, 1881, Beilage Bd. i, p. 256 (Bolivia). 2 ««Versteinerungen des Lias und Unteroolith von Chile ’’: Neues Jahrbuch, 1894, Beilage Bd. ix, p. 35. 3 «« Cretaceous Pelecypoda of Southern India’’: Paleontologia Indica, 1871, pp- 414-416, 422. PROC. MALAC. SOC Vol. V., Pl. V. H. R. Hoiper, Phot CTENOSTREON BURCKHARDTI, n.sp. a I NEWTON: ON A NEW CTENOSTREON. 24 C. pectiniformis, Schlotheim, has from 11 to 14. C. distans, Eichwald, has from 7 to 8. C. hector, Orbigny, has about 18. C. Wrighti, Bayle, has about 10. It will thus be observed that the Russian form C. distans approxi- mates more closely to the Swiss species in the number of its costal rays, but in other characters it is different, and moreover shows no tubular prolongations or any evidence of the fistulosity of the ribs. The spines, which mark the different periods of growth in the life of the mollusc, are equidistant, long, tubular, sometimes bulbous, tapering, or of nearly equal diameter throughout, whilst the basal commencement of each develops as a cylindrical fold from the shell- margin, as in Spondylus, and forms a median groove. The spines are also of large diameter, frequently measuring 15 millimetres, thickly walled, sometimes compressed, often flexuous and curving over the ventral margin, where they meet those of the opposing valve; their surfaces are ornamented with fine concentric striations. This species is represented by a left valve (Pl. V, Fig. 1) exhibiting a handsome test showing the bold convex coste with their tubular prolongations, one of which measures 70 mm. in length, although with an incomplete end; the spinous processes of the opposing valve are also seen in the ventral region, otherwise that valve is mostly hidden by matrix. The margins of the anterior auricles are much thickened and rolled back, as is the case in all Ctenostreons that I have examined, but the details of the byssal orifice are not clearly defined. The second specimen of importance is the right valve of a larger individual than the former, showing two prominent spines on the posterior side of the shell, one being compressed and with a tendency to a closed end. The other spines are mostly detached at their bases, thus giving the fistulose character to the ribs. This specimen also shows the bold lamellose structure of the shell; no opposing valve can be traced. The median groove and folded character of the spines as they arise from the test is well seen in a fragmentary valve Pl. V, Fig. 2) of another shell. Further examples, which are otherwise of imperfect preservation, exhibit the widely scalloped margins of the valves produced by the elevated ribs and the concave interstitial spaces. In conclusion, I have to thank Dr. Ernst Sauerbeck for some interesting notes and drawings accompanying the specimens collected by himself and Professor Burckhardt ; these, although not here incorporated, were valuable for reference. A word of praise is also due to Mr. H. R. Holder for the excellent photographs from which the illustrations have been prepared. EXPLANATION OF PLATE V. Fic. 1.—Ctenostreon Burckhardti, n.sp. A left valve exhibiting the radial coste and their tubular spinous prolongations. One-half nat. size. Fia. 2.—Portion of internal surface of a valve with tubular spines proceeding from the outer margin, showing folded growth and median groove. Nat. size. VOL. V.—ocTOBER, 1902. 17 248 ON HELIX BASILEUS, BENSON, FROM SOUTHERN INDIA : ITS ANATOMY AND GENERIC POSITION. By Lieut.-Colonel H. H. Gopwiy-Avsren, F.R.S., ete. Read 13th June, 1902. PLATE VI. Matacotoatsts interested in the generic position of species of Indian Land Mollusca are very greatly indebted to Dr. Thurston for the trouble and pains he took to obtain an individual of this fine species, ‘‘a giant among the Testacea of Hindustan,” as Benson writes. To Dr. Thurston we already owe our thanks for examples of a number of species not only interesting, but valuable, because nothing was known of their anatomy, or of their relationships. The very large forms are not usually abundant, and their size renders it difficult to preserve the animal, unless the collector starts for their habitat properly equipped for the purpose. For many years I have been hoping to obtain the animal of the species under consideration, and I have now to thank my friend Dr. Blanford for entrusting one to me for examination, a piece of work which has proved as absorbing as was that on another species from the south of India, viz. Ariophanta ampulla, described last year in these pages (vol. iv, p. 187). The shell of é/elix Basileus was described by Mr. W. H. Benson in the Annals and Magazine of Natural History, ser. rm, vol. vii (1861), p. 81. He says, ‘‘ This magnificent species (received through Lieut. Charles Annesley Benson), measuring nearly three inches in diameter, was discovered by Lieut. W. Cox, of the 45th Madras Regiment of Infantry.” Animal.—General colour a ruddy ochre, the peripodial margin streaked with lilac. No parallel grooves above, as in DMacrochlamys and most genera of the Zonitide. The general surface of the foot is smooth ; seen from above a fine groove runs down the centre of its rounded dorsal surface, having fine close grooves leading from it; they soon disappear, and the surface is broken up into irregular, small, oval or diamond-shaped papille. The sole of the foot is pale ash-grey in colour and quite smooth, although the spirit has contracted it into an irregular fold on the centre line. The mucous gland is linear and long, without any overhanging lobe. The mantle-margin forms a continuous GODWIN-AUSTEN : ON HELIX BASILEUS, BENS. 249 plain border to the peristome; there are no shell-lobes. The right dorsal lobe is fairly large, the left formed into two distinct lappets, only separated by a narrow slit. The anterior part is a large solid fleshy mass of a dark reddish-brown colour upon a paler flattened base ; the posterior is of the same character, but paler in colour. The visceral sac is darkly coloured near the mantle-margin, beginning with a narrow, dark grey, band adjacent to the edge. It is then closely mottled with black for 13mm. backwards, gradually shading off. On the side of the rectum and following the suture is a band with a white ground very finely speckled with black. The renal organ is conspicuous, 17 mm. long by 3°5 mm. wide, of an ochre-brown tint, with a very blackly mottled margin of the same breadth on the inner or sutural side of the visceral whorl. The integument covering the heart was too opaque to show that organ, owing perhaps to the action of the alcohol. Generatwe Organs.—The retractor muscle of the penis is attached to the end of a cecum given off at the main bend. There isno flagellum : the vas deferens joins the point of a rounded knob-like process. The amatorial organ is large, bent on itself, tapering towards the retractor muscle end. The spermatheca is small, an ovate-shaped bag on a short stalk. In this specimen it was pointed in form (Pl. VI, Fig. 3, sp.), owing to the presence of a spermatophore. On cutting open the envelope this was found to consist of a long cylindrical capsule (Fig. 3a), rather solid, and 29mm. in length. No spined portion was seen, for most unfortunately it fell from the glass slip on to the ground, and a certain portion was broken off. There was sufficient to show that the organ in this genus differs very much in its conformation from the type of spermatophore found in Macrochlamys, Bensonia, and Girasia. The genitalia, compared with other species known to me, come nearest to that of Nilgiria solata.' The salivary gland is large and wide, in one mass, spreading in a thin layer over the capacious stomach. Only one duct was observed (the other may have been broken), this, close to the more solid anterior part, divided into two. The radula (Fig. 5) is very broad, 5°5 mm., its length being 11 mm. The rhachidian tooth is tricuspid, the admedian teeth are elongate with a cusp on the outer side, the laterals are aculeate, slightly curved in form, they become shorter and more slender, and the outermost are blunt and minute, thus resembling those of Ravana politissima (Pfr.), but the formula is different, viz. :—56 :2:28:1:28:2:56. This formula corresponds within 2 of Mlgiria Chenui, but in that species the admedian teeth are tricuspid. The jaw (Fig. 4) is solid, with a central projection on a concave cutting edge. Benson, judging from shell characters alone, was quite right in saying, ‘‘ Helix Basileus is related to the Cingalese group containing 1 Jn Ariophonta Dalyi it may be noticed what a very small and rudimentary flagellum is present near the junction of the vas deferens with the penis. 250 PROCEEDINGS OF THE MALACOLOGICAL SOCIETY. HI. Chenui and H. ganoma, Pfr., approaching the latter in the more de- pressed spire and the want of solidity, and differing from both shells in its planate whorls and simple suture.” After some further remarks regarding H. Chenui, he alludes to the shell of H. Humphreysiana, Lea, as being somewhat similar on the under side, and it was very natural that he should make a comparison between these two large species.! I place the species under review in the subgenus Wilgiria; it agrees in all its chief characters with those species of that subgenus hitherto known to me, except in the dental formula and in the shape of the central and admedian teeth, which, curiously enough, are like those of Ariophanta (Indrella) ampulla (Bens.). I have more than once alluded to the distinctness of the molluscan genera of the family Zonitide in southern India and Ceylon. Nothing corresponding to them as far as the anatomy is concerned has been found for any distance outside the Peninsula area. Ario- phanta interrupta (Bens.) is an exception and was collected by me in the Jessore District, near Calcutta, having pushed its way thus far to the eastward, but I did not find it on the left bank of the Brahmaputra River. A. interrupta occurs on the right bank of the Ganges in the Rajmahal Hills, and could very easily be transported down that river and on to the area on the eastern side. ‘The land- shells of the delta must all have had their original home higher up the Gangetic valley on the one side, or the Brahmaputra on the other. It is interesting to find so many species of land mollusca in southern India and Ceylon differing so widely in the form of their shells and yet having the animals on a common plan. This feature, however, is met with in other families. A distinctly parallel case on a smaller scale may be noted even in the Zonitidee. In the western and eastern Himalayas the genus Bensonia is represented not only by large, strongly built shells, but also in the latter area by a thin and transparent form not yet described and unlike the first in every way. In Tenasserim and the Malay Peninsula we do not find molluses resembling Milgiria in their anatomy, but we find other typical eroups, Xesta and Hemiplecta, predominant, with characters of their own. Macrochlamys, from being the commonest form in Bengal, the Himalayas, and Assam, ranging to Burmah and even to the Andamans, is scarce in the Malay Peninsula, and I doubt very much if, when the species at present put into this genus from Malayana and Japan, ete., come to be dissected, they will be found to agree with the typical Indian forms. Up to the present time I have not seen a Macrochlamys from either Borneo or the Celebes. Species with shells somewhat lke those of IMacrochlamys, such as Lverettia consul, E. jucunda, and 1 T may point out that in H. Humphreysiana, the type of the genus Hemiplecta, from Singapur, the animal differs from H. Basileus in many important characters, viz.: (1) the genitalia ; (2) the form of the teeth ; (3) the formula of the radula ; (4) the presence of shell-lobes, the most striking among the external characters ; and (5) the type of sole of foot. GODWIN-AUSTEN: ON HELIX BASILEUS, BENS. 251 E. Moellendorfi, are in no sense related to that genus. In these Bornean forms the most striking difference from Macrochlamys is seen in the genitalia, in the form of the amatorial organ and its dart. We find this same structure of the amatorial organ is not confined to the genus Hverettia, but recurs in species with very differently formed shells, such as Dyakia Hugonis, D. Rumphii, and D. rareguttata, which Semper included in Ariophanta, and thus, in fact, we have in the Malay Archipelago a local generic group very similar to one found in southern India. It may be noted I do not accept the subgeneric title of Xestina for the southern Indian forms, because a genus should be properly described, and a type-species indicated. If this rule were always followed much uncertainty and confusion would be avoided. The history of Xestina may be summed up as follows :— Albers: ‘‘ Die Heliceen,’’ 1860, pp. 50, 51. Created Xesta, gave a description of the shell characters, and made two divisions :— (a) Testa solidula; type, Nanina Stuartiea, Sow., from Celebes. (b) Testa pellucida; type, NV. citrina, Linn., from Amboina. Semper: ‘‘ Reisen im Archipel der Philippinen,” 1870, pp. 55-68. Divided Xesta into three groups, unnamed. Pfeffer: Jahrb. Deutsch. Malak. Ges., 1878, p. 257. Indicated Xestina, did not describe it, but in connection with it mentioned first and more particularly the species WV. Svamensis, thereby indicating this species possessed the characters of his new genus better than any other; next he alludes to WV. Lsabellinus (since shown to be a Huplecta) and four other species. Pfeffer: Abh. Ver. Hamb., vol. vii, pt. 2 (1882), p. 138. Stated that Semper’s group of five South Indian species comprised the genus Xestina; but neither the characters of the genus nor the type are indicated. Godwin-Austen: ‘‘ Land and Fresh-water Mollusca of India,” vol. i (1888), p. 253. First refers to the genus Milgiria, giving solata, Bs., as the type; he described the characteristic points of the genus and the anatomy of the type in the same work, vol. 1 (1898), pp. 77, 78, since found by him to agree with two species, Vanina Tranquebarica and NV. bistrialis, which are included in Semper’s group of Xesta above alluded to. Touching Pfeffer’s first work of 1878, the anatomy of WV. Szamensis has, I believe, not yet been described, but supposing that it should turn out to be peculiar and of generic value, would it not be entitled to Pfeffer’s name Xestina? He at the time was discussing the form of the foot in the Naninide, and did not carry his investigations with reference to Siamensis much beyond that poimt; he may have had the form of the shell also in mind, but it is impossible now to interpret exactly, owing to the lapse of time and the work done since by others, what Pfeffer understood as the typical characters of Xestina, but it seems to me that the species Szamensis, the first he selected, expressed them most forcibly at that period. 252 Fre. 1 Ue els ieee: »» 2a. ” 3. ” 3a “ce ye am. or. ant. l.d.l. CTD. gen. ap. es ot. ov. PROCEEDINGS OF THE MALACOLOGICAL SOCIETY. EXPLANATION OF PLATE VI. Animal, shell removed, viewed from the left side, showing renal organ, etc., and position of the amatorial organ within the visceral sac. Animal viewed from the front, showing mantle-edge and dorsal lobes. Animal seen from the back, showing mucous gland. Mantle-margin, much enlarged, with part of sole of the foot. Mantle-margin, showing more of the right side. Generative organs separated out. Portion of spermatophore removed from the spermatheca. Jaw. Teeth of the radula, at various points in the row. amatorial organ. anterior left dorsal lobe. cecum of the penis and retractor muscle. r.M.p. generative aperture. 8. heart. ovitheca (supposed). sp oviduct. vd. post, l.d.l. * r.m. posterior lett dorsal lobe. renal organ. retractor muscle. retractor muscle of penis. slit, dividing the anterior left dorsal lobe from the posterior. spermatheca. vas deferens. Proc. Malac. Soc. H. H. G.-A. del. ANATOMY OF ARIOPHANTA (NILGIRIA) BASILEUS, BENS. 253 ON THE IDENTITY AND RELATIONSHIPS OF BUCCINUM DERMESTOIDEUM, Lam.: PSEUDAMYCLA, Nov. GEN. By 8. Pace. Read 13th June, 1902. Tne object of the present note is to dispel the existing confusion regarding the designation of the common Australian Molluse which is perhaps best known to collectors as Colwmbella lineolata, Pse. Lamarck appears to have been the first to meet with the species, and his description’ of Buccinum dermestoideum, although not a very full one, would apply perfectly well to the shell subsequently figured * under this name by Kiener from the Lamarckian collection. Kiener’s figure is unmistakably intended to represent the Australian species, and not Nassa cornicula (Olivi) as has generally been assumed by later authors in consequence of both Lamarck and Kiener having given the Mediterranean as the habitat of B. dermestovdewm (as also of so many other forms known not to occur in that sea). The equally erroneous locality ‘ West Indies’ came next to be associated with this species: the specimens from the Cumingian collection, now in the British Museum, that were figured by both Sowerby* and Reeve * as Columbella dermestoides, being stated to come from that region. Angas® was the first to record the true habitat of this Mollusc, and he correctly identified specimens from South Australia and from Port Jackson as belonging to the species figured by Kiener ; but, at a later date, imagining that his determination must have been erroneous in view of the discrepancy in the recorded distribution, he adopted Pease’s manuscript name of Columbella lineolata. Meanwhile Pease, considering Lamarck’s species to be identical with Olivi’s buceinum corniculum,® had renamed’ the Australian shell Colwmbella maculosa, a name which he and others have frequently misquoted as maculata. To make matters worse, specimens in the British Museum have for ' Hist. nat. s. Vert., vol. vii, p. 275. 2 Spec. gén. Coq. viv., Buecinwm, sp. 51. 3 Thes. Conch., Colwmbella, sp. 58. 4 Conch. Icon., Colwmbella, sp. 144. 5 Proc. Zool. Soc., 1865, p. 167; 1867, p. 195. ® Zool. Adriat., p. 144. 7 Amer. Journ. Conch., vol. vii, p. 21. 254 PROCEEDINGS OF THE MALACOLOGICAL SOCIETY. years been labelled (in Angas’ handwriting) Columbella tessellata, Gask., and shells have been pretty widely distributed among collectors under this name. The main features of the literary history of Buccinum dermestoideum may be tabulated as follows :— 1822, Aug. ‘‘ Buccinum dermestoideum”: J. P. B. de Lamarck, Hist. nat, Anim. s. V ert., vol. vil, p. 275 [no fig. ]. 1834. ‘* Buceinum dermestoideum, Lam.” : L. C. Kiener, Spec. gén. Coq. viv., Buccinum, sp. 51, pl. xxv, fig. | fair | 100. 1844. ‘ Col. der mestoides . Bueem. dermestoides, Kiener ” G. B. Sowerby 1, Thes. Conch., Columbella, sp. 58, p. 181, pl.cxxaix, fig. [poor] 123. [?] 1851, Dec. 25. Colombella dermestoides, Lam.: S. Petit de la Saussaye, Journ. Conchyl., vol. ii, p. 429 [name only, as coming from Guadeloupe }. 1853, Oct. ‘* Amyela dermestoidea, Lam.”’: H. & A. Adams, Genera Ree. Moll., vol. i, p. 187 [name only |. 1858, Nov. ‘‘ Columbella dermestoides . . . Buccinum dermestoides, Kiener”: L. A. Reeve, Conch. Icon., Columbella, sp. 144 fig. poor ]. 1859. a [Am ycla | dermestoidea (Buceinum), Lamarck”: J.C.Chenu, Man. Conchyl., vol. i, p. 202 [name only ], fig. [ good] 1099. 1865, Jan. 24. ‘‘ Co lumbella (Mtrella) dermestoides. Buceinum der- mestoides, Kiener’’: G. F, Angas, Proc. Zool. Soc., 1865, p. 167 [no fig. ]. 1867, Feb. 14. ‘‘ Columbella (Amycla) dermestoides. Columbella der- mestoides, Kiener”?: G. F. Angas, Proc. Zool. Soc., 1867, p. 195 [no fig. ]. 1868. ‘* Columbella (Amycla) dermestoides, Kiener”: J. C. Cox, Land & Mar. Shells Austral., p. 6 [name only ]. 1871, Aug. 1. ‘‘ Columbella maculosa, Pse. [n.n. for C. dermestoides, Ang., non Lam.|]”: W.H. Pease, Amer. Journ. Conch., vol. vii, pp. 21-2 [no fig. ]. 1877, Feb. Columbella lineolata, Pease, non C. dermestoides, Kien. : J. Brazier, Proc. Linn. Soe. New South Wales, vol. i, p. 231 no fig. |. 1877, Mar. 6. BF sunballe lineolata, Pease: G. F. Angas, Proc. Zool. Soc., 1877, p. 182 [no fig. ]. 1878, Nov. 5. Columella [ sic | lineolata, Pease: G. F. Angas, Proc. Zool. Soc., 1878, p. 865 [name only ]. 1883. Columbella (Amycla) dermestoidea, Lam.: G. W. Tryon, Syst. Conch., vol. ii, p. 179, pl. lvi, fig. [fair] 89. 1883, July 18. ‘C. [Co olumbella (Mitrella) | dermestoides, Kiener” : G. W. Tryon, Man. Conch., vol. v, p. 131, pl. xlix, fig. [copies Kiener | 25. 1883, July 18. ‘ C.{ Columbella (Mitrella) | lineolata (Pease), Brazier” G. W. Tryon, Man. Conch., vol. v, p. 1388, pl. hi, fig. poor | 53. 1889, Apr. “ Colwmbella lineolata, Pease (Brazier) = C. dermestordes, Angas”: J. Brazier, Journ. Conch., vol. vi, pp. 67-8 [no fig. |. PACE: ON BUCCINUM DERMESTOIDEUN, LAMK. 255 1889. ‘ C. [ Columbella| lineolata, Pearse [sic]”: T. Whitelegge, Invert. Fauna Port Jackson, p. 90, sp. 306 [no fig. ]. 1893. ‘* Columbella lineolata, Pease, = C. dermestoides, Ang., non Kien.”?: D. J. Adcock, Aquat. Moll. South Austral., sp. 115 name only |. 1895. ‘* Columbella (Mitrella) lineolata, Brazier”: W. Kobelt, in Martini & Chemnitz, Conch. Cab., Columbella, p. 214, pl. xxix, fig. 12 [ merely copies Tryon ]. 1896. ‘‘ Columbella (Mitrella) dermestoidea, Kiener”’: W. Kobelt, in Martini & Chemnitz, Conch. Cab., Columbella, p. 234, 1, xxxuj, fig. 1 [copies Kiener ]. 1901, Dec. 19. ‘ C. [ Columbella| lineolata, Brazier”: R. Tate and W.L. May, Proc. Linn. Soc. New South Wales, 1901, p. 366 [name only }. —. Columbella lineolata: W.H. Pease, MS. ——. Columbella maculata: W. H. Pease, MS. Columbella tessellata: J. S. Gaskoin, MS. Since the publication of Sowerby’s Columbella monograph, authors, while differing widely as to the specific name of the Australian shell, have all agreed that it should be classed among the Columbellide ; although by several it has been referred to Adams’ genus Amyela, which, strictly speaking, is Nassoid and not Columbelloid in its affinities. Upon pureiy conchological grounds this association of Buccinum dermestoideum with the Columbellide was fully justified, since the shell presents no characters of more than specific importance by which it can be separated from species which are beyond question true members of that family, and nothing has hitherto been known regarding the internal anatomy of this form. Recently, however, the examination of the dried-up remains of several animals which I have been enabled to soak out of shells in my own collection ! has proved conclusively that the species must be removed from the Columbellide ; and, since it is not possible to assign it to any established genus, I am proposing for its reception the new genus PsEUDAMYCLA. PsEUDAMYCLA DERMESTOIDEA (Lam.). Shell and Operculum.—The shell of this species is too well known to require detailed description : it is readily recognized among Australian Prosobranchs by its Amycleform contour, and its smooth or spirally striated whorls with their prettily tessellated marking. The protoconch (Figs. 1-3) is not sharply differentiated from the nepionic shell: its whorls are smooth and devoid of marking. The periostracum is thin and adherent, transparent and of a somewhat greenish tinge. The operculum (Figs. 4 and 5) pale-horn coloured, rounded and with apical or sub-apical nucleus. External characters of Animal.—It is not yet possible to say very much regarding the external characters of the animal of Pseudamycla 1 These ‘were collected in Sydney Harbour. 256 PROCEEDINGS OF THE MALACOLOGICAL SOCIETY. dermestoidea. The body is apparently marbled with dark grey over its upper surface, while the sole of the foot is unpigmented. The tentacles appeared very short and stout, and although they arise very Fics. 1-3. Various aspects of the apical whorls (slightly worn) of a young individual: the protoconch is shaded. Operculum. Ditto of another specimen. Portion of radula. Isolated lateral tooth viewed from its lower surface, showing mode of articulation. Ditto. Ditto viewed from the upper surface, showing depression which receives the outer cusp of the preceding tooth. Isolated rhachidian teeth seen from below, showing mode of articulation. Rhachidian tooth, lateral view. (Figs. 7 to 11 are drawn to the same scale.) eRe HS 29 NOR close together they do not seem to be connate as are those of all Columbellidee with which I am acquainted: the black eye-spots are borne near their bases on the external border. A pair of short caudal PACE: ON BUCCINUM DERMESTOIDEUM, LAMK. 257 tentacles, such as are met with in most species of Nassidex, are seemingly present, though I was not able to make them out quite satisfactorily. Radula.—The characters of the radula (Figs. 7-11) at once separate Pseudamycla from the Columbellidee ; and, while the radula is some- what similar in type to that met with in Prsania, Tritonidea, Cominella, etc., nothing quite like it is known to me as being represented in any Buccinoid genus. Prof. H. M. Gwatkin also, who has kindly examined a specimen for me, can find nothing comparable with it among his extensive collection of radule. The radule of seven individuals were examined, and in each the structure was substantially the same. It consists of about 100 rows of the formula 1-1-1. The tridentate central tooth is remarkable for its comparatively small size, and for being much longer than it is broad. The laterals, having their bases much prolonged backwards, are roughly triangular in outline: they are armed normally with four cusps, but a minute denticle is occasionally present at the base of one or other of the cusps. The teeth appear to articulate with each other in the manner indicated in the figures, which were drawn after examining a large number of isolated teeth mounted in various positions in different media and under varying conditions of illumination, and they represent what I believe to be the true form of the teeth; but the correct interpretation of the structural details of a radula is always difficult, and, no matter how much time be expended upon the investigation, the result is never entirely satisfactory. Regarding the systematic position of Psewdamycla. The supposed possession of caudal tentacule would strongly suggest affinity with Nassa and Bullia, and the shell is also not so very dissimilar, but the characters of the radula absolutely preclude any closer association with these groups than with the Columbellide. The radula of Donovania minima (Mont.) as figured! by the late Martin Woodward presents considerable similarity to that of Pseudamycla, but the details recorded are insufficient to enable me to judge if this resemblance is more than a merely superficial one. Anyhow, pending further investigation of the soft parts, Psewdamycla may best be placed among the Pisaniine. As to whether any other supposed species of Columbellide will have to be transferred to Pseudamycla, only further anatomical research will decide, but I think it at least highly probable that Columbella miltostoma, Ten.-Wds., from Tasmania, will prove to be closely related to P. dermestoidea, and may even be conspecific with it. 1 Proc. Malac. Soc. Lond., vol. iii, p. 238. PACE: ON BUCCINUM DERMESTOIDEUM, LAMK. 257 tentacles, such as are met with in most species of Nasside, are seemingly present, though I was not able to make them out quite satisfactorily. Radula.—The characters of the radula (Figs. 7-11) at once separate Pseudamycla from the Columbellide ; and, while the radula is some- what similar in type to that met with in Pisania, Tritonidea, Cominella, etc., nothing quite like it is known to me as being repr esented i im any Buccinoid genus. Prof. H. M. Gwatkin also, who has kindly examined a specimen for me, can find nothing comparable with it among his extensive collection of radule. The radule of seven individuals were examined, and in each the structure was substantially the same. It consists of about 100 rows of the formula 1-1-1. The tridentate central tooth is remarkable for its comparatively small size, and for being much longer than it is broad. The laterals, having their bases much “prolonged backwards, are roughly triangular in outline : they are armed normally with four cusps, but a minute denticle is occasionally present at the base of one or other of the cusps. The teeth appear to articulate with each other in the manner indicated in the figures, which were drawn after examining a large number of isolated teeth mounted in various positions in different media and under varying conditions of illumination, and they represent what I believe to be the true form of the teeth; but the correct interpretation of the structural details of a radula is always difficult, and, no matter how much time be expended upon the investigation, the result is never entirely satisfactory. Regarding the systematic position of Psewdamycla. The supposed possession of caudal tentacule would strongly suggest affinity with Nassa and Bullia, and the shell is also not so very dissimilar, but the characters of the radula absolutely preclude any closer association with these groups than with the Columbellide. The radula of Donovania minima (Mont.) as figured’ by the late Martin Woodward presents considerable similarity to that of Pseudamycla, but the details recorded are insufficient to enable me to judge if this resemblance is more than a merely superficial one. Anyhow, pending further investigation of the soft parts, Psewdamycla may best be placed among the Pisaniine. As to whether any other supposed species of Columbellidee will have to be transferred to Pseudamycla, only further anatomical research will decide, but I think it at least highly probable that Columbella miltostoma, Ten.-Wds., from Tasmania, will prove to be closely related to P. dermestoidea, and may even be conspecific with it. 1 Proc. Malac. Soc. Lond., vol. iii, p. 288. VOL. V.—APRIL, 1903. 18 258 ORDINARY MEETING. Fripay, 14ra Novemser, 1902. E. A. Smiru, F.Z.S., President, in the Chair. The following communications were read :— 1. ‘‘ Description of some new Helicoid Land-Shells.”” By G. K. Gude, F.Z.8. 2. ‘Note on the genus Pseudamycla.” By S. Pace. 3. ‘On the anatomy of Paryphanta urnula, Pfr.; with notes on Paryphanta Hochstetteri, Pfr., and Rhytida Greenwoodi, Gray.’ By R. Murdoch. Exhibits were placed on the table by the following :— H. Fulton: A specimen of F’stulana clava, Lam., piercing and partly absorbing (?) shells of Mitra interlirata and Nassa Gruner? ; ova and young shells of Melo Indicus, Gmel. Miss Lodder: A collection of Tasmanian and West and South Australian shells. B. B. Woodward: Zestacella haliotidea, from near Cheltenham, the second authenticated oecurrence for Gloucestershire. A. 8. Kennard: Hygromia revelata, from near St. Michael’s Mount, Cornwall; Spherium pallidum, Gray, from the Pleistocene of Barnwell. E. R. Sykes: Species of Rhiostoma; a series of specimens of Cardium nodosum, Turton, showing variety of internal coloration ; distorted specimens of Trivia Europea, Mont.; specimens of Voluta Queketti, Smith, and V. Africana, Reeve. G. K. Gude: Specimens in illustration of his paper. ORDINARY MEETING. Fripay, 12TH Decemper, 1902. E. A. Smiru, F.Z.S., President, in the Chair. Richard Henry Stevens was elected to membership of the Society. The following communications were read :— 1. ‘Notes on Mr. W. M. Daly’s collection of Land and Fresh-water Mollusca from Siam.”” By W. T. Blanford, LL.D., F.R.S. 2. ‘*Note on J. E. Gray’s type-specimens of Jurassic Ammonites from India.” By G. C. Crick, F.G-.S. 3. ‘Preliminary note on the genus Cataulus.”’ By Miss Digby. 4, ‘‘ Note on a Monstrosity of Rissova parva, Da Costa.” By E. R. Sykes, B.A., F.L.S. PROCEEDINGS OF THE MALACOLOGICAL SOCIETY. 259 Exhibits were placed on the table by the following :— F. G. Bridgman: A series of specimens of Oliva erythrostoma, Lam., O. tremulina, Lam., and O. nobilis, Rve. The validity of separating these species was called in question in view of the instability of the shell characters. E. A. Smith: Some supposed new species of shells from the Maldive Islands. These shells form part of the collections made by Mr. J. Stanley Gardiner, and are the first important series of marine shells received from these islands. Particular attention was called to a small species of Janira. Rey. R. Ashington Bullen: A series of specimens of Cyprea tigris, Linn., from “Mombasa, showing colour variation. Specimens of flygromia montivaga, West., a Lusitanian form, from the Pleistocene in Cornwall. The shells were found beneath prehistoric graves at Harlyn Bay: the nearest locality for the living shell is Spain and Portugal. Dr. W. T. Blanford and E. R. Sykes: Specimens in illustration of their papers. ORDINARY MEETING. Fripay, 9TH January, 1903. E. A. Smiru, F.Z.S., President, in the Chair. Miss Lettice Digby and the Rev. William H. Webster were elected to membership of the Society. The following communications were read :— 1. ‘Note on the dates of publication of J. E. Gray’s ‘ Catalogue of Pulmonata . .. inthe . . . British Museum, Pt I,’ 12mo, 1855, and of A. Moquin-Tandon’s ‘ Histoire naturelle des Mollusques terrestres et fluviatiles de France,’ 2 vols. 8vo, 1855.’ By B. B. Woodward, F.L.S. 2 On Ammonites robustus (R. Strachey, MS.), H. F. Blanford, from the Himalaya.” By G. C. Crick, F.G.S. 3. “On the renal organs of Nucula nucleus, Linn.” By R. H. Burne, B.A., F.Z.S. Exhibits were placed on the table by the following :— F. G. Bridgman: Some varieties of Oliva irisans, Lam., and O. maura, Lam. K. R. Sykes : Specimens of Akera bullata, Miill., showing extreme variation in size. The largest specimens came from the west coast of Treland, the intermediate size from the English Channel, and the smallest from off Norway. R. H. Burne: An oyster attached to the carapace of a crab. 260 NODTDS: Nore on tHE Nepronic Snett or Mexo Inprcvs, Guet. (Read 14th November, 1902.)—The embryo shells extracted from the egg-cluster of Melo Indicus, Gmel., exhibited to-night by Mr. Fulton, show one extremely interesting feature. In most gastropod shells the apical whorls (protoconch, or nucleus) are distinctly marked off from the succeeding whorls by a well-defined line, and whilst either plain or having a sculpturing of their own differ in any case in ornamentation from the later or adult shell. It has generally been held that this line of demarcation, indicative of a pause in the growth of the shell, also showed the extent of the growth of the shell within the egg, the deposition of shell bearing the markings of the adult not taking place until after exclusion from the egg. In the present instance, however, every one of the young, or nepionic shells, extracted from the egg- capsules has begun to form shell having the colour- -markings of the adult, so that in this case the pause in growth, which, moreover, is but faintly marked, if at all, affords no measure of the extent of the shell formed within the egg, shell formation having been resumed on the adult plan prior to exclusion. It would be a matter of great interest to learn if other similar instances occur, or whether the present is an exceptional example. B. B. Woopwarp. Note on A Mownsrrostry oF Rrssora parva, Da Costa. (Read 12th December, 1902.)—In a haul of the dredge taken in from 5 to 10 fathoms off the north of Guernsey last Summer there occurred a large number of Rissoia parva, including specimens of the usual colour and of the var. nigra, Norman. Monstrosity of Rissoia parva, Da C. One specimen of a distorted form was taken in which the earlier whorls are quite regular, but suddenly—owing probably to an injury to the animal—the shape is entirely altered and the sculpture ceases, the shell becoming smooth. The whorl is flattened vertically, being squeezed out, and a large broad carination appears. The specimen was alive, but immature, ‘and, unfortunately, was not detected until the animal was dead. E. R. SyKEs. —— NOTES. 261 Pretiminary Nore on THE ANATOMY OF THE GENUS C'ATAULUS. (Read 12th December, 1902.)—The genus Cataulus, at present included in the subfamily Pupinine, is restricted exclusively to the Cingalese district, and the twelve species (eleven of which are terrestrial and one arboreal) I have worked at were obtained by Mr. O. Collett at altitudes between 500 feet and 4,000 feet. All bear a striking resemblance to one another, both as regards their external appearance and their internal anatomy, and differ only m minor details. Among other interesting points about the genus is the fact that it possesses many rhipidoglossate characteristics, pre-eminently as regards (1) the nervous system, (2) the kidneys, (3) the looping of the intestine, (4) the epipodium ; while on the other hand it has a teenioglossate radula of littorinoid form. Further, it has neither gill nor lung, the mantle acting as a pulmonary sac. Air is introduced into the mantle-cavity through an opening within the peristome ; this communicates with a tube which traverses the last whorl of the shell. Possibly the left kidney (cf. the papillated sac of-7vrochus) acts as a lung. Partly between the right and left kidneys and partly between the left kidney and the intestine there lies a pigmented sac, containing two species of Infusoria, hitherto unidentified. In a forthcoming paper the anatomy of Cataulus will be more minutely described, and its affinities discussed, revealing a close relationship to the Paludinide. Lertice Diasy. Nove ON THE DATES OF PUBLICATION OF J. E. GRay’s “ CATALOGUE OF PULMONATA . . . INTHE .. . British Museum. Pt.. I,” 12mo, 1855 ; AND oF A. Moaqurn-Tanpbon’s “ HISTOIRE NATURELLE DES MOLLUSQUES TERRESTRES ET FLUVIATILES DE FRANCE,” 2 vols. 8vo, 1855. (head 9th January, 1903.)—These two authors having proposed new names in their respective works, that in one case at all events relate to the same species, 1t became necessary to find out which should have precedence. From inquiries instituted at the British Museum it appears that Gray’s work was completed early in April, 1855, and issued by the 18th of the same month. Through the kindness of Messrs. Dulau & Co. the following particulars concerning Moquin-Tandon’s work have been extracted from their copy of the “ Bibliographie de la France,” the additional details ascertained by computation being added in[ | :— Livr. 1 and 2, 17 sh. [= vol. i, pp. i-vili, 1-256]: 14, vii, 1855. Livr. 3, 10 sh. [= vol. i], pp. 257-416; 9 pls. : 18, vill, 1855. Livr. 4 and 5, 23 sh. [= vol. ii, pp. 1-368] : 19; i, 1856. Livr. 6 and last, 17 sh. [= vol. 11, pp. 369-646]: 26, iv, 1856. Hence it appears that the whole of the systematic portion, or vol. ii, was issued in 1856, and not, as dated on the title-page, 1855. Gray’s names consequently have precedence over Moquin-Tandon’s, as, for example, Jilax, Gray, which supersedes Amalia, Moquin-Tandon. B. B. Woopwarp. DESCRIPTIONS OF SOME NEW FORMS OF HELICOID LAND-SHELLS. By G. K. Gunz, F.Z.8., ete. Read 14th November, 1902. PLATE VII. Some of the shells forming the subject of the present paper have been in the British Museum, in the collections of Mr. Ponsonby and Mr. Da Costa, or in my own possession, for several years; and although the fact of their being undescribed has never been disputed, I have hitherto hesitated to deal with them, hoping that some one more competent would do so. 1. Lasyrinraus Barri, Dautz., var. prmrNvuTa, var. nov. Pl. VII, Figs. 1-4. Differs from the type described by Dautzenberg! by its smaller size. In the characters of the aperture and peristome it agrees closely with the type. Diam. maj. 27, min. 23 mm.; alt. 11 mm. Hab.—Perené, Peru. Altitude 900 metres. Diam. maj. 24°5, min. 21 mm.; alt. 11°5 mm. Hab.—Sagarmo, Peru. Altitude 1,000 metres. Two specimens received from Mr. W. F. H. Rosenberg in 1899. This habitat is considerably farther south than that of the type. 2. Tersites (Bapistes) MERIDIONALIS, n.sp. Pl. VII, Figs. 5-7. Shell narrowly umbilicated, sublenticular, finely striated, whitish with 8 pale buff bands; the first subsutural, sharply defined; the other two more or less diffused, one above and one below the periphery; the base becomes pale brown towards the umbilicus. Spire depressed, suture margined, apex obtuse. Whorls 5, flattened above, increasing regularly ; the last acutely keeled at first, becoming rounded and dilated towards the mouth, tumid below, not descending anteriorly. The first four whorls are finely eranulated; the last shows a few traces of spiral lines above, but below the periphery it is ornamented with distinct wavy incised spirals. Aperture oblique, subovate ; margins subparallel; peristome white, thickened and reflexed, columellar margin dilated, partly covering the narrow but deep umbilicus. Diam. maj. 28, min, 23°5 mm.; alt. 16°56 mm. ”? ? zy 9 22 ” ”) 14 »» Hab.—South Australia. Type in my collection. 1 Journ. de Conchyl., tom. xlix (1901), p. 806, pl. ix, figs. 1-3. GUDE: ON NEW HELICOID LAND-SHELLS. 263 Two specimens were received in 1893 from Mr. Sowerby as Helix Howardi, Ang. The present shell, however, is larger and more depressed than that species, the sculpture is different, and the aperture is more rounded in outline, while the umbilicus is narrower and partly covered by the columellar margin of the peristome. T. meridionalis also resembles 7. patruelis, but the latter has the whorls more rounded, is less depressed, and is totally devoid of keel. Mr. Ponsonby possesses a specimen of the new species, measuring 30x25 x%17mm. An interesting instance of tenacity of hfe was observed with the specimens under discussion. They were received on November 13th, 1893, when they were placed in a box and put on one side; on July 7th, 1894, on being brought out for re-examination, the animals were found to be still alive, and being placed on some damp moss they soon began to crawl about. 3. LepraRionta vENusTA, usp. Pl. VII, Figs. 8-11. Shell subcovered perforate, trochoid, very finely striated, thin, but solid, shining, chalky white, suffused with greenish yellow round the umbilicus and with a brown umbilical patch; variously banded with pale or dark brown or black. Spire trochoid, suture impressed, apex obtuse. Whorls 3}, rounded at the periphery, inflated, increasing slowly at first, the last widening rather suddenly, dilated and becoming. obtusely angulated towards the mouth, descending shortly in front, a little excavated around the umbilicus, and slightly gibbous behind the basal margin of the peristome. Aperture oblique, transverse, subtrigonal ; peristome white, the margins slightly thickened and expanded, the basal margin reflexed, the columellar margin slightly dilated and overhanging the narrow perforation of the umbilicus. Diam. maj. 20°5, min. 16 mm.; alt. 12°56 mm. ”? ) 19, ”? 14°5 »» 12 ) m+ 99 25, 5, Ad » illo ,, Hab.—Chiriqui, Panama. Compared with Z. Costaricensis, Roth, its nearest ally, Z. venusta is smaller, more elevated in the spire, rounded instead of keeled at the periphery, while the aperture is less spread out, and the umbilicus is reduced to a narrow perforation, partly covered by the shghtly dilated columellar margin. The spiral sulci of its congener are absent. In regard to coloration and banding the same range of variation appears to obtain in the two species, and there can be no doubt that they are divergent descendants from a common stock. The banding may consist of a narrow, brown, peripheral band, or of two broader, supra-peripheral bands, either black or rich chestnut brown; in the latter case the colouring of the bands is intensified at the edges, especially the lower; in some specimens there are two supra-peripheral bands of a pale brown or greenish yellow, occupying nearly the whole of the upper surface, leaving only two narrow white zones, one below the suture and the other between the two bands. 264 PROCEEDINGS OF THE MALACOLOGICAL SOCTETY. A rather distinctive and pretty type of colour variety, for which I propose the name d/anda, var. nov., is that shown in Fig. 11. The upper half is of a pale ochreous brown, bordered at the periphery by a narrow band of a rich deep chocolate colour, sharply defined at its lower edge, but diffused above ; there is a broad zone of the same shade just behind the upper margin of the peristome, somewhat diffused near the periphery, and a very narrow line, also of the same shade, occurs just under the suture; the base is similar to that of the type. Several specimens were received in October, 1899, from Mr. Rosenberg. Representative suites from the same source are also in the British Museum, and in the collections of Mr. Ponsonby and Mr. Da Costa. I am not aware that the species is represented in any other collections. 4. Xzusta Dwirana,'n.sp. Pl. VII, Figs. 15-17. Shell narrowly perforated, depressed conoid, thin, fragile, pale corneous, translucent, shining, finely striated with obsolete microscopic spirals. Spire depressed, suture linear, apex obtuse. Whorls 5, rounded, closely coiled, the last increasing rather suddenly, not descending in front; sharply angular at first, becoming rounded towards the mouth. Aperture oblique, s semirotundate ; peristome thin, straight, acute; columellar margin slightly reflexed ‘over the narrow umbilical perforation. Diam. maj. 12, min. 10 mm.; alt. 7 mm. FTab.—Passaroean, Java. Type in my collection. Three specimens collected by Mr. Fruhstorfer, and received from him in September, 1891, as H. Jenyns?, Pir. When Pfeiffer first described ZZ. Jenynsi* its origin was not known. Later he indicated Tanna Island, New Caledonia, as its habitat.’ This was subsequently corrected to Tanna Island, New Hebrides. Professor von Martens gives Eastern Java and Querimba Island, east coast of Africa, as habitat; ° the former record being based on specimens collected by Zollinger and labelled Wanina pusilla, Mouss., in Mousson’s collection. The other record was based on specimens collected by Professor W. Peters. The New Hebrides record is an extremely doubtful one, for in spite of diligent search it has never been confirmed; the reference is probably due to a mistaken identification. There. only remain, therefore, the two localities Eastern Africa and Java to be con- sidered. Mr. Smith, with his usual courtesy, has allowed me to examine Pfeiffer’s types of HZ. Jenynsi in the Cuming Collection, and these leave no doubt as to their correct inclusion in the genus Jartensia, confined, I believe, to East Africa. Moreover, a couple of specimens from Mozambique received by me from Mr. Ancey agree with the 1 Yava Dwipa (Barley Island), an ancient name of Java. 2 Proc. Zool. Soe., 1845, p- 131. 3 Mon. Helic., iv (18% 59), p: 32. 4 Mon. Helic., v (1868), p. 84. 5 Preuss. Exped. Ost- Asien, Zool., Bd. ii (1867), p. 254. GUDE: ON NEW HELICOID LAND-SHELLS. 265 types. The only question now remaining is whether Mousson’s Nanina pusilla is really identical with Pfeitfer’s species, a question which the diagnosis by Von Martens is insufficient to decide. That the shells now under consideration are really different from Pfeiffer’s types there is no doubt, and whether they pertain to Mousson’s species comparison only can decide. Since Mousson’s types are not accessible, I consider the most prudent course to pursue is to ignore Mousson’s name and to treat the present shells as belonging to an undescribed form. Von Martens has recorded for Jf, Jenynsi, in addition to Querimba Island and Mozambique, a number of localities in German East Africa." He also refers to the fact that the species occurs in Java and the New Hebrides, and is more or less restricted in East Africa to the coast district, so that, he thinks, an introduction from the East is not improbable ; although, as he continues, its close affinity to Dozam- bicensis, an inland species, is opposed to this theory. The differences between Xesta Dwipana and Martensia Jenynsi can best be given in tabular form :— Senynst. Dwipana. Shell. Thick, solid, opaque, yellowish | Thin,fragile,translucent, white. corneous. Spire. Elevated conoid. Depressed. Last whorl. | Keeled all round. Angular at first, rounded at the mouth. Base. Rounded. Swollen. Aperture. Crescent-shaped. Semi-rotund. Sculpture. Distinct spirals. Obsolete microscopic spirals. For better comparison I have added figures of JZ. Jenynsi from Mozambique (Pl. VII, Figs. 12-14). 5. Guppya Furront, n.sp. Pl. VII, Figs. 18-20. Shell imperforate, conoid, pale corneous, ornamented above with transverse brown zones, finely striated, lustreless above, shining below. Spire conoid, suture margined, apex obtuse. Whorls 63, subplane above, tumid below, increasing slowly and regularly, last not dilated, not descending anteriorly, surrounded at the periphery by an acute, slightly exserted keel. Aperture nearly vertical, unevenly crescent-shaped; peristome thin, straight, acute; columellar margin slightly dilated. Diam. 5, alt. 3°5 mm. Hab.—Cocos Island, Pacific Ocean. Type in my collection. Two specimens were received from Messrs. Sowerby & Fulton as Guppya Hopkins’, Dall. Upon comparison with Dall’s description and figures? they proved to be different, and I was at first inclined 1 Deutsch. Ost-Africa, Bd. iv (1897), p. 49. 2 Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Philad., 1900, p. 97, pl. vii, figs. 5, 6. 266 PROCEEDINGS OF THE MALACOLOGICAL SOCIETY. to refer them to the var. conulus described by Professor yon Martens,’ but that shell is more elevated in the spire; and the differences between the present shell and G. Hophinsi are sufficient, in my opinion, to warrant its being considered a separate species. No trace of spirals can be detected in G. Fulton, and although 1 mm. less in diameter than @. Hopkins¢, it possesses one whorl more; it is also more conoid in the spire, and the whorls are flattened above ; the acute exserted keel runs up the earlier whorls margining the suture, a feature totally wanting in G. Hopkinst. 6. GANESELLA PROcERA, Gude. PI. VII, Figs. 21-24. Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist., ser. vit, vol. x (1902), p. 333. ‘Shell narrowly umbilicated, trochoid, thin, solid, corneous, very finely striated, minutely granulated above and decussated with spiral lines below the periphery. Spire conical, slightly globose; suture margined, apex obtuse. Whorls 9, flattened above, a little swollen below, increasing slowly and regularly, the last not descending anteriorly, and scarcely dilated towards the mouth, with an acute pinched keel at the periphery, which is continued upwards above the suture. Aperture oblique, subquadrate; peristome thin, acute, slightly thickened, its margins distant, upper nearly straight, a little reflected, forming an angle! with the basal margin, cae is arcuate and well reflected; columellar margin dilated above .and partly covering the narrow umbilicus.” Diam. maj. 14, min. 12°56 mm. ; alt. 17 mm. Hab.—Than-moi, Tonkin. Type in my collection. G. procera resembles G. eximia, Mdff., but is larger and wider at the base, the keel is more prominent and pinched, and the umbilicus is narrower; the surface is minutely granulated above and spirally striated below, features which are lacking i in G. eximia. G. phonica, G. eximia, and G. procera form a group ‘of which G. phonica is the smallest and @. procera the largest. Mr. Ponsonby possesses a specimen similar to the type. The species is now figured for the first time. Fig. 24 shows the granulated surface of the last whorl behind the peristome (enlarged). EXPLANATION OF PLATE VII. Fies. 1-4. Labyrinthus Baeri, var. diminuta, var.n. By 5-7. Thersites (Badistes) meridionalis, n.sp. A 8-10. Leptarionta venusta, n.sp. ME Leptarionta venusta, var. blanda, var.n. 5, 12-14. Martensia Jenynsi, Pir. », 16-17. Xesta Dwipana, n.sp. », 18-20. Guppya Fultoni, n.sp. 5, 21-24. Ganesella procera, Gude. ” 1 Sitz. Ber. Ges. naturf. Fr., Berlin, 1902, p. 59. Proc. Malac. Soc. Vol. V, Pl. VII. © NEW HELICOID LAND-SHELLS. 267 NOTE ON THE GENUS PSEUDAMYCLA, Pacr. By 8. Pace. Read 14th November, 1902. Wuen founding! the genus Pseudamycla for the reception of Buccinum dermestoideum, Lam., the suggestion was hazarded that Columbella miltostoma, Ten.-Wds., might prove to belong to this genus; and the subsequent partial examination of the soft parts of the latter species, which appears to be specifically distinct from P. dermestoidea, has fully justified that surmise. There being thus two known species of Pseudamycla, it is now possible to give some account of the characters of the group. PSEUDAMYCLA, Pace. Diagnosis.—Rhachiglossa (sensu lato) having the central tooth of the radula small, narrow, and tricuspid; and the lateral teeth of the form of elongated triangular plates, which are pointed posteriorly and dentate anteriorly. Shell amycleform. Operculum with sub-apical nucleus. Type-species.—Buccinum dermestoideum, Lam. Distribution.—The genus appears to be absolutely confined to the south-east coast of Australia and to Tasmania. In this region it is represented by two species which are recorded, perhaps erroneously, as occurring side by side: P. miltostoma would appear to be more typically Tasmanian, while the type-species is more characteristic of New South Wales and Victoria. Shell.—The shell in its form closely resembles that of assa (Amyela) cornicula (Olivi), with which the type-species has in fact been confounded, and those of the amycleform species of Columbellide. In both species a small denticle, similar to that so highly characteristic of Pisania, is occasionally present posteriorly upon the inner wall of the mouth of the shell. Radula.— A somewhat remarkable detail to which attention was not especially drawn when describing the radula of P. dermestordea, although it was indicated in one of the figures (ante, p. 256, Fig. 6), is the fact that each row of the radula is asymmetrical, in the sense that while the lateral tooth of the one side is ‘set in advance of the central tooth, the corresponding one of the opposite side les to an equal extent behind it. This character is common to both species. 1 See these Proceedings, ante, p. 255. 268 PROCEEDINGS OF THE MALACOLOGICAL SOCIETY. Affinities. —By the kindness of Mr. E. R. Sykes, I have been enabled to compare the animal of Donovania minima (Mont.). The similarity between the radula of this and of Pseudamycla proves to be more than a merely superficial one; and Pseudamycla in the characters of this organ may be said to occupy a position intermediate between Donovania and Pisania. PsEUDAMYCLA DERMESTOIDEA (Lam., as Buccinum). Whorls of the shell having fine spiral strize, not grooved; peristome uncoloured ; tessellated markings well defined. Hab.—Occurs at several stations in New South Wales, Victoria, and South Australia; and it is also recorded from Tasmania. Synonymy.—(Cf. ante, pp. 254-5.) PsrupamycLa mittostoma (Ten.-Wds., as Columbella). Whorls of the shell spirally grooved, the grooves pigmented ; peristome coloured ; markings not sharply defined. Hab.—This form appears to be typically Tasmanian; but it also extends to the opposite shore of Australia. Synonymy. 1877. ‘* Columbella miltostoma, n.s.”?: J. KE. Tenison-Woods, Proc. Roy. Soc. Tasmania, 1876, pp. 134-5 [no fig. ]. 1878. ‘* Columbella miltostoma, Tenison- Woods’’: J. E. Tenison- Woods, Proc. Roy. Soc. Tasmania, 1877, p. 32 [name only ]. 1883; Mar. 26. ‘C. [ Columbe (4 miltostoma, Tenison- Woods [ = C. deere Lam. ]’’: W. Tryon, Man. Conch., vol. vy, p» 120,pl; xlviii, fig. ae [poor ; ; not figs. 87-92 ]. 1892. Columbella miltostoma, Ten. - Wds. = “ Columbella (Mitrella) semiconvexa, Lamarck”: W. Kobelt, in Martini & Chemnitz, Jonch. Cab., Columbella, p. 83 [quotes Tryon ]}. 1892. ‘* Columbella (Mitrella) unisulcata n.”: W. Kobelt, in Martini & Chemnitz, Conch. Cab., Columbella, pp. 119-20, pl. xvu, figs. 15-6. 1901, Dec. 19. ‘* @. [ Columbella] saccaharata [sic], Reeve [incl. C. miltostoma, 'Ten-Wads. & C. unisulcata, Kob. |”: R. Tate & W. L. May, Proc. Linn. Soc. New South Wales, 1901, p. 366, pl. xxiv, fig. 19. This species is usually much smaller than P. dermesfocdea, the shell is also more depressed, and the sulcation at the base of the pillar is finer. The whorls exhibit none of the fine spiral striation of P. dermestoidea, but are sculptured with more or less well-defined, equidistant, spiral grooves. Of these grooves, the one immediately below the suture is generally more prominent than the others, and occasionally it alone can be distinguished. In fresh specimens the grooves appear as fine threads of colour. The markings of the shell are different to those of P. dermestoidea in character; and, except for the spiral lines, are generally but ill-defined. Though showing a tendency towards tessellation, the marking normally consists of comparatively large, but faint blotches; and these do not unite to PACE: ON THE GENUS PSEUDAMYCLA. 269 form a dark band at the periphery, as do the markings of P. dermestoidea. The dark coloration, red or brown, of the peristome seems to be absolutely diagnostic. The periostracum is usually dark in colour, and not greenish, but yellowish to umber-brown in tint. The operculum, while resembling that of P. dermestoidea, appears to be even more variable than in that species. External characters of Animal.—The following particulars regarding the external characters are based upon the examination of the soft parts of three individuals soaked out from shells in my own collection. The body appeared thickly covered with brown speckling, the pigmentation extending over even the sole of the foot. The tips of the tentacles are unpigmented, and the line of demarcation is quite sharp. The introvert is pigmented. The tentacles, which appeared to be very short and blunt, are connate. The eye-spots are large, and are situated dorsally near the bases of the tentacles. The foot is somewhat expanded anteriorly, and its front margin is very prominently duplicated ; posteriorly it appeared to be bluntly pointed, and was apparently destitute of caudal tentacles. The penis is of large size, and is long and tapering in form. At first it is directed forwards, but it almost immediately becomes sharply twisted and bent upon itself, so that its pointed extremity is directed posteriorly. The penis is perforated by a wide central lumen, and the external opening is terminal in position. The radula of P. miltostoma is very similar to that of P. dermestoidea ; it is, however, considerably smaller, and contains a lesser number of teeth—about 85 rows. The teeth are not so large as those of P. dermestoidea, and they are even more attenuated than they are in that species: the central tooth also is less strongly dentate. 1 The caudal tentacles recorded, with considerable hesitation, as present in P. dermes- toidea, will probably prove not to exist in that form either. ON THE ANATOMY OF PARYPHANTA URNULA, Prr., WITH NOTES ON P. HOCHSTEITERL, Prr., AND RHYTIDA GREENWOODI, Gray. By R. Murpocn. Read 14th November, 1902. Aw example of that rare species, Paryphanta urnula, Pfr., has recently been forwarded to me by my friend Mr. Henry Suter, of Auckland, for which my best thanks are here tendered to him. The specimen was preserved in alcohol, and in extracting the animal its apical whorls were broken off, but apart from this it is in a fairly good state of preservation. The animal is blue-black in colour, the anterior portion of the body being darkest. The ruge are irregular, somewhat larger on the neck and sides than on the tail. A minute line-like groove surrounds the foot-margin, as in P. Hochstettert. The foot is comparatively broad, with the tail acutely pointed and flattened above. The foot- sole is a dirty yellowish-white in the middle area, becoming darker around the margins. The mantle has a sharp, even margin, which is of a darkish colour, and from the under side of the mantle project to right and left, small fleshy ridges or lappets. The tentacles are completely retracted, and the labial projections much contracted and not very distinct. The genital pore is in the usual position. A small portion of the vagina is everted, and the orifices of the male and female organs appear to be distinct. The buccal mass is large and similar to the corresponding organ in other members of the group; the cesophagus enters in the anterior third and has a small salivary duct on either side. The salivary glands are oblong, compact masses, readily separated. The dentition has been described and figured by Suter,’ and the radula before me agrees perfectly with his description. The kidney is somewhat tongue-shaped, the posterior half yellowish in colour, while the anterior portion is white, thin, and semi-transparent. The ureter follows a similar course to that in Helix; but the rectal portion is open. The pericardium is about one-third the length of the kidney, and situate on the left, slightly concave, side of the latter. The outer wall of the pulmonary chamber is semi-transparent, and the venation, with the exception of the pulmonary vein, is very indistinct. 1 Trans. New Zeal. Inst., vol. xxiv, p. 286, pl. xx, fig. 1; Journal of Malacology, 1899, vol. vii, pt. 3, p. 51. MURDOCH: ANATOMY OF PARYPHANTA URNULA. 271 The pedal gland forms a small tube resting on the floor of the body- cavity; towards its posterior end it takes a sharp turn from right to left, thence downward into a cavity in the foot, is shortly folded back to the right, and terminates in a slight enlargement; the latter is attached to the walls of the cavity by fine connective tissue. Several small nerve threads proceed into the cavity, and the most prominent of these is attached to the terminal enlargement of the gland. The retractor muscle of the buccal mass, which consists of a number of strong bands somewhat loosely connected by muscular tissue, is very large, almost, if not quite, equalling the pedal muscles in size ; it rests above the latter muscles, and coalesces with them immediately before their attachment with the columella of the shell. The tentacle retractors arise separately from the posterior portion of the pedal muscles, and bifurcate towards the anterior ends, the lesser branches uniting with the inferior tentacles. The right ocular retractor passes between the branches of the genital system. The muscles to the foot and body form wide belts, which consist of very numerous strands, and have a continuous attachment with the sides of the foot and the immediately adjoining body-walls. There are no free, separate bands progressively attached to the sides of the foot, as in Helix. The Genitalia of Paryphanta urnula, Pfr. The penis (see Figure, p.) in its anterior half is slender and slightly darkish in colour, thence large and sac-like, with the retractor muscle (r.m.) attached to the posterior end. The vas deferens (v.d.) separates from it a little below the apex, forms a small tube, and shortly before its junction with the oviduct (ov.) is abruptly reduced to an exceedingly slender convoluted tube. The interior walls of the sac-like portion of the penis are covered with small papille, and the narrow slender portion with small irregular plications. The spermatheca (sp.), where it separates from the oviduct, is large and sac-like, thence contracted to a slender tube that follows the convolution of the uterus, to which it is attached by fine tissue. From the interior walls of the sac-like portion arise numerous - 212 PROCEEDINGS OF THE MALACOLOGICAL SOCIETY. irregular folds, having a distinctly granular appearance. The cavity of this portion contains a free spongy mass, elongated, somewhat flat, and irregular in outline. On its middle longitudinal portion are two or three riblets, which branch and anastomose, and from which irregular lesser riblets proceed towards the margins. It appears to be a peculiar form of spermatophore, and in its sponge-like texture differs from any I have hitherto met with. The uterus is finely sacculated. There is a large albumen gland (a/g.). The herm- aphrodite duct (/.d.) is densely convoluted, and has no indication of an appendix. From P. Hochstetteri, Pfr., and P. Hdwardi, Suter, it differs in the more sac-like termination of the penis and the very distinct form of the spermatheca. Compared with P. Hochstetteri there does not appear to be any appreciable difference in the arrangement of the muscles. In the latter species they are readily followed; a portion of the pedal muscles proceeds to the anterior limits of the foot, also several strands ter- minate in the body-wall beneath the ocular tentacles. The kidney is somewhat narrow and crescent-shaped; it is rather less than one- third of the length of the pulmonary sac and a little more than twice the length of the pericardium. The reflexed portion of the ureter forms a wide tube, while the rectal ureter is open as in P. urnula. The venation of the pulmonary sac is pigmented and well defined. The great pulmonary vein receives numerous branches from the left or cardiae side, several of which are comparatively large, and these are correspondingly well-marked afferent vessels. On the intestinal side the venation is slightly more dense. When compared with Helix aspersa the venation is seen to be markedly less dense and also to differ in the arrangement of the great branches. ‘In Rhytida Greenwoodi, Gray, the kidney is tongue-shaped, short, and the anterior portion thin as in Paryphanta urnula; it is about two-fifths of the length of the pulmonary sac and rather less than twice the length of the pericardium. The venation of the pulmonary sac, with the exception of the great vein, is very indistinct. The genitalia of this species also demand some mention. Collinge gave a description of the anatomy in the Annals and Magazine of Natural History (ser. vu, vol. vii, Jan. 1901, pp. 66-68, pl. i, figs. 1-16), and the writer gave a notice of the species in the Proceedings of this Society (vol. iv, pt. 4, March, 1901, pp. 166-168 and 171, pl. xvu, figs. 5, 6, 6a, 60). The above quoted descriptions differ in respect to the shape of the male organ. Collinge describes it as a long narrow tube folded upon itself, the distal limb scarcely distinguishable until separated by dissection, and the free terminal portion of the latter becoming slightly larger and almost sac-like. In the specimens that came under my notice it is much shorter and more sac-lke, the distal limb, or what I termed the epiphallus, similarly folded, but lacking the terminal enlargement. Recently I received several examples from Shannon, Manawatu, and Mr. H. Suter has kindly given me others from Taranaki. The Shannon specimens agree well with my description and figures, except MURDOCH: ANATOMY OF PARYPHANTA URNULA. 273 that the contracted middle portion of the spermatheca is twisted in some examples and not in others, also the length of the vagina is slightly variable, and in some cases shorter than it appears in my fig. 6. Of the three specimens from Taranaki, two are similar to those above mentioned, while the third more nearly resembles the form described by Collinge. The penis is a long narrow tube almost uniform in size, similarly folded upon itself, and forming a small tightly coiled loop at the point where the distal portion becomes free. It has not so great a length as indicated in Collinge’s fig. 14, and has no terminal sac-like enlargement. In other respects the anatomy does not appear to differ in the slightest degree from the several other specimens examined. The whole of the specimens which have come under my notice are undoubtedly Rhytida Greenwoodi, and there seems but little doubt that those investigated by Collinge belong to the same species. VOL. V.—APRIL, 1908. 19 NOTES ON MR. W. M. DALY’S COLLECTIONS OF LAND AND FRESH-WATER MOLLUSCA FROM STAM. By W. T. Buanrorp, LL.D., F.R.S., ete. Read 12th December, 1902. PLATE VIII. Tne late Mr. W. Mahon Daly, by whose untimely death from fever in December, 1900, the Society lost a valuable member, was engaged during the last two years of his life in the Forest Department of the Siamese Government. In Siam, as in India, he made large collections of land and fresh-water Mollusca, and on three occasions he sent specimens to me for identification. In the last letter that I received from him, dated 12th October, 1900, with a box of shells from Lampun in North Siam, he forwarded some notes on species previously sent, and suggested that these notes might be put into shape and inserted in the Society’s journal. I think the best use I can make of the notes is to insert them in a list of the species that I have been able to identify. The greater part of this paper was written in 1901, but [ was unable to finish it then. The bulk of the collections are from Pitsunaloke, rather more than 200 miles north of Bangkok, and from ees about 150 miles farther north and near Chieng Mai (Zimmé).! This last place is the chief town of the Laos country. A few specimens are without any definite locality. Some of Mr. Daly’s Siam collections have now been received in England, and by the kindness of Mr. H. B. Preston I have had an opportunity of examining them. The most important form not previously received is the fine Ampullaria described below as A. Dalyt. There are several fresh-water shells that I have not identified, but they are mostly represented by single specimens without any defined locality, and it is not quite certain that they are from the upper Menam valley around Pitsunaloke and Lampun. 1 This town affords an object-lesson in the system of spelling Oriental place-names. It was formerly known on maps as Zimmé or Zimmay, and a snail found in the neighbourhood was called Hemiplecta Zimmayensis (Proc. Zool. Soc., 1888, p- 241). Then some French travellers used the spelling Xieng Mi ui, hence Amphidromus Xiengsis noticed further on. In Mr. H. W arington Smyth’s ‘Five Years in Siam ”’ the place appears as Chieng Mai, and this is probably a nearly correct representation in English of the name as pr onounced. In Stieler’s Atlas the name is printed Schieng Mai (Zimme) in one map, and Kiang Mai in another. If the Laos language resembles Burmese in its orthography, which is likely, the correct transliteration is probably Khyeng Mai. ~~“ on BLANFORD :. LAND AND FRESH-WATER MOLLUSCA FROM SIAM. 2 GASTEROPODA. Family TESTACELLIDA. 1. Srrepraxis porrecrus, Pfr., var. Lampun. This is of about the same size as typical S. porrectus, and is principally distinguished by having a small tooth inside the right margin of the aperture, opposite the crest of the parietal lamella. One specimen, greatly distorted through an injury to the shell when half grown, is noted as “ Found under plantain-trees generally.” Two other species of Streptavis (one example of each), which T have not succeeded in identifying, were sent without definite locality. Family LIMACIDA. 2. Cryprosoma pRmstans (Gould). No precise locality. This agrees better with C. prestans than with C. Siamense, Haines. The former is widely distributed in Burma, from the neighbourhood of Bhamo to Tavoy. [‘‘ Found during the rains only, in July and August, in very damp forest. These shells have a very gummy substance, which it is difficult to get off when handled.”—W. M. D. | 3. Macrocuiamys pumicata (Morelet). Ser. Conch., iv (1875), p. 248, pl. xu, fig. 2. A single specimen was sent, which, although very close to Morelet’s species, is perhaps not absolutely identical. Numerous additional shells have been received by Mr. Preston. ‘“Common in evergreen forest. Never found in open or dry forest.”—W. M. D. | 4. MacrocutamMys mozecuta, Bens. Lampun. Several specimens of this small species were sent, and they show passage from a form nearly resembling the type from Rangoon into a turbinate variety with a more raised spire. A specimen of the former with a major diameter of 5mm. is 83mm. high; one of the latter measures 5 4mm. in diameter by 3°7 mm. in height. Specimens from Moulmein and the Khasi Hills were identified by Nevill (Handl., i, p. 38) with the original form from Rangoon. It is not, therefore, surprising that this species should be found in Siam also. 5. Macrocatamys Dueasti, Morlet. Journ. de Conch., 1891, pp. 25 239, pl. v, figs. 1, la. Lampun and Pitsunaloke. This is evidently a very common form in the upper Menam valley. It is a singularly globose shell, more so than any of its allies with which I am acquainted; and owing to the fact that in the figures above quoted, although views of the upper and lower surface are given, none is furnished showing the most characteristic aspect, it is by no means easy to identify the species. Moreover, the shell is described as supra vix convexa, the last whorl is said to be infra subplanatus, and the peristome is characterized by lubro superne ad insertionem anfractus penultimi incisura discreto, none of which particulars (the last character 276 PROCEEDINGS OF THE MALACOLOGICAL SOCIETY. may be an individual peculiarity) agrees with Mr. Daly’s specimens. A shell, however, belonging to Mr. Ponsonby, which, he informs me, is an authentic specimen of A, Dugasti, although distinguished by a higher spire, is, I think, clearly a variety of the Upper Siamese form. The latter I describe as follows :— Testa subobtecte perforata, depresso-globosa, pallide fulvo-cornea, levis, nitida, vix striatula; spira convexa vel depresso-conoidea, apice obtuso, suturaimpressa; anfr. 7, convexi, lente accrescentes, ultimus ad peripheriam rotundatus, antice paululo descendens, subtus tumidus ; apertura obliqua, lunaris; peristoma obtusum, albidum, margine dextro sinuato, basali subrecto, vix arcuato, columellari expansulo, ad insertionem in laminam triangularem desinente. Diam. maj. 14, min. 13mm.; alt. 10 mm. In some specimens the upper surface is darker-coloured than the lower, and the junction of the two shades at the periphery of the shell is marked by a fine groove which does not extend all the way round. This character is found in only a few specimens, and is doubtless accidental. There is considerable variation in the height of the spire. In the slightly thickened peristome and the slight arcuation of its basal margin, this shell shows a considerable resemblance to the Burmese JL, petasus (Bs.), which, however, has not the globose form of I, Dugaste. The shell of one specimen contained the dried-up animal; and this I sent to Colonel Godwin-Austen, to whom I am indebted for the following details.. He succeeded, after soaking the dried mass, in ascertaining that the sole of the foot was divided longitudinally into three areas; there were the usual peripodial fringe and grooves, and a short overhanging lobe above the mucous pore. There was apparently a right shell-lobe, but this could not be distinctly made out, nor could it be ascertained whether a left shell-lobe was present. The long flume of a spermatophore was found, indicating that the spermatheca must be very long in this species. After much soaking the jaw and radula were found. The jaw is curved slightly, but has no median projection on the cutting edge. The teeth of the radula are arranged in rows of 40:2:9:1:9:2:40(51: 1:51) teeth. The median tooth is tricuspid, the inner laterals, or admedians, have each a single cusp on the outer side, the marginals are minute and bicuspid. On the whole the characters agree sufficiently with Macrochlamys to render it probable, in Colonel Godwin-Austen’s opinion, that JZ. Dugasti belongs to that genus. The original locality of IZ Dugasti was said to be in forests on the banks of the Menam Pinh, Western Laos. The Menam Pinh is probably the same as the Me Ping, shown in maps as running near Chieng Mai. §. Macrocutamys anceps (Gould). Two small specimens of a shell which I take to be a variety of this species were sent to me in the first collection I received from Mr. Daly. A third occurs amongst the shells received by Mr. Preston. One of them, apparently adult, measures only 12 by 11mm. in the two BLANFORD: LAND AND FRESH-WATER MOLLUSCA FROM SIAM. 277 diameters and 6 mm. in height, whereas the typical form from Tavoy measured 17, 16, and 9mm, The colour of the Siamese shell, too, is ight yellowish fulvous, not whitish horny, and the spire is rather lower than in the typical Tenasserim form. The anatomy of Jf. anceps was described by Stoliczka (Journ. Asiat. Soc. Bengal, 1871, pt. ii, p.. 233, pl. xvu, figs. 1-3), who referred the species to the genus Lotula of Albers. Godwin-Austen (Proc. Malac. Soce., vol. iii, p. 174) has shown that this form must be included in Macrochlamys, despite its being sharply carinate. 7. Hemipiecta pistrnota, Pfr. Helix distincta, Pfr.: Zeitschr. Malak., 1850, p. 69; Mart. & Chemn., 2nd ed., Helix, No. 853, pl. exxxiv, figs. 1, 2 (1852); Morlet, [Arvophanta (Hemiplecta) |, Journ. de Conch., 1891, p. 281. Helix Neptunus, Pfr.: Proc. Zool. Soc., 1861, p. 190; id., Novit. Conch., p. 176, pl. xlviu, figs. 1, 2. Helix Pluto, Pfr.: Proc. Zool. Soc., 1862, p. 268; id., Novit. Conch., p. 210, pl. lv, figs. 8, 9. Helix pernobilis, Fér.: apud Pir., Novit. Conch., p. 177, pl. xlviu, figs. 3 & 4, nec Fér. Hemiplecta Neptuna, G-A.: Proce. Malae. Soc., vol. iv, p. 33. I have compared the shells sent by Mr. Daly with the types of HH, distincta from Cuming’s collection in the Natural History Museum. Mr. Smith, to whom I am indebted for calling my attention to these and to the types of H. Neptunus, assures me that there is no doubt they are the original specimens in both cases. Owing to the fact that H. distincta, when originally described, was said to be from the Moluccas, there has been much confusion as to its identification, and it is, I think, owing to this that Colonel Godwin-Austen has referred Mr. Daly’s shells to 7. Neptunus, and has regarded this and /. distincta as different species. One of the shells sent by Mr. Daly is scarcely distinguishable from one of the types of H. distincta. Another specimen from Mr. Daly agrees better with H. Weptunus, whilst a third approaches H. Pluto, and I regard all as varieties of the same species. The shell identified by Pfeiffer as H. pernobilis must, I think, be another variety, but the original H. pernobilis of Férussae (only known from his figure) may be quite distinct, the reversed basal margin of the peristome, the external coloration, and the banding inside the mouth as represented in the figure being very ditferent from the Siamese form. The locality of the Molucca Islands, originally quoted by Pfeiffer for H. distincta when the shell was first described in 1850, appears to have been corrected by Haines (Ann. Lyc. New York, vi, 1856, p. 158). The locality was evidently regarded as erroneous by Pfeiffer, for it is not mentioned in the later supplements to his Mon. Helic. Viv. The figure in Martini & Chemnitz is not good, and appears not to have been taken from any of the types in the Cuming Collection. There is evidently also much confusion as to the forms dissected by Semper. 278 PROCEEDINGS OF THE MALACOLOGICAL SOCIETY. The shell has a curious resemblance to the Malabar JZ. basileus, Bens., both in form and in its peculiar sculpture. The occurrence of ZZ. distincta at Chieng Mai has already been recorded by Morlet, Journ. de Conch., 1891, p. 231. [‘* Very common at Pitsunaloke, but rare in the North Laos States. Generally found in forests of the ‘Eng’ (Dipterocarpus tuberculatus). After a (forest) fire in the hot season it is a common occurrence to see eight or ten dead shells all together im the hole of a tree. The Laos eat this snail, and pronounce it ‘sweet and delicious.’ ””—W. M. D. | 8. Hemiptecta? Danaz, Pfr. Pitsunaloke. Three specimens sent show some variation. Two agree well with the type in the Natural History Museum, the third has a higher spire. The original type was obtained by Mouhot, and was said (Proc. Zool. Soe., 1862, p. 268) to be from ‘‘ Lao Mountains, Cambodia.” It is scarcely necessary to say that the Laos are a people who inhabit Northern Siam, not Cambodia. [‘* Found at Pitsunaloke in bamboo jungle, but not common. I have not met with a single specimen in the Laos States.”—W. M. D. ] 9. Srsara mEGALoDON, BIf. Proc. Malac. Soc., ante, 1902, p. 3d. (‘Common at Pitsunaloke. Found in evergreen forest.” — W. M. D.| Family HELICIDA. 10. GaneEsELLA capitium (Bens.). Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist., ser. 1, vol. 1 (1848), p. 160. The occurrence of this shell in Siam had already been noted by Morelet (Ser. Conch., iv, p. 254). As I pointed out in 1865 (Journ. Asiat. Soc. Bengal, vol. xxxiv, p. 93), Helix hariola, Bens., is not distinguishable from Ganesella capitium, although the latter is keeled and the former is not. Including G. hariola, G. capitium has a very wide range, being found in Southern India (Nullymalay Hills), Behar, both south of the Ganges and at the base of the Himalayas, Upper Burma, Pegu, and Siam from the north to Bangkok. The Siamese specimens sent are sharply keeled, and resemble Indian shells (typical G. caprtiwm), except that they are lower in the spire. [‘‘ Found all over Siam, but not common.’’—W. M. D. | 11. Herrx (Piecrorrorrs) Orpnam, Bens. Lampun. This is another rather widely ranging form, being known previously from Assam to Pegu. Specimens of HH. tapeina, Bens., and ZH. ZHuttoni, Bens., were also received. Neither of these has a precise locality, and it is not quite certain whether they were really from Siam. 12. AmpnHrpRoMus GLAUCOLARYNX, Dohrn. Pitsunaloke; Lampun. Several shells sent by Mr. Daly appear to me to belong to the above species, var. B (Proc. Zool. Soc., 1861, p. 207). They are small, BLANFORD : LAND AND FRESH-WATER MOLLUSCA FROM SIAM. 279 varying in length from 25°5 to 31 mm., and form a complete passage into A. moniliferus (Gould), (Proc. Boston Soc. Nat. Hist., vol. ii, 1846, p. 99), with which 4. Theobaldianus (Bens.), (Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist., ser. 1, 1857, p. 329), appears to be identical (see Hanley, Conch. Ind., p. xi, note). Should this be confirmed it is probable that Gould’s name will have to be adopted for this rather handsome Amphidromus. 138. AmpHipromus Xtencensis, Morlet. Journ. de Conch., 1891, pp. 27, 240, pl. v, figs. 4, 4a. Pitsunaloke ; Lampun. The figure quoted is that of a larger shell with the spire more elongate than in the specimens sent by Mr. Daly. There is, however, considerable variation in this respect, and Ancey (Bull. Mus. Marseilles, vol. i, p. 134) has noticed the variability of this species. A specimen sent from Pitsunaloke is 82mm. long by 17 mm. wide, whilst one from Lampun measures 23:5 by 13 mm., and another 26 by 15 mm. Morlet, in describing this species, points out that it is allied to A. filozonatus, Mous., from Java. a The name Xvengensis is derived from the chief town of the Laos tates. 14. Ampnipromus XreNncENsis, var. Tryont, Pfr. Pilsbry: Man. Conch., ser. 1, vol. xii, p. 196. This, at first sight, appears quite distinct from A. Xiengensis, but the two pass into each other. A. Xiengensis is often a white, almost porcelanic shell, with vertical purplish brown bands, more or less interrupted, on all the whorls, and with two broad dark stripes separated by a broad white stripe round the base. The var. Zryont is pale to rich yellow, with only two well-defined dark stripes round the basal portion of the last whorl, much as in the common Burmese A. Sinensis (Bens.), which differs by being a less slender form. Specimens vary in length from 27 to 33mm. I am indebted to Mr. Preston for calling my attention to Pilsbry’s description of this variety. [ ‘These very handsome shells are common in both North and South Siam. The Karens use the shells as ornaments for small children. There are about five different species.” —W. M. D.] (This note refers to all the species of Amphidromus. The use of shells of Amphidromus as ornaments by the Karens has been noticed before, I think, by Mason, and certainly by Theobald.) Family PUPIDA‘(?). 15. Crrastus Sramensts (Redf.). Pitsunaloke. T am doubtful about the generic relations of this species, and by no means satisfied that it is an ally of C. distans (Pir.) and C. Abyssinicus (Riipp.). [‘* Very common in long elephant grass. Not met with in the Laos States. I have not taken a single specimen near Lampun.” — W. M. D.] 280 PROCEEDINGS OF THE MALACOLOGICAL SOCIETY. Family STENOGYRIDZA. 16. Opras Watxerr (Bens.). Lampun. This species, originally described from the Andaman Islands, was found in the Shan States of Burma by Mr. F. Fedden (Theobald, Journ. Asiat. Soc. Bengal, 1870, pt. u, p. 395; Nevill, Handlist Moll. Ind. Mus.,i, p. 165). Its occurrence in Northern Siam is therefore not surprising. This is perhaps the same as Stenogyra turricula, v. Martens (Ostas. Zool., ii, 1867, p. 82, pl. xxi, fig. 7), but it cannot be the original S. turricula, v. Mart. (Proc. Zool. Soe., 1860, p. 9). [‘‘ Rare. Found on moss and brick walls.”—W. M. D.] 17. Opras cracize (Hutton). Lampun. Immature specimens, probably of this species, have already been reported from Chieng Mai by Morlet (Journ. de Conch., 1891, p. 282). [ ‘Found on brick walls. Not common.”—W. M. D. | Family LIMN AID A. 18. Pranorpis Exustus, Desh. Lampun. Family CYCLOPHORID. 19. CycLopHorts spEcrosus (Phil.). {‘‘Common all over North and South Siam, especially where there are rocks, or limestone caves. Eaten by the Karens and Laos after dropping in hot water for a few minutes. It is found in teak forests mostly.”—W. M. D. | 20. CyctopHorus FLorIDus, Pfr. A considerable number of specimens amongst Mr. Daly’s collections agree with the description of this species, but appear also to be merely a variety of C. fulguratus, Pfr., the common Pegu form. 21. Scasrina Laorica, Mlldff. Nachrbl. Deutsch. Malak. Ges., 1897, p. 35. Lampun. Except in one respect, this shell agrees with the description quoted. The exception is that the peristome in Mr. Daly’s specimens is simple and slightly expanded, not ‘ multiplicatum’ as it is described by Mollendorff. But the difference may very possibly be due to none of the shells from Lampun being fully mature. (Since writing the above I have seen another specimen in Mr. Daly’s collection with a thickened subduplex peristome.) [The small shells are ribbed and are not common. Found only where rocks occur.’”—W. M. D. ] 22. Ruzostroma Bernarpi, Pfr. Lampun. The two specimens sent agree fairly with the figures published (Journ. de Conch., x, 1862, p. 45, pl. vi, fig. 5; Conch. Icon., No. 28), but are smaller in dimensions (diam. maj. 14, min. 11 mm.; alt. 6 mm.). This species and P. (2h.) tener are intermediate in character between typical Lhiostoma, with the last whorl free for some distance near BLANFORD : LAND AND FRESH-WATER MOLLUSCA FROM SIAM. 281 the aperture, and the forms of Pterocyclus inhabiting the countries to the east of the Bay of Bengal. P. Mariont, Ancey (Bull. Mus. Marseille, i, 1898, p. 137, pl. ix, fig. F), is a typical Ahzostoma, near P. Houset, with which it has been united by Dautzenberg. [‘‘ Not common. Found on rocks only.”—W. M. D. | 23. Rutostoma Datyr, BIf. Proc. Malac. Soc., ante, 1902, p. 34. This is perhaps only a variety of 2. Haines: (Pfr.). [‘*Not common. Only taken at Pitsunaloke in one locality, in very dark and dense forest.” —W. M. D. ] 24. Purina artata, Bens. Lampun. The four shells sent appear to me to agree very fairly with typical Moulmein specimens. I doubt whether the common Pegu form (the identity of which with the real P. Peguensis, Bens., is open to grave doubt) can be distinguished from P. artata. This subject has been discussed by Colonel Godwin-Austen (Land & F. W. Moll. India, vol. i, pp. 34-41). [‘‘ Very rare. I only got seven shells after hunting in different places for many days.”—W. M. D. | Family VIVIPARID 2. 25. Vrvrpara crnevtaTta, v. Mart. Lampun. This is regarded by Nevill (Handlist Moll. Ind. Mus., vol. 11, p. 22) as a subspecies of V. Bengalensis, Lam., probably with justice. [‘* Very common. Eaten by the Laos. On 15th October cleaned fifteen specimens, and all were full of young.”—W. M. D. | 26. Vivipara TRocHOIDES, v. Mart. Lampun and Pitsunaloke. [ ‘‘ Common in swamps and open marshy land.”—W. M. D. | 27. Vivreara Eyrtest, Morelet. The only specimen received came with shells from Pitsunaloke, and is probably from that neighbourhood. Family AMPULLARIID &. 28. AmpuLtarrA pourra, Desh. A typical specimen without exact locality. 29. AmpuLLaRIa conica, Gray. Pitsunaloke ; Lampun. 30. AMPULLARIA GRACILIs, Lea. Lampun. [‘‘ Very common, and often found for many miles inland after floods.’ — W. M. D. | There are young shells of at least one other Ampullaria, perhaps of two species, but they are too immature to be identified. 31, Ampurtarta Datyt, sp. nov. (vel A. TurBinis, Lea, subsp. Datyz). Pl Nea treet Testa subobtecte perforata, globosa, olivacea, fasciis angustis crebris saturatioribus verticaliter picta, levis, striis incrementi lineisque 282 PROCEEDINGS OF THE MALACOLOGICAL SOCIETY. impressis decussata; spira parum exserta, convexa, sutura impressa ; anfr. 5, superne convexi, ultimus paulatim descendens, magnus, tumidus, subtus angustior ; apertura subovalis, superne angulata, intus livida, obsolete fasciata; peristoma haud incrassatum, albidum, marginibus callo junctis, basali expansulo, columellari curvato. Alt. ad basin peristomatis 83, lat. 78 mm.; operc. 60 longum, 35 mm. latum. Hab.—Siam. ‘Type in the British Museum. Numerous specimens of this fine Ampullaria have been received by Mr. Preston. They are in all probability from the upper Menam valley, but the ex xact locality has not been recorded. The general form is that of A. turbinis, Lea, but the present shell is at once distinguished by the want of the longitudinal coloured bands on the whorls, especially conspicuous inside the mouth, and by the dark transverse vertical stripes. The latter are very characteristic ; something similar, though not so well marked, is often seen on the South Indian form of A. globosa, figured by Hanley (Conch. Ind., pl. exiv, fig. 1), under Swainson’s name of A. carinata (A. globosa, var. carinata, Nevill, Cat. Moll. Ind. Mus. Calcutta, fasc. E, 1885, p. 38). Family MELANIID. 32. Metania TuBercuLaTa (Miill.). 33. Meranra Scuompurcki, Hanley. 34. MELANIA VARIABILIS, Bens. 35. Mertanra scasBra (Mill.). [‘* All these are very common in the rivers. The large ones (ML. variabilis) are sold in the market and eaten by the Laos.”— W. M. D.| 36. Metania BrInoposa, sp. noy. (vel M. sprnata, subsp.). Bib VILL Big: 2: Testa turrita, subfusiformis, albida, epidermide fusco-olivacea induta; spira elevato-conica, apice eroso, sutura haud impressa; anfr. ad 6 (34 superstites), convexi, omnibus liris duabus nodiferis spiraliter armatis, ultimo etiam costis quatuor, infera subobsoleta, infra medium circumdato, apertura elliptico-rhombea, antice et postice angulata, intus suleata, sulecis cum costis externis congruentibus; peristoma tenue, antice ad basin productum, marginibus callo junctis, externo recto, columellari retro-sinuato. Long. 42, diam. 23 mm.; ap. 21 longa, intus 12 mm. lata. Hab.—Siam, in fluminibus majoribus. Type in the British Museum. The nearest ally of this Melania, so far as I can ascertain, is M. (Melanoides) spinata, eer from Cachar ae Zool. Soe., 1872, p. 514, pl. xxx, fig. 1; Conch. Ind., pl. cix, fig. 1), but that has a higher spire, the mouth is smaller in proportion, and the columella more deeply curved backward above the basal termination of the aperture. The sculpture is similar, except that the keels round the base are more numerous. Another shell showing some resemblance to the present species is that from the Burmese Shan States figured BLANFORD : LAND AND FRESH-WATER MOLLUSCA FROM SIAM. 283 by Theobald as I. variabilis, var. pyramidalis (Journ. Asiat. Soc. Bengal, xxxiv, 1865, pt. 2, p. 274, pl. ix, fig. 7; see also Conch. Ind., pl. lxxv, fig. 8). The sculpture is different, as there are three nodose ridges round the whorls instead of two. A third allied form is Melania pagodula, Gould, from Tenasserim (made by H. Adams the type of a separate genus, Brotia, Proc. Zool. Soc., 1866, p. 150), but this has only a single spiny ridge round the whorls. Lastly, M. premordica, Tryon, from Pegu (Amer. Journ. Conch., ii, pt. 2, 1866, p. 111, pl. x, fig. 3), resembles JL binodosa in shape, except that, judging from the figure, the aperture is narrower, and the ridges round the whorls are smooth, not nodose. A smaller specimen measures 38 mm. in length and 22mm. in breadth. [‘‘ Common in large rivers.” —W. M. D. | 37. Patupomus Sramensis, sp. nov. Pl. VIII, Fig. 3. Testa ovato-conica, solidiuscula, epidermide olivacea vel fusco- olivacea induta, sub epidermide albida, fasciis latis spiralibus castaneis circumdata, infra suturam et ad basin distincte, versus peripheriam obsolete sulcata; spira conica, apice acuto, erosulo, sutura im- pressa; anfr. ad 6 convexi, ultimus 3 teste vix superans; apertura verticalis, ovata, superne angulata, intus trifasciata, fascia media ceteris angustiore; peristoma tenue, acutum, marginibus callo junctis, basali columellarique dilatatis, intus incrassatis. Operculum normale. Long. 11, diam. 7°5 mm.; ap. long. 7, lat. 5. Hab.—Siam, in valle superiore Menam fluminis. Type in the British Museum. I have no exact locality, but it is evident that this Paludomus, the first, so far as I can learn, that has been recorded from Siam, is from the upper Menam valley. A species referred by its describer, Commandant L. Morlet, to the Assamese 2. conica, Gray, has been obtained in Cambodia (Journ. de Conch , xxxvu, 1889, p. 146). The largest specimen I have seen is 12 by 8mm. The extreme apex is wanting in all the shells. The present species is most nearly allied to P. regulata, Bs., from Pegu, but that is considerably larger; the spiral sulcation is much stronger, the spire longer and the mouth shorter in proportion. There are only three chestnut spiral bands in P. Scamensis instead of four, and the second is narrower than the others, whereas in P. regulata there are usually four, all of equal breadth; but this is not a character of importance, for these coloured bands vary in different individuals. PELECYPODA. Family UNIONIDA. 388. Unto Houser, Lea. 39. Unio eravinus, Lea. 40. Unio crispatus, Gld. [‘* Common in all rivers.’—W. M. D.] This applies to all three species. 284 PROCEEDINGS OF THE MALACOLOGICAL SOCIETY, Family CYRENIDZ. 41. Corsrcura, two or three species. Lampun, etc. The specimens sent are of two sizes, large and small. Some of the smaller shells may be the young of the larger, which agree fairly with C. rhomboidea, Prime. Upwards of thirty species appear to have been named from Indo-China, and as I have no faith in the validity of these specific forms, I do not think time would be well spent in endeavouring to identify Mr. Daly’s shells. [‘* Very common. I picked up dozens in my compound, which was flooded during the recent rains. All were empty, having been eaten by some small insect.”’—W. M. D. | This note is of interest as it shows the migratory tendencies of Corbicula. A compound is the enclosure round a house. In August, 1900, Mr. Daly wrote to me that his compound was 4 feet under water. EXPLANATION OF PLATE VIII. Fie. 1. Ampullaria Dalyi, n.sp. 5, 2. Melania binodosa, u.sp. 3, 3 Paludomus Siamensis, n.sp. You ¥-Px. Vin Proc.Mauac. Soc. vil itern Bros in ANIA BINODOSA. 3.PALUDOMUS SIAMENSIS. 6 ibs 4 del.e J.Green -_MEL 2 IoOMvMiP UE EARTA DAE. bo (o2) or NOTE ON DR. J. E. GRAY’S TYPE-SPECIMENS OF JURASSIC AMMONITES FROM INDIA. By G. C. Cricx, F.G.S., Of the British Museum (Natural History). Read 12th December, 1902. In the first volume of his work entitled ‘‘ Illustrations of Indian Zoology; chiefly selected from the collection of Major-General Hardwicke,” published in 1830-32, J. E. Gray gave, on plate c, four figures of three species of Ammonites which he named A. Nepaulensis (figs. 1 and 2), A. Wallichi (fig. 3), and A. tenuistriata (fig. 4). According to the legend on the plate, which is dated 1829, they all came from ‘‘Sulgranees, Nepaul.’’ The species were not described. Of these specimens three, viz., the originals of figs. 1, 3, and 4, are in the British Museum collection, and bear respectively the register numbers C. 5,052, C. 5,041, and C. 5,051; the other specimen, the original of fig. 2, we have not been able to identify. Although the conclusions respecting 4A. Wallichi and A. tenuistriata recorded below have already been briefly stated elsewhere,! the published figures of these specimens differ so much that a fuller explanation seems to be necessary. 1. Ammonires Nepavtensis, Gray. Although some of the matrix has been removed since Gray’s figure was drawn, there is abundant evidence that the specimen in the British Museum coliection bearing the register number C. 5,052 is the original of Gray’s fig. 1.2. The drawing is of the natural size, but is reversed ; it shows that the fossil is partially enclosed in a nodule, a portion of only one side of the outer whorl being exposed. Since Gray’s figure was drawn, an attempt has been made to clear the matrix from the rest of the outer whorl; the commencement cf the outer whorl has been successfully cleared, but the greater part of the whorl that was covered by matrix has been injured during the operation. There is, however, no difficulty whatever in recognizing the fossil as the original of Gray’s fig. 1. 1G. C. Crick: List of Types and Figured Specimens of Fossil Cephalopoda in the British Museum (Natural History), 1898, pp. 26 and 29. ZS Mibidiesps22 286 PROCEEDINGS OF THE MALACOLOGICAL SOCIETY. This fossil was transferred to the British Museum from the Museum of Practical Geology in 1880, with a label belonging to that Museum bearing the inscription ‘‘ Oolitic: Niti Pass. Ammonites Nepalensis. Coll. by Col. Strachey.’ This last statement is erroneous; the fossil could not have been collected by Colonel Strachey, because the specimen is figured in Gray’s work, which is dated 1830-32, whereas Colonel Strachey’s specimens were not obtained until the years 1848 and 1849.! The Paleozoic and Secondary fossils collected by Strachey were described, the former by J. W. Salter and the latter by H. F. Blanford, in 1865, in a work the title-page of which reads as follows:— ‘‘ Paleontology of Niti in the Northern Himalaya: being descriptions and figures ce the Paleozoic and Secondary Fossils allectau by Colonel Richard Strachey, R.E. Descriptions by J. W. Salter, F.G.S., A.L.S , and H. F. Bl: anford, A.R.S.M., F.G.S. Reprinted with slight corrections for private circulation from Colonel R. Strachey’s forth- coming work? on the Physical Geography of the Northern Himalaya. Caleutta: O. T. Cutter, Military Orphan Press, March, 1865.” All the plates are marked vol. 11, and are numbered from 1 to 23. In the copies of this work that are in the libraries of the Geological Department of the British Museum, of the Geological Society of London, and of the Museum of Practical Geology respectively, the first nine plates are photographs of engraved plates, whilst the rest (10-23) were lithographed and printed in Calcutta. It would thus seem that this was the manner in which the plates were issued with the work. But the library of the Geological Department of the British Museum also contains a set of plates, presented by Sir Richard Strachey in 1892. The first nine are engraved, and it is evident that it was from precisely similar imprints that ‘the photographs issued with the work were taken ; plates x—xili, xvi-xvill, and xxi—xxill were drawn and lithographed Dy Wi-a Et. Baily, the others, xix and xx, by C. R. Bone; and they were all printed by Ford & West, evidently in England. The two sets of plates present, in the drawing of the specimens, sufficient differences to show that the ‘ English’ set was not copied from the ‘Indian,’ but that most of the figures, at any rate, were re-drawn from the actual specimens, additional details being given in several instances.’ General Sir Richard Strachey informs me that the ‘English’ set of plates has never been ‘‘ formally published,”’ so far as he knows—‘‘ certainly not in England.” In that work Blanford figured an example of Ammonites Nepaulensis (pl. xiv, figs. la, 6), and at first sight one is scarcely prepared to regard this specimen as one of the examples figured by Gray, but a close examination leads us to believe that it is the example represented in Gray’s fig. 1. In Blanford’s figures, which are reversed, the piece of matrix still remaining at the aperture of the shell is not shown, and the injured 1 Quart. Journ. Geol. Soc., vol. vii (1851), p. 294. 2 This work was never published. 3 Compare, for example, in the two sets, pl. xi, figs. le, 2¢; pl. xui, fig. la; pl. xv, fig. la; pl. xvi, figs. la, 2a; pl. xvii, figs. 2a, b; pl. xxi, fig. 1d. CRICK : JURASSIC AMMONITES FROM INDIA. 287 portion of the whorl, which is the portion on the right in fig. 1a, has been restored. That the whorl has been restored can be readily seen ; the sculpture on the last half of the outer whorl has evidently been copied, though not very correctly, from the actual specimen, and also the few fine ribs at the commencement of the outer whorl; but the ribbing of the intervening portion is obviously so inconsistent with the rest that it cannot possibly have been copied from an actual example; this, in fact, is the restored portion. Further, the appearance of the last three ribs at the anterior part of the specimen corresponds exactly to the exserted portion of these ribs in Gray’s type-specimen. The width of the umbilicus is more nearly correctly represented in Gray’s figure; this is relatively far too wide in Blanford’s figure. The ribbing also is much too irregularly represented in Blanford’s figure. Blanford’s fig. 16, if taken from this specimen, is perfectly imaginary so far as the right-hand portion of the figure is concerned, for this side of the fossil is completely obscured by matrix. Blanford admits that the figures are incorrect, for he says ‘‘the overlap of the whorl is considerably greater than is represented in the figures, Plate xiv, and the aperture or section of the whorl, longer and more compressed- ovate than in fig. 14.’ We think, however, it is clear that the original of Gray’s fig. 1 is the original also of Blanford’s pl. xiv, figs. la, 6. This is the fossil in the British Museum collection bearing the register number C. 5,052. The dimensions of the exserted portion of the fossil, as nearly as can be measured, are: diameter of shell, 101 mm. ; height of outer whorl, 46°5 mm.; thickness of outer whorl, estimated at about 37 mm.; width of umbilicus, 23 mm. 2. Ammonites WaLticutil, Gray. Gray’s type-specimen is in the Brit. Mus. collection (No. C. 5,041).? There can be no doubt about the identification of the specimen, because Gray’s figure, drawn of the natural size though reversed, represents the injured portion of the outer whorl, and also indicates the small shell imbedded in the matrix at the anterior end of the fossil; the diameter is fairly accurately represented, but the width of the umbilicus is a little too narrow. The dimensions of the specimen are as follows: diameter of shell, 94 mm. ; height of outer whorl, 33°5mm.; thickness of outer whorl, 31°5mm.; width of umbilicus, o7 mm. H. F. Blanford, in J. W. Salter & H. F. Blanford’s “ Paleontology of Niti in the Northern Himalaya,” 1865, figured this species (pl. xv, figs. la and 6), and a comparison of his figures with Gray’s type— the form of the anterior end and the presence there of a small shell imbedded in the matrix—shows conclusively that they must have been drawn from that fossil. The eroded portion of the whorl has, however, been restored, both in figs. la and 6. The dimensions of 1G. C. Crick: List of Types and Figured Specimens of Fossil Cephalopoda in the British Museum (Natural History), 1898, p. 29. 288 PROCEEDINGS OF THE MALACOLOGICAL SOCIETY. the specimen are not accurately drawn. On the same plate there is a drawing of a suture-line, which is referred to fig. 2. In the text of his work (p. 84) Blanford refers to Ammonites Wallichii the following figures: pl. xv, figs. la—c; pl. xix, figs. la-e, 2Qa—-c. Now figs. la and 6 in pl. xv represent Gray’s type- specimen, but there is no figure lettered le in any copy of this plate that we have seen. There is a suture-line on this plate numbered in the ‘Indian’ set 26 and in the ‘ English’ set 2d, fig. 2 being named in each case A. tenuistriatus, but that it does not belong to that species is evident from Blanford’s remark in his description of the species that ‘the sutures are not visible.” Now the suture-line of Gray’s type-specimen has been painted in as if for the purpose of being drawn, and one must admit that at least portions of it closely resemble fig. 26 (or 2d), but the lateral lobe is represented very much too deep. It seems, however, that the suture-line is intended for that of Gray’s type, and should therefore have been lettered le. This drawing, like figs. la and 4, is also reversed. 3. AMMONITES TENUISTRIATA, Gray. The original of Gray’s figure of this species is in the British Museum collection (No. C. 5,051).! Gray’s figure is of the natural size, but is reversed. Some of the matrix has been removed since the specimen was figured by Gray, but there are still indications on the fossil of the original extent of the matrix. There can be no doubt whatever about its being the figured specimen. It is accompanied by a label belonging to the Museum of Practical Geolog ey, bearing the following inscription : ‘Oolitic: Niti Pass. -Ammonites fenuistriatus. Coll. by Col. Strachey (belongs to Brit. Mus.).”’? The statement that it belonged to the Strachey Collection is obviously erroneous, for, as we have already stated, Gray’s figures were published many years before Colonel Strachey’s fossils were collected. Moreover, according to Gray, the type came from ‘‘ Sulgranees, Nepaul.” The National Collection also contains the specimen (No. C. 5,039) figured by H. F. Blanford in Salter & Blanford’s “ Paizeontology of Niti,” pl. xiv, fig. 2, and the natural mould (No. C. 5,036) from which was made the eutta- -percha cast figured in pl. xv, fig. 2a of the same work ; both specimens belonged to the Strachey Collection, and were transferred from the Museum of Practical Geology in 1880. As the former specimen is only doubtfully referred to this species, it seems evident that the two examples of this species examined and mentioned by Blanford (op. cit., p. 78) were those represented in pl. xv, fig. 2a, and pl. xv, figs. 26, 2e. Blanford states that one of the specimens which he examined was ‘‘ Hardwicke’s [i.e. Gray’s] type,” and since fig. 2a cannot possibly be that type, we are forced to conclude that figs. 2b, 2¢ of pl. xv were drawn from the type-specimen; and a comparison of the figures with the specimen supports that conclusion, Blanford’s 1G. C. Crick: List of Types and Figured Specimens of Fossil Cephalopoda in the British Museum (Natural History), 1898, p. 26. CRICK: JURASSIC AMMONITES FROM INDIA. 289 figures having been drawn from a portion of the specimen after some of the matrix had been removed. This view is further supported by the copy of fig. 2b in the ‘English’ set of the plates already alluded to, the line indicating the original extent of the matrix as seen in Gray’s figure being clearly indicated, as well as the small irregularly-shaped patch from which the test has been chipped off. The suture-line on the same plate numbered in the ‘Indian’ set of plates 26, and in the ‘English’ set 2d, does not, as we have already stated, belong to A. tenuistriatus,' but to Wallichii, and should have been numbered 1c. As we have already pointed out elsewhere,’ Blanford misquotes Gray’s species as ‘‘ Amm. tenuisulcatus’’; but he corrects the mistake in the list of ‘ Errata’ given on p 112. Although the dimensions of the specimen cannot be given with absolute certainty, the fossil has been cleared enough to enable these measurements to be indicated approximately. They are as follows: diameter of the shell, 84 mm.; height of outer whorl, about 32°5 mm. ; thickness of outer whorl, probably about 27 mm.; width of umbilicus, about 31mm. One of the inner whorls is also revealed; it has a diameter of 14mm.; the height of the whorl at this diameter being 4:1 mm., and the width on the umbilicus 5*2 mm. The conclusions arrived at in the preceding note may be expressed as follows :— Ammonites Nepaulensis, J. H. Gray: Illustrations of Indian Zoology, vol. 1 (1880-32), pl. c, fig. 1 (reversed). Ammonites Nepalensis, J. E. Gray: H. F. Blanford, in J. W. Salter & H. F. Blanford, Paleont. Niti, 1865, p. 77, pl. xiv, figs. la, 4 [much restored ]. Sulgranees, Nepaul [ fide Gray]. Specimen in British Museum (Nat. Hist.), register No. C. 5,052. Ammonites Wallichii, J. K. Gray: Illustrations of Indian Zoology, vol. 1 (1830-82), pl. ¢, fig. 3 (reversed). Ammonites Wallichit, J. E. Gray: H. F. Blanford, in J. W. Salter & H. F. Blanford, Paleont. Niti, 1865, p. 84, pl. xv, figs. 1a, b, and the suture- line 2d (reversed). In some impressions of this plate the suture- line is lettered 24; in all cases it is wrongly named A. tenuistriatus. Sulgranees, Nepaul { fide Gray]. Specimen in British Museum (Nat. Hist.), register No. C. 5,041. Ammomtes tenuistriata, J. K. Gray: Illustrations of Indian Zoology, vol. 1 (1830-82), pl. c, fig. 4 (reversed). Ammonites tenuistriatus, J. E. Gray: H. F. Blanford, in J. W. Salter & H. F. Blanford, Paleont. Niti, 1865, p. 78, pl. xv, figs. 2b, ¢ (not 2d). Only a portion of the specimen is figured. Sulgranees, Nepaul { fide Gray |. Specimen in British Museum (Nat. Hist.), register No. C. 5,051. 1 The fact that the suture-line did not belong to A. tenuistriatus was surmised by F. Stoliczka, Mem. Geol. Surv. India, vol. v (1866), p. 101, footnote. i 7 G. C. Crick: List of Types and Figured Specimens of Fossil Cephalopoda in the . British Museum (Natural History), 1898, p. 26. VOL. V.—APRIL, 1903. 20 290 ON AMMONITES ROBUSTUS (R. STRACHEY, MS.), H. F. BLANFORD, FROM THE HIMALAYAS. By G. C. Cricx, F.G.S., Of the British Museum (Natural History). Read 9th January, 1903. In 1851 Captain (now Sir) Richard Strachey communicated to the Geological Society of London a paper ‘‘ On the Geology of Part of the Himalaya Mountains and Tibet,” based upon the observations which he made during the years 1848-49. The Paleozoic and Secondary fossils therein mentioned were described in 1865, the former by J. W. Salter and the latter by H. F. Blanford, in a joint work of which the title-page reads as follows: ‘‘ Paleontology of Niti in the Northern Himalaya: being descriptions and figures of the Paleozoic and Secondary Fossils collected by Colonel Richard Strachey, R.K. Descriptions by J. W. Salter, F.G.S., A.L.S8., and H. F. Blanford, A.R.S.M., F.G.S. Reprinted with slight corrections for private circulation from Colonel R. Strachey’s forthcoming work’ on the physical geography of the Northern Himalaya. Calcutta: O. T. Cutter, Military Orphan Press. March, mpcccrxv.”’ ‘The [Strachey] collection,” says Salter (p. 2), ‘was brought home numbered and catalogued, but still required months of patient work in breaking up and chiselling out the specimens. When finally arranged upon tablets, with localities, he [ Colonel Strachey | placed them all in the colonial collections of the Museum of Practical Geology, and left me the more pleasant task of comparing and describing them.” Without doubt, Strachey attached to the fossils the names which Salter and Blanford subsequently adopted in their descriptions. In a footnote on p. 80 Salter states that ‘‘all the figured specimens of Colonel Strachey’s collection have been liberally presented by that gentleman to the Museum of Practical Geology, London.” The Strachey Collection is now, however, in the British Museum, being one of the collections of foreign fossils transferred to this Museum from the Museum of Practical Geology in 1880. Among the species described and figured by Blanford in the work above mentioned was Ammonites robustus, R. Strachey MS. (p. 85, pl. xvi, figs. la-c). ‘Lhe two specimens which he figured and 1 This work was never published. CRICK: ON AMMONITES ROBUSTUS, BLFD. 291 referred to this species are in the British Museum collection (Nos. C. 5,050 and C. 5,046). Although Triassic fossils, they were described as of Jurassic age, and hence probably escaped the notice of Dr. E. v. Mojsisovics,! for they do not appear to be mentioned in his comparatively recent work on the Upper Triassic Cephalopoda of the Himalayas; nor do they seem to have been mentioned by Stoliczka? in his revision of all the known fossils from that district. Blanford characterised the species as a very variable form, but the two figured specimens appear to be specifically distinct, and although both are referable to the same section Juvavites of Mojsisovics, one (No. C. 5,050) belongs to the subgenus Griesbachites and the other (No. C. 5,046) to the subgenus Anatomites of the same author. We have reserved Blanford’s name for the original of his figs. la@ and e¢, and have given a new name—Juvavites (Anatomites) expansus—to the original of his fig. 14. In his description of Ammonites robustus, Blanford gave the dimensions of three examples which he designated a, b, and ¢ respectively ; 4 and ¢ are evidently the two figured specimens just referred to. Now there is in the British Museum (No. C. 6,790), and forming part of the Strachey Collection, another specimen (from Lakhur, Niti Pass) labelled Ammonites robustus, the dimensions of which lead us to conclude that this is the example which Blanford designated a. It differs, however, so much from the other two examples that we regard it as specifically distinct, and propose for it the name Juvavites (Griesbachites) Stracheyt. Descriptions of the three species are appended. * In 1855 F. v. Hauer * described under the name Ammonites robustus a species from the Trias of Hallstatt, but Strachey’s specimens are in no way related to that species. 1. Juvavires (GRIESBACHITES) RoBUSTUS (Blanford). 1865. Ammonites robustus (pars), H. F. Blanford: in J. W. Salter & H. F. Blanford, Paleont. Niti, p. 85, pl. xvi, figs. la, ¢ (not 1b = Juvavites (Anatomites) expansus). Shell discoidal, involute, somewhat inflated; greatest thickness at about the middle of the lateral area, nearly one-half of the diameter of the shell; height of outer whorl rather more than one-half of the diameter of the shell. Whorls (? number); inclusion almost complete ; umbilicus about one-ninth of the diameter of the shell in width, deep, with steep sides, and subangular margin. Whorl broadly oval in 1 E. vy. Mojsisovies, ‘‘ Beitrage zur Kenntniss der obertriadischen Cephalopoden- Fauna des Himalaya’’: Denkschr. k. Akad. Wissensch. Wien, math. -naturw. Cl., Bd. lxiii (1896), pp. 575-701; and Pal. Ind., ser. xv, vol. ii, pt. 1 (1900 . 2 Geological Sections across the Himalayan Mountains, from Wangtu-bridge on the River Sutlej to Sungdo on the Indus: with an account of the formations in Spiti, accompanied by a revision of all known fossils from that district. Mem. Geol. Surv. India, vol. v (1866), pp. 1-154, 10 pls. See, Table of Cephalopoda, pp. 149-163. 3 F. v. Hauer, ‘ Beitrage zur Kenntniss der Cephalopoden-Fauna der Hallstatter Schichten’’: Denkschr. k. Akad. Wissensch. Wien, vol. ix (1855), p. 147, pl. u, figs. 1, 2; pl. iu, figs. 1-3. ; 292 PROCEEDINGS OF THE MALACOLOGICAL SOCIETY. transverse section, a little higher than wide, indented to fully one-half of its height by the preceding whorl; periphery broadly rounded, somewhat flattened, fairly well-defined by a row of tubercles on each side; sides gently convex, their central portion being the most prominent; inner area narrow, fairly well-defined, convex, nearly perpendicular to the plane of symmetry of the shell. Body-chamber occupying at least five-sixths of the outer whorl; aperture not seen. Chambers shallow; septal suture! as in the accompanying figure. Septal suture of Juvavites robustus (Blid.). The details of the external saddle are not well preserved. Test with narrow, prominent, rounded ribs, some of which bifurcate near the umbilical margin, the branches again bifureating at about the centre of the lateral area, and some yet again at the margin of the periphery, the latter point of bifurcation being marked on the greater part of the body-chamber by an elongated node, there being 8 or 9 nodes on the last half of the outer whorl; the ribs do not pass on to the inner area of the whorl, and they are all—except possibly those on the anterior part of the body-chamber—interrupted for a short distance at the centre of the periphery. There are no nodes on the earliest part of the body-chamber. The present species is represented in the Strachey Collection by a fairly well-preserved example, the original of Blanford’s, pl. xvi, figs. la, c, which we regard as the type-specimen. The specimen appears to be complete, five-sixths of the outer whorl being occupied by the body-chamber. Blanford (op. cit., p. 85) gave the dimensions of three examples which he designated a, 6, and ¢; this is possibly the example marked ¢, but if so, the thickness of the whorls is much ereater than that author gives. The elongated nodes at the margin of the periphery of the last half of the outer whorl are not well'shown in Blanford’s figure. Its dimensions are :— Diameter of shell ... He pe cer 67 Width of umbilicus nen ne as iso Height of outer whorl sa see alte 34 Thickness of outer whorl ... ae -* 32°5 Type.—B.M. Coll., No. C. 5,050. Horizon and Locality.—The example of this species is from Niti, and probably from the same horizon as that which has yielded the specimens here referred to Juvavites (Griesbachites) Stracheyi and Juvavites (Anatomites) expansus respectively, i.e. from the Daonella- beds of the Upper Trias. The present species comes very near Juvavites ( Griesbachites) Strachey?, but differs from that species in havin its greatest thickness at the 1 The line of insertion of the septum ‘into the wall of the shell ; most frequently termed the suture-line. CRICK: ON AMMONITES ROBUSTUS, BLFD. 293 middle of the lateral area instead of almost close to the umbilicus, and in having smaller and closer-set nodes at the margin of the periphery. Compared with J. (@.) Stracheyi, the difference in the form of the aperture of the shell, or transverse section of the body- chamber, is, judging from the recent Wautilus, such as might indicate merely a sexual difference between that species and the present one ;* but we are led to think that such is not the case, because the difference in the form of the transverse section of the whorl is shown even in the younger whorls, and this difference, we think, would, if merely sexual, not be apparent in the young shell,’ and in fact would not be well marked until the animal had arrived at maturity.® 2. Juvavires (GriESBACHITES) STRACHEYI, sp. nov. 1865. Ammonites robustus (pars), H. F. Blanford: in J. W. Salter & H. F. Blanford, Paleeont. Niti, p. 85. Shell discoidal, involute, somewhat inflated; greatest thickness almost close to the umbilical margin, about one-half of the diameter of the shell; height of outer whorl about five-ninths of the diameter of the shell. Whorls six or seven; inclusion nearly complete ; umbilicus about one-tenth of the diameter of the shell in width, deep, with subangular margin and steep sides. Whorl oval in transverse section, somewhat higher than wide; indented to nearly one-half of its height by the preceding whorl; periphery broadly convex, somewhat flattened, fairly well-defined by a row of tubercles on each side; sides feebly convex, sloping away from the umbilical margin; inner area narrow, convex, almost perpendicular to the plane of symmetry of the shell. Body-chamber occupying at least one-half of the last whorl; aperture not seen. Chambers not seen ; septal suture imperfectly known. ‘Test with narrow, prominent, rounded ribs, which usually bifurcate at about the middle of the lateral area, one branch or sometimes both branches again bifurcating near the margin of the periphery, the latter point of bifurcation being sometimes marked by a longitudinally elongated node, there being on the last half of the outer whorl eight of these nodes on each margin of the periphery ; nodes probably not confined to the body-chamber ; * ribs not passing on to the inner area of the whorl, and all interrupted for a short distance on the median portion of the periphery. This species is represented by only one example. This is the largest of the examples of Ammonites robustus, the dimensions of which are given by Blanford (op. cit., p. 85). The portion of the 1 See figures by Dr. A. Willey, Nat. Sci., vol. vi (1895), p. 411; also Dr. A. Willey’s “* Zoological Results,’’ pt. vi (1902), p. 742. _? Dr. Willey states that it is impossible to distinguish the sexes in young shells of the living Nautilus. Nat. Sci., vol. vi (June, 1895), p. 412. 3 According to Dr. Willey’s observations, propagation takes place in the recent Nautilus only after the last septum has been formed. A. Willey’s ‘‘ Zoological Results,’’ pt. vi (1902), p. 746. 4 Since the nodes are quite prominent at the commencement of the body-chamber, one is led to think that they existed also on at least a portion of the septate part of the shell. 294 PROCEEDINGS OF THE MALACOLOGICAL SOCIETY. outer whorl that is preserved formed part of the body-chamber. The specimen is broken transversely across the centre, the fracture revealing the dimensions and form of some of the inner whorls. It shows that up to a diameter of at least 40 mm. the periphery is broadly rounded and continuous with the sides, and that the whorls up to a diameter of more than 52mm. are wider than high, whilst before reaching a diameter of 80mm. the whorls are higher than wide. Its dimensions are :— mm. Diameter of shell ... b: 4 we ey 80 Width of umbilicus... oe es dak 85 Height of outer whorl ar ee ae 44 Thickness of outer whorl ... sR ae 89°5 The specimen, being broken transversely across, allows us to give the thickness and height of the whorl at various diameters, thus :— Diameter? 2.< 4... 02 9 ia col » Ss 26 72s, lo rome Dhicknesss.. acto OO yess) 200 Pee. Oe ee ole Height of whorl:,. 26°5..... 19:5 7... 12) 22") 9: Type.—B.M. Coll., No. C. 6,790. Horizon and Locality—The specimen formed part of the Strachey collection from the Himalayas, and when transferred to the British Museum collection from the Museum of Practical Geology, Jermyn Street, was labelled ‘‘ Ammonites robustus, Oolitic, Niti Pass.’”? The specimen bears in ink the name ‘“ Lakhur,”’ with the figures ‘‘ 28” under it. Mojsisovics records three examples of his Griesbachites Hanni from the ‘‘ dark slaty limestone of the Daonella beds of Lauka,”’ and this is probably the horizon and locality which has yielded the present example. Two species of this genus have been described from the Himalayas, viz., Ammonites Medleyanus, Stoliczka,! and Grvesbachites Hanni, Mojsisovies;? the present species differs from the former by its prominent ribbing even on an internal cast, and from the latter by its smaller umbilicus, its more distinctly bifurcated ribs, and fewer nodes at the margin of the periphery. ” ” 3. JUVAVITES (ANATOMITES) EXPANSUS, Sp. NOY. 1865. Ammonites robustus (pars), H. F. Blanford: in J. W. Salter & H. F. Blanford, Paleont. Niti, p. 85, pl. xvi, fig. 1b (not figs. la, ¢ = Juvavites (Griesbachites) robustus). Shell rapidly expanding, inflated; greatest thickness at the umbilical margin, about five-sevenths of the diameter of the shell; height of outer whorl nearly one-half of the diameter of the shell. Whorls few (? number) ; inclusion almost complete; umbilicus narrow, 1 F. Stoliczka, ‘* Geological Sections across the Himalayan Mountains,’’ etc. : Mem. Geol. Surv. India, vol. v, p. 54, pl. iv, fig. 5. E. v. Mojsisovics, ‘‘ Beitrage zur Kenntniss der obertriadischen Cephalopoden- Fauna des Himalaya’? : Denkschr. k. Akad. Wissensch. Wien, math.-naturw. Cl., Bd. Ixiii (1896), p- 605, pl. x, fir. 2. 2 E. vy. Mojsisovics: op. cit., Bd. Ixiii (1896), p. 607, pl. x, figs. 3-5. CRICK: ON AMMONITES ROBUSTUS, BLFD. 295 deep, with steep sides and a subangular margin. Whorl semi-elliptical in transverse section, its width one and a half times its height; indented to about one-third of its height by the preceding whorl ; periphery broadly convex, with a narrow median depression, im- perfectly defined; sides flattened, feebly convex; inner area well defined, rather broad, nearly perpendicular to the plane of symmetry of the shell. Body-chamber (? length) ; aperture not seen. Chambers shallow ; septal suture imperfectly known. Test with narrow, prominent, rounded ribs, which bifurcate at various places on the lateral area ; they are all interrupted at the centre of the peripheral area, the mbs being usually opposite, but sometimes alternating; occasionally there is a groove, somewhat wider than the spaces between the ribs, running from the periphery to the umbilical margin. The only example of this species in the British Museum collection is one of the specimens figured by Blanford (l.c., pl. xvi, fig. 16) as Ammonites robustus. It is probably the example 4, the dimensions of which are given on p. 85. It is incomplete, being entirely septate ; and unfortunately the suture-line cannot be well made out. At the peripheral depression the ribs are usually opposite, but at the anterior portion of the specimen they become alternating. The periphery is not quite so much depressed as represented in Blanford’s figure. Its dimensions are :— mm. Diameter of shell (entirely septate) as 56°5 Width of umbilicus S a ae 8 Height of outer whorl... oa or 27°5 Thickness of outer whorl... sie Bee 40 Type.—B.M. Coll., No. C. 5,046. Horizon and Locality—The single example representing this species is from Niti, and, judging from the matrix, probably from the same horizon as the example which we have referred to Juvavites ( Gries- bachites) Stracheyt, i.e. from the Daonella-beds of the Upper Trias. From the Himalayas Dr. E. von Mojsisovics has described three species referable to the subgenus Anatomites, viz., Juvavites (Anatomites) Bambanagensis,' J. (A.) Eugenii,? and J. (A.) Caroli,? all from the ‘ Karnische Stufe,’ and from the Daonella-beds. The present species comes nearest to the first-mentioned, but that is smaller and more inflated ; still, we believe, both species come very near Anatomites rotundus* from the ‘ Karnische Stufe’ of Aussee, Austria. From the two other specimens also referred by Blanford to Ammonites robustus the present species is at once distinguished by the absence of marginal tubercles, its more inflated form, and more finely ornamented shell. 1 Dr. E. v. Mojsisovics, ‘‘ Beitrage zur Kenntniss der obertriadischen Cephalopoden- Fauna des Himalaya’’: Denkschr. k. Akad. Wissensch. Wien, math.-naturw. CL., Bd. Ixiii (1896), p. 603, pl. xi, fig. 1. 2 Dr. E. v. Mojsisovics: op. cit., p. 604, pl. xi, fig. 3. 3 Dr. KE. v. Mojsisovics: op. cit., p. 605, pl. xi, fig. 2. * Dr. E. v. Mojsisovics: Ceph. der Hallstatter Kalke, Bd. ii, p. 98, pl. xc, figs. 6-9 ; pl. exxvi, fig. 11; pl. cxev, fig. 11. 296 ON THE ANATOMY OF TWO LAND MOLLUSCS (HELICARION (?) WILLEYANA AND 4H. (?) WOODWARDI, n.sprr.) FROM NEW BRITAIN AND LIFU, LOYALTY ISLANDS, COLLECTED BY DR. ARTHUR WILLEY, F.R.S., IN 1895-97. By Lieut.-Colonel H. H. Gopwry-Avstey, F.R.S., ete. Read 13th June, 1902. PLATE IX. Tur two species which I describe in this paper were entrusted to me with several others by our late lamented Secretary, Martin F. Woodward, saying he thought they would interest me. It was the last time I saw him, and it has naturally been a matter of deep regret to me, throughout the time devoted to these shells, that, with other members of this Society especially, I can never receive again his real, sympathetic and valuable aid in work of this nature. Of the remaining species, which are all small forms, I hope to communicate descriptions later on. Those who have worked at these small glassy shells know how extremely difficult it is to determine their species: the question of their generic position is in many cases even more difficult—I may say impossible—to solve from the shell characters alone. The animals, however, when well preserved—and Dr. Willey’s specimens were— present in many points of their anatomy characters which are distinct enough to render determination quite easy, and this is well shown on a comparison of the soft parts of the two animals now described. Generic determination, as in this case, will not become easier until more is known of the animals of the various genera and subgenera living in the part of the world from which these species come. So many species are only partly known, often owing to the paucity and bad preservation of material; sometimes only the shell and radula have been described. For this reason I have placed both Dr. Willey’s species in Helicarion, a genus which already contains a very varied lot of animals. I consider we have not yet arrived at the stage when subgeneric divisions can be made with satisfactory results, and while so much new and fresh material has yet to be collected in the many thousand islands of the Malay Archipelago and Pacific Ocean. 1. Hezicarron (?) WILLEYANA, D.sp. Hab.—Gazelle Peninsula, New Britain (Dr. A. Willey). The shell, which has five whorls, is quite smooth. The animal (Figs. 1, 1a, 16) has an extremely long foot, with a well-developed, overhanging lobe above the mucous gland; it is rounded above, with GODWIN-AUSTEN : ANATOMY OF NEW: HELICARION (?). 297 a well-marked furrow lying in the centre line, from which the main parallel side furrows are given off. The general colour is pale horny, with darkish grey near the tentacles and extremity of the foot. The sole of the foot is narrow, with a distinct central area. The peripodial margin is broad, with indistinct fringe lines, and two close parallel lines above it. Both the right and left shell-lobes are large, broad, elongate, and thin; on both can be seen a central vein, with branch veins leading towards the margin. The right dorsal lobe is rather small, the left is in two distinct parts; the posterior, although so extremely thin and transparent, was very well seen. It is evident that in life the shell-lobes spread over the entire upper surface of the shell. The generative organs (Fig. 1e) are simple. The penis is seen on the left dorsal side on removing the mantle-zone (Fig. 1a); it is bent on itself. The position of the retractor muscle cannot be made out, but it very probably has its attachment at this point; a muscle attachment is seen lower down. The spermatophore is indicated at the distal end by some regular oblique folds. The vas deferens is an extremely thin thread, becoming larger and more swollen close to the male organ, along the side of which it is attached by muscular tissue. The spermatheca is short, with a blunt knob, pointed where the retractor muscle is attached; the latter is large and flat, and nearly as long as the spermatheca. The free oviduct above is narrow, long, and coiled. The jaw (Fig. 1d) is concave on the cutting edge with a central projection. The radula (Fig. le) in the single specimen examined is evidently abnormal in all the central area; the centre tooth could not be seen (by analogy it would be of the usual tricuspid form); the admedian teeth are very irregular in size and form, the plates having developed, at their point of origin, two or three together ; the type of admedian teeth could, however, be discerned on one side, where five of the plates became regular and normal, and they present one single tooth with a small cusp on the outer side; the marginals that follow are curved and bicuspid, the imner point being longer than the outer. They are quite perfect in‘form. The formula would, I estimate, be 35: 12:1: 12: 385; taking the total breadth of the radula, in its central area, and the number of admedian teeth that would fill the interval; it is also pretty clearly seen whether two or three teeth are grown together. There is only one other specimen left, which shows the form of the animal and its mantle-lobes so well that I have refrained cutting it up merely to extract another radula. The interesting points in this species are the great length of the foot and the great expanse of the shell-lobes, with the conspicuous central vein. The Doctors Sarasin, in their work ‘‘ Die Land-Mol- lusken von Celebes,” pl. xvii, fig. 149, show a somewhat similar veined structure in the large right shell-lobe of Helicarion /de. The radula is of a different type, with multiserrated marginals, and the foot of the animal is widely different in form from that of the present species, so I think it safe to say this New Britain form has little relationship with that species. 298 PROCEEDINGS OF THE MALACOLOGICAL SOCIETY. In this species the following characters may be also noted: (1) the absence of the amatorial organ; (2) the simple form of the penis, with no kalk-sac or ceecum at the retractor muscle; (3) the very small number of teeth in each row of the radula, that is to say, the radula is very narrow as compared with those of some species of Helicarion. Thus far it agrees with Helicarion permolle, Stoliczka, from Penang, and as regards characters 1 and 2 with H. Aukenthale and H. Halmaherica, Kobelt, from the Celebes, but in these two last the type of radula is quite different; they have 320 and 602 teeth respectively in each row, as against only 95 in H. Willeyana, It does not agree with Lamprocystis, as typified by LZ. succinea, for in this genus Pfeffer places several ovoviviparous species, and we find this last character common to Microcystis and Fretum, Sykes (= urypus, Semper). It finds no place in Semper’s group with chitinous papillate structure in the penis, his ‘ Reizepapillen’ (= Pseudhelicarion of Yon Mollendorff; type Helix ceratodes, Pfr.). It is interesting to note that in the simple form of the penis, combined with the absence of the amatorial organ, this species agrees exactly with Videna, Discus, ete. (vide Wiegmann), Dendrotrochus conicordes, Trochomorpha timorensis, 7’. planorbis, and 7. lardea (see also _ Proc. Malac. Soc., vol. i, pl. xix, fig. 3, Discus bicolor). Although these species have no shell-lobes, while their shells are discoidal, sharply keeled and altogether so very different to the globose shells of Dr. Willey’s collecting, may not their relationship le in the above- named direction rather than with chlamydate molluscs inhabiting the same region, but having a distinct origination. 2. Hexicarion (?) Woopwarpl, n.sp. Hab.—Lifu and Island of Pines, Loyalty Islands (Dr. A. Willey). Shell (Fig. 2g) imperforate, very globose, shiny ; sculpture consisting of beautiful, tine, regular, somewhat wavy, longitudinal striation, broken up by very fine transverse grooves into minute dots; the colour in one example is of a pinkish tint, in two others it is paler and greyer; spire depressed, suture very shallow, apex flatly convex; whorls 4, regularly increasing; aperture broadly lunate, oblique ; peristome thin, slightly reflected near the umbilicus. Major diameter 7°25 mm., and of a specimen from the Island of Pines, 7°75 mm. Animal (Figs. 2, 2a, 2b) pale-coloured, with a broadish dark band on either side of the neck, separated by a pale dorsal space, and having two very distinct parallel grooves on the central line broken up by cross grooves into oblong spaces. The foot has a short horn above the mucous gland, and the peripodial margin is distinctly fringed; the foot beneath is divided. ‘lhe right shell-lobe is broad, and narrows rapidly. The left shell-lobe (Figs. 2, 2a, 26) is broad and well developed, larger decidedly than the right. The dorsal wall of the branchial sac is black, mottled, and streaked with white. Genitalia (Figs. 2c, 2d).—The retractor muscle of the penis is attached to a short straight caecum, at the base of which the vas deferens enters; this last, slightly convoluted, lies close against the lower thick body of the male organ up to its basal end. Under Proc. Malac. Soc. Vol. V, Pl. IX. ie rar ae A ayy A rel oh PE UTELS 10 / Uierom \ scares EEE PMOSE 2Qhb = eee OulEI MOS: ; Myty2 O, 5 SS H. H. G.-A. del. ANATOMY OF TWO NEW SPECIES OF HELICARION (?). GODWIN-AUSTEN : ANATOMY OF NEW HELICARION (?). 299 slight pressure and transmitted light (Fig. 2d), what I take to be the spermatophore became visible. It is simple in form and devoid of spines, the two ovoid, solid, dark masses which are visible probably being a hardened collection of spermatozoa ; the portion between x and a’ has well-defined sides, and a lustrous appearance. The spermatheca is moderately long, swelling slightly at the posterior end. The radula (Fig 2f) has the formula 35:2: 10:1: 10: 2: 35. The central tooth is tricuspid, the admedians have one strong cusp on the outer side; in the 11th and 12th the cusp rises nearer to the point, then follow nine bicuspid teeth, succeeded by a well-marked tricuspid series, while the outermost teeth are very small with three serrate teeth. The jaw (Fig. 2e) is high in proportion to its width, semicircular above, solid in form, with a very small central projection on a slightly concave cutting ridge. Some of the remarks on the previous species apply equally to this one. The penis differs by the presence of a caecum from which the retractor muscle is given off; there is also considerable difference in the form of the jaw, and in the marginal teeth of the radula. The animal is not at all alike in the proportion of its parts to one another. I find it equally difficult to place it with certainty in any existing subgenus of micro-helices. EXPLANATION OF PLATE IX. Helicarion (?) Willeyana. Fic. 1. Animal, shell removed, viewed from the right side. x 5°3. la. Animal, shell removed, viewed from the left side; left shell-lobe turned down, showing under side. x 5:3. ,, 1b. Left shell-lobe, in natural position, the divided left dorsal lobe below. x 5°3. lc. The generative organs. x 8°20. » ld. Jaw. x 20. 5, le. Teeth of the radula: 8th-1 3th admedian, and outermost laterals. Helicarion (?) Woodwardt. Fig. 2. Anterior part of the animal, viewed from the right. x 5°3. 2a. Animal viewed from the left. x 3. », 26. Animal seen from above, shell removed. x 5:3. 2c. The generative organs. x 8-20. ,, 2d. The penis, much enlarged, showing position of spermatophore. x 16. Qe. Jaw. x 20. ,, 2f. Various teeth of the radula, from the rhachidian to the last laterals. apt 12ge- Shell. arb. 1-3. arborescent processes of the organ of Bojanus. cv.c. cerebro-visceral connection. exe.a. excurrent arm of the organ of Bojanus. int. intestine. neph. nephrostome. od. oviduct. pe., pe. pericardial cavity and cut edge of pericardial floor. pe.a. pericardial arm of the organ of Bojanus. rect. rectum. rp.d. reno-pericardial duct. ug.c. uro-genital cloaca. x. opening between rp.d. and ug.c. ‘NNIT ‘SN3T0NN VWINONN JO SNVSYO IWN3d Je? af Ha “x °X ‘Id ‘A ‘“IOA "20S ‘OBIBW *204d 5 30 . t THE MALACOLOGICAL SOCIETY. PROCEEDINGS OF "TIVONAT Cena) sx0}Tpny "COG (puss humnunp ‘dUVM@GOOM AUNAH ; “IOINSVILT, UO] ‘AANOSNOG "HR NHOL "4991109 9q 04 JUOTIEYLYS BADR oq} puy aM puv ‘uopuoT Jo Ajor00g TvorsopoovleyY oy} JO LoIMsvory, oy} Jo syunosov oY} pourmvxe Avp siyy oAvYy OAL N EAI LIS ZL > WLS Cp aC Ocean un eh 8 Se puvy ut ooueeg CG tt et TG OP ee So gee Se aac oS CLOT E 0 0 G¢ “~“"** * + ° ‘sidisdeypguenresqzeapy “ PATOL Ge, °° See * RKrejeI0Ng O59], SE -> = ~ 5 89918 ‘snornemenTjeaopsuomuuogn sosuodxg Aspung | 9 ¢ [T yaoqg °/, $% urjpodoxoey O¢F Uo spuoprarq “ 2 OL I0) 9 * 8 es * -, aojeredg UreyueT “O° (etxoT = < "(°° “Ge vasumpaasompestoraece. 0 &1¢ ee oe ay Piped o Rielbee, 6 ian ce) Jorma ne $007 doURI URL «e 0 OL G iy ee ae Wed 0 Gly ‘s}UBPUd}}V 0} sorymMyRTg 0 OLAS * sloquleyy sutpuodsert0og OO Chere Ce ee a TRON 0 G CF ° ° ° saeqmoyy ArvutpIg @ OJ Suyysry owyooypq —oouvape Ul suotydrosqng Tenuay § ——Mgornog uveumig, 1G) 7) = ee oomary, Sutpuodsai.109 CURE Pei og SEEN UN e's oneisom —Ivol1e UL suotydiiosqng Tenuuy ‘ 6. & ©¢ io Oe “SIBNOITH) SUUL © 1G) yee a LZ Il 201 — 8 § 1% ° sdoqmop,, Sutpuodseri0g S Olt «& 2 ee aanersniin 0 61 OFF * * * Sdoquozy ArvUTpAC Ps 6 6 GOLF * I5vJsog pue Suyuug —suorjdiosqng Tenuay ‘* 7 —,,88utpaaoorg ,, Joysog Aq | G 1 FF * * * * * * * avod yeu] WOAT ooUBTeG OF, ji ‘p "9 F 1) | “p "9 F ‘aq 2 ‘G06T ‘UXINAOAC 16 CHUN UFHA AHL YOX AYOLICGNAdMXA UNV AMOONT 5 ‘NOGNOT 4O ALAIOOS TYOINOTOOVIVIN 306 PROCEEDINGS OF THE MALACOLOGICAL SOCIETY. ANNUAL GENERAL MEETING. Frioay, 137TH Fersrvary, 1903. E. A. Smiru, F.Z.S., etc., President, in the Chair. Mr. H. Fulton and Mr. Alexander Reynell were appointed scrutineers. The following report was read :— ‘“Your Council, in presenting their tenth Annual Report, have to record a continuance of the steady progress chronicled in former years. During the past year ten new members have been elected, while the Society has lost by death four members, namely, Mr. O. Collett, Mr. J. C. Mansel-Pleydell, Major-General L. Tripe, and the Rey. W. T Whan. Nine members have also been removed from the list owing either to resignation or other causes. The membership of the Society on December 31st, 1902, stood as follows :— Ordinary members... see anne aa ite eh 89 Corresponding members a. sete eee neem ee 79 Total, isso © Seas 168 The total for the preceding year was 171. The financial position of the Society remains thoroughly satisfactory, the balance in hand at the close of the year being £26 5s. 6d., while in addition the sum of £50 still remains invested in Metropolitan x per cent. Stock. The reduction of the balance in hand at the beginning of the year by some £18, is accounted for by the increased expenditure incurred in printing the ‘ Proceedings,’ owing mainly to the size of the two papers mentioned below. Since the last Annual General Meeting three more numbers of the ‘ Proceedings’ have been issued, forming the first half of Vol. V, comprising 257 pages, with six plates, a frontispiece (portrait of Martin F. Woodward), and numerous illustrations in the text. Mr. Pace’s reference list of the names of Columbeilide alone occupied 119 pages; this and Mr. Gude’s ‘Synopsis of the genus Streptazxis’ form two solid contributions to Molluscan literature of very great value. Your thanks are due to the following gentlemen, who have borne a portion of the cost of illustration, or have assisted by furnishing drawings :—Dr. W. T. Blanford, G. C. Crick, H. Fulton, Lieut.-Col. H. H. Godwin-Austen, G. K. Gude, R. B. Newton, 8. Pace, H. B. Preston, E. A. Smith, E. R. Sykes, W. M. Webb, and Dr. H. Woodward, Further, your thanks are specially due to the Council of the Linnean Society, through whose kindness the Society has been permitted, as in previous years, to hold its meetings in Burlington House.” PROCEEDINGS OF THE MALACOLOGICAL SOCIETY. 307 On the motion of Mr. Fulton, seconded by Mr. Reynell, the foregoing was adopted as the Annual Report of the Society. The following were elected as Officers and Council for the year 19038: President.—E. A. Smith, F.Z.S., etc. Vice-Presidents.—W. T. Blanford, LL.D., F.R.S ; Professor W. A. Herdman, F.R.S.; E. R. Sykes, B.A., F.L.S.; H. Wood- ward, LL.D., F.R.S. Treasurer.—J. H. Ponsonby, F.Z.S. Secretary.—R. H. Burne, B.A., F.Z.S. Editor.—B. B. Woodward, F.L.S. Other Members of the Council.—G. C. Crick, F.G.S.; Lieut.-Col. H. H. Godwin-Austen, F.R.S.; G. K. Gude, F.Z:S.; Professor G. B. Howes, LL.D., F.R.S.; Rev. Canon Merle Norman, D.C.L., F.R.S.; W.G. Ridewood, D.Sc., F.L.S. On the motion of Mr. Bullen Newton, seconded by Mr. Manger, a vote of thanks was passed to the Retiring Members of Council, the Auditors, and the Scrutineers. OBITUARY NOTICES. Ottver Cottert, F.R.M.S., who died somewhat suddenly at Colombo on 13th June, 1902, from an attack of dysentery, when only 35 years old, became a member of this Society in 1896. While actively engaged in his vocation as a tea planter he did much excellent scientific work, especially among the Mollusca. He contributed only one paper to our ‘* Proceedings,”’ and that was a ‘‘ Description of Streptaxis gracilis, n.sp., from Ceylon” (vol. 11, 1898, p. 1), but he most generously placed material at the disposal of his co-workers: a number of new species discovered by him have been described by Lieut.-Col. Godwin-Austen and Mr. E. R. Sykes, and the important investigation ‘‘On the Anatomy of the genus Acavus, Montfort” by Mr. W. B. Randles (vol. iv, 1900, p. 103) was undertaken at his suggestion.and on material supplied by him, while researches on the anatomy of the genus Cataulus are at present being conducted by Miss Lettice Digby ' on specimens collected by him. JoHNnN CxraveLt Mansrn-Pieypett, F.L.S., F.G.S., etc., who was an original member of this Society, was born in 1817. He completed his education at St. John’s College, Cambridge, and on the death of his father in 1863 succeeded to the family estates in Dorset. Keenly interested in natural history, especially that of his own county, he published works on the Flora (including a section on the Geology), the Birds, and the Mollusca of Dorset, while he was chief founder in 1875 and afterwards President of the Dorset Natural History and Antiquarian Field Club, to the ‘‘Proceedings”’ of which he was a con- stant contributor. The Dorset County Museum was also very largely 1 See her preliminary note, ate, p. 261. 308 PROCEEDINGS OF THE MALACOLOGICAL SOCIETY. indebted to him for many contributions in almost every department. His enthusiasm he kept to the last; indeed, he may be said to have in the end sacrificed himself to the cause of science, the effort to attend the meeting at Dorchester, where he was to deliver his annual address to the Dorset Field Club, proving too much for him, and he passed away 3rd May, 1902. ORDINARY MEETING. Fripay, 13ra Frsruary, 1903. E. A. Smiru, F.Z.S., ete., President, in the Chair. In the regrettable absence, through sudden illness, of Professor G. B. Howes, LL.D., F.R.S., who had undertaken to address the Society on ‘The Molluscan Larva in Classification,’ Mr. J. E. 8. Moore delivered a lecture, illustrated by lantern slides, upon the problem presented by the presence of marine forms of Mollusea and other animals in Lake Tanganyika. After a short summary of the questions involved in the problem, he gave an account of the structural features of the country in the region of the great African lakes, in its bearings upon the probable source of the marine forms of life found in Lake Tanganyika. After some remarks by the President, Dr. Henry Woodward, Dr. Blanford, and others, a vote of thanks was passed to the lecturer. ORDINARY MEETING. Fripay, 13TH Marcu, 1903. Dr. W. T. Buanrorp, F.R.S., Vice-President, in the Chair. Mr. W. B. Randles was eleeted to membership of the Society. The following communications were read :— 1. ‘Further description of the animal of Damayantia carinata, Collinge, showing its similarity to D. Smithi, Clige. & G.-A., with remarks on this genus of Issel, Collingea of Simroth, and Jsselentia of Collinge.” By Lieut.-Col. H. H. Godwin-Austen, F.R.S. 2. ‘*Note on the generic name Buliminus.”’ By B. B. Woodward, F.L.S. € 3. ‘* Notes on the Pleistocene non-marine Mollusea at Portland Bill; and on Holocene non-marine Mollusea from (1) West Harnham, Wilts ; (2) Harlton, Cambridgeshire ; (3) the Down above Durdle Barn Door, Dorset ; and (4) Folkestone.” By the Rey. R. Ashington Bullen, F.L.S. 4. ‘*On the occurrence of Neritina Grateloupiana, Fér., in the Pleistocene gravels of the Thames at Swanscomb.” By A. 8. Kennard and B. B. Woodward, F.L.S. Exhibits were placed on the table by the following :— F.G. Bridgman: Specimens of Oliva tigrina, Lam., and O. peruviana, Lam., with varieties. NOTES. 309 B. B. Woodward for J. B. Tomlin: Specimens of Vertigo Lilljeborgii, Westl., from Ballynahinch, Galway; V. Moulinsiana, Dup., from Wicken Fen; V. Heldi, Cless., from Co. Antrim; Pseudamnicola anatina (Drap.), from Oulton Broad; and Suecinea oblonga, var. agono- stoma, Kstr., from Lower Loch Erne. The Rey. R. Ashington Bullen, A. 8S. Kennard, and B. B. Woodward : Specimens in illustration of their papers. ORDINARY MEETING. Fripay, 38rp Aprit, 1903. E. A. Smrru, F.Z.S., etc., President, in the Chair. The following communications were read :— 1. ‘‘ Additions to the genus Streptaxis.” By G. K. Gude, F.Z.S. 2. “On a new species of the genus Xylophaga from the English Coast.” By E. A. Smith, F.ZS. 3. ‘Notes on some new or little-known members of the family Doridiide.”’ By Sir Charles Eliot, K C.M.G. 4. ““On a new species of Cerastus from near Aden, with a note on Otopoma clausum, Sby.”’ By E. R. Sykes, B.A., F.L.S. 5. ‘* Descriptions of two supposed new species of Cyathopoma.” By H. B. Preston, F.Z.S. 6. ‘On shells floating on the surface of the sea.” By August Krogh, M.Sc. (Communicated by A. C. Johansen, M.Sc.) Exhibits were placed on the table by the following :— E. A. Smith: An abnormal specimen of Argonauta, and specimens of Vitrina Baringoensis, Smith. A. 5. Kennard: Recent and fossil specimens of Hulota fruticum (Miull.), from England and Central Europe. E. R. Sykes: Cassidaria tyrrhena, Chemn., from off the Scilly Isles, and Tritonofusus fusiformis (Brod.), from the west coast of Ireland. K. A. Smith, KE. R. Sykes, ‘and H. B. Preston: Specimens in illus- tration of their papers. N OT Eis: Notr oN THE GENERIC NAME Buzrurnus. (Read 13th March, 1903.)— In 1831, Ehrenberg (Symbole Phys.) proposed the name Lwulimina for a genus of land-shells having for type the Bulimus labrosus of Olivier. Beck, in 1837, appears to have converted this into Buliminus, and in this form it has been employed ever since. The name, however, cannot stand, it having been already given by D’Orbigny in 1826 to a genus of Foraminifera (Ann. Sci. nat., tom. vii, p. 269). The next oldest name for species of this group is that of Ena, proposed by Leach in the proof-sheets of his Synopsis Moll. Gt. Brit. (p. 80) that 3510 PROCEEDINGS OF THE MALACOLOGICAL SOCIETY. were circulated in 1820, and cited by Turton in synonymy in 1831, from which last year the generic name will therefore date, the type species being the Bulimus montanus of Drap. The generic name in this case carries with it the family name, and I propose, therefore, to substitute Enide for Buliminidee. ‘These alterations are proposed, I am glad to say, with the full concurrence of Dr. Pilsbry. B. B. Woopwarp. Nore oN AN ABNORMAL SPECIMEN OF ARrGoNnAUTA ARGO. (Read 3rd April, 1903.)—A very interesting specimen of this shell has recently been presented to the British Museum by Mr. W. T. Manger. It is remarkable on account of an abnormality in the thickened columella on the left side. The peculiarity consists in the formation at this part of the shell of a double sinuation, instead of a single curve as usual. It is somewhat. hazardous to suggest the exact cause of this irregularity, but we may, I think, safely conclude, that it must be the result of some deformity in the palmate arm of the animal, which, in life, clasped that side of the shell. K. A. SMirH. Note on Virrina Barrneoensis, Smith. (Read 8rd April, 1903.)— This species was described in the first volume of these ‘* Proceedings ” from specimens collected by Dr. J. W. Gregory at Baringo, and in the lower forest zone of Kenia. Other specimens recently sent to the British Museum were obtained by Sir Charles Eliot in bamboo forests in the Kenia province at an elevation of 8,000 to 10,000 feet. He sends the following interesting observation respecting them :—‘ Their appearance is decidedly eryptic, and when crawling on the stems of the bamboos on which they live, they are hardly distinguishable among the scraps of moss, lichen, and old scars.” E. A. SmitTH. dll FURTHER DESCRIPTION OF THE ANIMAL OF DAMAYANTIA CARINATA, COLLINGE, SHOWING ITS SIMILARITY TO D. SMITHI, COLLINGE & G.-A., WITH REMARKS ON THIS GENUS OF ISSEL, COLLINGEA OF SIMROTH, AND JSSELENTIA OF COLLINGE. By Lieut.-Colonel H. H. Gopwry-Avsren, F.R.S., ete. Read 13th March, 1903. PLATE XI. A sprctmEn labelled ‘‘ Damayantia carinata? Collinge,’’ has been kindly entrusted to me for dissection by Mr. Edgar Smith, of the British Museum (Natural History). It is the smallest of three sent from North Borneo by Mr. Shelford, and is the first Bornean slug-like molluse I have as yet seen in which the external form, and proportion of the parts to one another, correspond closely with Issel’s figure of Damayantia dilecta (1). Anyone making the comparison can feel very certain he has a representative species of Issel’s genus to deal with. When I joined Mr. W. Collinge in writing a paper on Bornean slugs in 1895 (2), the one species then placed in the genus, viz. Damayantia Smith’, was not quite so strikingly like D. di/ecta, a single example of which I have also lately examined at the British Museum. D. carinata, the subject of this paper, I consider is very close to the type. It should be borne in mind that in representations of these animals preserved in alcohol, the spread of the mantle-lobes over the shell is largely dependent (1) on the freshness of the animal when put into the spirit, (2) on the shrinking and crinkling they at once undergo. [ propose, in the first place, to describe the animal of D. carinata, and then to make some remarks both on the previous work by Mr. Collinge and myself in 1895 and on some of that which Mr. Collinge has since done. The length of the specimen of D. carinata, which was received by the British Museum in 1902, is 26mm. It is not a fully grown example, but is in fair preservation. Its most striking external character is the extremely long narrow foot, posteriorly much com- pressed at the sides and rising into a sharp dorsal keel, which terminates in an overhanging small lobe above a small mucous gland. (Pl. XI, Figs. 1 and la.) In this specimen there is no sign whatever of the jagged or toothed appearance of the keeled foot observed in the specimen of D. carinata described by Mr. Collinge. This appearance may therefore be due to epidermal destruction, produced by muscular splitting strain. As is well known by those who have collected these exotic slugs, and noticed by Semper and others, some species fling the tail right and left with great force and rapidity when they are touched, and will thus throw themselves off the hand; such action might readily split the very sharp line of the keel and the resultant fractures be intensified in the spirit. In such case it would not be a structural character to be used in a specific sense. ‘The sole is divided into a central and side areas. The general colour of the animal is pale ochraceous throughout, 312 PROCEEDINGS OF THE MALACOLOGICAL SOCIETY. with a dark shade over the extremity of the foot, commencing just behind the visceral mass, where the keel rises, and extending diagonally to the mucous gland ; this shade of colour is intensified along the line of the keel just ; below the pale margin, and again on the lower margin. The upper surface of the mantle is pale grey. The peripodial margin is of the same colour as the rest of the body, with three grooves above it (Fig. 1¢;. see also (2) pl. xi, fig. 6, and (3) pl. Ixxin, fig. 47). The visceral sac is situated well forward, and the mantle completely covers the shell. There is a raised bank-like ridge on the night posterior margin, commencing just behind the respiratory orifice, con- tinuing round to the back of the visceral mass, and meeting another on the left side. Between these right and left ridges, the shell area is flattish, and a shght median fold is seen in the centre of it. On cutting and turning back the mantle the extremely thin membranaceous rudimentary shell is exposed to view, and the apex of the visceral sae is seen through it (Fig. 1). In this specimen the shell did not extend beyond this in a posterior direction, and there was, therefore, not the slightest indication of an apex to the shell. The eye and oral tentacles are well seen; in this spirit specimen the mouth (Fig. 1¢) is extended and protruded forward, disclosing the jaw, and is surrounded by a circle of globose tubercles. In Fig. Te are also shown the three peripodial grooves, which are not easily made out near the extremity of the foot, owing to some loss of the surface in the spirit. The buccal mass is spherical, the radula very broad, and under a moderate power of a beautiful delicate gauzy texture. Further examination shows an enormous number of close-set, elongate teeth, all very similar in shape, in each row (Fig. 19), only differing by becoming shorter towards the margin, the formula being :— 204 : 1: 204. The centre tooth is evenly tricuspid, long, and narrow, the laterals are evenly bicuspid, the outer cusp being slightly the larger, the outermost teeth are evenly tricuspid. The jaw (Fig. 1/) is straight in front, with a slight concavity in the middle. Untor tunately, 1 did not secure the generative organs complete. The penis was broken off, as also was the spermatheca. The amatorial organ (Fig. 1d) remained with the oviduct and part of the vas deferens. The form of the amatorial organ is like that of Damayantia Smithr; it is bent on itself, and the calcareous dart was found. What is seen agrees with the corresponding parts found in former dissections of that 1 With regard to these two sets of drawings, there is this difference to be noted between them: those on plates Ixxiii-lxxv, ‘‘ Land and Fresh-water Mollusca of India,’’ are my original drawings, made on autographic paper at the time the dissections were in hand, and eyentually transferred to stone; those on plates xi—xiv in the Proe. Zool. Soc. were copied from them and put on stone by Mr. Smit—they have lost a little owing to the fact that this draughtsman was not acquainted with the subject he was drawing and did not have the dissections before him. All the figures on plate ]xxiii are trom the specimen of Damayantia Smithi, and the generative organs (figs. 7-7d) compare well with the drawings made by Mr. Collinge (pl. xi, figs. 9, 10) from his dissections. GODWIN-AUSTEN: ON DAMAYANTIA, ETC. 313 species, and with Mr. Collinge’s description and drawing for D. carinata (4, p. 299, pl. ii, fig. 23). A portion of the vas deferens, including an immature e spermatophore, is also preserved (Fig. le). The characters of the odontophore and of the jaw (not described by Mr. Collinge) constitute very important points, agreeing as they do with the original description (2, p. 243) of those occurring in D. Smitha, and with the figures on (3) pl. lxxiii, figs. 5, 6, and the copies of them on (2) pl. xi, figs. 7, 8. These characters in the genus Damayantia at ouce separate it widely and conclusively from other associated slug- like species, which fall into the genus Parmarion and its subgeneric divisions, Microparmarion, Collingea, ete. Mr. Collinge writes (hp 297) :—‘* In 1895 (3), in conjunction with Lieut.-Col. H. H. codeine h cee I described a new species of Damayantia from Borneo, and two new species of Microparmarion, Simr, All three, however, were generically wrongly assigned. For the latter two Simroth (45) has constituted a new genus Collingea, and in this the former must now be placed.” I take exception to this con- clusion. Again (4, p. 303), under the genus Collingea, the following occurs:— “In 1895 (3) I described, in conjunction with Lieut.-Col. H. H. Godwin-Austen, a slug-like mollusc from the Poeh Mountains, Sarawak, to which the name Damayantia Smithi was given. At that time I had not seen Issel’s description (Z) and figures of D. dilecta, but Lieut.-Col. Godwin-Austen was of opinion that the specimens from the Poeh Mountains belonged to Issel’s genus. Having recently seen a specimen of D. dilecta and compared it with Issel’s description and figures, Z hare no hesitation in at once removing the specimen named D. Smithi from that genus. Through the kindness of Mr. Edgar A. Smith I have had the opportunity of examining this very interesting mollusc, and am now able to give an emended description of it and some further particulars respecting its internal structure.”” The conclusion indicated in italics is a somewhat hasty one to arrive at, and it seems to me there is here both confusion of species and ideas, due in the first place to our writing a joint paper, one of us in Birmingham, the other in Surrey, and never comparing together, then or’since, the material we were working at ; secondly, to the subsequent misplacing of those species in the bottles in the British Museum. Any resorting or any change of the original nomenclature, that might have become necessary, should have been made in concert and after due consultation and agreement. To satisfy myself I have lately, thanks to Mr. Edgar Smith, also looked over the material in question and found three jars labelled respectively :- No. 1. ‘*95-9-18 (sp. 5, 6,7). Damayantia Smithi.’’—This 255 contained only one specimen of what I take to be Icroparmarion Simrothi, certainly not Damayantia. No. 2. ‘*95-9-18 (sp. 3, 4). Mveroparmarion Pollonerat.”’—This contained two specimens of this species, together with the generative organs. These agree with those drawn by me (J, pl. Ixxv, fig. 7), and also with Mr. Collinge’s drawings (2, pl. xiii, figs. 22 , 23). No. 8. ‘95-9-18 (spi elk 2). Micropar marion Simrothi.”—In this last was found, (a) the shell, animal, and generative organs of 314 PROCEEDINGS OF THE MALACOLOGICAL SOCIETY. M. Simrothi; (6) the shell and animal of D. Smithi, but the generative organs were not found—such extremely small dissections have every chance of being lost, unless placed in separately labelled small glass tubes. The generative organs of JZ, Simroth?, on re-comparison, agree both with my drawings (3, pl. lxxiv, figs. 5, 5a) and Mr. Collinge’s (2, pl. xiii, figs. 32-34). The shell and what remains of the animal of Damayantia Smithi also agree well with my drawings (3, pl. Lxxiii, figs. 2, and 1, la, 1b respectively). The shell I recognized as the very same which I removed from the animal of that species. Most fortunately I have in my collection of radule (now in the Natural History Museum) the one taken from the typical specimen of D. Smithi (Pl. XI, Fig. 2c), and supposing the generative organs be set on one side, I maintain that no confusion of species has occurred. Mr. Collinge, at the top of (4) p. 804, says, regarding the species sent him originally by Mr. Smith, ‘‘one of these Godwin-Austen figured (3, pl. xi, figs. 1-6) . . . 2” These figures inciude the animal and shell, but he omits to mention figs. 7, 8, and 12, viz., the jaw, radula, and calcareous dart respectively of the same animal I dissected; the first two, 7 and 8, are the most important characters in this question of identity, and alone dispose of the remainder of the above quoted sentence, ‘‘ which undoubtedly belongs to the genus Codlingea, Simroth.’”’ Having removed the species Smithi from Damayantia, I turn next to what Mr. Collinge writes on (4) p. 804, under its new position of Collingea Smithi; a few words of the original description of the animal in the Proc. Zool. Soc. are quoted in a footnote, and fault is found with my drawing of the animal of Damayantia Smithi (2, pl. xi, figs. 1, 2). It is put very bluntly, ‘‘the figure is wrong in showing this,” referring to a black streak on the side of the foot. Does Mr. Collinge really suppose the black streak in figs. 1, 16 (3), or figs 1, 2 (2), was put in by way of adornment? It would have avoided much contusion and all this writing, had Mr. Collinge looked over these Bornean species in the three jars with me, before creating new species and genera. The black streak cannot be eliminated in this way, for it occurs not only in the drawing but also in the description; neither can the radula (fig. 8), the jaw (fig. 7), nor the shell (fig. +), (2, pl. xi). All this is most important evidence that the species named after Mr. Edgar Smith in 1895 cannot certainly belong to the genus Collingea. In both the Bornean species it may be noted that the radula is not in the least like that of Damayantia Smithi. Simroth created the genus Collingea in August, 1897 (5), and made it a second genus of his Mcroparmarion eroup of the Malayan slug-like forms, further divided by him into two subgenera—(1) C. Strubelli of Java, (2) C. Pollonerai and C. Simrothi of Borneo—the only subgeneric distinction being a slight difference in the form of the mantle-lobes. The reasons for forming this genus distinct from Mcroparmarion are to be found in the above excellent paper by Professor Simroth. Unfortunately, he does not describe the subgenus in full, but brackets two species together, which on close inspection of the anatomy do not agree, more particularly in the form of the penis (vide 2, figs. 22-24 of Mlicroparmarion Pollonerai, and figs. 32-34, Microparmarion Simrothi). The first GODWIN-AUSTEN : ON DAMAYANTTA, ELC. 315 named, Pollonerai, I accept and consider to be the type of the sub- genus Collingea, though rather as a subgenus of Parmarion, and not of Microparmarion, a typical Javan genus, for this last I consider to be more appropriately another subgenus of Parmarion. I have very lately again examined the generative organs of both Pollonerav and Simrothi \types) at the Natural History Museum. For want of more material Simrothi must for the present remain in Jficroparmarion ; and next looking at the figures (4, 34, 35, 36, pl. 11) of the generative organs of Collinge’s Collingea Smithi I came to the conclusion he had a specimen of Jicroparmarion Pollonerac in hand, and not the Damayantia Smithi, as 1 understood that species in 1895, and under- stand it now. ‘This investigation has led to the notice of another genus formed by Mr. Collinge for the reception of Bornean slug-like molluses, viz. /sselentia (4, p. 805), and noting (p. 807) that the type of Isselentia globosa, Collinge, was to be seen in the Natural History Museum, I, with Mr. Edgar Smith’s kind aid, found a jar labelled Isselentia plicata, Collinge, containing two specimens from the Poeh Mountains, Sarawak. It bore the date 1895, 9, 18, and on looking up the entries of this period in the Museum Register, it corresponded to the presentation in that year by Mr. Everett of the three species previously noticed and examined by me. The jar contained two specimens, one from which the generative organs, etc., had been extracted, and one perfect specimen. I at once recognized these to be Damayantia Smithi, and a comparison with my drawings of that animal (3, pl. lxxin, figs. 1, la, 16) confirms me in the correctness of this identification. I give a drawing of one of these (Pl. XI, Figs. 2, 2a), and have extracted the radula, which is exactly like that of D. Smitha (Fig. 2c). These two specimens labelled Jsselentia plicata are, in fact, the typical Damayantia Smithi sent home by Everett, and they should be placed in jar No. 1, which has this title, with the shell I found in jar No. 3. Although labelled Jsselentia plicata, I believe these represent Mr. Collinge’s species Jsselentia globosa (4, p. 307). He says the differences are extremely small, ‘animal smaller, but not at all unlike I. plicata’’; further on, ‘‘ When recently examining these two specimens I felt inclined to refer them to J. plicata, but an examination of the generative organs shows that they exhibit some important differences ”’ (4, pl. ii, fig. 50). On searching for these differences in this figure I was struck by its wonderful similarity to (2) fig. 9, pl. xi, and on superimposing a tracing of this last upon it, it is absolutely the same in all its parts, with the exception of the penis; this organ in fig. 50 is longer and of somewhat different outline, and the proportion of its length to the length of the amatorial organ differs in the two figures, in fig. 50 it seems too long. They may both, however, be compared with my drawing of the genitalia of Damayantia Smith, (3) pl. Lxxin, fies. 7, 7a, 7b, made in 1895, and more particularly to the form of the penis in figs. 7a, 76, and 10 by Mr. Collinge (2, pl. xi). I have already referred to changes of the soft parts produced in alcohol. Mr. Collinge in Jsselentia plicata shows in (4) pl.i, fig. 15, that the keel of the foot is crinkled up; this is seen as an uneven jagged edge in profile (4, figs. 13, 14), described as a wavy keel of a deep yellow 316 PROCEEDINGS OF THE MALACOLOGICAL SOCIETY. colour; the waviness points merely to the foot being much longer in life. Similar contraction is shown and described as a specific character on the edge of the mantle. This can, l imagine, be only a post mortem state due to great contraction, and in all probability would not be seen in the living animal, or in one killed in water and then put into spirit. However, there is no necessity for the creation of another genus, viz. Tsselentia, for Bornean slugs. All the species I have as yet seen fall into two well-marked divisions.:— 1. Damayantia, with its very peculiar radula (Pl. XI, Figs. 1g and 2c). 2. Collingea, formerly Microparmarion, with a radula of the type of Parmarion, Asselentia is more probably a subgenus of Damayantia, if that genus is to be subdivided, and is distinguished by having the mantle- ‘lobes less developed, while those of D. dilecta and D. carinata have coalesced or grown together, as shown in Pl. XI, Figs. 1, la, 2, and 2a. Neither Mr. Collinge nor myself have had the advantage of seeing any of these Bornean slugs alive, and it is not a matter of any very ereat importance whether D. Smithi, D. plicata, and D. globosa are different species or not. REFERENCES. 1, Issel (A.).—*‘* Molluschi Borneensi’’: Ann. Museo Civico Genova, vol. vi (1874), pp. 366-486, pls. iv—vil. . Collinge (W. E.) and Godwin- Austen (H. H.).—‘ On the structure and affinities of some new species of Molluses from Borneo” Proc. Zool. Soc., 1895, pp. 241-250, pls. xi—xiv. 3. Godwin- Austen (H, H.).—‘‘ Land and Fresh-water Mollusca of India,” vol. 1, pt. 8 (1898), pp. 55-60, pls. Ixxili-lxxv. 4. Collinge (W. #.).—‘‘ On the anatomy of a collection of Slugs from North-West Borneo”: Trans. Roy. Soc. Edinburgh, vol. xl (1902), pp. 295-312; 3 pls. Simroth (H. R.).—** Ueber die Gattungen Parmacochlea, Parmarion, und Iieroparmarion”?: Zool. Jahrb., Bd. xi, Syst. (1898), pp. 151-172, pl. xv. EXPLANATION OF PLATE XI. Damayantia carinata. Fic. 1. Animal, viewed from the right. side. x 2°3. la. Animal, viewed from the left side. x 2°38. 5, 16. Animal, viewed from above, the mantle and shell removed to show visceral sac. x 4°65. 5, le. Left side of head, showing mouth and the three peripodial grooves. x 8. », 1d. Part of the generative organs. x 4:5. 5, le. Portion of a spermatophore. x 58. 55 6Lfe daw. x 24. 5, lg. Median, adjacent, and three outside teeth of the radula. x 1,100. Damayantia Smithi. Drawn from a specimen in Nat. Hist. Museum, labelled ‘‘ D. plicata, 95-9-18.,”’ Fic. 2... Animal, viewed from-the right side. x 2°65. ,, 2a. Animal, viewed from the lett side. x 2°65. Sor ee Ds Dia em oc les 5» 2e. Median and adjacent teeth of the radula. x 550. w© Proc. Malac. Soc. Vol. V,-Pl.. Xi. WANS RT SVK Taher Seis H. H. G.-A. del. DAMAYANTIA OF ISSEL. 317 NOTES ON THE PLEISTOCENE NON-MARINE MOLLUSCA AT PORTLAND BILL; AND ON HOLOCENE NON - MARINE MOLLUSCA FROM (1) WEST HARNHAM, WILTS ; (2) HARLTON, CAMBRIDGESHIRE; (3) THE DOWN ABOVE DURDLE BARN DOOR, DORSET; AND (4) FOLKESTONE. By the Rev. R. Asntneron Butten, F.L.S., etc. Read 13th Mareh, 1903. I. Portrnanp Brit. Dorine a visit to Portland Bill on June 23rd, 1902, I was able to add one more definite species to the mollusca of the late Pleistocene deposit near the Bill. Two specimens of Helix nemoralis were found. Hitherto the Heliz-shells have not been specifically identifiable. Limnea pereger and Limnea truncatula were also met with on this occasion in greater abundance. Numerically the relative quantities obtained have been as follows :— Species. 1894. | 1900. 1902. | Total. Helicella vtala (Linn.).........+-. — 2 9 11 Hygromia hispida (Linn.). ...... 1 —- — 1 Hygromia rufescens (Penn.) ...) = 10 16 26 Vallonia pulchella (Mill.)....... 5 _ 1 6 Helix nemorals, Linn. ......... — — 2 2 SIG 125 ASWod ste fe easicsees ee on: — 1 1 2 Pupa muscorum (Linn.).......... 56 28 136 220 Suceinea oblonga, Drap. ......... 41 9 14 64 Limnea pereger (Miill.).......... 4 22 29 55 Limnea truncatula (Mill.)...... — 16 44 60 Pomatias elegans (Miill.) ...-.. 1 — — 1 ESI CUNE STDs: ceewnevesinewseatioses.c| 1 — — 1 The curious feature of the above list (for 1902) is the abundance of three forms, P. muscorum, Limnea pereger, and L. truncatula, the diminished number of S. oblonga, and the comparative scarcity of such generally abundant Pleistocene forms as Helix nemoralis and Pomatias elegans. But, as Sir Joseph Prestwich used to say, ‘Quaternary geology has many blanks.” The records for 1894 and 1900 were published in the Geological Magazine, pp. 431 and 286 of the respective years. The pale single-banded variety of H. nemoralis represented at Portland Bill is still abundant at White Nore on the Dorset coast. Very large specimens also occur at Harlyn Bay, Cornwall, in the kitchen midden just outside the late Celtic cemetery, and Dr Scharff has recently sent me three fine and massive specimens from Dog’s Bay, Connemara. 318 PROCEEDINGS OF THE MALACOLOGICAL SOCIETY. II. West Harnwam, NEAR SALISBURY. The shells mentioned in the following list were procured from a Holocene rainwash clearly exposed in the West Harnham Chalk- pit. The depth of the deposit varied from 5 feet at the bottom of the hill to 2 feet at the top of the pit, which is considerably below the summit of the hill. The shells are not plentiful :— Arion ater (Linn.). Helix nemoralis, Linn. LFelicella itala (Linn.). Axzeca tridens (Pult.). THygromia hispida (Linn.). Cecilianella acicula (Mill.). Vallonia pulchella (Mill.). Pupa muscorum (Linn.). Lelicigona arbustorum (Linn.). Pomatias elegans (Miill.). III. Hartroy, CampripGEsHire. This place is about 8 miles from Cambridge. The Rector is the veteran geologist, the Rey. Osmond Fisher, F.G.S. The shells were collected in 1895, 1897, and 1899, from a field opposite the pond, and just across the road. Mr. Fisher, on my inquiring in 1895 about the occurrence of Helicigona arbustorum in his neighbourhood, told me that he had seen and taken a living specimen about thirty years before. The field has been partly worked for coprolites (Lower Green- sand), but the part from which the mollusca came has not been disturbed by such operations. The shells are cast out by moles with the soil. A small piece of unglazed Romano-British pottery, turned on the wheel, gives the date of the deposit, which is interesting from the abundance of ZZ. arbustorum in a sub-fossil condition. The mixture of fresh-water shells and the number of species of Vertigo and Zimax present, including Iflax gagates (Drap.), point to paludal conditions which ceased many centuries ago. The species represented are :— Limax maximus,’ Linn. Helicigona arbustorum (Linn.). Limax arborum, Bouchard- Helix nemoralis, Linn. Chantereaux. Cochlicopa lubrica (Miill.). Agriolimax agrestis (Linn. ). Cecilianella acicula (Mill.). Agriolimax levis (Miill.). Pupa eylindracea (Da C.). Milax gagates (Drap.). Pupa muscorum (Linn.). Vitrea crystallina (Mill.). Vertigo antivertigo (Drap.). Vitrea nitidula (Drap.). Vertigo pygmea (Drap.). Vitrea radiatula (Alder). Vertigo angustior, Jeff. Arion ater (Linn.). Clausilia bidentata (Strom.). Pyramidula rotundata (Mill.). Succinea putris (Linn.).? Helicella vtala (Linn.). Carychium minimum (Miill.). THygromia hispida (Linn.). Limnea truncatula (Miill.). Vallonia pulchella (Miill.). Planorbis marginatus (Drap.). LHelicigona lapicida (Linn.). Pomatias elegans (Miill.). 1 Specimen unfortunately lost, but undoubtedly correct, both from its size and having the apex at the right upper corner. 2 Dwarfed variety. BULLEN : ON POST-TERTIARY NON-MARINE MOLLUSCA. 319 Helix aspersa also occurred, but since it was not among the ejecta of the mole-heaps it is not included in the above list, “although it resembles the other shells in condition. IV. Tue Down azpovE Dorpte Barn Door AND BEHIND SWYRE Heap, Dorset. T examined the cliff-section where accessible for a deposit resembling the late Pleistocene deposit at Portland Bill, but was unsuccessful. I then turned my attention to the ejecta of the mole-hills and rabbit- watrrens. The list of finds was as under :— Vitrea nitidula (Drap.). Arion ater (Linn.). Pyramidula rotundata (Mill.). Helicella itala (Linn.). Helicella virgata (Da C.). Hygromia hispida (Linn.). Vallonia pulchella (Miill.). Feliz aspersa, Mill. Feliz nemoralis, Linn. Ena obscura (Miill.). Pupa secale, Drap. Pupa muscorum (Linn.). Vertigo pygmea (Drap.). Pomatias elegans (Miill.). V. FoLkeEstone. The following species were procured from a section exposed by the cutting of a wide driving-road under the South Downs at the back of the town, about a mile from the sea. Unfortunately, my time was rather short, or no doubt the list of species would be longer. The general nature of the section examined is similar to the Neolithic and Roman layers exposed at Buckland, near Dover, in 1878, and described by me in these ‘* Proceedings,”’ vol. 111, p. 162. Helix aspersa is especially in evidence. The section exposed varies in depth from about 4 to 6 feet and over. The list of shells is as follows :— Hygromia hispida (Linn.). Vallonia pulchella (Miill.). Helix aspersa, Mill. Helix nemoralis, Linn. Arion ater (Linn ). Helicella itala (Linn. ). Helicella cantiana (Montagu). Felicella cartusiana (Miill.). Hygromia rufescens (Penn.). In conclusion, I have to thank my old friend the Rey. Osmond Fisher for invaluable information about the Harlton deposit and guidance to the undisturbed part of the field, and Mr. B. B. Woodward for identifying the specimens of Vertigo from Harlton, and the muti- lated shells of P. secale and EZ. obscura from above Durdle Barn Door ; the latter is more strongly striated than usual, and P. secale has lost its peristome and part of the body-whorl. Mr. Woodward also agrees with my identification of I. gagates. 320 ON THE OCCURRENCE OF WNERITINA GRATELOUPIANA, FER. (HITHERTO MISIDENTIFIED AS WN. FLUVIATILIS), IN THE PLEISTOCENE GRAVELS OF THE THAMES AT SWANSCOMB. By A. 8S. Kennarp and B. B. Woopwarp, F.L.S., etc. Read 13th March, 1903. In 1900 a new section was opened in the high terrace gravel of the Thames at Swanscomb, and yielded large numbers of mollusca as well as abundant remains of vertebrata. This was of great importance, since the horizon had hitherto afforded but very few bones or shells. The first account of this deposit was by the late Mr. H. Stopes,! whilst in 1901 we described the mollusca.? In these papers Weritina Aluviatilis (Linn.) was recorded as occurring there in great numbers, it being in fact the commonest form. We had, however, our doubts as to the correct determination, and a close examination of thousands of examples convinced us of our error in referring the Swanscomb Neritina to the existing English species. Through the kindness of Mr. H. Preston examples were submitted to Dr. O. Boettger, and he at once identified them as WV. Grateloupiana, Fer. ( =crenulata, Kiein), and stated that the form was represented in his collection from the Upper Miocene of Hider, near Dinkelscherben in Bavaria ; Pflummern, in Wirtemberg; and Neuberg-a.-Donau, in Bavaria; and from the Middle Miocene of Kosteg, Comitat Krass6 Szorényi, in Hungary. According to Sandberger,*® the species occurs in the Upper Miocene at Vermes near Delsberg, Berlingen um Untersee, Mammern, Rath near Weiach, Littenhaid near W yla, Schwammendingen, and Kipfnach, in Switzerland ; cat Engelswies near Mosskirch, and Dettighfen near Thiengen, in Baden ; at Deutschhof near Pflummern, Altheim near Ehingen, Hegebach, and Biberach, in Wiirtemberg; at Giinzburg, Hiiufelsburg, Reisensburg, Landestrost, Haider near Dinkelscherben, and Schwenditobel near Pfrungen, in Bavaria; at Hoflein, Hauskirchen, Feldsberg, and Brunn near Vienna, in Austria; at Radmanyest, in Hungary ; and at St. Agata near Tortona, in Piedmont: while from the Lower Miocene he records it from Mandillot and Mainot near Dax. The nearest living form is Weritina Danubialis, Milf. As we have already stated, it was the commonest shell at Swanscomb, occurring 1 1900. H. Stopes, ‘‘On the discovery of Neritina fluviatilis with a Pleistocene fauna and worked flints in High Terrace Gravels of the Thames Valley” : Journ. Anthrop. Inst., vol. xxix (N.s., vol. ii), pp. 302-3. A second edition of the reprint, issued by the author in July, 1901, contains a fuller list of species found up to that date. 2 A. S. Kennard & B. B. Woodward, ‘‘ The Post-Pliocene Non- Marine Mollusca of the South of England’’: Proc. Geol. Assoc., vol. xvii, pp. 238-9. 3 ««Tand- und Stisswasser-Conchylien der Vorwelt.’’ KENNARD & WOODWARD: ON NERITINA GRATELOUPIANA. SA in countless myriads, the coloration being preserved in a very striking manner. A few examples are pure white, without any trace of markings, whilst in others the ground colour is almost obscured by the markings, and every gradation between these is met with. The average size is 9mm. in height by 10 mm. in breadth, but exceptional specimens were 10mm. by 13mm. About 80 per cent. of the examples possess crenulations on the edge of the columella lip, but the size of the crenulations is by no means constant. It is remarkable that not a single example of the operculum has been found, though a careful search was made. We have here an extremely interesting example of the imperfection of the paleontological record. Unknown in any deposit on the continent of later age than the Upper Miocene, it suddenly appears in the Pleistocene of the Thames Valley in countless profusion, and it is unknown in any later deposits, whilst the living English species, N. fluviatilis, though known from the Miocene of Germany, is quite unknown in these Islands in any deposit older than the Holocene. It is only within the last few years that these recent deposits and their contained fauna have received any adequate attention, and we venture to think that the problems they present are as interesting as any in the domains of malacological science. VOL. V.—-JUNE, 1903. 22 322 ADDITIONS TO THE GENUS STREPTAXIS. By G. K. Gunz, F.Z.S., ete. Read 3rd April, 1903. PLATE XII. Smvce my synopsis of the genus Séreptaris appeared! additional material has reached me from various sources. Amongst it are some apparently new species, descriptions of which are now given. I am enabled also to illustrate two hitherto unfigured species and to supply a few bibliographical items which were omitted from the former paper. 1. Srrepraxts Da-Costm, n.sp. Pl. XII, Figs. 5-7. Shell imperforate, solid, whitish corneous, subpellucid, conoid, strongly ribbed above, the interstices showing microscopic spiral striation, smooth and polished below; slightly excavated round the umbilicus. Spire convex, suture impressed, apex obtuse. Whorls 62, rapidly increasing, somewhat flattened at the sides, tumid below, the last dilated towards the aperture, shortly and slowly descending in front. Aperture oblique, semi ovate, the margins subparallel. Peri- stome thickened and shortly reflected ; outer margin slightly receding above, columellar margin ascending, dilated, completely closing the umbilicus. MWS” LU SS \ S ae ox ¥ (Se) Sey J. IN; Pitehs boLs.:, del: NEW AND UNFIGURED STREPTAXIS. GUDE: ADDITIONS TO THE GENUS STREPTAXIS. 327 6. Happra virrina, Wagner. Helix vitrina, Wagn.: Hidalgo, Obras Malac., pt. ili (1893), p. 84, No. 34. Streptaxis (Ammonoceras) vitrina, Hidalgo: ib., p. 128. SCOLODONTA, Doring. (Ante, p. 236.) 7. ScoLoponTa TROCHILIONEIDES, Orbigny. Ielix trochilionetdes, Orb.: Hidalgo, Obras Malac., pt. iii (1893), p. 86, No. 42. Streptaxis (Ammonoceras) trochilionerdes, Hidalgo : ib., pp. 128 and 138. Hab.—Peru: Lima, EXPLANATION OF PLATE XII. Figs. 1-3. Streptaxis lation, n.sp. 4 a : ep », aperture, x 2. So Oe 5 Da- Coste, n.sp. », 8-10. a obtusus, Stol. », Ll-13. st Thebawi, Godw.-Aust. »,- 14-16. 9 pleurostomoides, 0.sp. Ag Weal a Prestoni, n.sp. », 20-22. ac porrectus, Pir, 328 ON XYLOPHAGA PRZAESTANS, n.syp., FROM THE ENGLISH COAST. By Enear A. Suiru, F.Z.S., ete. Read 3rd April, 1903. Tue shells upon which the following observations are based were kindly placed in my hands by Mr. J. R. Le Brockton Tomlin: he obtained them from a fisherman by whom they had been extracted ‘‘from an old mast at Blyth”? on the coast of Northumberland. The specimens were sent to me as a donation to the Museum collection. They are of very great interest, being much larger than any other specimens of the genus hitherto obtained, and differimg to such an extent from the type of the genus, the well-known Xylophaga dorsalis of Turton, that I feel justified in considering them as belonging to-a distinct species, which may be thus described :— 1. XYLOPHAGA PRHSTANS, 0.sp. Testa X. dorsal’ similis sed major, area antica filiis fortioribus et magis distantibus instructa, linea arcuata impressa ab umbone ad angulum anticum sculpta, laminis duobus dorsalibus (protoplaxibus) formee dissimilis et diverse positis; cicatrix postica intra valvas rugose striata. Diam. 18mm., longit. umbone ad marginem ventralem 17°5 mm. After a preliminary examination it seemed doubtful whether it might not be equally advisable to regard this interesting form as a variation of X. dorsalis rather than as a distinct species. It appeared to be one of those perplexing cases, with which the zoologist is frequently confronted, in which the evidence of so-called specific distinctness is not at all conclusive, and yet is sufficient, if constant, to warrant a separation. In the first place the size greatly exceeds that of any recorded specimen of X. dorsalis; secondly, the sculpture of the anterior triangular area is different, the parallel raised lines being conspicuously further apart and crossed by a depression or impressed line, which curves from the umbones to the anterior angle, marking off a lunule-like space ; thirdly, the raised lines on the narrow surface between the anterior triangular area and the anterior subobsolete keel spread out more con- spicuously behind; and finally, the dorsal accessory plates (protoplaxes of Fischer) are not of the same form, and fit on to the valves in a different manner. ‘They vary somewhat in different specimens, but in no case do they resemble those of typical examples of the species. In most instances the upper surface of each plate is acutely triangular, and stands almost erect from the portion of the plate which is doubled under and rests upon the surface of the valve. This part of the plate is erooved on the under side, the groove ending in a notch on the outer or lateral margin. There is another difference which, although not SMITH: ON XYLOPHAGA. PRZSTANS, N:SP. 029 perhaps of special importance, may be worth noticing. In the present species, on the posterior margin of the valves, an elongate curved muscular impression is observable which is peculiarly and very distinctly striated. This appears to be constant in all the specimens examined. On the other hand, this scar in X. dorsalis is hardly noticeable, and quite smooth. It should also be observed that none of the specimens of the present species exhibit the greenish yellow colour on the anterior part of the valves which is often present in X. dorsalis. In every instance the shells are uniformly dirty whitish, but generally exhibit the remains of a thin, deciduous, dirty, olivaceous periostracum at the opposite extremity. O% “@% SR Dorsal shields of Xylophaga dorsalis, upper surface. 5 under surface. prestans, upper surtace. under surface. ” I bh) ” ” 9» ” ” ” ” With regard to the size of the two species, it should be mentioned that the largest dimensions of X. dorsal’s hitherto recorded are those given by Verkriizen, and these may be contrasted with those of the largest examples of X. prestans. X,. dorsalis. X. prestans, Length Sie wee 14mm. aes 18mm. Breadth be ane Los af IY eA Height Sr nies ike, 17°5 mm Circumference wi 44 ,, ve 60 mm. In concluding the account of this interesting form it may be useful to give a list of and to offer some remarks upon, the other known recent species belonging to Xylophaga. 2. XytopHaGca Dorsatts, Turton. Xylophaga dorsalis: Forbes & Hanley, Brit. Moll., vol. i, p. 89, pl. F, fig. 2; vol iv, pl. 1, figs. 3, 4; Jeffreys, Brit. Conch., vol. iii, p-_ 120; pl. iv, fig. 3; vol. vy, pl. lm, fig. 4; Verkrizen, ‘‘Norwegen, seine Fjorde und Naturwunder,” 1872, p. 85, and plate (frontispiece). Many other references might be quoted. Hab.—Many localities around the British Isles, Norway, Denmark, North of France, Bay of Biscay, several places in the Mediterranean, the Adriatic. It has also been quoted fossil at Karlsburg in the Vienna Basin. 330 PROCEEDINGS OF THE MALACOLOGICAL SOCIETY. 8. XyYLoPHAGA GLOBOSA, Sowerby. Xylophaga globosa, Sowerby: Proc. Zool. Soc., 1835, p. 110; Thesaurus Conch., vol. ii, p. 503, pl. eviii, figs. 101, 102. Hab.—V alparaiso, in wood at a depth of sixty fathoms. A doubtful species concerning which Mr. Sowerby (Joc. cit. supra) observes, ‘‘if there be any real ditference between this and the last species, it may consist in the posterior part of the valves in X. dorsalis being shorter and more elevated at the dorsal margin. The opening in the ventral margin seems also to be more acute in X. dorsalis.” ‘The species was described from specimens in the Cuming Collection, but the shells from that collection now labelled globosa seem to be indistinguishable from -X. dorsalis, and even the figures in the ‘ Thesaurus’’ do not exhibit much difference from the common British species. 4. XytopHaca carpissa, Gould. Xylophaga cardissa: Otia Conch., p. 241; Tryon, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Philad., 1862, vol. xiv, p. 206. Hab.—Mergui Archipelago. I have not seen this species, and very much doubt if it really belongs to the genus Xylophaga. Gould compared it with X. terediniformis and X. aperta, two species which ‘‘ were at first thought to belong to the genus Xylophaga, but on examination were found to possess the curved processes in the hinge which are characteristic of the genus Pholas, and are not found in Xylophaga” (Sowerby). Gould also describes the presence of these internal apophyses, thus demonstrating that the shells before him did not belong to the genus Xylophaga. On the other hand, Tryon,! in his monograph of the Pholadide, observes : ‘“T owe to Dr. Gould the pleasure of examining specimens of this new form of Xylophaga, which is very distinct from the other species of the genus.” It is not unlikely that it will prove to be a form, perhaps young, of Martesia. 5. XytopHaca AaByssoruM, Dall. Xylophaga abyssorum, Dall: Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool. Harvard Coll., vol. xii (1886), p. 317, pl. ix, figs. 7, 7a. Hab.—In soft coral nodule off Santa Lucia, West Indies, in 226 fms, Another doubtful species, founded on a single specimen only 4 mm. in diameter. No accessory plates were observed, and the internal mb which is characteristic of the valves of Xylophaga is not referred to. Dr. Dall says: ‘‘I am somewhat doubtful whether this shell properly belongs in the genus Xylophaga, but it may be immature, and the accessory lamin may be later in developing.” 1 Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Philad., vol. xiv (1862), p. 206. 331 NOTES ON SOME NEW OR LITTLE-KNOWN MEMBERS OF THE FAMILY DORIDIIDZ.! By Sir C. N. E. Extor, K.C.M.G., H.M. Commissioner for the East Africa Protectorate. Read 3rd April, 1903. PLATE XIII. In the following paper I propose to describe some new or little-known members of the family Doridiide, captured on the east coast of Africa and at Rotuma in the South Pacific. The specimens from the latter locality were kindly lent me by Mr. Stanley Gardiner. The Doridiidee are Tectibranchia of the subdivision Cephalaspidea, bearing two dorsal shields with a furrow between them. ‘The anterior shield has free margins, but as a rule is not developed into tentacles ; the posterior has the margins less deyeloped, but is produced behind into two processes. The foot is broad, truncate before and behind, and continued on each side into a fairly ample parapodium, from which it is not clearly divided. The parapodia are united behind, and the posterior part of the body hangs over or rests on them. Organs analogous to rhinophores are often present in the form of lamelle under the sides of the head-shield or lumps with bristles around the mouth. The branchia is a large bipinnate plume, posterior and on the right side. Behind it is the vent, in front of it the genital orifice, which is connected by an open groove with the verge on the right anterior extremity of the body. ‘The verge is grooved, the prostate double or single. The shell is wholly internal, posterior, and generally composed of a minute spire with a single solute whorl; sometimes wholly membranous, sometimes partly calcified, rarely wholly calcified. There are no jaws, radula, or stomach plates, but there is, as a rule, a large, sometimes colossal, buccal bulb with thick muscular walls. This, however, is not the case in some of the species here described. Since, however, they are in other respects typical Doridia, and the difference in the digestive tract is one of development, not of structure, it is not necessary to create a new genus for them. Three genera are recognized—Doridium? (Meckel), which has no tentacular appendages to the anterior shield and short posterior processes ; Chelidonura (Adams), also without tentacular appendages, ' See R. Brren, ‘‘ Die Gruppe der Doridiiden,’’ Mittheil. Zool. Station Neapel, xi (1893), pp. 107-135: ib., ‘* Reports on the dredging . . . carried on by the . . . Albatross, xiii, Die Opisthobranchien,’’ Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool. Harvard Coll., xxv, No. 10 (1894), pp. 125-233: ib. in Semper’s ‘‘ Reisen im Archipel der Philippinen, Wissensch. Result.,’’ Bd. vir, abth. iv, absch. 2, lief. 1 (1900), p- 177, and absch. 3, lief. 2 (1901), p. 302: ib., ‘‘ Reise nach dem Pacific (Schauinsland). Die Opisthobranchier,’’ Zoo]. Jahrb., xiii, Syst. (1900), p. 211. ? Pilsbry prefers the older name Aglaja for Doridium. 332 PROCEEDINGS OF THE MALACOLOGICAL SOCIETY. but having long narrow posterior processes, and usually sense organs in the form of knobs studded with bristles and set round the mouth ; Navarehus' (Cooper), in which the front margin of the anterior shield is developed into rhinophore-like projections. Bergh admits that Navarchus is a somewhat doubtful genus, and one of my specimens of Chelidonura varians exhibited tentacular projections of the anterior shield which were absent in the other examples. It remains to be seen whether the distinction in shape between Doridium and Chelido- nura is absolute, or whether intermediate forms will be discovered. Dorrprum.—About fourteen species seem to be known with more or less certainty, of which two are now described for the first time. 1. D. tricoloratum (Renier). Mediterranean. 2. D. depictum (Renier). Mediterranean. 3. D. punctilucens, Bergh. W. Indies. 4. D. purpureum, Bergh. California. 5. D. eylindricum (Cheeseman). New Zealand. 6 a 8 . D. ocelligerum, Bergh. N. Pacifie. . D. diomedium, Bergh. N. Pacitic. . D. lineolatum (H. & A. Adams). Pacific. 9. D. alboventrale, Bergh. Malay Archipelago. 10. D. eyaneum, Martens. E. Africa. 11. D. obscurum, Bergh. S. Pacific. 12. D. Pilsbryi, Eliot. 8S. Pacific. 13. D. Gardineri, Eliot, n.sp. 8. Pacific. 14. D. reticulatum, Eliot, n.sp. KE. Africa. Doripium GARDINERI, NOV. sp. Four specimens captured by Mr. Stanley Gardiner at Rotuma. The length of the largest is 51 mm., the breadth 25mm. The head-shield, which is 23 mm., has ample mar gins and a free flap behind measuring 6mm. The edges of the posterior shield are also more distinct than usual. The pare rapodia are ample, the free part at the sides measuring 11 and that behind 14mm. The posterior shield is prolonged into two voluminous processes, which do not form a dise but le hke the tails of an evening coat. Each is folded on itself, and thus double. A fleshy prominence proceeds from the left process towards the right, and takes part in covering the gill. The exposed parts of the two larger specimens are of a uniform deep bluish black, and the inside of the parapodia silvery grey. The two smaller specimens (which, however, have the specific characteristics) are brownish and lighter at the sides. Mr. Gardiner’s note as to the colour of the living animal is almost obliterated by the action of the alcohol, but appears to read ‘Black . . . yellow . . . at sides. This may refer to the brownish specimens, or possibly to two distinct yellowish rhinophorial organs situated on the upper part of each side of the head below the edge of the shield. They are about 10mm. long, and consist of a series of lamin arranged in almost pinnate form but the central axis is not continuous, The gill is posterior, yellowish ' Pilsbry calls Navarchus, Navanac. SIR C. ELIOT: ON DORIDIID®. 333 ‘green, bipinnate, free for nearly all its length, and bearing about fourteen primary pinne. At its anterior end is the large prominent bifid genital papilla. The verge is conical and grooved; the prostate is granulose and T-shaped. The pharynx is a long and narrow tube (31 by 3mm.), and though thicker than the rest of the digestive tract is not conspicuously muscular as in many other species. It is succeeded by a membranous tube which passes straight into the hepatic mass without any dilatation which can be called a stomach. The greater part of the pharyngeal tube lies under the hepatic mass, which is grooved to receive it, and which approaches within 6 mm. of the mouth. The free portion of the tube, however, contained within this space is bent, and measures 12mm. [I could find no salivary glands. The shell is white, and consists of a solute calcified whorl much in the shape of a comma. To this is attached a plate, the outer part of which is membranous and the inner calcified. The important characters of this species appear to be the amplitude of the parapodia, shield margins, and posterior processes ; the narrow- ness of the pharynx, and the quasi-pinnate rhinophorial organs. Dorrprum Pinspryt,’ Eliot. (Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Philad., 1899, p. 512, pl. xix, figs. 1a—d.) The external characters of this species were described by me from a single living specimen captured in Samoa, and deposited without being dissected in the Museum of the Academy of Natural Sciences at Philadelphia. The animal is of a light tint, varying from pale green to fawn colour, with a pattern on the two dorsal shields roughly resembling a figure 8. This ight coloration is unusual, if not unique, in the genus. The specimen now examined was captured by Mr. Stanley Gardiner at Rotuma, and is small, 24mm. long and 10mm. broad. The parapodia are not at all ample, particularly in front; their greatest width is 3mm. The head-shield is long and narrow (12 X 5mm.); the edges are not very prominent, and the flap behind small. The hinder shield is 9 X 7 mm., and bears two short processes about 3mm. long, which are quite simple and do not form a disc. The whole body as preserved is of a pale indistinct fawn colour. On the head-shield a black bar runs down to what may be described as a figure of 8, consisting of three, not two, circles placed one above the other. On the hinder shield is another figure, which may be described as a figure of 8 with the lower circle not closed. A border runs round the parapodia about 2mm. from the edge, and at fairly regular intervals sends off lines to the edge. On the foot are about ten spots of irregular shape. All these markings are very distinct and of an intense black. In the living specimen which I saw, the gill was dark green; as preserved it is dirty yellow. The digestive tract is much as in the species last described. First comes a long, narrow, non-muscular pharyngeal tube 1 Since writing the above I have read Professor Bergh’s description of the species (Semper’s Reisen, tv, ili, 2, pp. 305-6), which in all essential particulars agrees with my observations. 334 PROCEEDINGS OF THE MALACOLOGICAL SOCIETY. (10mm. long by 2 mm. wide); then a thinner and more membranous tube (3mm. long by *5mm. broad); and then, at the entry of the hepatic mass, a dilatation 5 mm. long and 3 mm. broad. I could not see any folds or plates in any part of this apparatus, but it was not well preserved. The hepatic mass lies on the top of the digestive tract, as in the last species, and is grooved to receive it. The prostate is granulose and T-shaped; the verge elongate and conical ; no groove, though doubtless present, could be distinguished on it. The shell is a mere convex plate, as in Ap/ysta, and entirely membranous, without a trace of calcification. But the individual is small and probably immature, so that calcification may perhaps set in later. Dorrptum (?) cyanrum, Von Martens. I only know Von Martens’ description of this species and of D. nigrum as they are reproduced in Pilsbry’s ‘‘ Manual of Con- chology,” vol. xvi. The details given are so few that identification without reference to the original specimens is hardly safe, particularly as my specimens do not show any ‘‘numerous anastomosing net-like wrinkles.” On the other hand, they come from much the same locality, East Africa, and they exhibit the same remarkable variety of hue, ranging from uniform bluish black to an elaborate coloration analogous to that of Von Martens’ var. vittata. Of my specimens captured in Zanzibar (Chuaka and Jembiani), one was of a uniform transparent black with a beautiful purple inidescence, with no markings at all. In another the ground colour was the same, but the various lobes were edged with bright blue blotches. In two others, in addition to these markings two sandy crescent-like spots were present, one on each of the dorsal shields. Of three specimens caught at Jembiani, one had in addition to the vivid blue blotches two long broken lines of orange yellow on the head and sides, besides a few dots of the same colour on the back; a second had in addition numerous irregular greenish blotches. In a third the yellow was greyish and the green blotches smaller and fewer. In alcohol the largest specimen measures 24mm. in length and 15mm. in breadth. The front shield is 14mm. long, the hind shield 8mm. The margin of the front shield is fairly ample, but the hind shield is hardly distinguished from the surrounding area. The posterior processes form a disk much as in D. depictum. There are no distinct lamelle or other organs which can be called rhinophores. The gill is large and white. The seminal groove is not white as in many other dark species, but of the same colour as the surrounding parts. ‘lhe pharynx is colossal compared to the size of the animal (length 12, breadth 15mm.), but is not very muscular. The shell is of a fair size, a large membranous plate being attached to the calcified part, which latter is 9mm. long. There appears to be no spire. The prostate is double, or at least deeply bifid; the verge is long and grooved.' 1 Since writing the above I have read Professor Bergh’s description of the species (Semper’s Reisen, rv, iii, 2, pp. 303-5), which in essential points agrees with mine. SIR C. ELIOT: ON DORIDIID®, 335 Doxipium RETIcULATUM, n.sp. (Pl. XIII, Fig. 1.) One specimen from near Wasin Island, E. Africa. The form of the living animal is somewhat elongate. The foot and the sides are of a dull greenish drab, covered by a network of dark-brown round meshes, which become black at the edges of the parapodia. The posterior processes and the front of the foot are edged with black. About the middle of the edge of the epipodia are three large dull blue spots. The network is found also on the two dorsal shields, where it is very fine and close. The general colour is lighter above than below, and the central parts of the anterior shield are of a light pale yellow. ‘he alcoholic specimen is 12mm. long and 5°5 mm. broad. The epipodia are narrow and little developed. The same is the case with the margins of the dorsal shields; the head-shield has no flap behind, and the hind shield is merely an area with hardly raised edges. The posterior ‘processes form a sort of disk. The left one is much the larger and broader. The head-shield is pointed anteriorly, with somewhat indistinct lamellations under the edge. There are no lumps bearing sensory organs about the mouth. The pharynx is of a moderate size, being about 1:5mm. broad. The shell is strong and calcareous, but almost transparent. The spire is solute, and apparently no part of the structure is membranous. It is possible that this specimen may be identical with D. guttatum, v. Martens, or D. Gigliolit, Tapp.-Can., but the descriptions of those species are too brief to admit of a certain identification, and I have therefore thought it safer to create a new species. Cuetrponura.—Only the following species have been sufficiently examined for their identity to be certain :— 1. C. hirundinina (Quoy & Gaimard). Pacific. 2. C. varians, Eliot. East Africa. 3. C. Philinopsis, Eliot. East Africa. 4. C. plebeia, Bergh. Pacific. CHELIDONURA VARIANS, D.Sp. Five specimens from Chuaka, east coast of Zanzibar. The colour of the living animal is jet black, with brilliant blue edges to the para- podia, dorsal shields, and posterior processes. This blue line is, however, broken in places, and there are some sporadic blue spots, as well as a blue line down the centre of the head-shield. The parts hidden by the parapodia are somewhat lighter than the rest. The length of the alcoholic specimens is about 30 mm., and the breadth rather more than 10mm. The front shield has a long tapering flap, and its total length is about 18mm. Its shape varies somewhat. In three of the five specimens it forms a rough isosceles triangle. In one the corners of the anterior margin are produced into tentacle-like expansions, and in another the anterior third of the shield is sharply distinguished from the remaining portion by being 4mm. broader, but at the same time this broad portion is too large to be described as forming tentacles or rhinophores. The posterior processes are between 336 PROCEEDINGS OF THE MALACOLOGICAL SOCIETY, 4 and 5mm. long; in one specimen the right is longer, in another the left, in three they are equal. The gill and spermatic groove are white. At the sides of the mouth and under the projections of the anterior shield are numerous bluish-white prominences bearing bristles. They are more numerous than in C. hirundinina, and are not grouped symmetrically. The pharynx is not large, 3mm. wide, and moderately muscular. It is succeeded by a narrow tube, which passes into the hepatic mass without giving rise to any dilatation or stomach. The prostate is granulose and deeply bifid. The verge is large (7 mm.), and the sack in which it is contained ends in a globular expansion. The shell is brown, entirely membranous, and apparently hatchet- shaped. CHELIDONURA (?) HIRUNDININA, Var. PUNCTATA., D.var. GRIF TE Bie: (23) Three specimens from Zanzibar. The living animal, when in an extended condition with the parapodia folded, was about 35 mm, long. The colour is black, with a very thin white line round the parapodia ; while all over the body, and even on the under surface, there are large orange spots. The animal is fairly active in its movements, but adheres only slightly. The crawling surface does not appear to be differentiated from the rest of the body in any way. The measurements of the largest alcohole specimen are as follows : Length 18mm., breadth with the parapodia folded 11mm., with the parapodia fully extended 21 mm., anterior head-shield 9mm. long, two-thirds of which is formed by a free flap behind; the posterior processes 5mm. long. The orange spots have become pale blue. The gill is yellowish white and concealed more than usual, being placed in a distinct gill-chamber under and behind the right posterior process. The large parapodia are united in an ample expansion under the two posterior processes, strongly resembling the disposition of the same parts in Gastropteron. There are no symmetrically placed prominences round the mouth as in the specimens of C. hirundinina examined by Bergh (Zool. Jahrb., Ba. xiii, Syst , p- 214), but merely a number of indistinct and irrecularly ere anulated lumps. The pharynx is not very large (2°5mm. long by 2mm. broad), but is thick and muscular, and yellow in colour. The shell is unusually thick though brittle, pink, and entirely calcified. These specimens have not the typical coloration of C. hirundinina, but Professor Mobius (as quoted by Pilsbry, Man. Conch., vol. xvi, p- 85) found an individual which was ‘‘ bluish-black with yellow spots . . . . the reflexed foot margins on the back having a narrow clear green edge.’’? This is clearly the same animal as my specimens, and in view of the tendency displayed by all the Doridiide to vary in shape and coloration it is ‘safer to regard it provisionally as a variety. Iam not sure, however, that the position of the gill and the arrangement of the sense organs round the mouth do not constitute specific characters. Cuetrponura Puirrnopsis, n.sp. One specimen from Chuaka, Zanzibar. The general colour of the Proc.Mauac.Soc. You.V. Px. XII] . a ~, o's é & 5 4 J.Green hth Mintern Bros .1mp NEW DORIDIIDA. SIR C. ELIOT: ON DORIDIID®. 301 living animal appears as a rich red brown, which is formed of a chocolate ground studded with minute yellow dots. On the upper surface are the following marks, all of which are edged with a distinct broad line of chocolate, caused by the absence of the yellow dots :— on the head-shield there is a slender blue T, with the vertical arm elongated and a sandy line on the posterior edge; on the hind shield is a large sandy crescent, and a slender blue border edging the posterior processes; the parapodia have a slender bluish-green margin, near which are a few sandy dots. The yellow dots are closer together near the chocolate lines, and thus form an indistinct yellow border. The alcoholic specimen is 10 mm. long and 7mm. broad. The head- shield is distinct, with a posterior flap. The hinder shield is indistinct; the posterior appendages are not very long, but separate, and do not form a disc. Around the mouth are three prominences, one on each side and one above it. The two side prominences are blue, and bear bristles ; the middle one is chocolate-coloured, and bears none. The pharynx is large, very muscular, and pear-shaped. ‘The intestines are bright yellow. The prostate is large and granulate, the verge long. The shell is very large, occupying the whole area covered by the posterior shield ; it is brown, entirely calcareous, with no membranous portion, .and shaped almost asin Philine aperta, only the lip and spire are less developed. As far as the shell is concerned, this animal seems an interesting link between Philine and Doridium. But its digestive organs are undoubtedly those of the latter group. EXPLANATION OF PLATE XIII. Fie. 1.—Doridium reticulatum, u.sp. », 2.—Chelidonura (?) hirundinina, var. punctata, n.var. VOL. V.—JUNE, 1903. 23 30 DESCRIPTION OF CERASTUS DINSHAWT, n.sv., FROM ADEN, WITH A NOTE ON OTOPOMA CLAUSUM, Ssy., AND O. YEMENICUM, Bret. By E. R. Syxes, B.A., F.L.S., ete. Read 3rd April, 1908. Cerastus DinsHawl, n.sp. Shell acuminately pyramidal, with a well-excavated area in the umbilical region, protoconch flattened above ; whorls 83, plano-conyex ; the sculpture consists of longitudinal striation, fine on the earlier whorls, but suddenly becoming much stronger and coarser, both on the last two-thirds of the last whorl and in the umbilical area; further, fine (almost microscopic) spiral lines, densely set together, encircle the shell. The colour is very pale yellow to white, and the majority of the specimens are stained with chestnut inside the mouth and on the last whorl; the mouth is somewhat drawn to the side, with a large ‘flaring’ lip, thickened internally and widely expanded, the edges becoming thin and generally being broken; a light callus joins the inner and outer margins; the columella is marked by a strong, spirally ascending fold. Dimensions: height of shell, 36 mm. ; width of last whorl at the back (without the lip) 15 mm. ; height of mouth (including the lip) 21mm.; width of mouth (including the hp) 18 mm. Cerastus Dinshawi, v.sp. HTab.—Senna, about 100 miles from Aden. Type in the British Museum, presented by Comm. E. R. Shopland. This species belongs to the group of C. Deflerst, Jouss., and C. Adanicus, Jouss.,! neither of which has been figured, so far as T can trace, and of which I find no mention in Dr. Kobelt’s monograph.? For other kindred species see the papers by Bourguignat * and Martens.‘ 1 Bull. Soc. Malac. France, vol. vi (1889), p. 345. 2 Buliminide, in ‘‘ Conch.-Cab.,’’ 1899-1902. > In Réyoil: ‘* Faune et Flore des pays Comalis.”’ 4 Nachrbl. Deutsch. Malak. Ges., 1889, p. 145. SYKES: ON CERASTUS DINSHAWI. 309 Both the above-named species are unknown to me, and therefore I regret that I am unable to give accurate comparative notes. With the new species were found C. candidus, Lam., and a single specimen of a form belonging to the group of C. /abiosus, Mull., and C. sabeanus, Brgt. While mentioning the last-named it may be convenient to note that Dr. Kobelt (/.¢., p. 419) appears to have been unaware of the figure given by Bourguignat (/.¢., p. 28, fig. 14), and, following Dr. Westerlund, has referred to C. sabeanus with doubt a shell from Syria and Cyprus, which he figures, and which appears to me to be quite distinct. Oropoma cLausum, Sby., and O. Yemenicum, Bret. In 1843 Sowerby described and figured! a shell under the name of Cyclostoma clausum, stating that it came from Yemen, Arabia. He mentions that it is ‘‘ spirally striated posteriorly,” and points out that there is a callus covering the umbilicus. Six years later, Pfeiffer” described and figured under the name some specimens from the Cuming Collection, which are now in the British Museum: whether they be the same as those Sowerby described, it is hard to say, but if so, then Sowerby’s figures are very bad indeed. Since then practically all authors have followed the identification of Pfeiffer, and probably that is the wisest course to adopt. At p. 330 of the same work, Pfeiffer recorded and figured from ‘‘Mus. Cuming,” as a variety of clawswm, a shell with a single colour- band and a more elevated form. For this Bourguignat proposed ® the name Georgia Yemenica, but unfortunately he went on to compare the species with clausum, and stated that Yemenica was smooth above and below. Pfeiffer made no mention of the sculpture. Thanks to Mr. Smith’s kindness, I think I have succeeded in tracing the specimen in the Cuming Collection to which Pfeiffer referred; it is, however, spirally sculptured in the same manner as O. clausum, and probably Bourguignat was judging from the figure given by Pfeiffer—which does not show the sculpture stated that the shell was smooth. There appear, therefore, to be two forms differing from one another chiefly in the amount of elevation of their respective spires. Of the more elevated form, I have recently seen specimens collected with the shell above described as Oerastus Dinshawi. The colour- banding appears not to be a reliable specific distinction, since in only one specimen is it present, and then there are several bands. The other specimens are all uniformly white, but this does not seem to be due to their being dead shells, since some of them show a dark lne in the suture of the earlicr whorls. I think, therefore, that there are two species, clauswm and Yemenicum, belonging to Georgia, which I regard for the present as a section of Otopoma. In conclusion, | have to thank Commander Shopland for the shells which have given me the opportunity of writing the above notes. ' Thes. Conch., vol. i, p. 128, pl. xxxi, figs. 266, 267. 2 Conch.-Cab., Cyclostomacea, p. 147, pl. xx, figs. 13-15. 3 In Reévoil: ‘‘ Faune et Flore des pays Gomalis,”’ p. 70. 340 DESCRIPTIONS OF TWO SUPPOSED NEW SPECIES OF CYATHOPOMA. By H. B. Preston, F.Z.S., etc. Read 3rd April, 1903, 1. Cyarnopoma PrILer, n.sp. Shell dextral, trochiform, umbilicated. Whorls 5, spirally grooved and cross-sculptured with distinct lire. Periostracum smooth, of a deep rich brown colour, Suture channelled. Peristome double and reflexed. Umbilicus deep. Aperture almost circular. Alt. 38, diam. max, 8mm. Fic. I. Cyathopoma Peilei, n.sp. aes De serendibense, D.sp. Hab.—Yercand, Sherveroy Hills, India. The nearest ally to this species seems to be Cyathopoma Wynaadense, Blanford, from which it differs in having coarser but fewer spiral lines of sculpture, cross plications, a slightly more narrow umbilicus, and a channelled suture ; moreover, it is more trochiform in shape and of a much darker colour. I have much pleasure in associating with this species the name of Captain A. J. Peile, to whose kindness I am indebted for my specimens. 2. Cyarnopoma (JERDONIA) SERENDIBENSE, D.Sp. Shell dextral, conoidal, moderately perforate, light brown in colour. Whorls 6, the last four spirally sculptured, the spirals being crossed at right angles by transverse plications bearing a stout bristly hair at each point of contact. The earlier whorls are quite smooth. Suture impressed. Peristome simple except where it approaches the columella, in which region it is reflexed. Aperture circular. Operculum calcareous, concave, multispiral, the central nucleus being situated at the bottom of a deep hollow. Alt. 3, diam. max. 2°5 mm. Hab.—Lower Uda Pussellawa, Ceylon. This species appears to be most closely allied to Cyathopoma Ceylanicum, Beddome, from which, however, it is easily distinguished by its very prominent spiral sculpture, and by its whorls being much less swollen than is the case in that species. ddl ON SHELLS FLOATING ON THE SURFACE OF THE SEA. By Aveusr Kroeu, M.Sc. (Copenhagen). (Communicated by A. C, Johansen, M.Sc.) Read 3rd April, 1908. In a paper ‘‘On the hypotheses on the sinking of sea-beds, based on the occurrence of dead shallow-water shells at great depths in the sea,’”’’ Mr. A. C. Johansen discussed the agencies by which the shells of Mollusca may be transported from the places where the animals lived, and spread over the bottom of the ocean (p. 427). Among these are mentioned :—‘‘ Marine surface currents. These transport (a) floating ice, (6) seaweeds to which molluscs are fixed, (c) the molluscs themselves.” The evidences for this last method of transportation (c) were the following (pp. 429-30) :— I. On the occasion of a determination of the specific gravity of some shells Mr. Johansen and I noticed that some specimens of Mytilus edulis, taken alive, but kept dry for a couple of days, were able to float. One of them floated for more than 24 hours. II. In an experiment with another species of Mytilus Mr. Johansen found that some small dead specimens floated for several days. Ill. The Danish East Greenland Expedition of 1892 actually obtained one specimen of Mytilus edulis, 11 mm. in length and probably dead, floating in the open ocean (lat. 75° 37’ N., long. 6° 40’ W.}. In another paper* Mr. Johansen recorded (pp. 15-16) similar occurrences in fresh waters. He found shells, filled with air, of Bithynia tentaculata, Valvata- cristata, and several species of Limnea and Planorbis floating about in great numbers in lakes, and he mentions that Dr. W. Sorensen has several times observed shells of Planorbis corneus, occupied by Argyroneta, floating about in ponds in springtime. Possibly the instances above set forth—and they are all that Mr. Johansen has been able to find—will be thought to be somewhat meagre, though it should be borne in mind that the chance of obtaining specimens by tow-netting must be extremely small, even if their total number a year is rather considerable ; the more so, as the shells will float on the very surface of the water, and most tow-netting is carried on at a depth of at least some inches. 1 Vid. Medd. Naturh. Foren. Kjébenhavn, 1902, pp. 393-435. 2 «(Qm Aflejringen af Molluskernes Skaller i Indséer og i Havet’’ (‘On the Deposition of Shells in Lakes and in the Sea’’): Vid. Medd. Naturh. Foren. Kjobenhayn, 1901, pp. 5-46. 342 PROCEEDINGS OF THE MALACOLOGICAL SOCIETY. The scarcity of evidence may also be partly due to the circumstance that facts bearing on this point have been, to a great extent, over- looked by Naturalists, and not recorded when casually observed ; but this, I trust, will no longer be the case now that the attention of observers has been drawn towards the subject. Asa first contribution I venture to publish the following observation. On the 26th of September last I rowed about in a Greenland ¢ kajak’ (a very small boat, made of seal-skin, for a single person) near the harbour of Grenaa in the Kattegat (between the Baltic and the North Sea), and on this occasion I observed MMactra subtruncata, Da Costa, floating on the surface of the water to the number of at least several hundreds. They were floating in a rather narrow band in a south- easterly direction. There was a slight wind from the south-east, and the waves were only one to two feet in height. The shells were from 2 to 7 or 8 mm. in length, tightly closed, and more or less (in most cases totally) filled with air. Some of them probably contained animals, but these must have been completely dried up. I followed the stream of shells from the point where I noticed it, a few hundred yards from the shore, towards the place where it originated, and I found this to be a bank of sand some 10 to 20 yards from the shore, and, at that time, only covered by about 6 inches of water. Here the shells were found in a regular layer, and this bank had been dry for about two successive days past, there being practically no tide in these waters. Since in the Kattegat this species only descends to a depth of about 12 fathoms, it is highly probable that some of the shells would sink to the bottom beyond the range of distribution of the living animal. I therefore think that this record may be of some interest as an instance of what may take place at a great many points off sea-beaches. 343 ORDINARY MEETING. Frivay, 8ta May, 1903. E. A. Smrtu, F.Z.S., etc., President, in the Chair. The following communications were read :— 1. ‘*On the want of a knowledge of the Animals of the genus Oliva as a means to the determination of the species.”” By F. G. Bridgman. 2. ‘Notes on some British Eulimide.”’ By E. R. Sykes, B.A., F.L.S. 8. ‘Note on the occurrence of Planorbis marginatus, Drap., and Limnea pereger (Miill.) in the Post-Plocene of Bognor, Sussex.” By Alexander Reynell. 4. ‘Note on the supposed locality ‘Sulgranees,’ whence Dr. J. E. Gray’s type-specimens of Indian Jurassic Ammonites were said to have been obtained.” By W. T. Blanford, LL.D., F.R.S. Exhibits were placed on the table by the following :— G. B. Sowerby: A skiagraph of the remarkable specimen, recently exhibited, of a /’stulana piercing a Mitra; a Spondylus, believed to be new, from the Moluccas; a fine specimen of Ostrea megodon, Hanley. E. A. Smith: Specimens of Petricola pholadiformis from Ostend— the shell is supposed to have been imported with American oysters. H. J. Van Stone: Embryonic shells of Planorbis corneus, showing sinistral characters, with drawings. Rey. R. Ashington Bullen: Agriolimax agrestis, L., from the dark sand of Harlyn Bay, late Celtic cemetery,—a new record. R. H. Burne: Examples of commensal, symbiotic, and parasitic relationships between molluscs and other invertebrates. ORDINARY MEETING. Frivay, 1278 Junn, 1903. E. A. Smirn, F.Z.S., etc., President, in the Chair. The following communications were read :— 1. ‘A list of species of Mollusca from South Africa, forming an Appendix to G. B. Sowerby’s ‘Marine Shells of South Africa.’” By KE. A. Smith, F.Z.S. 2. ‘* Notes on some Jurassic shells from Borneo, including a new species of Zrigonia.” By R. Bullen Newton, F.G.S. 3. ‘Description of Marginella lateritia, u.sp., from the Andaman Islands.” By J. C. Melvill, M.A., F.L.S., and E. R. Sykes, B.A., HUES: 4. ‘New Mollusca from New Zealand.” By the Rev. W. H. Webster. VOL. V.—OCTOBER, 19038. 24 3b44 PROCEEDINGS OF THE MALACOLOGICAL SOCIETY. Exhibits were placed on the table by the following :— B.B.Woodward: Specimens of Opeas clavulus, Fér. (?), Mauritius (?), and Zonitoides minusculus (Binney), from a hothouse in Nottingham, the property of Mr. B. Sturges Dodd. A. Reynell: pernula, Monts. re », Lrielez, Jordan. 9) 8,4. 4, tmeurva, Ren. LO, » pernula, Monts. arg. MOE », s | 7 ‘ ‘ te ' in : : {iv i a 403 NOTES ON SOME JURASSIC SHELLS FROM BORNEO, INCLUDING A NEW SPECIES OF TRIGONIA. By R. Burren Newron, F.G.S., etc. Read 12th June, 19038. PLATE XVI. Tnx Jurassic rocks of Borneo appear to be restricted to the western part of the island, and chiefly to that area known as the Sultanate of Sambas; they occur also in certain parts of the country of the Sarawak river, and in some west central localities lying among the upper reaches of the river Kapuas. Only the first two districts have yielded molluscan remains, the third forming the area wherein Dr. G. A. F. Molengraaff discovered siliceous organic rocks containing Radiolaria, which were described some few years since by Dr. G. J. Hinde! as of probably Jurassic age (= Danau formation or pre- Cretaceous of Molengraaff).? Mr. C. J. van Schelle, a mining engineer, first collected Jurassic shells in the Sepang and Mottong districts of Western Borneo, although Professor K. Martin, in describing their characters during 1890, mistook them for specimens of probably Cretaceous age; they comprised two forms of Gervillia and a Corbula. Subsequently, with more information at his command, Martin was able to regard these fossils as of Lias age, on account of their association with Ammonites resembling Harpoceras radians. Professor Martin next called attention to Jurassic mollusca obtained by Mr. Wing Easton and Dr. Bosscha from various localities of Sambas, including the genera Corbula, Protocardia, Evxelissa, etc., as well as some Ammonite remains identified as Perisphinctes. He was in favour of regarding this fauna as of Jurassic age, since the Cephalopod was more particularly represented in the ‘Malm’ of Europe and in the Indian Jurassic Series. This same group of shells was afterwards described by Dr. F. Vogel as belonging to the ‘Brauner’ or ‘ Weisser Jura’ period, although he was inclined to think that the later age was the more correct one. During the same collecting expedition molluscan remains were found which proved to be of older date than those just referred to, on account of the presence of Ammonites allied to Harpoceras radians, a characteristic Cephalopod of the Upper Lias formation, these speci- mens being described and figured at the time by Dr. P. G. Krause. 1 G. J. Hinde: ‘‘ Description of Fossil Radiolaria from the Rocks of Central Borneo, obtained by Professor G. A. F. Molengraaff in the Dutch Exploring Expedition of 1893-1894 ”’ ; Leyden, 1899. 2 G. A. F. Molengraaff: ‘‘ Borneo-Expeditie: Geologische Verkenningstochten in Central- Borneo (1893-1894) ’’?; Leyden and Amsterdam, 1900. Ibid., English translation, published 1902. 404 PROCEEDINGS OF THE MALACOLOGICAL SOCIETY. The occurrence of Jurassic rocks in the Sarawak river district was made known by the present writer in 1897 through the examination of material in the British Museum (Natural History) containing Alectryonia amor, an ostreiform shell of Middle Oolite age. BrerioGRaPHy. The literature on the Jurassic conchology of Borneo includes the following papers :— 1890. Jartin, K.—‘‘ Versteinerungen der Sogenannten alten Schiefer- formation von West-Borneo”’?: Samml. geol. R.-Mus. Leiden, vol iv (1890). pp. 198-207, pls. xxii and xxiii. 1895... Martin, K.—‘‘ Die Mesozoischen Schichten von West-Borneo’’: op. cit., vol. v (1895), pp 29-34. 1896. Vogel, F.—‘‘ Mollusken aus dem Jura von Borneo’: op. cit., vol. v (1896), pp. 127-153, pls. ix and x. 1896. rause, P. G.— ‘Ueber Lias von Borneo”: tom. cit., pp. 154-168, pl. xi. 1897. Newton, R. Bullen.—“ On a Jurassic Lamellibranch and some other associated Fossils from the Sarawak River Limestones of Borneo; with a Sketch of the Mesozoic Fauna of that Island”: Geological Magazine, 1897, pp. 407-415. 1898. Martin, H.—‘‘ Notiz tiber de Lias von Borneo”: Samml. geol. R.-Mus. Leiden, vol. v (1898), pp. 2538-256. 1900. Vogel, K.—‘* Neue Mollusken aus dem Jura von Borneo”: op. cit., vol. vi (1900), pp. 40-76, pls. i-iv. 1900. Cossmann, M.—{ Rectifications of nomenclature and an analysis of Vogel’s paper of 1900]: Revue Critique Paléozoologie, 1900; pp: 12, 13, 162. List OF THE KNOWN Jurassic SHELLS FROM Borneo. Lias. Oo.iTR. CEPHALOPODA. Aptychus sp. mere 5s fe bo 508 ane * Huarpoceras sp. (group H. radians, Reinecke)... Pre * Perisphinetes sp. ... oe see 500 * GASTROPODA. Acteonina ?) Martini, Vogel... 500 Alaria ch. trifida, Phillips... Cerithium contortum, Vogel Cae sp. Euspira Borneensis, V ogel . Exelissa septemcostata, Vogel Ficula s Lunatia Sambasana, Vv ogel Bs Pseudomelania ct. abbreviata, Roemer Strombus sp. * exe KK KK KH KR LAMELLIBRANCHIA. Alectryonia amor, Pinte Aca sp. dstarte Bornee nsis, Vv ogel . ivianhe Eastoni, V ogel Alstarte sp. . ae sae Be ae en Corbula Vogel, Cossmann (= Bornecnsis, Vogel, preoccupied) kx Ke KK & NEWTON : ON BORNEAN JURASSIC SHELLS. 405 Lias. Oo.LiTE. Corbula Eastoni, Vogel... ae ss ae wwe 4 Corbula sp. indet. ... ae ae iste oe ne * Cucullea sp. es oe ee * Cuspidaria (Neera]) Sambasana, Vogel a be seis * Gervillia Borneensis, Martin ses Lis Be aoe * Gervillia sp indet. ... “ee ate me a Inoceramus sp. BEA BO soe sia * Mytilus Sambasanus, Vogel : Pholadomya ck. multicostata, Agassiz Protocardia crassicostata, Vogel Protocardia multiformis, Vogel Protocardia tenuicostata, Vogel Pseudomonotis sp. Pteroperna sp. Trigonia Molengraafi (sp. nov.) Volsella { = Modiola] sp. : a ; Attention may now be dhicoted to a amrell collection of Jurassic shells obtained by Mr. Edward T. McCarthy from Buduk (= Boedoek) in the Dutch territory of Western Borneo, which he presented to the British Museum (Natural History) during 1897. The specimens vary in mineralization, having been found in some altered clay-beds of the old Chinese gold-mines, and comprise Gastropod and Lamelli- branch remains associated with coniferous wood and impressions of erioidal stem fragments. From their occurrence in a soft ferruginous red-clay deposit the tests of the majority of the shells are converted into a kind of brown iron-ore or limonite; these particular specimens being collected at about 50 feet below the original surface. Some further material consists of numerous casts of small bivalves, Zrigonia, etc., crowded together and forming nodular or spherical masses of a grey-coloured cindery-looking rock. Molluscan remains (Euspira and Protocardia) are also observable in a greyish-black, compact, siliceo-calcareous matrix (weathering almost white), heavily charged with iron pyrites, and exhibiting a small percentage of gold, which came from a depth of 89 feet. At a similar depth from the surface a hard reddish clay rock was obtained, showing indeterminable shell fragments (Zwspira), which, among other minerals, according to Mr. McCarthy, also contains gold to the amount of 2 dwts. per ton. This little collection, besides being illustrative of species described by Dr. Vogel in 1896 and 1900, includes the genus Zrigonia, which is now recorded for the first time from the Jurassic rocks of Borneo. 1. Triconra Motencraarri, n.sp. (Pl. XVI, Figs. 1-6.) Shell small, ovately trigonal, moderately convex, and of nearly equal height and length; anterior border rounded, posterior end truncated; umbones almost mesial, obtuse, slightly recurved; area depressed, covered with closely- set transverse striations divided by a feeble though distinct median furrow; marginal carina gently curving and slightly raised, the inner carina shorter ; escutcheon narrow and of small dimensions ; surface ornamented with con- centrically excavated, step-like costa, equally spaced, and elevated; intercostal areas furnished with numerous perpendicular clavate ridges bearing oblique striations. * 406 PROCEEDINGS OF THE. MALACOLOGICAL SOCIETY. Dimensions.—Largest example, 20 by 20 mm.; smallest example, 15 by 15mm. This ornamental shell belongs to Agassiz’s group Clavellate. Its delicate and regular sculpture suggests affinities with 7. formosa, J. de C. Sowerby, 7. Phillips?, Morris & Lycett, and 7. Moutieriensis,' Lycett, species which occur in the Lower Oolitic rocks of England and the Continent. In the general character of its costal system it comes perhaps closest to 7. Phillipsi, although in that form the shell is more convex, more tubercled in its ornamentation, and the costs descend more abruptly (almost perpendicularly) from the marginal carina, which is nearly straight or not so excavated as in the Borneo shell. In figure it is very similar to 7. Moutdtertensis from the French Oolites, but that again exhibits differences, having fewer cost, wider inter- costal sulcations, and a coarser sculpture. Further differences also separate the Borneo shell from 7. formosa, which has a much wider area and smooth sulcations between the coste, instead of the club-shaped structures peculiar to the present species. The oblique striations on the clavate ridges within the costze do not appear to have been noticed before in connection with the shell- structure of Zrigonia, although minute lineations can be seen on an allied Lower Oolite form known as 7. striata of James Sowerby, occurring between the cost and on the obtuse tubercles which ornament their summits. It is one of the few species of Clavellate Trigonias which show a regular and symmetrical ornamentation. More often the sculpture of this group exhibits large tubercles irregularly placed over the surface; such forms are generally typical of Middle and Upper Oolite horizons, whilst the more regularly ornamented species appear to characterise deposits of Lower Oolitic age. Both the ferruginous rock and the ‘cindery’ material contain this species. Two specimens occur in the former, showing internal and external characters; the crenulations on the diverging teeth, however, being very obscurely seen. They are furnished with about 15 rows of cost, but mineralization has somewhat spoilt their original natur: . characters, so that the finer structures are not very apparent. The actual sculpture is best depicted in the specimens found in the grey- cindery rock, that occur only as hollow casts; but by means of wax impressions all the external details of structure have been reproduced with excellent results. One of these specimens exhibits a well-marked, beautifully striated tooth, lying beneath the escutcheon area; it forms part of the example represented in pl. xv, fig. 2. A rough east of a Zrigonia of larger size than the foregoing occurs in the pyritized siliceous rock, but it is not sufficiently well preserved to allow of identification. 2. Prorocarpra crassicostata, F. Vogel. Protocardia crassicostata, Vogel : Samml. geol. R.-Mus. Leiden, vol. v (1896), p. 140, pl. ix, figs. 1-5. 1 Further information respecting these species will be found in John Lycett’s ‘* Monograph of the British Fossil Trigoniz ’’ (Pal. Soc. Monog.), 1872. NEWTON: ON BORNEAN JURASSIC SHELLS. 407 This species is largely represented in these beds, and is the most abundant shell in the present collection. It occurs both in the ferruginous red-clay formation and in the siliceo-pyritized rock. 3. Prorocarpia TEeNuIcostaTa, F. Vogel. Protocardia tenuicostata, Vogel: Samml. geol. R.-Mus. Leiden, vol. v (1896), p. 142, pl. ix, figs. 6, 7; vol. -vi (1900), p. 58, plo n, figs. 4-6. The collection contains only a fragmentary example of this species, although quite sufficient for purposes of determination. It displays the typical sculpture with the closely-set vertical striations between the fine and numerous concentric coste. It occurs in the ferruginous red-clay deposits. 4. Arca sp. Arca sp., Vogel: Samml. geol. R.-Mus. Leiden, vol. vi (1900), p. 50, pl. ii, fig. 16. An impression of a portion of a valve of this shell, from which a wax squeeze has been made, gives the shape and concentric striations as described and figured by Vogel. It is found in the grey-coloured cindery rock. 5. Corsuta VogEri, Cossmann. Corbula Borneensis, Vogel: Samml. geol, R.-Mus. Leiden, vol. v (1896), pp. 144-146, pl. x, figs. 1-3; non Boettger, 1875, nec Krause, 1897. Corbula Vogeli, Cossmann: Revue Critique Paléozoologie, 1900, p. 12. The grey-cindery rock contains impressions of a shell exhibiting the close and regular concentric sculpture characteristic of this species. 6. Psrvpomonotis sp. (Pl. XVI, Fig. 7.) A fragment of this genus occurs in the grey-cindery rock, accom- panied by other shell remains and articular impressions of crinoidal stems. It represents a portion of the lower valve (about 10 mm. in length), with 8 or 10 diverging, longitudinal, rounded nbs, some of which appear to bifurcate about midway. These ribs are furnished at frequent and regular intervals with short open spines or fistulosities. The intercostal spaces are crowded with minute transverse striations. The only shell this fragment appears to resemble is the Pseudomonotis echinata of J. Sowerby, of Lias and Lower Oolite age. It was thought to be worthy of reference on account of the beautiful sculpture it exhibits. 7. Evsprra Borneensis (F. Vogel). Amauropsis Borneensis, F. Vogel: Samml. geol. R.-Mus. Leiden, vol. v (1896), p. 149, pl. x, figs. 7,8; vol. vi(1900), p. 67, pl. iv, fig. 5. : Euspira Borneensis, Cossmann: Revue Critique Paléozoologie, 1900, Digts. This species, of which there are several examples in the collection, occurs in the red-clay beds. It possesses a prominent tabulate spire, with traces of sub-vertical striations of growth. M.Cossmann regarded VOL. V.—OCcTOBER, 1903. 28 408 PROCEEDINGS OF THE MALACOLOGICAL SOCIETY. this form as a true Zuspira on account of the elevated character of the whorls. 8. Atarra cf. trrrma (Phillips). Rostellaria trifida, J. Phillips: Illustrations of the Geology of Yorkshire, 1829, p. 138, pl. v, fig. 14. Alaria cf. trifida, Vogel: Samml. geol. R.-Mus. Leiden, vol. vi (1900), p. 71, pl. iv, figs. 7-9. Two badly preserved Gastropods found in the red-clay beds appear to be referable to this form as recognized by Dr. Vogel. 9. Lunarra Sampasana (F. Vogel). Amauropsis (?) Sambasana, F. Vogel: Samml. geol. R.-Mus. Leiden, vol. v (1896), p. 149, pl. x, figs. 9, 10. Lunatia Sambasana, Vogel: op. cit., vol. vi(1900), p. 67, pl. iv, fig. 6. There is only one example of this species, which is of large size, measuring 28 by 18 millimetres. It possesses a fractured labrum ; but its somewhat narrow form, well-developed spire, long body-whorl, and apertural characters agree in all essentials with Vogel’s figures. A still larger specimen, which most probably belongs to this species, is much worn and contorted. Both were obtained from the red-clay ferruginous deposits. 10. Psrvpometanta cf. aABBREVIATA, F. A. Roemer. Pseudomelania abbreviata, Roemer: Verstein. nord. Oolithengeb. Hannover, 1836, p. 159, pl. x, fig. 4. Pseudomelania cf. abbreviata, Vogel: Samml. geol. R.-Mus. Leiden, vol. vi (1900), p. 68, pl. v, figs. 1-3. Represented by two specimens, one of which is only a fragment of the spire. The more perfect example corresponds with Vogel’s account and figure of this shell, although somewhat smaller in size. They occur in the ferruginous red-clay beds. 11. Exettssa sepremcostata, F. Vogel. Exelissa septemeostata, Vogel: Samml. geol. R.-Mus. Leiden, vol. v (1896), p. 146, pl. x, figs. 4-6 ; vol. vi(1900), p. 66, pl. v, fig. 7. The collection contains two examples of this species which, although not showing basal characters, exhibit the thick and prominent longitudinal coste. They were found associated with, casts of Protocardia crassicostata in the pyritized siliceo-calcareous rock. Previous observers are inclined to regard this fauna as of Upper Oolitic or ‘ Weisser Jura’ age, although its general facies is suggestive of an older period. The Perisphinctes described by Martin from Bengkagang in Sambas is stated to possess obscure ribs, which may be single or bifurcating, with smaller ones intervening, i.e. a long and a short rib alternating. Such characters scarcely apply to the biplicated forms of this genus belonging to Portlandian times, which exhibit definite bifurcation without evidence of minor intermediate ribbing. The mere obscurity of the bifurcating costee accompanied by intervening ribs, such as characterise a form like P. Martinsi, would Proc. Malac. Soc. Vol: V;.PUXVic Fics. 1-7.—NEW JURASSIC SHELLS FROM BORNEO. Fics. S-0.—PHOTOGRAPH AND SKIAGRAPH OF FISTULANA. NEWTON : ON BORNEAN JURASSIC SHELLS. 409 be more in favour of a Lower Oolitic or ‘Brauner Jura’ horizon.'! Moreover, some of Vogel’s species appear to share affinities with Lower Oolitic mollusca, as we know them in European and British rocks. His Pteroperna sp. closely resembles P. costatula of Deslongchamps ; the Astarte Eastoni exhibits a divaricate sculpture which is observable in Lycett’s A. (Ptychomya?) Agassizi (Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist., ser. 1, vol. vi, 1850, p. 408, pl. xi, fig. 6); and Pholadomya cf. multicostata shows a strong resemblance to P. acuticostata of J. de C. Sowerby. According to Dr. Vogel, globose and oval Protocardie denote a Weisser Jura age; but it must not be forgotten that such forms as are common in the Bornean rocks under the names of P. erassicostata and P. tenutcostata occur also in older Jurassic beds, for in the Bathonian of England it is only necessary to quote P. lingulata and P. Stricklandi of Morris and Lycett as examples, the former showing coarse and the latter fine concentric sculpture. The new species of Zrigonia, now added to this fauna, strengthens this supposition, since its main characters are only to be found in forms common to the Bajocian or Bathonian strata of the Jurassic system. Dr. Krause, as previously mentioned, has described Ammonites from the same territory of Western Borneo, which come nearest to the European shell Harpoceras radians, consequently indicating the presence of Lias rocks in that area. It seems probable, therefore, that the Jurassic shells described by Martin and Vogel should belong more properly to Lower Oolite times, since rocks of that age would then immediately succeed the Lias beds just referred to, thus estab- lishing the sequential order of the strata in that part of Western Borneo. EXPLANATION OF PLATE XVI. Triconta MoLENGRAAFFI (n.sp.). 1. Side view of a left valve. x 2. 2. Areal aspect of a right valve. x 2. 3. Side view of a left valve. Nat. size. », 4. Side view of aright valve. x 2. 5. Inner view of same valve, showing teeth with obscure striations. x 2, », 6. Magnified (x 8) clavate intercostal ridges, bearing oblique striations. Figs. 1, 2, and 6 are drawn from wax impressions of casts found in the grey- cindery rock. Figs. 3, 4, and 5 are drawn from highly mineralized specimens found in the red ferruginous rock. PsEUDOMONOTIS sp. Fic. 7. Fragment of a lower valve, showing the minute fistulosities on the ribs, and the transversely striated intercostal grooves. x 2. This figure is drawn from a wax impression of cast found in the grey-cindery - looking rock. *,* For explanation of Figs. 8 and 9 see ante, p. 345. 1 These remarks on Perisphinctes have been kindly confirmed by Mr. G. QC, Crick, F.G.S. 410 DESCRIPTION OF MARGINELLA LATERITIA, n.sr.. FROM THE ANDAMAN ISLANDS. By J. C. Mrtvitt, M.A., F.L.S., and E. R. Syxes, B.A., F.L.S. Read 12th June, 1908. Marcinetta (GLABELLA) LATERITIA, 0.Sp. M. testa ovato-fusiformi, levissima, nitidiuscula, solida, spira conica, obtusa, anfractibus 5, quorum 23 vel 3 subhyalini, apicales, ceteris perlevibus, albo-cinereis, anfractu ultimo apud medium late et pallide rufozonato, omnibus spiraliter notulatis et concinne castaneo-maculatis, apertura angusta, oblonga, labro crassiusculo, nitido, hie ille castaneo- zonulato, intus multidenticulato, columella quadriplicata. Long. 6, at. 3°5 mm. Marginella lateritia, n.sp. FTab.— AQ insulas Andamanenses. This particularly interesting little species has no immediate ally in the genus, so far as its pattern of ornamental painting is concerned, if we except M. picturata, Nevill, from Mauritius. That, however, is a smaller shell still. The neatly arranged spiral zones and dotting, producing a fanciful resemblance to layers of masonry, suggested the trivial name. Three specimens. Type in coll. E. R. Sykes. INDEX TO VOL. V. A t+ is prefixed to the names of fossil species. A Acanthinula lamellata (Jeff.) in Buckinghamshire and Berkshire. Achatina Machachensis, n.sp. (tig.) Aden, Cerastus Dinshawi, u.sp., from 338 ISH a marine shells free 1 71, 184 ftAmmonites, Note on Gray’s type- specimens from India : t Ammonites robustus (Strachey, MS.), H. F. Blanford Ampullaria Dalyi, nsp. (fig.) — . Andaman Is., Marginella lateritia, n.Sp., from. Antarctic and Arctic Mollusca and their supposed similarity . : Aygonauta argo, Abnormal speci- men of . Ariophanta Basileus, Benson, anatomy, etc. Australia, Thersites W “ood wardi 7 n.sp., from its B Basutoland, Achatina Machach- ensis, 0.Sp., from. 9 T Belemnoteut his Montefior ei, J. Buckman, Note on the type- specimen (fig.) . Berkshire, Occurrence of Acanthi- nula lamellata (Jeff.) in : Bittium quadricinctum, u.sp. (fig.) Blanford, Dr. W. T., ‘On Rhio- stoma Dalyi, u.sp., and Sesara megalodon, n.sp., obtained by the late Mr. W. M. Daly in Siam’ “Notes on Mr. W. M. Daly’s collections of Land and Fresh-water Mollusca from Siam’ ‘Note on the supposed locality ‘* Sulgranees,’’ whence Dr. J. E. Gray’s type-specimens of Indian Jurassic Ammonites were said to have been obtained’ 381 345 Bognor, Post- Pliocene shells at Borneo, Jurassic shells from Brideman, F. G., ‘On the want of a knowledge of the Animals of the genus “Oliva as a means to the determination of the ey [ Abstract. ] British Eulimide, Notes on Ronee British Is., Xylophaga prestans, n.sp., from the English coast Buceinum der mestoidewm, Lam., its anatomy, etc. . Buckinghamshire, Occurrence of Acanthinula lamellata (Jeff.) m Buliminus, Note on the generic name . E ‘ Bullen, Rev. Be A., ‘Notes on Holocene Mollusca from north Cornwall’ A ‘ Notes on the Pleistocene Non-marine Mollusca at Port- land Bill; and on Holocene Non-marine Mollusca from (1) West Harnham, Wilts; (2) Harlton, Cambridgeshire; (3) the down above Durdle Barn Door, Dorset ; and (4) Folkestone’ Burne, R. H., ‘Note on the Histology ot Molluscan and other Olfactory Nerve Centres’ ‘On the Renal Organs of Nueula nucleus, Linn.’ C Catanlus, Note on the anatomy of the genus : c ‘ Caziot, E., ‘ Note on the pairing of Pyramidula rotundata (Miull.) with Vitrea lucida (Drap.)’ Cerastus Dinshawi, usp. (fig.) Ceylon, Cyathopoma serendibense, n.sp., from : Chetopleura destituta, n. sp. ‘(fig.). PAGE odd 403 184 300 412 Chelidonura (?) hirundinina, var. punetata, n.var. (fig.) varians, N.Sp. Chiloritis globosa, n.sp. (fig.) 5 Maforinsule, n.sp. (fig.) stirophora, Smith, var. Collingwoodensis, n.var. (fig.) , Clanculus mixtus, N.sp. (fig. ) Cliusilia biplicuta (Mont.) in Hert- tordshire Chiemhoaensis, n. sp. (fig) diplocheilus, Milaff. (fig.) gastrodes, Mildff. (fig) gastrum, Mldff. (fig.) . Mausonensis, Mildff. (fig.) rhopaloides, Mlldtf. (fig.) var. leptospira, Mllaff. (fig.) var. microthyra, Mildff. (fig.) : ruminifor mis, Mabille (fig.) stenothyra, Mlldff. (fig.) . Clausile from 'Tonkin : : Collett, O., Obituary notice of Coilingea, Remarks on the genus . Columbellidee, Contributions to the study of, No. 1, with reference list of recent and fossil species . Columbia, Corona Pfeifferi, var. gr acilis, n.var., from 5 Corbula rugifera, h. sp. (fig.) c Cornwall, Holocene Mollusca from Corona Pfeifferi, var. gine, n.var. (tig.) : Crick, G. C., ‘Note on the type- specimen of Belemnoteuthis Montefiorei, J. Buckman, from the Lower Lias Shales between Charmouth and Lyme Regis, Dorset’ ‘Note on Dr. J. E. Gray’s s type-specimens of Jurassic Ammonites from India’ “On Ammonites robustus (R. Strachey, MS.), H. F. Blantord, from the Himalayas’ . + Ctenostreon Bur ckhardti, n.sp. (fig.) : Cyathopoma Pe “lei, n. sp. (fig) serendibense, n.sp. (fig.) Cyprea microdon, Gray, Note on . D Daly, W. M., Obituary notice of . Damayantia, Description of the animal of D. earinata, Collinge, and notes on the affinities of the genus INDEX. PAGE Dendrotrochus stramineus, Ee 336 (fig.) ; 335 Dentalium regulare, L.sp. (fig se 18 | Digby, Miss Lettice, : Preliraaee 18 Note on the Anatomy of the genus Cataulus’ : ; : : 18 | Doridiide, new or little known 389 species. Doridium Ga anor op is sp. : it reticulatum, u.sp. (fig.) 194 | Draparnaudia Walkeri, n.sp. (fig) 194 | Durdle Barn Door, Dorset, Holocene 194 non-marine Mollusca from the 194 down above . 5 194 194 E 194 | Eliot, Sir C. N. H., K.C.M.G., ‘Notes on some new or little- 194 known members of the family 194 Doridiide ’ : c : 194 | Ennea affectata, n.sp. (fig.) . “ 189 | Kulima Collinsi, n.sp. (fig.) . 807 platyacme, 0.0. 311 | Eulimidee, Notes on some British Eulota Blakeana, Newe., Note on luna, Pils., Note on 36 170 2 pe Fistulana clava, Lamk., per- E forating Mitra 7 Floating “of shells on the surface 70 of the sea Folkestone, Holocene non- marine Mollusca from ; Fulton, H. C., ‘ Deseription of Ennea affectata, n.sp., trom 13 Zanzibar ’ ‘Description of Thersites (Rhagada) Wo oodwardt, n.sp., 285 from N.W. Australia’. & Sowerby, G. B. See Sowerby, G. B., & Fulton, H. C. 290 G 246 340 | Ganesella procera, Gude (fig.) : 340 | Godwin-Austen, Lieut. -Col. H.H., 167 ‘On Helix Basileus, Benson, from Southern India: its anatomy and generic position ’ ‘On the Anatomy at two land molluses (Helicarion (?) 158 Willeyanaand H.(?) Voodwardi, n.spp.) from New Britain and Litu, Loyalty Islands, collected by Dr. ie Willey, bees, in 3ll 1895-97’ : PAGE 196 39d 261 Bal 332 331 32 349 302 345 10 10 3465 341 319 32 33 266 248 296 Godwin- Austen, Lieut.-Col. H. H., ‘Further description of the Animal of Damayantia carinata, Collinge, showing its similarity to D. Smithi, Collinge and G.-A with remarks on this genus of Issel, Collingea of Simroth, and Isselentia of Collinge’ . Gray, J. E., Note on the dates of publication ot his ‘* Catalogue of Pulmonata. Pt”. Note on his type-speci- mens of Ammonites from India Guatemala, Helezna pterophora, n.sp., from. 5 : : Gude, G. K., ‘Note on Eulota Blakeana, Newe., and E£, luna, Pils’? ‘A Synopsis of the genus Streptaxis and its allies’ ‘ Descriptions of some new forms of Helicoid Land-Shells’ ‘ Additions to the sone Streptaxis’ Guppya Fultoni, n.sp. (fig. iy H Harlton, Cambridgeshire, Holocene non-marine Mollusca from 0 Helicarion (?) Willeyana, n.sp. (fig.) (?) Woodwardi, u.sp. (fig.) Helicina pterophora, n.sp. (fig. yi Helix Basileus, Bens., its anatomy and generic position . Hertfordshire, Occurrence of Clausilia biplicata (Mont.) in Holocene Mollusca from north Cornwall ; non-marine Mollusca from London Wall and Westminster . non-marine Mollusca from (1) West Harnham, Wilts; (2) Harlton, Cambridgeshire; (3) thedownabove Durdle Barn Door, Dorset; and (4) Folkestone 318, I India, Cyathopoma Peilei, as a from : Note on Gray’ s ‘type- ‘speci- mens of Ammonites from . . Isselentia, Remarks on the genus . J Jurassic shells from Borneo . t Juvavites expansus, D.sp. . INDEX. PAGE 319 340 285 dll 403 294 + Juvavites robustus(Strachey MS.), H. F. Blanford (fig.) ih Stracheyi, n.sp. K Kellia Natalensis, u.sp. (fig.) Kennard, A. 8., & Woodward, B. Be ‘On the Non- marine Mollusca from the Holocene deposits at London Wall and Westminster’ . ° : ‘On the occurrence of Neritina Grate- loupiana, Fér. (hitherto mis- identified as N. fluviatilis), in the Pleistocene gravels of the Thames at Swanscomb’ . Kenyon, Mrs. A., ‘ Further Note on the type- specimen of Voluta Roadnighte, McCoy’ Krogh, A., ‘On Shells floating on the surface of the Sea’. L Labyrinthus eee var. diminuta, n.var. (fig.) : z Latiaxis rosaceus, n. sp. (fig.) ° Leptarionta venusta, n.sp. (fig.) London Wall, Holocene non-marine Mollusca from . : : B Loyalty Is., Helicarion (?) Wood- wardi, n.sp., from . : M Macrochlamys Papuensis, .sp. (tig.) Mansel- Pleydell, a C., Obituary notice of Marginella fallac, n .sp. (fiz.) —— lateritia, n.sp. “Gi Melania binodosa, u.sp. (fig.) Melo Indicus, Gmel., note on the nepionic shell . Melvill, J. Cosmo, and Sykes, E. R., ‘ Description of Marginella later itia, LSP.» from the Anda- man Islands’ (fig.) ; Moquin-Tandon, A., Note on the dates of publication of his ‘¢ Histoire naturelle des Mol- lusques terrestres et fluviatiles de France ”’ 2 : : . Murdoch, R., ‘ On the Anatomy of Pauryphanta urnula, Pir., with notes on P. Hochstetteri, Pir., and Rhytida Greenwoodi, Gray’ 413 PAGE 291 293 396 180 307 365 410 282 260 410 261 270 414 N INDEX. PAGE | Pairing of Pyramidula rotundata Jassa Natalensis, n.sp. (fig.) . Natica (Polinices) pumilio, n.sp. tNeritina Grateloupiana, Fér., in the Pleistocene gravels of the Thames at Swanscomb ; Nerve centres, Notes on the histology of olfactory New Britain, Helicarion (? ) Willey- ana, n.sp., from New Guinea, New aoe of land- shells from New Hebrides, Non- marine “shells from 3 Newton, R. Be : On Ctenostreon Burckhardti, n.sp., from the Middle Oolites of Switzerland’ . ‘ Notes on some Jurassic Shells from Borneo, including a new species of Trigonia’ . Nottingham, Opeas clavulus, Fér.(?), and Zonitoides minusculus Bey) ina hothouse . Nucula nucleus, Linn., Renal « organs Ole. A : : 5 O Obituary notices ; 5 Usd, Olfactory nerve centres, notes on their histology . Oliva, On the want of means for determining the oe of the genus Omphalotropis conella, n. sp. (fig -) Oolite, Ctenostreon Burckhardti, n.sp., from the : : 5 Opeas clavulus, Fér. (?), in hot- house in Nottingham : Otopomua elausum and O. Xe emenicum, Note on . Oxynoe Natalensis, n.sp. (fig .) 12 Pace, 8., ‘On the Anatomy and Relationships of Voluta musica, Linn. ; with notes upon certain other supposed members of the Volutidee ’ - ‘Contributions to the “Study of the Columbellidee: No. 1’ ‘On the identity and re- lationships of Bueccinum der- mestoideum, Lam.: Banas noy. gen. —— ‘Note on the genus Pseuda- myela, Pace’ 373 (Mull.) with Vitrea lweida(Drap.) 385 | Paludomus Siamensis, u.sp. (fig.) . Papuina trochiformis, n.sp. (tig) Pary aes wnula, Pir., Anatomy 320 ot Peruvian pottery, Ancient, with 184 models of land-shells (figs.) Planorbis, note on sinistral character 296 of the shell (figs.) Pleistocene non-marine Mollusca 17 from Portland Bill Portland Bill, Pleistocene non- 196 marine Mollusca from Post- Pliocene shells at Bognor Preston, H. B., ‘ New Species of 245 Land-Shells from New Guinea’ — ‘Descriptions of two supposed new apeties of Cyatho- 403 poma’ Pseudamyela, n gen., for Buceinum der mestoideum, Lam. 344 | ————— Note on the genus Purpura pura, n.sp. (fig.). c 300 | Pyramidula rotundata (Mill.) pairing with Vitrea lueida(Drap. ) 307 R 184 Reynell, A., ‘Note on the 346 occurrence of Planorbis margin- 200 atus, Drap., and Limnea pereger (Miill, ) in the Post-Plocene of 245 ae Sussex ’ Rhiostomes Dalyi, v sp. (fig ) 344 | Lhytida Greenwoodi, Gray, Notes on . 399 | LRissoia parva, Da Costa, Note on 359 a monstrosity of Xs Sesara megalodon, u.sp. (fig.) Shells floating on the surface of the sea d Shopland, Commander E. R., ‘List 21 ot Marine Shells collected in the neighbourhood of Aden between 36 1892 and 1901’ - Olli Siam, New species of Rhiostomaand Sesara trom Non-marine Mollusca from 253 | Siphonaria nigerrima, u.sp. (fig.) tenuicostulata, n.sp. (fig.) 267 | Sistrum squamiliratum, u.sp. (tig.) PAGE 11 INDEX, PAGE Smith, KE. A., Presidential Address : Onthe supposed similarity between the Mollusca of the Arctic and Antarctic Regions ‘ Note on Cypre@a micro- don, Gray’. 3 Description of Achatina Machachensis,n.sp.,trom Basuto- land’ : 4 . : ‘OnCorona Pfeifferi,var. gracilis, n.var., from S8.E. Colombia ’ ‘Note on an abnormal specimen ot Argonauta argo’ ‘Note on Vitrina Barin- goensis, Smith ’ c ‘OnXylophagapr estans, n.sp., from the English Coast’ ‘A List of species of Mollusca from South Africa, forming an Appendix to G. B. Sowerby’s ‘‘ Marine Shells of South Africa’? ’ South Africa Chetopleur a destituta, .Sp., from. List of marine shells from 3 Sowerby, G. he ‘Note on the Opercula of ’ Turbo pulcher, Reeve, and 7. ticaonicus, Reeve’ —— Appendix to his ‘‘ Marine Shells of South Africa ”’ : & Fulton, H. C., ‘ Note on a specimen of Fistulana clava, Lamk., perforating a shell of Mitra interlirata, Reeve’ (figs.) Streptaxis, Synopsis of the genus . 201, Anceyi, Mab. (fig.) . Da-Coste, n.sp. (fig.) . diplodon, Mildff. (fig.) -. eburneus, Pfr. (fig.) . gibbosus, ey (figs) latior, n.sp. (fig.) es tr, (fig.) obtusus, Stol. (fig) pleurostomoides,msp.(fig.) porrectus, Ptr. (ig) Prestoni, u.sp. (fig.) sinuosus, Pir. (fig.) . subbulbulus, Mildif. (fig.) 203, Thebawi, Godwin- Aust. (fig.) , “* Sulgranees, locality Swanscomb, Occurrence of Neritina Gr ateloupiana, Fér., in the Pleistocene gravels of the Thames at . . ” note on supposed 328 Sykes, KE. R., ‘On Helicina ptero- phora, n.sp., from Guatemala ’ ‘ Notes on Tonkinese Clau- sili@, with illustrations of some unfigured forms, and the de- scription of a new species’ ‘ Description of Chato- pleura destituta, n.sp., from South Atrica’ : ‘On a collection of Non- marine Shells, formed by Mr. J.J. Walker, in the New Hebrides’ ‘Note ona monstrosity of Rissoia parva, Da Costa’ ‘Description of Cerastus Dinshawi, n.sp.,tromAden, with a note on Otopoma clausum, Sby., and 0. Yemenicum, Bret.’ ‘Notes on some British Kulimide’ : : & Melvill, J. C. See Melvill, J. C., & Sykes, HK. R. T Tate, R., Obituary notice of Terebra Loise, v.sp. (ig) - Thersites meridionalis, n.sp. (fig.). Woodwardi, n. oo lig. ines Tonkin, Clausilie from 5 : + Trigonia Molengraaff, n.sp. (fig.) Turbo pulcher, Reeve, Note on operculum of : ticaonicus, Reeve, Note on operculum of : : Turbonilla similans, n.sp. (fig.) V Van Stone, J. H., ‘Note on the embryonic shell of Planorbis’ (figs. Vitrea Moan (Drap. ) pairing with Pyramidula rotundata (Mull.) . Vitrina Baringoensis, Smith, Note on . - Voluta musica, Linn: , its anatomy and relationships Roadnighte, note on type specimen . : Volutide, Notes on supposed: mem- bers of the. 3 2 . W Webb, W. M., ‘ Land-Shells used as Models by Anciént Peruvian Potters ’ : 415 PAGE 20 189 195 196 260 338 157 360 262 33 189 405 12 12 “ 386 10 21 160 416 West Harnham, Wilts, Holocene non-marine Mollusca from Westminster, Holocene non-marine Mollusea from : = Woodward, B. B., ‘ Clausilia bipli- cata (Mont.) in Hertfordshire’ . © Acanthinula lamellata (Jeff.) in Buckinghamshire and Berkshire ’ 2 : : ——— ‘Note on the Nepionic Shell of Melo Indiecus, Gmel.’ . ‘Notes on the dates of publication of J. E. Gray’s “Catalogue of Pulmonata . in the . British Museum. Pt. I,’? 12mo, 1855; and of A. Moquin-Tandon’s ‘* Histoire naturelle des Mollusques ter- restres et fluviatiles de France,’’ 2 vols. 8vo, 1855’ . i 5 “Note on the generic name Buliminus’ . : : ee INDEX. PAGE PAGE Woodward, B. B., & Kennard, A.S. 318 See Kennard, A.S8., & Woodward, IB2SBs 180 | Woodward, Martin F., Memoir, with Portrait . ; - : 1 11 x 1l 260 | Xesta Dwipana, n.sp. (fig.) . 264 Xylophaga, Known species of 328-3830 dorsalis, Turton (fig.) . 829 prestans, n.sp. (fig.) 328 Z Zanzibar, Ennea affectata, u.sp., 261 from < : : - - ew Zonitoides minusculus (Binney) in 309 hothouse in Nottingham . 344 Stephen Austin § Sons, Printers, Hertford. 7 t a \ 7 - 48 7 i i 7 a ' 7 ‘d ( a ry * = 4 MALACOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF LONDON. LIST OF MEMBERS. (Corrected up to October, 1902.) Us. Russia. 1902 Ancey, C. F., Dra-el-Mizan, Algeria. 1893 Baldwin, D. D., Haiku, Maui, Hawaiian Islands. 1901 Bavay, A., 59, Rue Boissiére, Paris. 1902 Becker, Dr. H., Grahamstown, Cape Colony. London, 8.W. 1893 Bednall, W. T., The Museum, Adelaide, South Australia. U.S.A. O Bendall, Wilfred, 77, Baker Street, Portman Square, London, W. 1901 Bentley, R. H., 33, Church Street, Muswell Hill, London, N. Hill, London, W. O Biles, E. J., B.Sc., Newnham Lea, Cambridge. Bloomer, H. Howard, Haughton Road, Handsworth, Birmingham. 1893 Bonnet, A., 55, Boulevard St. Michel, Paris. 1897 Boston, Lord, The Wharf, Hedsor, Maidenhead. Frankfurt-am-Main. 1902 Bridgman, F. G., 5, Duchess Street, Portland Place, London, W. 1902 Brown, Lewis B., Bay Mansions, Bridgetown, Barbadoes. of the Natural History Museum, Zagreb (Agram), Croatia. Surrey. London, W. : 1893 Burnup, Henry, Box 182, P.O., Maritzburg, Natal. London, S.W. 1893 Cairns, Robert, 159, Queen Street, Hurst, Ashton-under-Lyne. 1902 Campbell, Archibald, The Athenzeum, Glasgow. 1894 Caziot, E., Quai Lunel 24, Nice. 1895 Clapp, George H., 325, Water Street, Pittsburgh, Pa., U.S.A. Newington, London, N. 1901 Coen, G. S., Calle Castorta, Venice. O Collier, E., Glen Esk, Whalley Range, Manchester. O Collinge, W. E., F.Z.S., The University, Birmingham. O Cooke, Rev. A. H., M.A., F.Z.S., Aldenham School, Elstree. 1895 Cooper, Charles, 138, Queen Street, Auckland, New Zealand. 1893 Cooper, James Eddowes, 68, North Hill, Highgate, London, N. 1898 Cort, Prof. H. de, Rue d’Holbach, Lille, France. O Cossmann, Maurice, 95, Rue de Maubeuge, Paris. Adcock, Daniel John, 42, Currie Street, Adelaide, South Australia. Aldrich, T. H., 1806, South 19th Street, Birmingham, Alabama, Amalitzky, Wladimir, Professor of Geology, University of Warsaw, Beddome, Col. R. H., F.L.S., Sispara, 75, West Hill, Wandsworth, Beecher, Dr. C. E., Yale University Museum, New Haven, Conn., Birley, Miss Caroline, 14, Brunswick Gardens, Kensington, London, W. Blake, William Charles, 2, Acacia Villas, Ross-on-Wye, Herefordshire. Blanford, W.T., LL.D., F.R.S., etc., 72, Bedford Gardens, Campden Bottger, Prof. Dr. Oskar, M.A.N., C.M.Z.S., 6, Seiler Strasse, Brusina, Prof. Spiridon, Director of the Zoological Department Bullen, Rev. Robert Ashington, F.L.S., Pyrford Vicarage, Woking, Burne, R. H., B.A., F.Z.S., 21, Stanley Crescent, Notting Hill Burrows, H. W., A.R.I.B.A., 94, Elm Park, Brixton, London, 8. W. Bury, Miss E. P. F., 77, Elm Park Mansions, Park Walk, Chelsea, Clifton-Crick, C. P., Blount Lodge, 204, Lordship Road, Stoke LIST OF MEMBERS. Cox, Dr. James C., F.L.S., C.M.Z.S., 87, Pitt Street, Sydney, New South Wales. Cox, C. Stanley B., B.A., M.R.G.S., Sandhurst, Ampthill, Beds. Cox, Capt. P. Z., F.Z.S., H.B.M.’s Consul and Political Agent, Muscat, Arabia ; c/o Messrs. Grindlay, Groom, & Co., 54, Parliament Street, London, S.W. Crawford, F. C., 19, Royal Terrace, Edinburgh. Crawford, James, c/o Messrs. J. C. Kemsley & Co., Port Elizabeth, South Africa, Crick, G. C., F.G.S., British Museum (Natural History), Cromwell Road, London, 8. W. Crouch, W., F.Z.S., Grafton House, Wellesley Road, Wanstead, Essex. Da Costa, S. I., 9, Gloucester Square, London, W. Dall, William Healey, Honorary Curator Department of Mollusca U.S. National Museum, Washington, D.C., U.S.A. Damon, Robert F., Weymouth. Darbishire, R. D., Victoria Park, Manchester. Dautzenberg, Ph., 213, Rue de l'Université, Paris. Dollfus, Adrien, 35, Rue Pierre Charron, Paris. Dollfus, Gustave, 45, Rue de Chabrol, Paris. Donald, Miss Jane, Quarry Hill, Mealsgate, Carlisle. Dun, W. 8., Geological Survey, Pitt Street, Sydney, New South Wales. Dupont, Evenor, Port Louis, Mauritius. Dupuis, Lieut. F. M.S. B., 80, Rue Wery, Ixelles, Brussels. Ede, Francis J.. A.M.L.C.E., F.G.S., Silchar, Cachar, India. Ehrmann, P., Hartelstrasse 6, III, Leipzig, Germany. Eliot, Sir Charles, K.C.M.G., British Agency, Zanzibar. Emary, Percy, 12, Alwyne Square, Canonbury, London, N. Farquhar, John, 3, Rose Terrace, African Street, Grahamstown, Cape Colony. Fischer, Henri, 51, Boulevard St. Michel, Paris. Foote, R. Bruce, F.G.S., Ivy Cottage, Yercand, Madras Presidency. Foster, Miss A, C. S., Cavendish House, Clapham, London, S.W. Fulton, Hugh, 15, Station Parade, Kew Gardens, Surrey. Gatliff, J. H., The Commercial Bank, Carlton, Melbourne, Victoria. Gilson, Prof. Gustave, The University, Louvain, Belgium. Godwin-Austen, Lieut.-Col. H. H., F.R.S., ete., Nore, Godalming. Gude, G. K., F.Z.S., 114, Adelaide Road, London, N.W. Guerne, Baron Jules de, 6, Rue de Tournon, Paris. Guppy, R. J. Lechmere, Glenside, Tunapuna, Trinidad. Gwatkin, Rev. Prof. H. M., 8, Scrope Terrace, Cambridge. Hart, J. H., Curator, Royal Botanic Gardens, Trinidad. Haynes, T. Henry, Rough Down, Boxmoor, Herts. Hedley, Charles, F.L.S., Australian Museum, Sydney, N. S. Wales. Henderson, J. Brooks, jun., 16th Street, Florida Avenue, Washing- ton, D.C, U.S.A. Herdman, Prof. W. A., F.R.S., University College, Liverpool. Hett, Miss Mary L., 18, Chepstow Place, London, W. Hind, Wheelton, M.D., F.G.S., Roxeth House, Stoke-on-Trent. Hirase, Y., Kioto, Japan. Howes, Prof. G. B., LL.D., F.R.S., Royal College of Science, South Kensington, London, S. W. Hoyle, W. E., M.A., M.R.C.S., F.R.S.E., Owens College, Manchester. Hudleston, W. H., M.A., F.R.S., 8, Stanhope Gardens, London, 8S. W. Hutton, Capt. F. W., F.R.S., Canterbury Museum, Christchurch, New Zealand. LIST OF MEMBERS, 3 Jarvis, P. W., Colonial Bank, Kingston, Jamaica. Jhering, Dr. H. von, Museu Paulista, Sao Paulo, Brazil. Johansen, A. C., M.Sc., Zoologisk Museum, Copenhagen. Johnson, C. W., Wagner Free Institute of Science, Philadelphia, Pa., U.S.A. Jones, Surgeon K. Hurlstone, R.N., H.M.S. Waterwitch, c/o Admiralty, Whitehall, London, 8. W. Jousseaume, Dr., 29, Rue de Gerjovie, Paris. Jukes-Browne, A. J., F.G.S., Etruria, Kent’s Road, Torquay. Justen, Frederick, F.L.S., 37, Soho Square, London, W. Kendig, A. B., D.D., 69, Centre Street, Brooklyn, U.S.A. Kennard, A. S., Benenden, Mackenzie Road, Beckenham, Kent. Kensett, Percy F., Holmesdale, Harewood Road, Merton, London, S.W. Kenyon, Mrs. Agnes F., 291, Highett Street, Richmond, Victoria, Australia. Kobelt, Dr. W., Schwanheim (Main), Germany. Laidlaw, Frank Fortescue, 8, Parsonage Road, Withington, Man- chester. Lawson, Peter, 11, The Broadway, Walham Green, London, S.W. Leicester, Alfred, The Mount, Aston Clinton, Bucks. Leighton, T., F.G.S., Lindisfarne, St. Julian’s Farm Road, West Norwood, London, 8.E. Lightfoot, R., South African Museum, Cape Town, Cape of Good Hope. Linter, Miss J. E., Saville House, Heath Road, Twickenham. Lodder, Miss Mary, c/o A. Dawson, Bank of Australasia, Launceston, Tasmania. MacAndrew, J. J., F.L.S., Lukesland, Ivy Bridge, S. Devonshire. Manger, W. T., 100, Manor Road, Brockley, London, 8.E. Marshall, Arthur Grotjan, 5, Grotes Place, Blackheath, London, 8.E. Martens, Prof. Dr. E. von, Museum fiir Naturkunde, Berlin, N.W. Matthews, E. H. V., Post and Telegraph Station, Yorke Town, South Australia. May, Dr. T. H., Bundaberg, Queensland. ‘May, W. L., Forest Hill, Sandford, Tasmania. McBean, John, East Rand Proprietary Mines, Boksburg, Transvaal. Meiklejohn, Dr. W. J. S., F.L.8., 105, Holland Road, Kensington, London, W. Melvill, J. Cosmo, M.A., F.L.S., Brook House, Prestwich, near Manchester. Mollendorff, Dr. O. F. von, Albertstrasse 11, I, Brockenheim, Frankfurt-am-Main, Germany. Monterosato, Marquis A. de, 1, Via Pietro Colletta, Palermo, Sicily. Mort, H.S., B.Sc., Engineering School, University of Sydney, New South Wales. Moss, W., F.C.A., 13, Milton Place, Ashton-under-Lyne. Murdoch, R., Wanganui, New Zealand. Newton, R. Bullen, F.G.S., British Museum (Natural History), Cromwell Road, London, 8.W. Norman, Rev. Canon Merle, D.C.L., F.R.S., The Red House, Berkhampsted, Herts. Pace, S., F.Z.S., Milneholme, Lampton Road, Hounslow. Pannell, Charles, jun., East Street, Haslemere, Surrey. Parry, Lt.-Col. G. S., 18, Hyde Gardens, Eastbourne. Pasquali, Mons., Daira Sanieh of H.H. the Khedive, Cairo, Egypt. Pavlow, Dr. Alexis, Professor of Geology, The University, Moscow. Pilsbry, H. A., Academy of Natural Sciences, Philadelphia, Pa.,U.S.A. 1894 LIST OF MEMBERS. Ponsonby, J. H., F.Z.S., 15, Chesham Place, London, S.W. Preston, Hugh B., F.Z.8., 3, Sydney Terrace, Fulham Road, London, 8S. W. Pritchard, G. B., 22, Mantell Street, Moonee Ponds, Victoria. Quekett, J. F., F.Z.S., The Museum, Town Hall, Durban, Natal. Ramanan, V. V., M.A., F.Z.S., Deputy Tahsildar and Sub- Magistrate, Tenali, Kistna District, South India. Reynell, Alexander, Heathfield, 152, Selhurst Road, South Norwood, London, 8.E. Ridewood, G. W., D.Sc., F.L.S., 61, Oakley Street, Chelsea, London, S.W. Ridley, Mrs. E. P., Burwood, Westerfield Road, Ipswich. Rimmer, Richard, J.P., F.L.S., Dalawoodie, Dumfries. Rolle, Hermann, 47, Elsasser Strasse, Berlin, N.W. Rosevear, J. Burman, 109, New Kings Road, Fulham, London, 8S. W. Scharff, R. F., Ph.D., D.Sc., Tudor House, Dumdrum, Co. Dublin. Schepman, M. M., Rhoon, near Rotterdam, Holland. Shopland, Commander E. R., Royston, Sherringham, Norfolk. Simroth, Dr. Heinrich Rudolf, Fichtestrasse, 15, I, Leipzig. Smith, Edgar A., F.Z.S., British Museum (Natural History), Cromwell Road, London, S.W. Soul, J. S., 3, Nightingale Road, Clapton, London, N.E. Sowerby, G. B., F.L.S., 15, Station Parade, Kew Gardens, Surrey. Stalley, H. J., Christ’s Hospital, West Horsham, Sussex. Stubbs, A. G., Staincliffe, Eastbourne, Sussex. Stump, E. C., 16, Herbert Street, Moss Side, Manchester. Sturt, W. N., India Office, Whitehall, London, S.W. Suter, Henry, The Museum, Auckland, New Zealand. Sykes, Ernest Ruthven, B.A., F.L.S., 3, Gray’s Inn Place, London, We Taylor, Rev. G. W., F.R.S.C., F.Z.S., 70, Irwin Street, Nanaimo, British Columbia. Tims, H. W. Marett, M.D., F.Z.S., King’s College, Cambridge. Tomlin, J. Brockton, B.A., Estyn, Chester. Tulk-Hart, Dr. E. J., 4, Gloucester Place, Brighton. Turton, Major W. H., R.E., c/o Rev. Z. H. Turton, 12, Albany Road, Southtown, Great Yarmouth. Verco, Dr. J. C., North Terrace, Adelaide, South Australia. Vignal, Mons. L., 28, Avenue Duquesne, Paris. Walker, Bryant, 18, Moffat Buildings, Detroit, Michigan, U.S.A. Waterhouse, Mrs, G. J., Ellerslie, Birrell Street, Waverley, Sydney, New South Wales. Watson, Rev. R. Boog, LL.D., F.R.S.E., F.L.S., 11, Strathearn Place, Edinburgh. Webb, W. M., F.L.S., Odstock, 7, Campbell Road, Hanwell, London, W. Whidborne, Rev. G. F., M.A., F.G.S., The Priory, Westbury-on- Trym, near Bristol. Wilmer, Lieut.-Col. L. W., Lothian House, Ryde, Isle of Wight. Woods, Henry, M.A., F.G.S., St. John’s College, Cambridge. Woodward, B. B., F.L.S., 120, The Grove, Ealing, London, W. Woodward, Dr. Henry, F.R.S., etc., 129, Beaufort Street, Chelsea, London, 8.W. Woodward, Mrs. Henry, 129, Beaufort Street, Chelsea, London, S. W. All corrections or alterations of address are to be sent to R. H. Burne, B.A., F.Z.S8., 21, Stanley Crescent, Notting Hill, London, W. ‘Vol. V. No.1. APRIL, 1902. Price 5s. PROCEEDINGS OF THE MALACOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF LONDON. EDITED BY B. Bo WOODWARD, F.L-9:;F-G:S., (Ere. Under the direction of the Publication Committee. AUTHORS ALONE ARE RESPONSIBLE FOR THE STATEMENTS IN THEIR RESPECTIVE PAPERS. @i@ Aa see INe a oe PAGE Memorr or Martin F.. Woopwarp. (PrOMtispiece.) © ....sssscseeseseversssessereereee 1 PROCEEDINGS :— Ordinary Meetings : Nov. 8th, 1901 8 Dec. 13th, 1901 8 Jan. 10th, 1902 9 Nores :— On type-specimen of Voluta Roadnighte. By Mrs. Knnyon. 10 On Eulota Blakeana, Newe., and E. luna, Pils. By G. K. Gunz, DU Fia es CLC a secctavctyeehstetennesesreesestct 10 On the pairing of Pyramidula rotundata (Miull.) with Vitrea lucida (Drap.). By E. Cazror. 11 Clausilia biplicata (Mont.) in Herts. By B. B. Woopwarp, F.L.S., Epes reettacente esas sstsbesnssssetpenecendtszsi teresa 11 Acanthinula lamellata (Jeff.) in Bucks and Berks. By B. B. PAPERS :— PAGE On the type-specimen of Belemno- teuthis Montefiorei, J. Buckman. By G. C. Crick, F.G.S., ete. (Rlateg Ty \nis aaee cece rene aneenen 13 New species of Land-Shells from New Guinea. By H.B. Preston, HA Sete.) (Bigs: eaten: 17 On Helicina pterophora, D.sp., from Guatemala. By E. R. Syxes, B.A., F.L.S., etc. (CBSO Vp Soe Serskceramtatsecchersettttcarsyatintoae 20 other Volutide. By S. Paces, WSS etes (Plate Dye ec. 21 Description of Ennea affectata, n.sp., from Zanzibar. By H. 1D waesuoyery We KUNE) Meh out esniascenc 32 Description of Thersites Voodwardi, n.sp., from N.W. Australia. By H. Futron. (Fig-) On Rhiostoma Dalyi, n.sp., and Sesara megalodon, n.sp., from Siam. By Dr.W.T. BLanrorp, Woovwarp, F.L.S., ete... 11 BER Si cetess: (Higet Gecuta: 34 On the Opercula of Zurbo pulcher, Contributions to the Study of the Reeve, and 7. Ticaonicus, Reeve. Columbellide: No. I. By By G.B.Sowrrsy,F.L.8.,ete. 12 SPACE HEA. Sa, (Claman 36 LONDON: DULAU & CO., 37, SOHO SQUARE, W. For information concerning the MALACOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF LONDON See page iii of this wrapper. : r : : : Vol. V. No. 2. JULY, 1902. Price 5s. PROCEEDINGS OF THE MALACOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF LONDON. EDITED BY B. B. WOODWARD, F.L.S., F.G.8., Erc. Under the direction of the Publication Committee. AUTHORS ALONE ARE RESPONSIBLE FOR THE STATEMENTS IN THEIR RESPECTIVE PAPERS. (GB 9 A PS SES i PROCEEDINGS :— PAGE Annual Meeting: Feb. 14, 1902 156 (Oibuiaarrye INOTCESH ticcseeccrcreeerts 157 Ordinary Meetings: Feb. 14th, 1902 Mar. 14th, 1902... April 11th, 1902 Notes :-— Land-Shells as Models by Ancient Peruvian Potters. By W. M. WEBB Ei Sor ieiCey hia cuessaten 160 PAPERS :-— Contributions to the Study of the Columbellide: No. [. By S. Pacz, F.Z.S., ete. (Contd.) 118 Presidential Address: On the supposed Similarity between the Mollusca of the Arctic and Antarctic Regions. By E. A. RMIT HRE ZS s CGC S oecaicinssssesssen 162 Papers continued :— PAGE Note on Cyprea microdon, Gray. By E. A. Smiru, F.Z.S., etc. 167 Description of Achatina Macha- chensis, n.sp., from Basutoland. By E. A. Smits, F.Z.8., etc. Tart Weeden an Geyer 169 On Corona Pfeifferi, var. gracilis, n.var., from S.E. Colombia. By E. A. Smirn, F.Z.8., etc. (Biro) oe ar ee ee eee 170 List of Marine Shells collected in the neighbourhood of Aden between 1892 and 1901. By Commander E. R. SHornanp. 171 On the Non-Marine Mollusca from the Holocene Deposits at London Wall and Westminster. By A. S. Kennarp & B. B. Woopwarp, F.L.S., ete........... 180 LONDON: DULAU & CO., 37, SOHO SQUARE, W. For information concerning the MALACOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF LONDON See page iii of this wrapper. daa Society of London. (Founded 27th February, 1893.) Officers and Council—elected 14th February, 1902. President :—E. A. Suirn, F.Z.S., etc Vice-Presidents :—W. T. Buanrorp, LL.D., F.R.S., etc.; Rev. Canon A. Merrie Norman, D.C.L., F.R.S., etc.; E. R. Sykes, B.A, F.L.S., etc. ; Henry Woopwarp, LL.D., F.R.S., etc. Treasurer: — J. H. Ponsonpy, F.Z.S., etc., 15, Chesham Place, London, 8.W. Secretary :—R. H. Burne, B.A., F.Z.S., etc., 21, Stanley Crescent, Notting Hill, London, W. Editor: — B. B. Woopwarp, F.L.S., etc., 120, The Grove, Ealing, London, W. Other Members of Council :—Reyv. R. AsHtnaton Buuien, F.L.S., ete. ; G. C. Crick, F.G.S., etc. ; Lieut.-Colonel H. H. Gopwin-AuvsreEn, F.R.S., ete.; G. K. Gupn, F.Z.S., etc. ; Professor G. B. Howes, LL.D., F.R.S., etc. ; S. Pacn, F.Z.S., ete. By kind permission of the Council of the Linnran Socrery, the MEETINGS are held in their apartments at Buriineron House, PiccapiILLy, W., on the sEcoND FRIDAY in each month from NOVEMBER to JUNE. The OBJECT of the Society is to facilitate the study of the Mollusca and Brachiopoda, both recent and fossil. MEMBERS, both Ordinary and Corresponding (the latter resident without the British Islands), are elected by ballot on a certificate of recommendation signed by two or more Members. LADIES are eligible for election. The SUBSCRIPTION is, for Ordinary Members 10s. 6d. per annum or £7 7s. for Life, for Corresponding Members 7s. 6d. per annum or £5 5s. for Life. All Members on election pay an Entrance Fee of 10s. 6d. The PROCEEDINGS are issued three times a year, and each Member is entitled to receive a copy of those numbers issued during his membership. [Vol. I (7 Parts at 5s. each), Vols. II-IV (6 Parts to each vol. at 5s. per Part) have now appeared, while Vol. V is in course of publication. | Further information, with forms of proposal for Membership, may he obtained from the Secretary, to whom all communications should be sent at his private address. TO CONCHOLOGISTS. H. BB. (PRESTON, aia. Begs to inform Collectors and others that he will be pleased to forward upon application Price Lists of any Genera included in his LARGE AND VARIED STOCK OF SHELLS. SELECTIONS sent on Approval. MUSEUMS Supplied. Collections Purchased. Specimens Bought or Exchanged. A VERY FINE sertes or CONUS now on HAND. Address: H. B. PRESTON, F.ZS., 3, Sydney Terrace, Fulham Road, London, S.W. RECENT MOLLUSCA, GLASS-TOPPED BOXES, AND CONCHOLOGICAL WORKS. SOWERBY & FULTON (Zistablished by G. B. Sowerby, 1860). THE LARGEST AND FINEST STOCK OF SHELLS IN THE WORLD. Catalogues containing 12,000 Species. SALE. PURCHASE. EXCHANGE. Special to Curators of Museums. Introductory Case of Specimens as supplied to the Western Australian Museum. ‘This series consists of sections and other preparations illustrating the topography, growth, structure, ete., of the shells of Mollusca. The specimens are mounted on wooden tablets and have printed descriptive labels attached. This series forms a most interesting and instructive introduction to a Museum Collection. wll particulars sent upon application. Specimens or Collections Named and Arranged. Messrs. 8. & F. undertake the naming and arrangement of Mollusca; their long experience and extensive reference collection (about 20,000 species) enables them to do this work correctly and economically. Glass-Topped Boxes, Cardboard Trays, etc. A stock of £100 worth always in hand. Very moderate prices and most prompt execution of orders. Send for Price List. Sowerby’s Illustrated Index of British Shells. (‘he latest complete work.) 26 hand- coloured Plates (750 figures). Cloth, price 35s. (nett 30s.), Thesaurus Conchyliorum. Descriptions and Coloured Figures of Recent Shells. Prospectus free. 15, STATION PARADE, KEW GARDENS, near LONDON. STEPHEN AUSTIN AND SONS. PRINTERS, HERTFORD Vol. V. No. 3. OCTOBER, 1902. Price 5s. PROCEEDINGS OF THE MALACOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF ee EDITED BY B. B. WOODWARD, F.L.S., F.G.S., Ec. Under the direction of the Publication Committee. AUTHORS ALONE ARE RESPONSIBLE FOR THE STATEMENTS IN THEIR RESPECTIVE PAPERS. GH@) TS aa as ais Se PROCEEDINGS :— PAGE | Papers continued :— PAGE Cee) Mecane iss On a collection of Non-Marine dy ay 9 LIVZ secorrosessesererserenses sony, 4 Shells from the New Hebrides. une 1 StL OOD as cccscssceececoasctoones 183 By E. R. Syxzs, B.A., F.L.S. NorzEs :— On the Histology of Molluscan and other Olfactory Nerve Centres. By R. H. Burne, B.A., F.Z.S. 184 Marine Shells collected at Aden by Commander E. R. Shopland 184 PAPERS :-— Notes on Holocene Mollusca from North Cornwall. By the Rey. R. Asutneton Burzen, B.A., 1: LTS Cae a 185 Notes on Tonkinese Clausiliz. By Bo Rea SyKES, (B.A. F.L.S. Toss, (i a 189 Description of Chetopleura desti- (Bias oe ee Ne eae 196 A Synopsis of the genus Streptaxis and its allies. By G. K. Gung, BZ 8.) (Plate, TVs). ctasctsseccennass 201 On Ctenostreon Burckhardti, 0.sp., from the Middle Oolites of Switzerland. By R. Burien Newton, F.G.8. (Plate V.)..... 245 On Helix Basileus, Benson, from Southern India: its anatomy and generic position. By Lieut.-Col. H. H. Gopwiy- Austen, F.R.S. (Plate VI.) 248 On the identity and relationships tuta, u.sp., from South Africa. of Buccinum dermestoideum, By E. R. Syxzs, B.A., F.L.S. Lam.: Pseudamycla, n.gen. USERS Perera oar csuacvessovarsnseesbonssssen 195 By 83) RAG. (PBS s) aac styrtmstee 253 LONDON: DULAU & CO., 37, SOHO SQUARE, W. For information concerning the MALACOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF LONDON See page iii of this wrapper. Malacological Soctety of London. (Founded 27th February, 1893.) Officers and Council—elected 14th February, 1902. President :—E. A. Suirx, F.Z.8., etc. Vice-Presidents :—W. T. BLuanrorp, LL.D., F.R.S., etc.; Rev. Canon A. Merte Norman, D.C.L., F.R.S., etc.; E. R. Syms, B.A. F.L.S., etc. ; Hanry Woopwarp, LL.D., F.R.S., etc. Treasurer: — J. H. Ponsonpy, F.Z.S., etc.,, 15, Chesham Place, London, S.W. Secretary :—R. H. Burne, B.A., F.Z.S., etc., 21, Stanley Crescent, Notting Hill, London, W. Editor: — B. B. Woopwarp, F.L.S., etc. 120, The Grove, Ealing, London, W. Other Members of Council :—Rev. R. Asaineton BULLEN, F.L.S., etc. ; G. C. Crick, F.G.8., etce.; Lieut.-Colonel H. H. Gopwin-AustEn, F.RB.S., etc.; G. K. Gupz, F.Z.S., etc. ; Professor G. B. Howxs, LL.D., F.R.S., etc. ; S. Pacs, F.Z.S., etc. By kind permission of the Council of the Linnean Society, the MEETINGS are held in their apartments at Burtineron Hovusg, PiIccaADILLY, W., on the SECOND FRiDAy in each month from NOVEMBER to JUNE. The OBJECT of the Society is to facilitate the study of the Mollusca and Brachiopoda, both recent and fossil. MEMBERS, both Ordinary and Corresponding (the latter resident without the British Islands), are elected by ballot on a certificate of recommendation signed by two or more Members. LADIES are eligible for election. The SUBSCRIPTION is, for Ordinary Members 10s. 6d. per annum or £7 7s. for Life, for Corresponding Members 7s. 6d. per annum or £5 5s. for Life. All Members on election pay an Entrance Fee of 10s. 6d. The PROCEEDINGS are issued three times a year, and each Member is entitled to receive a copy of those numbers issued during his membership. [Vol. I (7 Parts at 5s. each), Vols. II-IV (6 Parts to each vol. at 5s. per Part) have now appeared, while Vol. V is in course of publication. | Further information, with forms of proposal for Membership, may be obtained from the Secretary, to whom all communications should be sent at his private address. RECENT MOLLUSCA, GLASS-TOPPED BOXES, AND CONCHOLOGICAL WORKS. SOWERBY & FULTON (Established by G. B. Sowerby, 1860). THE LARGEST AND FINEST STOCK OF SHELLS IN THE WORLD. Catalogues containing 12,000 Species. LATEST LARGE PURCHASE.—The Collection of the late Major-General Tripe, noted for its Fine Series of Conus, Murex, Mitra, Pecten, etc., etc. Special to Curators of Museums. Introductory Case of Specimens as supplied to the Western Australian Museum and the Bristol Museum. This series consists of sections and other preparations illustrating the topography, growth, structure, etc., of the shells of Mollusca. The specimens are mounted on wooden tablets and have printed descriptive labels attached. This series forms a most interesting and instructive introduction to a Museum Collection, Full particulars sent upon application. Specimens or Collections Named and Arranged. Messrs. S. & F. undertake the naming and arrangement of Mollusca; their long experience and extensive reference collection (about 20,000 species) enables them to do this work correctly and economically. Glass-Topped Boxes, Cardboard Trays, etc. A stock of £100 worth always in hand. Very moderate prices and most prompt execution of orders. Send for Price List. Sowerby’s Illustrated Index of British Shells. (The latest complete work.) 26 hand- coloured Plates (750 figures). Cloth, price 35s, (nett 30s.), Thesaurus Conchyliorum. Descriptions and Coloured Figures of Recent Shells. 44 Parts, 527 Plates. Prospectus free. 15, STATION PARADE, KEW GARDENS, near LONDON. TO CONCHOLOGISTS. H. B. PRESTON, F.ZS., Begs to inform Collectors and others that he will be pleased to forward upon application Price Lists of any Genera included in his LARGE AND VARIED STOCK OF SHELLS. SELECTIONS sent on Approval. MUSEUMS Supplied. Collections Purchased. Specimens Bought or Exchanged. A VERY FINE SERIES OF CONUS now on HAND. Address: H. B. PRESTON, F.A:3e 3, Sydney Terrace, Fulham Road, London, S.W. STEPHEN AUSTIN AND BONG, PRINTERS, MERTFORD. Vol. V. No. 4. APRIL, 1903. Rock pr, (0, PROCEEDINGS OF THE MALACOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF LONDON. EDITED BY Beebe. WiO OD WEAR Da Bl els. BiGoS=.) Hime. Under the direction of the Publication Committee. Price 5s. AUTHORS ALONE ARE RESPONSIBLE FOR THE STATEMENTS IN THEIR RESPECTIVE PAPERS. GaN} Sesh ei. PROCEEDINGS :— PAGE ; PAPERS continued :— PAGE Ordinary Meetings : Note on the genus Psewdamycla, November 14th, 1902 vce 258 Pacea yy) Ss AOR! i cscvaecte 267 December 12th, 1902 .ccssscsssssen 258 On the Anatomy of Paryphanta January 9th, 1908 ........ccssssesssesons 259 urnula, Pir., etc. By R. penal Munpoce.' (Figs) sss. 270 Gaithe Nomione. Shell: of aero Notes on Mr. Daly’s Collections Waiees. Gorell! By B. B, from Siam. By Dr. W. T. Woopwarp, F.L.S. .. 260 Buanrorp, F.R.8. (PIVIIL.) 274 Ona Monstrosity of Rissoia pared, DaC. By E. R. Syxzs, F.L.S. Piclininary Note on the Anatomy 260 Note on Gray’ s Type-Specimens of Jurassic Ammonites from India. By G. C. Crick, F.G.S. 2 On Ammonites robustus, Blant., of the genus Cataulus. By 1 Miss Lerrice DIGBY cesses : . 261 Gok GS. ire. tiie 290 Note on the dates of publication On the Anatomy of Helicarion (2) of Gray's “‘ Catalogue of Pul- Willeyana and H. (?) Wood- ate and of Moquin- wardi, n.spp., from New Britain Tandon’s ‘* Hist. Moll. France.” and the Loyalty Is. By Lieut.- By B. B. Woopwarp, F.L.S. 261 Col. H. H. Gopwry-Avsten, PaPrERs :— ER Sie (lates (eX) iach eaunette 296 Description of some new forms On the Renal Organs of Nucula ot Helicoid Land-Shells. By nucleus, Linn. By R. H. Burne, G. K. Gupz, F.Z.S. (Pl. VII.) 262 BZSy (Plate Xo). ee 300 LONDON: DULAU & CO., 37, SOHO SQUARE, W. For information concerning the MALACOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF LONDON See page iii of this wrapper. Malacological Soctety of London. (Founded 27th February, 1893.) Officers and Council—elected 18th February, 19083. President :—E. A. Surru, F.Z.S., etc. Vice - Presidents :— W. T. Buanrorp, LL.D., F.R.S., etc.; Professor W. A. Herpman, F.R.S., etc.; E. R. Sykes, B.A, F.LS., ete. ; Henry Woopwarp, LL.D., F.R.S., etc. Treasurer: — J. H. Ponsonpy, F.Z.S., etc., 15, Chesham Place, London, S.W. Secretary :— R. H. Burne, B.A., F.Z.S., etc., 21, Stanley Crescent, Notting Hill, London, W. Editor: — B. B. Woopwarp, F.L.S., etc., 120, The Grove, Ealing, London, W. Other Members of Council :—G. C. Crick, F.G.S., etc. ; Lieut.-Colonel H. H. Gopwin-Austen, F.R.S., etc.; G. K. Gups, F.Z.S., ete. ; Professor G., B. Howzs, LL.D., F.R.S., etc. ; Rev. Canon MERLE Normay, D.C.L., F.R.S., etc. ; W. G. Ripewoop, D.Sc., F.L.S., ete. By kind permission of the Council of the Linnean Soctety, the MEETINGS are held in their apartments at Buritincton Hovsg, PiccapDILLy, W., on the sECOND FRipay in each month from NOVEMBER to JUNE. The OBJECT of the Society is to promote the study of the Mollusca, both recent and fossil. MEMBERS, both Ordinary and Corresponding (the latter resident without the British Islands), are elected by ballot on a certificate of recommendation signed by two or more Members. LADIES are eligible for election. The SUBSCRIPTION is, for Ordinary Members 10s. 6d. per annum or £7 7s. for Life, for Corresponding Members 7s. 6d. per annum or £5 5s. for Life. All Members on election pay an Entrance Fee of 10s. 6d. The PROCEEDINGS are issued three times a year, and each Member is entitled to receive a copy of those numbers issued during his membership, | Vol. I (7 Parts at 5s. each), Vols. II-IV (6 Parts to each vol. at 5s. per Part) have now appeared, while Vol. V is in course of publication. | Further information, with forms of proposal for Membership, may be obtained from the Secretary, to whom all communications should be sent at his private address. “RECENT MOLLUSCA, GLASS-TOPPED BOXES, AND CONCHOLOGICAL WORKS. SOWERBY & FULTON (Established by G. B. Sowerby, 1860). THE LARGEST AND FINEST STOCK OF SHELLS IN THE WORLD Catalogues containing 12,000 Species. LATEST LARGE PURCHASE.—The Collection of the late Major-General Tripe, noted for its Fine Series of Conus, Murex, Mitra, Pecten, etc., etc. Special to Curators of Museums. Introductory Case of Specimens as supplied to the Western Australian Museum and the Bristol Museum. This series consists of sections and other preparations illustrating the topography, growth, structure, etc., of the shells of Mollusca. The specimens are mounted on wooden tablets and have printed descriptive labels attached. This series forms a most interesting and instructive introduction to a Museum Collection. Full particulars sent upon application. Specimens or Collections Named and Arranged. Messrs. S. & F. undertake the naming and arrangement of Mollusca; their long experience and extensive reference collection (about 20,000 species) enables them to do this work correctly and economically. Glass-Topped Boxes, Cardboard Trays, etc. A stock of £100 worth always in hand. Very moderate prices and most prompt execution of orders. Send for Price List. Sowerby’s xinstreved Index of British Shells. (The latest complete work.) 26 hand- coloured Plates (750 figures). Cloth, price 35s. (nett 30s.). Thesaurus Conchyliorum. Descriptions and Coloured Figures of Recent Shells. 44 Parts, 527 Plates. Prospectus free. 15, STATION PARADE, KEW GARDENS, near LONDON. H.B. PRESTON, F.Z.8. 8, Sydney Terrace, Fulham Road, London, S8.W. Begs to inform Collectors and others that he will be pleased to forward upon application Price Lists of any Genera included in his LARGE AND VARIED STOCK OF SHELLS. SELECTIONS sent on Approval. MUSEUMS Supplied. Collections Purchased. Specimens Bought or Exchanged. Mr. Preston, having recently purchased a large Series of BRITISH MARINE SHELLS, including many of the rarer species, is now in a position to offer these at exceptionally reduced prices. ®TEPHEN AUSTIN AND BONS, PRINTERS, HERT?PORDO, VoL) V.. No. 5. JUNE, 1903. Price 5s. PROCEEDINGS OF THE MALACOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF LONDON. a EDITED BY Be Ba WU OD WEN De hela se. Under the direction of the Publication Committee. F.G.8., Erc. AUTHORS ALONE ARE RESPONSIBLE FOR THE STATEMENTS IN THEIR RESPECTIVE PAPERS. CH GD al ad Ed aS EB PAGE 306 307 PrRocEEDINGS :— Annual Meeting, Feb. 13, 1908..... Obit aty NOC Os Sr sesccessns ses cteenseetosere Ordinary Meetings : February 13th, 1903 Parers continued :— Occurrence of Neritina Grate- loupiana, Fér., inthe Pleistocene at Swanscomb. By A. S. Kennarp & B. B. Woopwarp, PAGE March 13th, 1908 ........ ‘ ‘ ioaleed: Fe a he EN Lites sah oth arctan e nat ate ceca 320 Norzs:— Additions to the genus Streptaxis. On the generic name Buliminus. By G. K. Gupz, F.Z.S8. By B. B. Woopwarp, F.L.S. 309 (Plate eee) ic os issacssmeae-cer tens 322 On an abnormal specimen of Argo- On Xylophaga prestans, u.sp., nauta argo. By E. A. Surru, from the English coast. By 6 ee (Fig) _ seeeeseanan ae 310 EK. A. Smiru, F.Z.8. (Figs.) 328 ee ern ROCESS ae On some new or little - known Sai SOMONE Bie 1a Sectartasersostssaee 510 Doridiide. By Sir CO. N. E. — € : > Further descriptionof Damayantia ae eC Ga Mie 331 te ies. with ‘remarks : : pron ear cae z on that genus and on Collingea escription of Cerastus goer gern and Isselentia. By Lieut.-Col. n.sp., from Aden, with Note on Hone sear Avsren. F.B.S Otopoma clausum, Sby., and (Plate XI.) ae eee 0. Yemenicum, Brgt. By E.R. The Pleistocene non-marine Mol- SYKEs, F.L.S., etc. (E 1g8.) wn» 338 lusea at Portland Bill; and Descriptions of two new species of Holocene non-marine Mollusca Cyathopoma. By H.B.PRxsron, from West Harnham, Harlton, EZ Sein, (aes) eres poerscions 340 Durdle Barn Door, and On Shells floating on the surface Folkestone. By the Rey. R. of the Sea. By A. Kroeu, AsHINGTON Butuzn, F.L.S. 317 M.Sc; “ids ttsantaetavanmbininiraconc Od LONDON: DULAU & CO., 37, SOHO SQUARE, W. For information concerning the MALACOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF LONDON See page iii of this wrapper. Walacological Soctety of London. (Founded 27th February, 1893.) Officers and Council—elected 18th February, 1908. President :—E. A. Surru, F.Z.S., ete. Vice - Presidents :— W. T. Buanrorp, LL.D., F.R.S., etc.; Professor W. A. Herpman, F.R.S., etc.; E. R. Sykes, B.A, F.LS., etc. ; Henry Woopwarp, LL.D., F.R.S., etc. Treasurer: — J. H. Ponsonpy, F.Z.S., etc., 15, Chesham Place, London, 8.W. Secretary :— R. H. Burne, B.A., F.Z.S., etc., 21, Stanley Crescent, Notting Hill, London, W. Editor: — B. B. Woopwarp, F.L.S., etc., 120, The Grove, Ealing, London, W. Other Members of Council :—G. C. Crick, F.G.S., etc. ; Lieut.-Colonel H. H. Gopwin-Austen, F.R.S., etc.; G. K. Gupz, F.Z.8., ete. ; Professor G. B. Howes, LL.D., F.R.S., etc. ; Rev. Canon MERLE Normay, D.C.L., F.R.S., etc. ; W. G. Ripewoop, D.Sc., F.L.S., ete. By kind permission of the Council of the Linnean Socigry, the MEETINGS are held in their apartments at Buriineton Hovsz, PriccaDILLy, W., on the SECOND FRIDAY in each month from NOVEMBER to JUNE. The OBJECT of the Society is to promote the study of the Mollusca, both recent and fossil. MEMBERS, both Ordinary and Corresponding (the latter resident without the British Islands), are elected by ballot on a certificate of recommendation signed by two or more Members. LADIES are eligible for election. The SUBSCRIPTION is, for Ordinary Members 10s. 6d. per annum or £7 7s. for Life, for Corresponding Members 7s. 6d. per annum or £5 5s. for Life. All Members on election pay an Entrance Fee of 10s. 6d. The PROCEEDINGS are issued three times a year, and each Member is entitled to receive a copy of those numbers issued during his membership. [Vol. I (7 Parts at 5s. each), Vols. II-IV (6 Parts to each vol. at 5s. per Part) have now appeared, while Vol. V is in course of publication. The price to Members is 15s. per vol., or 3s. per Part. | Further information, with forms of proposal for Membership, may be obtained from the Secretary, to whom all communications should be sent at his private address. RECENT MOLLUSCA, GLASS-TOPPED BOXES, AND CONCHOLOGICAL WORKS. SOWERBY & FULTON (Established by G. B. Sowerby, 1860). THE LARGEST AND FINEST STOCK OF SHELLS IN THE WORLD. CATALOGUES of part of our stock, containing the names, arranged in scientific order, of over 12,000 species, suitable for check-lists. Free to Museums and Clients. Special to Curators of Museums. Introductory Case of Specimens as supplied to the Western Australian Museum and the Bristol Museum. This series consists of sections and other preparations illustrating the topography, growth, structure, etc., of the shells of Mollusca. The specimens are mounted on wooden tablets and have printed deseriptive labels attached. This series forms a most interesting and instructive introduction to a Museum Collection, Fud/ particulars sent wpon application. Specimens or Collections Named and Arranged. Messrs. S. & F. undertake the naming and arrangement of Mollusca; their long experience and extensive reference collection (about 20,000 species) enables them to do this work correctly and economically. Glass-Topped Boxes, Cardboard Trays, ete. A stock of £100 worth always in hand, Very moderate prices and most prompt execution of orders. Send for Price List. Sowerby’s Illustrated Index of British Shells. (The latest complete work.) 26 hand- coloured Plates (750 figures), Cloth, price 35s. (nett 30s.). Thesaurus Conchyliorum. Descriptions and Coloured Figures of Recent Shells. 44 Parts, 527 Plates. Prospectus free. 15, STATION PARADE, KEW GARDENS, near LONDON. H.B. PRESTON, F.Z.S. 3, Sydney Terrace, Fulham Road, London, S.W. Begs to inform Collectors and others that he will be pleased to forward upon application Price Lists of any Genera included in his LARGE AND VARIED STOCK OF SHELLS. SELECTIONS sent on Approval. MUSEUMS Supplied. Collections Purchased. Specimens Bought or Exchanged. Mr. Preston, having recently purchased a large Series of BRITISH MARINE SHELLS, including many of the rarer species, is now in a position to offer these at exceptionally reduced prices. ®TEPHEN AUSTIN AND BONS, PRINTERS, HERTFORD, Vol. V. No. 6. OCTOBER, 1903. Price 5s. PROCEEDINGS OF THE MALACOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF LONDON. EDITED BY B. B. WOODWARD, F.L.S., F.G.S:, Ere: Under the direction of the Publication Committee. AUTHORS ALONE ARE RESPONSIBLE FOR THE STATEMENTS IN THEIR RESPECTIVE PAPERS. GO ae FEE ST SES PAGE PAPERS :— PAGE On the want of a knowledge of PROCEEDINGS :— Ordinary Meetings : the Animals of the genus Oliva Msay BE, 1908 Seccopn vision 343 SRE EA theldsiataubiion June 12th, LOOSE Nussrcspntercehenes 343 of the species. By F. G. iia oe : RID OMANI beetcsrstanccctssaentseotin 346 : i Notes on some British Eulimide. On the embryonic shell of Plan- By E. R. Syxzs, B.A., F.L.S. orbis. By J. H. Van Sronz. (Datbe ORTIW'. is sseszevopseccvtenasesssaseontsoor 348 “VEL OG MTD Ne re ac al a 344 List of Species of Mollusca from ere South Africa, forming an On the occurrence of Planorbis Appendix to G. B. Sowerby’s marginatus and Limnea pereger % Warins Shells. . of ” South in the Post-Pliocene of Bognor. Africa.”?” By E. A. Smirx, By Bh TRYIN ELD csscsssosscscoscssssonssononse 344 FLZ.S. (Plate XV.) ccrcicvssmee 354 On the supposed locality ‘ Sul- N pe On" souls sue Shells ”? whence Indian Jurassic ge BOL OD: MAES oA eer, : : species of Trigonia. By R. B. Ammonites were said to have Newron, F.G.8. (Pl. XVI.) 403 been obtained. By Dr. W. T. Description of Marginellalateritia, BiANVORD, FBS se) sisclcsscessosssesse 345 n.sp., from the Andaman Is. : ; By J. C. Merv, M.A., On a specimen of Fistulana per- ELS: @ EB, Suxes. BA. forating a Mitra. By G. B. PERO) (Hig) ee ee Sowrrsy & H. C. Fuxron. TrrLE-Pace, Contents, and Index GOMES es traresyatouinasiesviorcoskniecniapasidiots 345 to Vol. V. LONDON: DULAU & CO., 37, SOHO SQUARE, W. For information concerning the MALACOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF LONDON See page iii of this wrapper. Just published. DIGESTA MALACOLOGICA No. II. A Summary of the Annals and Magazine of Natural History and its Forerunners; Part 1 (1829-1863). BY EK. R. SYKES. WILLIAM WESLEY AND SON, 28, ESSEX STREET, STRAND, LONDON, W.C. PRICE NINE SHILLINGS NET. Previously published. Price Six Shillings net. DIGESTA MALACOLOGICA No. I. A Summary of the American Journal of Conchology, 1865-1872. BY E. R. SYKES. zi ea ~ a i Y SS A = Dd a or Nast” 9 Nawosee* = IES SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION NOILNLILSNI E : é 2 — ‘oOo om. o 5 “3 E : 3 > - > - * en E a ee Z : LSN!I NVINOSHLINS SSIYVYEIT LIBRARIES = nw = iat ” < = ~< x = fix = - 5 =! —% a oy 7 n y a & O %*% is Oo » & = = 2 = > = > n z nH a 2 RI ES SMITHSONIAN _ INSTITUTION NOILALILSNI Ls = us Pa feed Z = < ce) = om = oO fs 5 = al z er S3!IYVYdIT LIBRARIES a S J o = oa es) = 0 > = > 2 = 2 = B a7) = yy. w HES SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION NOILNLILSNI = = re ee) ro) 2 > 2 NOILNLILSNI HES ILSNI y 4 RIES OE, 4. SMITHSONIAN _ % w = < = Ly < = ™ =, Mp, Z \ Yi: E Wg 2, Y fee = ee 3 LSNI NYVINOSHLINS ! i = - | " a a a 4 < ~ = aad > 6 S pa ee a | SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION NOILNLILSNI ig = a ‘oO _ w 7 = 20 > rs > : : = : m 2 m w = o” NVINOSHLINS SSIYVYUSIT LIBRARIES w a4 eat w = = Ne = > = > z= P77) Ke SMITHSONIAN _INSTITUTION NOILALILSNI_ ee ee = INSTITUTION S N SStYVYSEIT LIBRARIES SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTIO a. oe a.a NVINOSHLINS S3!1uvud INSTITUTION NOILNLILSNI \ fe) eA ¥8 x s’saruvugin NVINOSHLIW NINOS ro j NO! SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTIO INSTITUTION SMITHSONIAN NVINOSHLINS S31¥Vual * LIBRARIES SMITHSONIAN __INSTITUTIO NVINOSHLINS S31uVvuagl NOILNLILSNI NVINOSHLINS SJIYVUd! INSTITUTION INSTITUTIO \ YS SMITHSONIAN NVINOSHLINS S3IUNWYG! ry & =e _ ee s 4 Lf » SARI PAT St BO Vx A Zz “] & gf jog 7 = vA ‘ - sow Swe 5 ey or Ss ee ( a a > RAR dae SMITHSONIAN, INSTITUTION NOLLALILSNI_NVINOSHLIWS S31uVe —_ = sy’ = = "A id = ao Xe o 5 ty? 2 5 ey hy = - > he “aa - Gy ci - ia = 2p) tif m on m a = n = n . = ANLILSNI- NVINOSHLINS S3I1uYvugIT LIBRARIES _ SMITHSONIAN z 2 = ne z Lg A= ol a fy = =| = OC ES IS 1): im, 2 Vy Z E te ile Se ae by: RARI FS geMITHSONIAN_ INSTITUTION NOILOLILSNI_NVINOSHLINS. $3 1}uVvy = 2 2: = 4 n pa \ We = a “a = 2 SX < i o x “4 RW * = Li tl’ — 2 W’ = 2 = O22 a 27) aa op) ARI ES SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION NOLLALILSNI ~NVINOSHLINS $3 IYVYE = < ‘ = y = = Uy = 5 Ng 0 lp, B = YE E WY 2 WY = 2 > S = "DS a = S" LILSNI_ NVINOSHLINS S32 huvyg be BRARI ES SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTI Zz z ,; 2 : 7) uy ud , = = “ - Yiy ® a > ee os v 5 ape S S EYGY > = a = - GY a = pics E LILSNI NVINOSHLIWS $3 fuvug ti BRARI ES SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTIC < = / ee ~ = z Ss Ps + K 5 = = = WX: : EZH 7QS 3 aN yy *= 2G = “ = = = > = py \ ples = } 7) z= ” eS “a * t' ES SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION NOILALILSNI_ NVINOSHLINS S3 1yVvys! tng ; > ee 4 Ho ah bits Sidhu ee . SMITHSONIAN ‘iE mf ON ra ot pnts mene YP tehdaee z whtegitsy es 4 Mi Vaated arrestor eter veriene ce TTT SSS Sid ged 4 ay y (* Ce LOR RAN " KOFI Pobis : Hy HH} | Bias hits : pees Ramen bs hi yee ! uM il i|| ||| | | | LT et ey INE Het rh ABE, Cre ryt a Neer id as , Mil UHH ll HH | | : fi fe - iid ; POLS SE oa De how) sf ? ! ve PAPE AS hss . tin ey 8 008 3 6 ete de as'tn ; , 4 7 2 ine ys ye AOA 4 Dea y Hepa 4 twit t “y F ¥ , ; Dae . : » prep ine ee t é 1A i te orf PIL eeeey yritnoe se Che ot te ce ghtd ane Veh Cf) nada tv phe ae \ . ee » : J ‘ 4 . » ‘ ‘ . . Wes ® as are \ ‘ t' oa ‘ a4 oan ; i ‘ ln wa wee oe HM ’ ne ah : ea) ‘ 4 ’ ’ § i 4 wy ' . ALR NN: y, ra bee is tae oe ' aA, *. +4